Calculus With Analytic Geometry

Lo**ryotl

'20. "'

f du f ---::r J u\/a+n f

t l

- {Ll *, - ir a > o [-1r" "' 16lT \/i + lal +Tn l\/a | -

lZr^n_r l!-a

L"

i.J '-'

b(2n - 3) f

\/;T6

itu

2a(n - l)

n(n - 7\yn-r

J ,nytfifi

q6 ifa b) than a; with symbols we write

if andonlyif b isless

albifandonlyifb b if. and only if either a > b ot a: bT h e s ta te m entsa 1b, a) b, a < b, anda = b are cal l ed i nequal i ti es. -4, -3> -6, Some examplesare 2 < > <

0 0 0 0

if if if if

If.a 0.

thena1c.

o rLLUsrRArroN 3: 3 < 5 and 6 2 a n d 3

L.1.30Theorem

>-5;

so7*3>2+(-5).

If a > b and if c is any positive number, then ac ) bc. o rLLUsrRArroN 12: -3 > -7; so (-3)

> eDA.

o

1.1 SETS,REAL NUMBERS,AND INEQUALITIES

1.1.31Theorem lf. a > b and if c is any negative number, then ac I bc. o rLLUsrRArroN 13: -3 > -7; so (-3)(-4)

< (-7)(-4).

o

1.1.32Theorem If a > b > }and c > d > 0, then ac > bd. o r L L U S r R A r r o1N4 : 4 > 3 > 0 a n d 7

n

79

tz24

lllttrttllrll -4t -2

0 |

zt

4

F i g u r e1 . 1 . 1

>5 ) 0; so 4(7)>3(6).

o

So far we have required the set Rl of real numbers to satisfy the field axioms and the order axiom, and we have stated that because of this requirement Rr is an ordered field. There is one more condition that is imposed upon the set R1. This condition is called the axiom of completeness (Axiom 16.2.5). We defer the statement of this axiom until Section 16.2 because it requires some terminology that is best introduced and discussed later. However, we now give a geometric interpretation to the set of real numbers by associating them with the points on a horizontal line, called an axis. The axiom of completeness guarantees that there is a oneto-one correspondence between the set Rl and the set of points on an axis. Refer to Figure 1.1.1. A point on the axis is chosen to represent the number 0. This point is called the origin A unit of distance is selected. Then each positive number x is represented by the point at a distance of r units to the right of the origin, and each negative number x is represented by the point at a distance of -x units to the left of the origin (it should be noted that if r is negative, then -r is positive). To each real number there corresponds a unique point on the axis, and with each point on the axis there is associated only one real number; hence, we have a one-to-one correspondence between Rl and the points on the axis. So the points on the axis are identified with the numbers they represent, and we shall use the same symbol for both the number and the point representing that number on the axis. We identify Rl with the axis, and we call Rl the real number line. We see that a < b if and only if the point representing the number a is to the left of the point representing the number b. Similarly, a > b if and only if the point representing a is to the right of the point representing b. For instance, the number 2 is less than the number 5 and the point 2 is to the left of the point 5. We could also write 5 ) 2 and say that the point 5 is to the right of the point 2. A numberx is between a andbif a ( rand x "1..2.3 Corollary Irl = a if. and only if -a < )c < a, where a > \.2.4 Theorem ltl > a if andonly if x > a or x I -a,where 7.2.5 Corollary ltl = a if andonly if x > a or x s -a,where

0. 0. a > 0. a ) 0.

The proof of a theorem that has ant"if and only if " qualification requires two parts, as illustrated in the following proof of Theorem 1.2.2. plnr l.: Prove that lrl < a if.-a < x I a,where a ) O.Here,we haveto consider two cases:.x > 0 and r < 0. Casel: x=0. Then ltl : x. Becauser < a,we concludethat lrl < a. C a s e 2 :x < 0 . and obtain Then lrl : -r. Because-a < x, we aPPlyTheorem L.1,.25 a)-x or, equivalently,-x < a.But because-x: lrl, we have l*l < o. In both cases,then, wherea>0 0andr(0. CaseT: x>0. Then ltl : r. Because lxl < a,we conclude that r < a. Also, because -a 10 a ) 0, it follows from Theorem 1.1.31 that-a < 0. Thus/ we have 5

or 3x*25 or, €guivalently, x)l Therefore, every number in the interval (1, +oo; is a solution. From the second inequality, we have 3xt2 7

!. lr+41= lzx-61 -) -a' l.1 3o + x- s l -r2=l 1 27. Prcve Theorem 1.2.4.

16. l2x-sl < 3 1 9 .l 2 x - s l > 3 22. l3rl > 16- }xl v*?l .n 2s.llffil

1 7 .l 3 x - 4 1- z 2 0 .1 3 + 2 x l < l a - r l 23.le- zxl =- l4xl rc I l1_l

=1,-rr 26. !ffiI

28. Prove Theorem 1'.2.7.

In Exercises29 through 32, solve for r and use absolute value bars to write the answer.

29. 31..

12'8') thenlc-bl = l4l +lbl.(HINI:Writea-basa'+(-b) anduseTheorem 33. prcvethatif , andb areany nurnberg, 34. prcve that if a and b are any numben, then lal lbl < la bl. (Hrr.rr:Let lal: l(a b) + bl, and useTheorem1.2.8.) 35. What singleinequalityis equivatentto the followingtwo inequalities:s>b+ ca d a> b- c?

1.3 THE NUMBER PLANE AND GRAPHS OF EQUATIONS writing them in parentheses with a comma separating them as (I/ y). Note that the ordered pair (3, 7) is different from the ordered pair (7,3).

Definition 1..3.1.

The set of all ordered pairs of real numbers is called the number Plane' and each ordered Pafi (x, D is called a point in the number plane. The number plane is denoted by R2. fust as we can identify Rl with points on an axis (a one-dimensional space), we can identify R2 with points in a geometric plane (a two-dimendional space). The method we use with R2 is the one attributed to the French mathematician Rene Descartes (1595-1650), who is credited with the invention of analytic geometry in L637. A horizontal line is chosen in the geometric plane and is called the r axis. A vertical line is chosen and is called lhe y axis. The point of intersection of the r axis and tlne y axis is called the origin and is denoted by the letter O. A unit of length is chosen (usually the unit length on each axis is the same). We establish the positive direction on the r axis to the right of the origin, and the positive direction on the y axis above the origin.

REAL NUMBERS,INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICGEOMETRY, AND FUNCTIONS

F i g u r e1 . 3 . 1

We now associate an ordered pair of real numbers (x, y) with a point P in the geometric plane. The distance of P from the y axis (considered as positive if P is to the right of the y axis and negative if P is to the left of the y axis) is called the abscissa(or x coordinate) of P and is denoted by *.The distance of P from the r axis (considered as positive if P is above r the x axis and negative if P is below the x axis) is called the ordinate (or y coordinate)of P and is denoted by y. The abscissa and the ordinate of a point are called the rectqngular cartesian coordinatesof the point. There is a one-to-one correspondence between the points in a geometric plane 7) and R2; that is, with each point there corresponds a unique ordered pair (x,y), and with each ordered pafu (x, y) there is associated only one point. This one-to-one correspondence is called a rectangular cartesian coordinate system, Figure 1.3.1 illustrates a rectangular cartesian coordinate system with some points plotted. The x and y axes are called the coordinateaxes,They divide the plane into four parts, called quadrants, The first quadrant is the one in which the abscissa and the ordinate are both positive, that is, the upper right quadrant. The other quadrants are numbered in the counterclockwise direction, with the fourth, for example, being the lower right quadrant. Because of the one-to-one correspondence, we identify R2 with the geometric plane. For this reason we call an ordered pair (x, y) a point. Similarly, we refer to a "line" in R2 as the set of all points corresponding to a line in the geometric plane, and we use other geometric terms for sets of points in R2. Consider the equation A:x2-2

(1)

where (x,y) is a point inR2. we call this an equation inR2. By u solution of this equation, we mean an ordered pair of numbers, one for r and one for y, which satisfies the equation. Foi example, if r is re p l a c e d by 3 i n E q. (1), w e see that A :7; thus, x:3 and,y:7 const itutes a solution of this equation. If any number is substituted for x in the right side of Eq. (1), we obtain a corresponding value for y.It is seen, then, that Eq. (1) has an unlimited number of solutions. Table 1.3.1 gives a few such solutions. T a b l e1 .3 .7

x

l0

a:x2-zl-z

F i g u r e1 . 3 . 2

L2

-1

3

-3-4

4-1.-Z

2 7 74 -1

2

7

14

If we plot the points having as coordinates the number pairs (x,y) satisfying Eq. (1), we have a sketch of the graph of the equation. In Fig. 1'.3.2we have plotted points whose coordinates are the number pairs ob-

1.3 THE NUMBERPLANEAND GRAPHSOF EQUATIONS

tained frorn Table 1.3.1. These points are connected by u smooth curve. Ary point (x, y) on this curye has coordinates satisfying Eq. (L). Also, the coordinates of any point not on this curve do not satisfy the equation. We have the following general definition. 1.g.2 Definition

The graph of an equation in I€ is the set of all points (x, y) in R2 whose coordinates are numbers satisfying the equation. We sometimes call the graph of an equation the locus of the equation. The graph of an equation in R2 is also called a curae. Unless otherrryise stated, an equation with two unknowns, x and y, is considered an equation in R2.

sxelrpr-n L: Draw a sketch of the graph of the equation' Y'-x-2:0

Q)

soLUrIoN:

Solving Eq. (2) for !, we have

(3)

y:!\tX+2 Equations (3) are equivalent to the two equations

(4 )

Y:lx+2

(s)

Y-_\'x-2

The coordinates of all points that satisfy Eq. (3) will satisfy either Eq. (4) or (5), and the coordinates of any point that satisfieseither Eq. (4) or (5) will satisfy Eq. (3). Table 1.3.2 gives some of these values of x and y. Table1-.3.2

x

00

v \/2 -\/2

1

\/i

"1. 2

-\/5

2

2 -2

3

3-L-1-2

\/5 -\tr

1, -L

0

Note that for any value of r -2 there are two values for y. A sketch of the graph of Eq. (2) is shown in Fig. 1.3.3.The graph is a parabola.

REAL NUMBERS,INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICGEOMETRY, AND FUNCTIONS

2: Draw sketchesof ExAMPLE the graphs of the equations y:\/x+2 and

soLUrIoN: Equation (5) is the same as Eq. (a). The value of y is nonnegative; hence, the graph of Eq. (6) is the upper half of the graph of Eq. (3). A sketch of this graph is shown in Fig. 1..3.4. (5) Similarly, the graph of the equation

Y:-\E+2

Y:-1/Yt'2

a sketch of which is shown in Fig. 1.3.5, is the lower half of the parabola o f F i g . 1 .3.3.

F i g u r e1 . 3 . 4

F i g u r e1 . 3 . 5

rxltrpr.n 3: Draw a sketch of the graph of the equation

soLUTroN: From the definition have

y:lx*31

0)

y:x*3

if

of the absolute value of a number, we

r*3>0

and

y--(x+3)

if

r*3-3

and y--(x+3)

if

x1-3

Table 1.3.3 gives some values of x and y satisfying Eq. (Z). T a b l e1 .3.3 Figure1.3.6

x

0

L

2

3

v

3

4

5

6

-L 2

-2 1

-3 0

-4 1,

-5 2

-6

-7

3

-8

4

5

A sketch of the graph of Eq. (7) is shown in Fig. 1,.9.6. rxetvrplr 4: Draw a sketch of the graph of the equation (x-2y+3)(V-x'):0

(8)

soLUTroN: By the property of real numbers that ab:O a : 0 o r b :0, w e have from E q. (8) x-2y*3:0

if and

-9 6

1.3 THE NUMBERPLANE AND GRAPHSOF EQUATIONS

y-xz:o

(10)

The coordinates of all points that satisfy Eq. (8) will satisfy either Eq. (9) or Eq. (L0), and the coordinates of any point that satisfies either Eq. (9) or (10) will satisfy Eq. (8). Therefore, the graph of Eq. (8) will consist of the graphs of Eqs. (9) and (10).Table 1..3.4gives some values of r and y satisfying Eq. (9), and Table 1.3.5 gives some values of x and y satisfying Eq. (10).A sketchof the graph of Eq. (8) is shown in Fig. 7.3.7. L.3.4 Table

F i g u r e1 . 3 . 7

x

0L23-1-2-3-4-5

v

821r31,+o-+-1

T a b l e1 .3 .5

1.3.3 Definition

x

01,23-7-2-3

v

0L49149

An equation of a graph is an equation which is satisfied by the coordinates of those, and only those, points on the graph. is an equation whose graph consists of o ILLUSTRATIoN1: In R2, y:8 those points having an ordinate of 8. This is a line which is parallel to the o x axis, and 8 units above the r axis. In drawing a sketch of the graph of an equation, it is often helpful to consider properties of symmetry of a graph.

1.3.4 Definition

(3'2\o

F i g u r e1 . 3 . 8

Two points P and Q are said to be symmetric with respect to a line if and only if the line is the perpendicular bisector of the line segment PQ. Two points P and Q are said to be symmetric with respectto a thirdpoint if and only if the third point is the midpoint of the line segment PQ. o rLLUsrRArroN 2: The points (3,2) and (3,-2) are symmetric with respect to the x axis, the points (3, 2) and (-3, 2) are symmetric with respect to the y axis, and the points (3,2) and (-3, -2) are symmetricwith o respect to the origin (see Fig. 1.3.8). In general, the points (x, y) and (x, -y) are symmetric with respect to the x axis, the points (r, y) and (-x, y) are symmetric with respect to the y axLS,and the points (x,y) and (-r, -y) arc symmetric with respect to the origin.

REAL NUMBERS,INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICGEOMETRY, AND FUNCTIONS

1.3.5 Definition

are symmetric with respect to R. From Definition 1.3.5 it follows that if a point (x, y) is on a graph which is symmetric with respect to the x axis, then the point (x,-y) also must be on the graph. And, if both the points (x,y) and (x,-y) are on the graph, then the graph is symmetric with respect to the x axis. Therefore, the coordinates of the point (x,-y) as well as (x, y) must satisfy an equation of the graph. Hence, we may conclude that the graph of an equation in r and y is symmetric with respect to the r axis if and only if an equivalent equation is obtained when y is replaced by -y in the equation. We have thus proved part (i) in the following theorem. The proofs of parts (ii) and (iii) are similar. L.3.6 Theorem (Testst'or Symmetry)

The graph of an equation in r and y is (i) symmetric with respect to the x axis if and only if an equivalent equation is obtained when y is replaced by -y in the equation; (ii) symmetric with respect to the y axis if and only if an equivalent equation is obtained when x is replaced by -x in the equation; (iii) symmetric with respect to the origin if and only if an equivalent equation is obtained when r is replaced by -x and y is replaced by -y in the equation. The graph in Fig. 1.3.2 is symmetric with respect to the y axis, and for Eq. (1) an equivalent equation is obtained when x is replaced by -r. In Example 1 we have Eq. (2) for which an equivalent equation is obtained when y is replaced by-y, and its graph sketched inFig. L.3.3 is symmetric with respect to the r axis. The following example gives a graph which is symmetric with respect to the origin.

rxlrvrpr.r 5: Draw a sketch of the graph of the equation xy:1

solurroN: We see that if in Eq. (1,1)x is replaced by -x and y is replaced by -y,an equivalent equation is obtained; hence,by Theorem 1.3.6(iii) the graph is symmetric with respect to the origin. Table L.3.6 gives some (11) values of x and y satisfying Eq. (11). T a b l eL .3.6

1.3 THE NUMBERPLANEAND GRAPHSOF EQUATIONS

'l.lx. We seethat as r increasesthrough From Eq. (11) we obtain y : positive values and gets closer and positive values, y decreasesthrough positive values,y increasesthrough closerto zero.As x decreasesthrough positive values and gets larger and larger. As I increasesthrough negative values (i.e.,r takeson the values-4, -3, -2, -t, -+, etc.),y takes on negative values having larger and larger absolute values. A sketch of the graph is shown in Fig. 1..3.9.

F i g u r e1 . 3 . 9

1.3 Exercises In Exercises 1 through 6, plot the dven Point P and such of the following PoinB as may aPPly: (a) The point O suitr ttrit ttre tnJ through Q and P is perpendicular to the r axis and is bisected by it. Give the coordinates of Q. (b) The poiniR such that the line through P and R is perpmdicular to and i6 bisected by the y axis. Give the coordinates of R. (c) The point s such that the line through P and 5 iE bisected by the origrn. Give the_coordin"F-"-9f s.by the als' line though the origin 1ai fn" poi"t T such that the line *Eough P and 7 is perpendicular to and is bisected of T. coordinates bisecting the first and thtd quadrants. Give the 1 . P ( 1, - 2 ) 4. P(-2, -2)

2. P(-2,2) 5 . P ( - 1, - 3 )

3. P(2,2) 5 . P ( 0 ,- 3 )

In Exercises7 through2S, draw a sketch of the graph of the equation.

7'Y:2x*5 l0.y:-nffi 1 3 .x : - J 15.y:-lx+21 1 9 .4 f * 9 Y 2 : 3 6 22. Y' : 41cs 25. xz*y',:O 2 8 . ( y 2- x * z ) ( V + t E -

8'Y:4x-3 11.y':x-3 'I.. y2 * 1 7 .y : l r l - 5 2 0 . 4 x 2- 9 Y ' : 3 6 L4. x:

23. 4x2- Az:0 2 6 .( 2 x + V - l ) ( 4 V + r 2 ) : 0

Y: \81 y:5 y:lx-51 y--lxl+z A:4x3 3x2- L3xy- L0y2: g xa- 5x2yI 4y2: g

+):O 29. Draw a sketch of the graph of each of the following equations:

(a) V: lzx

(b\ v : -{2x

(c) y' :2x

30. Draw a sketch of the graph of each of the following equations:

(a) Y: !-2x

(b\ y : -!-2x

(c\ y' : -2N

REAL NUMBERS,INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICGEOMETRY, AND FUNCTIONS

3L. Draw a sketch of the graph of each of the following equations:

( a )r * 3 y : 0

(c) r' - 9y' :0

(b)r-3y:0

32. (a) Write an equation whose gtaPh is the r axis. (b) Write an equation whose graph is the y axis. (c) Write an equafion whose graph is the set of all points on either the .x axis or the y axis. 33. (a) Write a,n__equ{iol whose graph consists of all points having an abscissa of 4. O) Write an equation whose graph consistE of all points having an ordinate of -3. 34. Prove that a graPh that i5 symmetric with respect to both coordinate axes is also symmetric with rcspect to the origin. 35' Pro-eethat a graPh that is symmeFic with rcspect to any two perpendicular lines is also sym.rretric with respect to their point of intersection-

1.4 DISTANCE FORMULA AND MIDPOINT FORMULA

If A is the point (x,.,y) and B is the point (xr,y) (i.e., A and B havethe same ordinate but different abscissas), then the directed distance from A to B, denoted by AB, is defined ds x2 - x1. o ILLUSTRATToN 1: Refer to Fig. 1.4.1(a),(b), and (c).

u B(r,z)

A(4,2)

AB:'/.,4 (b)

Figur1 e.4.1 If .4 is the point (3, 4) and B is the point (9, 4), then AB :9 - 3: 6. rf A is the point (-8, 0) and B is the point (6,0), then B :6 - (-s) : 14. If A is the point (4, 2) and B is the point (L,2), then AB : 1.- 4: -3. we see that AB is positive if B is to the right of A, and AB is negative if B is to the left of A. o

v

D(-2,4)

C(-2, -g) CD: -6 (a)

Figure 1.4.2

CD:7 (b)

If C is the point (x,yr) and D is the point (x, yr), then the directed distance from C to D, denoted by CD, is defined as!z!r. o rLLUsrRArroN 2: Refer to Fig. La.2@) and (b). If C is the point (L, -2) and D is the point (1, -8), then CD : -g -J-2)--6. If C is the point (-2, -3) and D is the point (-2,4), then (-3) :7. Tl r.enumber C p i s posi ti vei f D i s above C , and CD C D :4 is negative if D is below C. o We consider a directed distance AB as the signed distance traveled by u particle that starts at A(rr, y) and travels to B(x2, !). ln such a case, the abscissa of the particle changes from 11 to x2, dfld we use the notation Ar ("delta x") to denote this change; that is, A,x: xz- xt Therefore, AB:

Lx.

1.4 DISTANCEFORMULAAND MIDPOINTFORMULA

Pr(x", vz)

It is important to note that the symbol Ar denotes the difference between the abscissa of B and the abscissa of A, and it doesnot mean "delta multiplied by x." Similarly, if we consider a particle moving along a line parallel to the y axis from a point C(x, yr) to a point D(x, yr), then the ordinate of the particle changes from Ar to Az.We denote this change by Ly ot

Ly: az- ar Thus, CD: Ly. Now let Pr(r1, yr) and Pr(xr, a) be any two points in the plane. we wish to obtain a formula for finding the nonrtegative distance between these two points. We shatl denote this distanceby lPtPrl. W" use absolute-value bars becausewe are concernedonly with the length, which is a nonnegative number, of the line segmentbetween the two points P1and Pr. To derive the formula, we note that lffil is the length of the hypotThis is illustrated in Fig. 1.4.3for P1and of a right triangle PLMP2. "rrrrr" quadrant. first are in the Pr, both of which we have theorem, Using the Pythagorean

F i g u r e1 . 4 . 3

+llvl' EF"f: lArl2 So

lF-nl:\MV+WP That is,

(1)

lF:P,l:

Formula (1) holds for all possible positions of Pt and P, in all four qqadrants. The length of the hypotenuse will always be lFfrl, and the lengths of the two legs will always be [Ar[ and lAyl (seeExercisesL and 2). We state this result as a theorem. '1,.4.1 Theorem The undirected distance between the two points Pr(xr, Ar) and Pr(xr, yr) is given by

EXAMPLEl.: If a point P(x, U) is such that its distance from A(3,2) is always twice its distance from B(-4, L), find an equation which the coordinates of P must satisfy.

solurroN:

From the statement of the problem

lPTl:2lPBl Using formula (1), we have

@:z@ Squaring on both sides, we have x 2- 6 x + 9 + y ' - 4 y I 4 :

4(xz*8r

or, equivalently, 3 x 2* 3 y ' * 3 8 r - 4 y + 5 5 : 0

* t6 + y2- 2y * 1)

REAL NUMBERS,INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICGEOMETRY, AND FUNCTIONS

ExAMPLE2: Show that the triangle with verticesat A(-2, 4), B(-5, L), and C(-6,5) is isosceles.

SOLUTION:

The triangle is shown in Fig. L.4.4.

lBel: @ : \ 4 + 1 6 : f r : @:\tr6+1:{lT la-e; IEAI:W : \ / N : j f i Therefore,

A(-2,4)

Hence, triangle ABC is isosceles.

B(-5, i.)

Figure1.4.4

nxervrrrn3: Prove analytically that the lengths of the diagonals of a rectangleare equal.

C(0, b)

(0,0) F i g u r e1 . 4 . 5

B(a,b)

SOLUTION:Draw a generalrectangle.Becausewe can choosethe coordinate axes anywhere in the plane, and becausethe choice of the position of the axes does not affect the truth of the theorem, we take the origin at one vertex, the x axis along one side, and the y axis along another side. This procedure simplifies the coordinates of the vertices on the two axes. Referto Fig. 1..4.5. Now the hypothesis and the conclusion of the theorem can be stated. Hypothesis:OABC is a rectanglewith diagonalsOB and AC. Conclusion: IO-B| : lrel .

l o B:lf f i : r t + 6 2 l A C: lW : \ f r ] A t Therefore,

lml : ld-cl Let P, (xr, yr) and P, (xr, yr) be the endpoints of a line segment. We shall denote this line segment by PtPr. This is not to be confused with the notation PrPr, which denotes the directed distance from P, to Pr. That is, PrP, denotes a number, whereas PrP2is a line segment. Let P(x, y) be the midpoint of the line segment P,Pr. Refer to Fig. L.4.6. In Fig. I.4.6 we see that triangles P'RP andPTPrare congruent. Therefore, l-PtRl: lPTl, and so r - xr: xz- x, giving us

1.4 DISTANCEFORMULAAND MIDPOINTFORMULA

Similarly, lRPl :

lTPzl.Then A Ar: Az- A, andtherefore (3)

Hence, the coordinates of the midpoint of a line segment are, respectively, the average of the abscissasand the average of the ordinates of the endpoints of the line segment. P z( x z ,v z )

P(x,y)

u__ R(t, yt)

T(xr, Y)

__JS(rr,yr)

F i g u re1 .4 .6 In the derivation of formulas (2) and (3) it was assumed that x, ) xt and y, ) yr.The same formulas are obtained by using any orderings of these numbers (see Exercises 3 and 4).

nxaurr,E 4: Prove analytically that the line segments ioining the midpoints of the opposite sides of any quadrilateral bisect each other.

B(b,c)

F i g u r e1 . 4 . 7

Draw a general quadrilateral. Take the origin at one vertex solurroN: and the x axis along one side. This method simplifies the coordinates of the two vertices on the r axis. See Fig. L.4.7. Hypothesis: OABC is a quadrilateral. M is the midpoint of OA, N is the midpoint of CB, R is the midpoint of OC, and S is the midpoint of AB. Conclusion:MN and RS bisect each other. pRooF:

To prove that two line segments bisect each other, we show that they have the same midpoint. Using formulas (2) and (3), we obtain the coordinates of M, N, R, and S. M is the point Ga, 0), N is the point ( + ( b + d ) , t r ( c * e ) ) ,R i s t h e p o i n t 1 ! d , t e ) , a n d S i s t h e p o i n t G @ + b ) , i c ) . + d). T h e a b s c i s s ao f t h e m i d p o i n t o f M N i s i l L a + + ( b + d ) l : * ( a + b : e). The ordinate of the midpoint of MN is +[0 + Lk + e)f ik + Therefore, the midpoint of MN is the point (ifu + b + d), ik + e)). + d). T h e a b s c i s s ao f t h e m i d p o i n t o f R S i s i l i a + * @ + b ) l : * ( a + b The ordinate of the midpoint of RS is tlie + *cf : Ik + e). Therefore, the midpoint of RS is the point (ifu + b + d), i(c + e)). Thus, the midpoint of MN is the same point as the midpoint of RS. I Therefore, MN and RS bisect each other.

92

REAL NUMBERS,INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICGEOMETRY, AND FUNCTIONS

Exercises 7.4 1. Derive distance formula (1) if Pr is in the third quadrant and P, is in the second quadrant. Draw a figure. 2. Derive distance formula (1) if Pr is in the second quadrant and P, is in the fourth quadrant. Draw a figure. 3. Derive midpoint formulas (2) and (3) if Pr is in the first quadrant and p, is in the third quadrant. 4. Derive midpoint formulas (2) and (3) iI4 (rr, yr) and &(rr, yr) are both in the second quadrant and x, > xrand,y, > yr. 5. Find the length of the medians of the rriangle having vertices A(2,3),8(3,-g), and C(-1,-1). 5. Find the midpoints of the diagonals of the quadrilateral whose vertices are (0,0), (0,4), (3,5), and (3, 1). (.\Prove that the trianSle with vertices A(3,-6), B(8,-2), and C(-1, -1) is a right triangle. Find the areaof the triangle. \'-l(HrNr: Use the converseof the Pythagoreantheorem.) 8. Prove that the Points A(6, -lS) , B(-2, 2), C(13, 10), and D(21, -5) are the vertices of a square. Find the tength of a diagonal. 9. By using distance formula (1), prove that the points (-3, 2) , (1, -2), and (9, -10) lie on a line. 10. If one end of a line segment is the point (-4, 2) and the midpoint is (3, -L), find the coordinates of the other end of the line segment.

11. The abscissa of a Point iB -6, and its distance from the point (1, 3) is V-74. Find the ordinate of the point. 12. Determine whether or not the poifis (14,7) , (2, 2) , and,(-4, -1) lie on a line by using distance formula (1). /;:\ '\3.llf two vertices of an equilateral hiangle are (-4,3) and (0,0), find the third vertex. d Findan equation that must be satisfied by the coordinatesof any point that is equidistant from the two points (-3, 2) and (4,6). 15. Find an equation that must be satisfied by the coordinates of any point whose distance from the point (5, 3) is atways two units Feater than it8 distance frcm the point (-4, -2). 16. Giver the two Points d(-3,4) andB(2,5), find the coordinates of a point P on the line through A and B such thatp is (a) twice as far from 4 as frcm B, and (b) twice as far frcm B as from _A. 17. Find the coordinates of the three points that divide the tine segment ftom l(-5,

3) to 8(6, g) into four equal parts.

18. If rr. and r, are positiv€_intgg:ers,-provethat the coordinates of the point p(r, y), which divides the line segment plp, : r,/rr-are given by in the ratio rr/r2-that i3, IP-,,PUlPrEI ,:

(t" - rt)x, + rrxu fz"t2

ur4 , :

(r, - ,r)y, + ,rv"

In Exercises 19 through 23, use the formulas of Exercise 18 to find the coordinates oI point p. 19' The Point P is on the line segment between points Pr (1 ,3) ?flrd,P26,2) and is three times as far from P, as it b ftom pr. 20. The Point P is on the line segmentbetween points Pl(1 ,3) and Pr(6,2) and is three times as far from Pr as it is frcmpr. 21. The Point P i8 on the line through P' and P, and is three times as far ftom Pr(6, 2) as it is from P, (1,3) but is not between Pr and Pr. 22. The Point P is on the Une though P, and P, and is three times as far from P1(1, 3) as it is ftom Pr(6,2) but is not between P1and P2.

23. The point P is on the line through Pr(-3,5) and Pr(-L,2) so that ppr : + . p.,pr. 24. Find an equation whose graph is the circle that is the set of all points that are at a distance of 4 units from the point (1, 3).

1.5 EQUATIONSOF A LINE

25. (a) Find an equation whose graph consist8 of all points equidistant frcm the Points (-1,2) and (3,4). (b) Draw a skekh of the gnph of the equation found in (a)' 26. prove analytically that the sum of the squares of the distanc$ of any Point from two opposite vertic€s of any rcctangle is equal to the sum of the squares of its distances from the other two verticeE' 22. prcve analytically that the line segment ioining the midpoints of two opposite sides of any quadrilateral and the line segment joining the midpoints of the diagonala of the quadrilateral bieect each other' 28. prove analytically that the midpoint of the hypotenuse of any right triangle is equidistant frcm each of the three vettices. 29. Prove analytically that if the lengths of two of the medians of a triangle arc equal, the triangle is isoeceles.

1..sEQUATIONS OF A LINE

Letl be a nonverticalline and Pr(x' U) andP"(xr, A)be any two distinct points on l. Figure L.5.1shows such a line. In the figure, R is the point Qc,Ur),and the points Pr, Pu and R are vertices of a right triangle; furthermore, P,.R: xz-xr and R-Pr: Az-Ar The number Az-Ar gives the measure of the change in the ordinate from Pr to Pr, and it may be positive, negative, or zero.The number x2- xl gives the measureof the change in the abscissafrom P, to Pr, and it may be positive or negative.The number x, - rr may not be zero becaus?x2 * r, since the line I is not vertical. For all choices of the points P, and P, on l, the quotient

R(rz,yJ

Az- Ur Xz- xr

,

is constanq this quotient is called the "slope" of the line. Following is the formal definition.

F i g u r e1 . 5 . 1

1.S.1 Definition

If Pr(xr, Ar) and Pr(xr, yr) arc any two distinct points on line l, which is not parallel to the y axis, then the slopeof l, denoted by m, is given by

; : y EXz *

-at P, (xr, y, R(xr,Yr)

Pr(7r,V,)

(1) ?Cr

In Eq. (L), x, * x1 since / is not parallel to the y axis. The value of m computed from Eq.(t) is independent of the choice of the two pointr_P, and P2 on L To show this, suppose we choose two different points, tr(n, yr) and Pr(ir,yr), and compute a number nr from Ee. (1). ar *m- :_- A - zxz- xt

7z,Ai x

We shall show tlnilt n - m. Refer to Fig. 1.5.2. Triangles PrRPz and P1RP2 are similar, so the lengths of corresponding sides are proportional. Therefore,

F i g u r e1 . 5 . 2

V:-

Y_t- Az

Xz-

Xr

or m:m

-

Xz-

Ar Xt

34

REAL NUMBERS,INTRODUCTION T O ANALYTICGEOMETRY, AND FUNCTIONS

Hence, we conclude that the value of m computedfrom Eq. (1) is the same number no matter what two points on I are selected. In Fig. 1.5.2, x2 ) x1, Uz) Ar, x, > n, and y2 > fr. The discussion above is valid for any ordering of these pairs of numbers since Definition 1.5.1holds for any ordering. In sec. 1.4 we defined Ly:uz-ur and Ar:xz rr. substituting thesevalues into Eq. (L), we have F i g u r e1 . 5 . 3

Multiplying on both sidesof this equationby Lx,we obtain Ly: mLx

e)

It is seen from Eq. (2) that if we consider a particle moving along line l, the change in the ordinate of the particle is proportional to the change in the abscissa, and the constant of proportionality is the slope of the line. If the slope of a line is positive, then as the abscissa of a point on the line increases, the ordinate increases. Such a line is shown in Fig. 1.5.3. In Fig. "1..5.4, we have a line whose slope is negative. For this line, as the abscissa of a point on the line increases, the ordinate decreases. Note that if the line is parallel to the x axis, then Uz: Ur and so m:0. If the line is parallel to the y axis, xz: xr, thus, Eq. (1) is meaningless because we cannot divide by zerc. This is the reason that lines paiallel to the y axis, or vertical lines, are excluded in Definition 1.5.L. We Jay that a vertical line does not have a slope.

F i g u r e1 . 5 . 4

. rLLUSrRArroNl.: Let I be the line through the points P,,(2,3) and p2(4,7). The slope of I, by Definition "!..5.'!., is given by

*:7n!:z L

Pr $ , 9 )

Referto Fig. 1.5.5.rf P(x,y) and Q@+ L*,y + Lil are any two points on I, then L A_ . , Ax-' Ay :2

P:-(2,3)

P+(-1

F i g u r e1 . 5 . 5

A,x

Thus, if a particle is moving along the line l, the change in the ordinate is twice the change in the abscissa. That is, if the particle is at pr(4,7) and the abscissa is increased by one unit, then the ordinate is increased by two units, and the particle is at the point Pr(5,9). Similarly, if the particle is at Pt(2,3) and the abscissa is decreased by three units, then the ordinate is decreased by six units, and the particle is at Pr(-L, -3). o Since two points Pr(xr, yr) and Pr(xr, y)

determine a unique line, we

1.5 EQUATIONS OF A LINE

should be able to obtain an equation of the line through these two points. Consider P(x,y) any point on the line. We want an equation that is satisfied by r and y if and only rf P(x, D is on the line through P1(rr, yr) and Pr(xr, Ar).We distinguish two cases. C a s e7 : x z : x r . In this case the line through P, and P, is parallel to the y axis, and all points on this line have the same abscissa. So P(x,,U) ts any point on the line if and only if (3)

X: Xr

Equation (3) is an equation of a line parallel to the y axis. Note that this equation is independent of y; that is, the ordinate may have any value whatsoever, and the point P(x,y) is on the line whenever the abscissais rr. Case2: x2 * x1. The slope of the line through Pt and P, is given by Ar ry:Uzxz- xr lf P(x, g) is any point on the line except (\, given by

(4) !r), the slope is also

At 1--A x- xr

(s)

The point P will be on the line through P, and Pz if and only if the value of m fuomEq. (4) is the same as the value of m ftom Eq. (5), that is, if and only if U A t- A z - A r X-

Xr

Xz- Xr

Multiplying on both sides of this equation by (x - xr),we obtain (6) Equation (5) is satisfied by the coordinates of P, as well as by the coordinates of any other point on the line through P1 and Pr. Equation (6) is called tkte two-point fonn of an equation of the line. It gives an equation of the line if two points on the line are known. -3) o rLLUsrRArroN 2: An equation of the line through the two points (5, and (-2,3) is

y-(-3):*(r-5)

y+3--2@-6) 3x*4Y:6

REALNUMBERS,INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICGEOMETRY, AND FUNCTIONS

If in Eq. (6) we replace(y, - !r)l(x, - x) by *, we get I i.:r )i' I.'

+ l- o :

t I

';

...

} i Yfl:gqt{,&Es'*"atu

e)

Equation (7) is called the point-slope form of an equation of the line. It gives an equation of the line if a point Pr(xr, a) on the line and the slope m of the line are known. . rLLUSrRArroN 3: An equation of the line through the point (-4,-5) and having a slope of 2 is

y - (-s) :Zlx - (-4)l 2x-y*3:0

o

If we choosethe particular point (0, b) (i.e., the point where the line intersectsthe y axis) for the point (h, A) in Eq. (7), we have y-b:m(x-0) or, equivalently,

+b

(8)

The number b, which is the ordinate of the point where the line intersects the y axis, is called the y intercept of the line. Consequently, Eq. (8) is called the slope-intercept form of an equation of the line. This is especially important because it enables us to find the slope of a _form line from its equation. It is also important becauseit expressesttre y coordinate explicitly in terms of the r coordinate. rxevrpln L: Given the line having the equation 3r I 4y :7, find the slope of the line.

sol.urroN:

Solving the equation f.or !, we have

,:-fix*I Comparing this equation with Therefore, the slope is -*.

Eq. (8), we see that

and b:*.

Another form of an equation of a line is the one involving the intercepts of a line. We define the r intercept of a line as the abscissa of the point at which the line intersects the r axis. The r intercept is denoted by o. If the r intercept a and the y intercept b arc given, we have two points (a, 0) and (0, b) on the line. Applying Eq. (6), the two-point form, we have h- 0 .

Y-o:6ik-

-aY:bx-ab b x* a A : a b

a)

OF A LINE 1.5 EOUATIONS

by ab, if. a * 0 and b + 0, we obtain

Dividing

(e) Equation (9) is called the intercept fonn of an equation of the line. Obviously it does not apply to a line through the origin, becausefor such a line both a and b arc zero. nxlupln 2: The point (2,3) bisects that portion of a line which is cut off by the coordinate axes.Find an equation of the line.

Refer to Fig. 1.5.6. lf. a is the r intercept of the line and b is the y intercept of the line, then the point (2, 3) is the midPoint of the line segment joining (a, 0) and (0, b). By the midpoint formulas/ we have soLUrIoN:

A

andt:ry

atl

A:4

and b:6

The intercept form, Eq. (9), gives us x +!-t 4'6 or, equivalently, F i g u r e1 . 5 . 6

3x*2y-12 t.5.2 Theorem The graph of the equation (10)

Ax*By*C:0

where A, B, and C are constants and where not both A and B are zero, is a straight line. PRooF: Consider the two cases B + 0 and B : 0. CaseL: B+0. Because B + 0, we divide on both sides of Eq. (10) by B and obtain AC

(11)

y--i*-,

Equation (11) is an equation of a straight line becauseit is in the slope-- -CIB. intercept form, where m: -AlB and b C a s e2 : B : 0 . BecauseB:0, Ax*C:0

we may concludethat A * 0 and thus have

REAL NUMBERS,INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICGEOMETRY, AND FUNCTIONS

or/ equivalently,

*:- aC

(12)

Equation (12) is in the form of Eq. (3), and so the graph is a straight line parallel to the y axis. This completes the proof. r Because the graph of Eq. (10) is a straight line, it is called a linear equation.Equation (10) is the general equation of the first degree in x andy. Because two points determine a line, to draw a sketch of the graph of a straight line from its equation we need only determine the cooidit utet of two points on the line, plot the two points, and then draw the line. Aty two points will suffice, but it is usually convenient to plot the two points where the line intersects the two axes (which are given by the intercepts). rxeupm 3: Given line lr, having the equation 2x - 3y : 12, and line Ir, having the equation 4x * 3y:6, draw a sketch of each of the lines. Then find the coordinates of the point of intersection of l, and Ir.

solurroN: To draw a sketch of the graph of lr, we find the intercepts a and b. In the equation of Ir, we substitute 0 for r and get b - -4.In the equation of Ir, we substitute 0 for y and get a: 6. Similarly, we obtain the intercepts a and b for lr, and for l, we have a:8 and,b: 2. The two lines are plotted in Fig. 1..5.7. To find the coordinates of the point of intersection of /, and Ir, we solve the two equations simultaneously. Because the point must lie on both lines, its coordinates must satisfy both equations. If both equations are put in the slope-intercept form, we have

a:?x-4

and

-tx*2

Eliminating y gives 3x-4:-gx*2 2x-L2:-4x#6 x:3 So

y:BG)_4

F i g u r e1 . 5 . 7

Therefore, the point of intersection is (3, -2). 1'5'3 Theorem

If /r and l, are two distinct nonvertical lines having slopes m, and mr, respectively, then /, and l, are parallel if and only if mr: //t2. PRooF: Let an equation of /, be : tftrx * br, and let an equation of l, A be y : rnzx * br. Because there is an "if and only if " qualiiication, the proof consists of two parts. panr 1: Prove that l, and I, are parallel if ftir:

tnz.

1.5E QU A TIONOF S A LIN E Assume that I, and I, are not parallel. Let us show that this assumPtion leads to a contradiction. If I, and I, are not parallel, then they intersect. Catl this point of intersection P(*o, /o).The coordinates of P must satisfy the equations of 11and Ir, and so we have ls: But mr: ls:

!o:

fti2xo* b2

!o:

nttfio* b2

rnlxs* b1 and rrt2rwhich gives mfis * b1 and

b2,both from which it follows thatbl: bz.Thus, becauserrtr: mrandbl: lines 11and /, have the same equation , A : mrx * br, and so the lines are the same. But this contradicts the hypothesis that l, and I, are distinct lines. Therefore, our assumption is false. So we conclude that /r and 12 are parallel. pARr 2: Prove that l, and I, are parallel only if mt: lftz. Here we must show that if Ir and l, are parallel, then rflt: rtrz. Assume that m, * mr. Solving the equations for \ and I, simultaneously, we get, upon eliminating V, m t x * b r : m 2 x* b 2 from which it follows that ( m , - m r ) x : b z- b t Because we have assumed that m, * *r, this gives - - _ _b r - b ,

L _

t7\-

ffiz

Hence, 11and l, have a point of intersection, which contradicts the hypothesis that l, and 12are parallel. So our assumption is false, and thereI fore mr: nflz. In Fig. 1.5.8, the two lines Ir and l, are perpendicular. We state and prove the following theorem on the slopes of two perpendicular lines. 1.5.4 Theorem

If neither line /, nor line l, is vertical, then Ir and 12are perpendicular if and only if the product of their slopes is -1.. That is, if m, is the slope of 11and m, is the slope of. Ir, then Ir and I, are perpendicular if and only if n tfl tz - -1 . PROOF:

- -1' Panr 1: Prove that l, and 12are perPendicular only if mtm2 Let L, be the line through the origin parallel to l, and let L, be the line through the origin parallel to Ir. See Fig. 1.5.8. Therefore,by Theorem 1..5.3,the slope of line L, ts m, and the slope of line L, is m2.Because neither

REAL NUMBERS,INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICGEOMETRY,AND FUNCTIONS

L, nor L, rs vertical, these two lines intersect the line x: ! at points p, and Pr, respectively.The abscissaof both P, and P, is L. Let be the ordi/ nate of Pt. Since Lr contains the points (0,0) and (1.,y) and its slopeis mr, we have from Definition 1.5.1 ttL:

a-0 i=

and so y = mr.Similarly, the ordinate of P, is shown to be mr. Applying the Pythagorean theorem to right triangle prop2, we get

l o t r ,+; zl @ f : l P , k l , F i g u r e1 . 5 . 8

(1 3 )

By applyingthe distanceformula,we obtain l o - 4 l r : ( 1- 0 ) ,f - ( m r - 0 ) ,: 7 * m ] l O t r l r : ( 1- o ) , * ( m r - o ) , : r * m z 2 l F J r P : ( 1 - 1 ) , * ( m r - m r ) ,- n t r z- 2 m r m r t m r , Substituting into Eq. (13)gives (l + mrz)+ (1 + m22)- ftizz- 2mrm,I.mrt 2:

-2mrffiz

tltinz - -1 penr 2: Prove that I, and l, are perpendicular if.mrm" - -1. Starting with lt|fitz - -'1, we can reverse the steps of the proof of Part 1 in order to obtain

lO-&l'+ l1trl': lPEl'z from which it follows, from the converse of the Pythagorean theorem, that Lt andL, are pe{pendicular; hence, /, and l, are perpendicular. I Theorem I.5.4 states that if two lines are perpendicular and neither one is vertical, the slope of one of the lines is the negative reciprocal of the slope of the other line. o rLLUsrRArroN 4: If line /t is perpendicular to line I, and the slope of /, is 3, then the slope of /, must be -9. o

sxarvrpr,n 4: Prove by meahs of slopes that the four points A(5,2), B(9,6), C(4,g), and DQ,4) are the verticesof a rectangle.

solurroN:

See Fig. 1.5.9. Let

6-2 ntr: the slope of AB - 8 - 6 8-6 m, J the slope of BC -

4- I

1.5 EQUATIONSOF A LINE

/fi.:the sloPe of DC:ft:

C(4,8)

B(8,6)

41

''

rn.:the slopeof.AD:=:-+. Because

D

Tnr: mr, AB ll DC. /n2: ma,BC ll AD. ntrttrz--'1, AB L BC.

F i g u r e1 . 5 . 9

Therefore, quadrilateral ABCD has opposite sides parallel and two adjacent sides perpendicular, and we conclude that ABCD is a rectangle.

EXAMPLE5: Given the line / having the equation

Because the required line is perpendicular to line l, its slope solurroN: must be the negative reciprocal of the slope of l. We find the slope of lby putting its equation into the slope-intercept form. Solving the given' equation for y, we obtain

2x*3Y-5:0

find an equation of the line perpendicular to line I and passing through the point

Aet,3).

y--tx** Therefore, the slope of I is -3, and the slope of the required line is 9. gecausewe also know that the required line contains the point (-L, 3), we use the point-slope form, which gives y-3:$(x*t) 2y-6:3x*3 3x-2Y+9:0

1-.5 Exercises In Exercises L through 4, find the slope of the line through the given points.

1 . ( 2 ,- 3 ) , ( - 4 , 3 )

2 . ( 5 , 2 ), ( - 2 , - 3 )

3.(+,+),eE,&)

4 . ( - 2 . T , 0 . 3 ), ( 2 . 3 , 1 . 4 )

In Exercises5 through14, find an equation of the line satisfying the given conditions. 5. The slope is 4 and through the point (2,-3). 6. Through the two points (3, L) and (-5,4). 7. Through the point (-3, -4) and parallel to the y axis. 8. Through the point (I,-7) and parallelto the x axis. 9. The x intercept is -3, and the y intercept is 4.

TO ANALYTICGEOMETRY. REAL NUMBERS,INTRODUCTION AND FUNCTIONS

10. Through (1, 4) and parallel to the line whose equation is 2r - 5y + 7:0. 11. Through (-2, -5) and having a slope of l/5. 12. Through the origin and bisecting the angle between the axes in the first and third quadranb, 13. Through the origin and bisecting the angle between the axes in the second and fou h quadrants. 14. The slope is -2, and the r intercept is 4. the points (1, 3) and (2, -2), and put the equation in the intercept form. equation of the line through the points (3, -5) and (1, -2), and put the equation in the slope-interceptform. dg. Fitrd "tr 17. Show by means of slopes that the points (-4, -1) , (3, +) , (8, -4) , and (2, -9) are the vertices of a trapezoid. 15. Find an equation of the line thouth

18. Thrce consecutivevertices of a parallelogramare (-4, 1), (2,3),and (8,9). Find the coordinatesof the fou h vertex. 19. For each of the following sets of three point6, detemine by means of slopes if the points are on a line: (a) (2, 3), (-4,-7), (s,8);(b) (-3,6), (3,2), (e,-2); (cl (2,-7), (7,7), (3,t); and (d) (1,6), (1,2), (-s,-4). 20. Prove by means of slopes that the three points A(3, 1), B(6,0), and C(4, ) are the vertices of a right triangle, and find the area of the triangle. /\2T. Given the line I having the equation 2y - 3r : 4 and the point P(1, -3), find (a) an equation of the line through P " and perpendicul to l/(b) the shortest distance from P to line l. \ 22. lf A,B, C, and D arc cdhstarts, show that (a) the lines Ax + By+ C:0 a dAx+By+D:0 are parallel and (b) the ljmesAr+ By + C:0 and Bx- Ay * D:0 areperpendicular. 23. Given the line l, having the equation Ar + By + C: O, B + 0, find (a) the slope, (b) the y intercept, (c) the x intercept, (d) an equation of the line through the origin perpendicular to L 24. Find an equation of the line which has equal intercepts and which passesthrouth the point (8, -6). 25. Find equations o{ the three medians of the triangle having vertices A(3, -2) , BG, a), and C(-l,1), they m€et in a point.

and prove that

26. Find equations of the perpendicular bisectors of the sides of the triande having vertices A(-l , -3) , B (5, -3), and C(5,5), and prove that they meet in a point. 27. Find an equation of each of the lines through the point (3,2), which forms with the coordinateaxesa triangle of area12. 28. Let il be the line having the equation.r4'r* Bly+ C1:0,andlet I'be the line having the equationArx+ 82! + Ca:0. If ll is not parallel to L and iJ & is any constant,the equation A'x 'l Bry I C' * k(A"x * Bry * C") :0 represents an unlimited number of lines. Prove that eadr of these lines contains the point of intersection df lr and t. 29. Given an equation ot It is 2x 'f 3y - 5: 0 and an equation of l, is 3x + 5y - 8 : 0, by using Exercise 28 and without finding the coordinates of the point of intersection of ,r and lr, find an equation of the line through this point of intersection and (a) passing through the point (1, 3); (b) parallel to the r axis; (c) parallel to the y axis; (d) having slope-2; (e) perpendicular to the line having the eqtatio\ 2x + y :7; (f) forming an isoscelestriangle with the coordinate axes. 30. Find an equation of each straight line that is perpendicular to the line having the equation 5r - y: I and that forms with the coordinate axes a triantle having an area of measure 5. 31. Prove analytically that the diatonals of a rhombus are perpendicular. 32. Prove analytically that the line segments joining conEecutivemidpoints of the 6ide8 of any quadrilateral form a parallelogram.

1.6THECIBCLE 43 33. Prove analytically that the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other. 34. Prove analytically that if the diagonals of a quadrilateral bisect each other, then the quadrilateral is a parallelogram.

1.5 THE CIRCLE The simplest curve that is the graph of a quadratic equation in two variables is the "citcle," which we now define.

'1,.6.1 Definition

1.6.2 Theorem

A circle is the set of all points in a plane equidistant from a fixed point. The fixed point is called the center of the circle, and the measure of the constant equal distance is called the radius of the circle. The circle with center at the point C(h, k) and radius r has as an equation ';

l -,: i

:

;,(x *'h}P, * (g1= k)2,* 7zi'1

(1)

pRooF: The point P(x, y) lies on the circle if and only if

l n c l :, that is, if and only if

@:r This is true if and only if (x-h)'+

(y-k)z--tz

which is Eq. (1). Equation (1) is satisfied by the coordinates of those and only those points which lie on the given circle. Hence, (1) is an equation I of the circle. From Definition L.3.2, it follows that the graph of Eq. (1) is the circle with center at (h, k) and radius r. If the center of the circle is at the origin, then h: k: 0; therefore, its equation is x' + y' : 12.

' :-LJ-'

C(2, - 3)

o rLLUsrRArroN 1: Figure 1.6.1 shows the circle with center at (2, -3) and radius equal to 4. For this circle h:2,k:-3, and r:4. We obtain an equation of the circle by substituting these values into Eq. (1) and we obtain (x-2)'+ly

- (-3)12:42

(x-2)'+ (y+3)':t6 Squaring and then combining terms, we have x2-4x+4+y'*5y*9:t6

F i g u r e1 . 6 . 1

)c'+y'-4x+6y-3:0

REALNUMBERS,INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICGEOMETRY, AND FUNCTIONS

EXAMPLE1:

Given the equation

x'+ y'* 6x-2y - 15: o prove that the graph of this equation is a circle, and find its center and radius.

solurroN:

The given equation may be written as

(xr+6x)t(yr-2y):ts Completing the squares of the terms in parentheses by adding 9 and 1 on both sides of the equation, we have

(x' * 6x*9) + (y' - 2y I1) : 15+ 9 + 1, (r*3)2+(V-1)':25 Comparing this equation with Eq. (1), we see that this is an equation of a circle with its center at (-3, I) and a radius of 5.

In Eq. (L), removing parenthesesand combining terms gives x ' + y ' - Z h x- Z k y+ ( h , + k 2- r r ) : 0

Q)

Equation (2) is of the form )e+y'*Dx+Ey*F:0

(3) -2h, -2k, : : : where D E and F h2* k2 f. Equation (3) is called the general form of an equation of a circle, whereas Eq. (1) is called the center-rsdiusform. Becauseevery circle has a center and a radius, its equation can be put in the center-radius form, and hence into the general form. We now consider the question of whether or not the graph of every equation of the form x'+y,*Dx*Ey*F:0 is a circle. To determine this, we shall attempt to write this equation in the center-iadius form. We rewrite the equation as x'+y,*Dx*Ey--F and completethe squaresof the terms in parenthesesby adding]nDzand iE' on both sides, thus giving us

--F + +Dz* iE, (x' * Dxt +D')+ (y' * Ey++E'z) or, €guivalently, (x + LD)2+ (y + +E)2: i(D' + Ez- 4F)

( 4)

Equation (a) is in the form of Eq. (1) if and only if

+(D,+E2-4F):rz We now consider three cases,namely, (D'+ E2- 4F) as positive, zero, and negative. Case7: (D, + E2- 4F) > 0. Then r': *(D' + E2- 4F), and so Eq. (a) is an equation of a circle having a radius equal to it/FE= 4F and its center at (-*D,-+E).

1.6 THE CIRCLE

C a s e2 : D z + E z- 4 F : 0 . Equation ( ) is then of the form (x + tD)z + (Y * iE)z :0

(5)

- -L2D and Becausethe only real values of r and y satisfying Eq. (5) are v -+E). Comparing Eq. (5) with y:-+E, the graph is the point (-+D, and r - 0. Thus, this point can be Eq. (1),we see that h:-+D, k:-iE, called a point-circle. Case3: (Dt + E2- 4F) < 0. Then Eq. (4) has a negative number on the right side and the sum of the squaresof two real numbers on the left side. There are no real values of r and y that satisfy such an equation; consequently,we say the graph is the empty set. Before stating the results of these three casesas a theorem, we observe that an equation of the form Axz*Ay'+Dx*Ey*

F:0

w h e r eA + 0

(6)

can be written in the form of Eq. (3) by dividing by A, thereby obtaining F r c ' + y ' +Dt r *, *E= A,U +i:0 Equation (6) is a special case of the general equation of the second degree: Axz * Bxy * Cy' t Dx * Ey * F : 0 in which the coefficients of x2 and yz are equal and which has no xy term. We have, then, the following theorem. 1.6.3 Theorem

The graph of any second-degree equation in R2 in r and U, in which the coefficients of x2 and y2 are equal and in which there is no xy term, is either a circle, a point-circle, or the empty set. o rLLUSrRArroN 2: The equation 2x2*2y'*LZx-By+31:0 is of the form (6), and therefore its graph is either a circle, a point-circle, or the empty set. If the equation is put in the form of Eq. (1), we have

x'+y't6x-4y-F#:o ( x ' + 6 x )+ ( y ' - 4 y ) : - T ( x ' * 6 x* 9 ) + ( y ' - 4 y + 4 ) : - # + (r*3)2 + (Y-2)':-E Therefore,the graphis the empty set.

9+ 4

REAL NUMBERS,INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICGEOMETRY, AND FUNCTIONS

ExAMPLE2: Find an equation of the circle through the three points A(4,5), B(3, -2), and

c(1,,-4).

soLUrIoN:

The general form of an equation of the circle is

x'+y,tDx-fEy*F:0 Because the threepoints A, B,and C must lie on the circle,the coordinates of these points must satisfy the equation. So we have

L6+25+4D+5E+F:0 9+ 4+3D-2E*F:0 1+16+ D-4E*F:0 or, €guivalently, 4D+ 5E+F:-47 3D-2E+F:-L3 D - 4 E* F : - 1 7 Solving these three equations simultaneously, we get D:7

E:-5

F:-44

Thus, an equation of the circle is

x'+y'*7x-5y-44:0

In the following example we have a line which is tangent to a circle. The definition of the tangent line to a general curve at a specific point is given in Sec. 3.L. However, for a circle we use the definition from plane geometry which states that a tangent line at a point P on the circle is the line intersecting the circle at only the point P.

nxeuprr 3: Find an equation of the circle with its center at the point C(1,6) and tangent to the line / having the equation x-v-1:0.

soLUrIoN: See Fig. L.6.2. Given that h: L and k: 6, if we find r, we can obtain an equation of the circle by using the center-radius form. Let I, be the line through C and the point P, which is the point of tangency of line I with the circle.

r: lPCl Hence, we must find the coordinates of P. We do this by finding an equation of /, and then finding the point of intersection of /1 with /. Since 11 is along a diameter of the circle, and / is tangent to the circle , I, is perpendicular to l. Because the slope of / is L, the slope of 11is -L. Therefore, using the point-slope form of an equation of a line, we obtain as an equation of I,

y-5--1(r-1)

1,6THE CIRCLE

or, equivalently,

x+Y-7:0 Solving this equation simultaneouslywith the given equation of l, namely, X- A- L:0 we get x: 4 and y: 3. Thus, P is the point (4, 3). Therefore,

,:l-PCl:ffi or, equivalently,

r: !18 So, an equation of the circle is

(x-l)'+

(Y-6)':

(\ft)'

or, equivalently,

F i g u r e1 . 6 . 2

x ' + y ' - 2 x - 1 2 y* L 9 : 0

1.6 /- )Exercises In Exercises 1 through 4, find an equation of the circle with center at C and radius r. Write the equation in both the centerradius forrr and the gmeral form. ' , . c ( Q ,0 ) , r : 8 r . c 1 4 , - 3 ) ,r : S 3. C(-5, -12), f :3

4. C(-l,l),r:2

In Exercises5 through 10, find an equation of the circle satisfying the given condition$. 5. Center is at (1, 2\ and through the point (3, -1). 5. Center is at (-2,5) and tangent to the line x:7. is at (-3, -5) and tangent to the line l}x t 5y - 4:0. C"n /Z) w "r 8. Through the three points (2, 8) , (7, 3), and (-2,0). 9. Tangent to the line 3x * y * 2:0 at (-L, 1) and through the point (3, 5). 10. Tangent to the line 3x * 4y - 16:0 at (4,1.) and with a radius of 5. (Two possiblecircles.) In ExercisesL1 through 14, find the center and radius of each circle, and draw a sketch of the graph. ll. f*y'-6x-8y*9:0 13. 3f * 3y' * 4y - 7 :0

12.2f*2y'-2x*2y*7:0 1 4 .* * y ' -

10r-lOy+25:0

In ExercisesL5 through 20, determine whether the graph is a circle, a point-circle, or the empty set. 16. 4* l- 4y' * 24x - 4y t L : 0 1 5. 12* y'- 2x * LO y* L9:0 1 7 .f * y ' -

10r* 6y*36:0

1 8 .x 2 * y ' * 2 x - 4 y

*5:0

48

REALNUMBERS, INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICGEOMETRY, AND FUNCTIONS

19. *+ f -{f.x+36v-719:0 20. W 1 9 f I 6 x - 6 y + 5 - 0 21. Find an equation of the comrnon chord_of the two cirdes f*

- 6y - 12:0 and f* 2yrg:o. 3F+rlt l+gr(rrrrvr: If the coordinates of a Point gatisfy two different equations, then thjcoordinates also satisfy the difierence of the two equatione.)

22. Find the points of intersection of the two cirdes in Exercise 21. i\

Find an equation of the line which is tangent to the circle .d + y, - 4t + 6y - 12: O at the point (5, 1). 24. Findanequationofeachofthetwolineshavingslope-jgwhicharetangenttothecirclef*l*2x-W-g:0. I

25. From the origin, dbrda of the cirde t' * I * 4r: 0 are drawn. Pr€ve that the set of midpoinb of these chords is a circle. 26. Prove analytically that a line from th€ center of any circle biEecting any drord is perpendicular to the chord. 27. Prcve analytically that an angle inscribed in a semicircle is a right angle. 28. Given the line y: flr + b tangent to the circle rP * y, = r2, find an equation involving m, b, and t

1.7 FUNCTIONS AND We intuitively consider y to be a function of r if there is some rule by THEIR GRAPHS which a unique value is assignedto y by a correspondingvalue of x. Familiar examples of such relationships are given by equations such as y:2f+5

(1)

Y:tP-g

(2)

and It is not necessary that r and y be related by an equation in order for a functional relationship to exist between them, as shown in the following illustration. o ILLUsTRATIoN1,: lf y is the number of cents in the postage of a domestic first class letter, and if r is the number of ounces in the weight of the letter, then y is a function of x. For this functional relationship, there is no equation involving r and /; however, the relationship between r and y may be given by means of a table, such as Table 1.7.L. . T a b l e1 . 7 . 1

r: number of ounces in the weight of the letter

x 0andr-Z>0. That is, x>0

and x>2

Both inequalities hold if x > 2, which is the interval [2, +*;. Case2: x ic

l/(r)l 0, that is, when 4 - xz > 0. Hence, h is continuous at every number in the open interval (-2,2).

2.6 THEOREMSON CONTINUITY

1O7

In Sec.4.4 (Continuity on an interval) we extend the concept of continuity to include continuity at an endpoint of a closed interva.l. We define "right-hand continuity" and "left-hand continuity" and with these definitions we show that the function h of Example3 is continuous on the ciosed interval [-2, 2].

Exercises 2.6 1. Prove Theorem 2.6.1(ii). 2. Prove Theorem 2.6.1(iii). 3. Prove Theorem 2.6.1(iv). 4. Prove Theorem 2.6.2, showing step by steP which limit theorems are used. In Exercises 5 through 10, show the application of Theorem 2.6.5 to find the limit. 7. lim l{/3y + + U'-4

10. rim €=F J-3

Y

t

4

In Exercises11.through 26, determine all values of.x f.or which the given function is continuous. Indicate which theorems you apply. w3-1

1 1 ' f. ( x ) :

1 , 2f.( x ) : ( x - 5 ) ' ( r ' + 4 ) '

x 2 ( x+ 3 ) ' -J-2

x 2+ 2 x - 8 x3* 6* t 5x -'1,2

1 3 .g ( x ) : ; d

16. SQ\ : 7/P a 4

14.h(x): +x3-7x-6

1 5 . F (x ) :

1 7 .f ( x ) : f f -

ls. F(x): {L6 -E

t9.h(x\: lfi

. tT4 20.f(x): {ffi

2 1 ,f.( x ) : l r - 5 l

22.g(x\ : l9 - xzl

+ x-'\t2)s zs.f (x)- yz(:s-z

2a.G(x): ffi,-

15

It +4

1)"'

2 5 .g ( x ) : [ \ R \

26.F(x)- 1 -r + [r]l - [1 - r] Prove that if the function / is continuous at t, then lim f (t h) : f (t). prove that if f is continuous at a and g is discontinuous at a, then f + g is discontinuous at a. If(

fr'r:E'lf;:3

.

and g o (\ -r -) l: { ^

tt ifr0

prove that f and I ar€ both discontinuous at 0 but that the Product f ' I is continuous at 0' 30. Give an example of two functionE that are both discontinuous at a number a' but the sum of the two functions fu continuous at 4.

LIMITSANO CONTINUITY

108

31. Give an example to show that the product of tr,yo functions f and g may be continuous at a number c where / is continuous at 4 but I is discontinuous at 4. 32. If the function g is continuous at a number c and the function f is discontinuous at 4, is it possible for the quotient of the two functions, /9, to be continuous at 4? Prove )'our answer.

(Chapter2) ReaiewExercises In Exercises 1 through 4, evaluate the limit, and when applicable indicate the limit theoremsbeing used.

\/9-t-3

1. lim (3* - 4r * 5)

J.

t-2

rrlrr -

,-o

t-

n

---14

Jlltih

In Exercises5 through 8, draw a sketch of the graph and discuss the continuity of the function. x-3

5.

6' 8G):

7.

8.F(r):#

4-x

ln Exercises9 through 14, establish the limit by using Definition 2.1.1; that is, for any € > 0 find a E ) 0 such that l f ( x ) - L l < . w h e n e v e r 0< l x - a l < 6 . 9. limr(8 - 3x) :14

10. lim (2x, - x - 6) :9

11.lim l./T-3:7 t-4

3 12. , : _ _

n 2 v- t : -

1

15. Prove that lim {Fl:0

.^ ,.

t''

5*3r

I T 2 ** , : 2

1,4. lim 13: -$ I--2

by showing that for any € } 0 there exists a E > 0 such that \/F4

( e whenever

0 < t - 2 < 6. 1,6.If f (x) : ( lxl - x) lx, evaluate: (a) lim f (x); (b) lim f(x); (c) lim f (x). .T-0+ "u-0

In Exercises 17 through 24, evaluate the limit if it exists.

,+7t+ t j-

,

(nrm: Write --t

24. ri*[',4_-$4E .r-l+

X'

L

25. D r a w a s k e t c h o f t h e g r a p ho f f i t f ( x ) : [ 7 - x " n

a n d - 2 < r c < 2 . ( a ) D o e sl i m / ( x ) e x i s t ? ( b ) I s / c o n t i n u o u s a t 0 ?

REVIEWEXERCISES 109 26. Dlaw a sketchof the graph of g if g@) : (x- 1)[r]l,and 0 < x < 2. (a) Does

ItT

Sttl exist? (b) Is g continuous at L?

27. Give an example of a function for which lim l/(r) | exists but lim /(r) does not exist. r-0

J-0

28. Give an example of a function f that is discontinuous at I for whidr (a) lim l(r) exists but /(1) does not exiEq (b) /(1) exists but tim l(r) does not exist; (c) lin /(r) and l(1) both exist but are not equal. r-l

29. Letlbe the tunctiondefinedby f1 if r is an inteser [0 if r is not an integer (a) Draw a sketchof the graph of f. (b) For what valuesof c doestim f(r) extut?(c)At what numbersis f cutinuous? rNhy? 30. If the function g is continuous at a and f is continuous at g(a), is the composite function f 'g continuous at a? ( b ) S h o w t h a t t h e c o n v e r s e ot h f etheoremin thenlti/(r+h):|tT/(r-h). 31. ( a )P r o v e t h a t i f ItT/(r+h):f(r) (a)isnottruebygivinganexampleofafunctionforwhichtjryf(:+h):lim/(r-h)but{iq/(x+h)+f(x).

' : 32. If the domain of f is the set of all real nu.urbers,and I is continuousat 0, prove that if l(c * b) f(a) f(b\ for all a and b, then f is continuousat every numb€r. 33. If the domain of I is the set of all real numbers and / is continuous at 0, Prove that tl f(a + b) = l(a) + f(b) tor dl a and b, thin / is continuous at every number.

The derivative

3.1THETANGENT LINE 111 3.1 THE TANGENT LINE

Many of the important problems in calculus depend on the problem of finding the tangent line to a given curye at a specific point on the curue. If the curve is a circle, we know from plane geometry that the tangent line at a point P on the circle is defined as the line intersecting the circle at only one point P. This definition does not suffice for a curve in general. For example, in Fig. 3.1.1 the line which we wish to be the tangent line to the curve at point P intersectsthe curye at another point Q. In this section we arrive at a suitable definition of the tangent line to the graph of a function at a point on the graph. We proceed by considering how we should define the slope of the tangent line at a point, becauseif we know the slope of a line and a point on the line, the line is determined.

Q(xr, f(xr))

1)

left side of P. Let us denote the difference of the abscissasof Q and P by Ar so that At: xz- xr

P ( x 1 ,f @ 1 ) )

Ar may be either positive or negative. The slope of the secantline PQ then is given by f(xr) f(x') Ittpe:

LX

provided that line PQ is not vertical. Becaus€ 12 : Xt * At, we can write the above equation as T|flpe:

f(x'+Ar)-f(x') LX

Now, think of point P as being tixed, and move point Q along the curve toward P; that is, Q approaches P. This is equivalent to stating

Ar approaches zero the line PQ approaches the line through P which is p*uU"t to the y axis.In this case we would want the tangent line to the graph at P to be the line r : xr.The preceding discussion leads us to the following definition.

3.1.1 Definition

If the function

f is continuous

at )cu then the tangent line to the graph of

112

THE DERIVATIVE

/ at the point P(*r, /(r,)) is (i) the line through P having slope m(xr), given by

-"_f(xr*Ar) -f(*r) rrc*ixrl*fiat% ar*o

(1)

AX

if this limit exists; (ii) the line x : x, if ,t^f(xt+

L{) - f(xr):*oo

or-oo

If neither (i) nor (ii) olDefinr,r"^"r:.1 holds, then there is no tangent line to the graph of f at the point p(xr, (xr)). f EXAMPLE1: Find the slope of the tangent line to the curve a: x2 4x * 3 at the point (xr, yt).

s o l -u rro N , f(x) - x2- 4x* 3; therefore, f(xr) - xr2- 4xr* J, : (r, Ax) * Lx), 4(xr+ A r) * 3. From E q. (l ).w e have f(x r+ lim f(xr+Ax)-f(xr)

m(x):

Ar-O

:

A,x

-f Lx)z- 4(x, -t A,x)* 3f lxrz - 4x, * jl lim l(x, Ar

ar-0

: lim

Ax

At:-O

:

Iim Ar-0

2xrA,x*(A,x)z_-4Ax A^x

BecauseAx * 0, we can divide the numerator and the denominator bv Ar and obtain m(xr) : lim ( 2 x 1 - tA x - 4 )

m(x):2h-4

(2)

3.1 THE TANGENTLINE

113

T a b l e3 . 7 . 1

2 1 0 -1 3 4 5

-1 0-2 3-4 8-5 02 34 85

0

F i g u r e3 . 1 . 3

2: Find an equation of EXAMPLE the tangent line to the curve of Example L at the Point (4, 3).

solurroN:

Because the slope of the tangent line at any point (xt, Ut) is

given by m(xr):2h-

4

- 4:4' the slope of the tangent l i n e a t t h e p o i n t ( 4 , 3 ) L s m ( 4 ) : 2 ( 4 ) Therefore, an equation of the desired line, if we use the point-slope form, is y-3:4(x-4) 4x-y-L3-0 g.l.z Definition

nxevrpr-n 3: Find the normal line to 3 which y : {F theline 5x*3Y-

an equation of the curye is Parallel to 4:0.

The normal line to a curve at a given point is the line perpendicular to the tangent line at that Point. write its soLUrIoN: Let I be the given line. To find the slope of l, we is which form, equation in the slope-intercept

y--Zx++ -2, and the slope of the desired normal line Therefore, the slope of I is -2 becausethe two lines are parallel' is also To find the slope of the tangent line to the€iven curve at any point -3, and we have (xr, Ar),we apply plfinition 3.l.iwith f (x) \F

m(x):

lrP.

To evaluate this limit, we rationaltze the numerator.

m(xr): lr"T.

114

THE DERIVATIVE

Dividing

numerator and denominator by Ax (since A,x * 0), we obtain

m(x,):

[1

1_ 3

:--L

2Y x, - 3

Because the normal line at a point is perpendicular to the tangent line at that point, the product of their slopes is -1.. Hence, the slope of the normal line at (x1, U) is given by

-z\/xr - 3 As shown above, the slope of the desired line is -2. so we solve the equation -z\/xt-3--2 giving us xt: 4 Therefore, the desired line is the line through point (4, l) on the curve and has a slope of -2. using the point-slope form oi ur,'equation of a line, we obtain y-L--2@-a)

F i g u r e3 . 1 , 4

2x*y-9:0 to Fig. 3.L.4, which shows a sketch of the curve together with - _Refer the line /, the normal line pN at (4,1), and the tangent line pi at (4, r).

Exercises 3.1 In Exercises 1 through 8, find the slope of ,the-tangent line to the $aph at-the point (xr, y1). Make a table of values of r, y, and m at vadous Points on the graphl and includeln the taule all ioiits wheteih" grifl, ha, h-irorriJ turrg"r,t. o."* skekh of the graph. " " l'Y:9-* 2.y:x2-6x*9 3.y:7-5x-x2 4. y: lx2 5.y:x3-3x 6.y:x3-xcz-r*L0 7.y:4x3-13x2 I4x-3

8'Y:\/x+t

In Exercises 9 through 18, find an equation of the tangent line and an equation of the normal line to the given curve at the indicated point Draw a skekh of the curve together with the resulting tangent line and normal line. "

9.y:x.'-1x-5;(-2,7) 12.y :2x - x3;(-2, 4) 15. y :

6

|;

13.Y: \/q4i; R

(3, 2)

18.y:Vfi;

1 0 . y : x z * 2x * 1,;(1, 4)

e4,5)

15.y:-+; (4,-4) e3,2\

1 1 .y : t x 3 ;( 4 , 8 ) 14. y: \/+i=; (3, 3) 17.y : {i;

@,2)

MOTION .II5 VELOCIryIN BECTILINEAR 3.2 INSTANTANEOUS + 3 that is Parallelto the line 8r - y * 3: 0' that is parallel to the linezx+78y-9=o' 20. Find an equation of the nomral line to the curve y:t3-3r is PerPendicularto the line x+2y-77:0' equation of the tangent line to the curve y: \/b=-1that f|' Fird "r, -2) that is tantent to the curve y: r'- 7' 22. Find an equation of each line through the point (3, -6) that is tangent to the curve y: 3xu- 8' 23. Find an equation of each lin€ through th€ Point (2, 24. Prcve analytically that therc is no line through the Point (1, 2) that is talSent to the curve y: 4 x,. 19. Find an equation of the tantent line to the curve y:21

3.2 INSTANTANEOUS VELOCITY IN RECTILINEAR MOTION

Consider a particle moving along a straight line. Such a motion is called rectilinear motion. One diiection is chosen arbitrarily as positive, and the opposite direction is negative. For simplicity, w€ assll'me that the motion of the particle is along a horizontal line, with distance to the right as positirru u.d distance to the left as negative. Select some point on the line and denote it by the letter O. Let / be the function determining the directed distance of the particle from O at any particular time. To be more specific, let s feet be the directed distance of the particle from O at t r".o1d, of time. Then / is the function defined by the equation

(1)

s: f (t)

which gives the directed distance from the point O to the particle at a particular instant of time. Equation (1) is called an equationof motion of' the Particle. O ILLUSTRATION

1: LCt

s--P+2t-3 Then, when t:0, s: -3; therefore,the particle is 3 ft to the left of point O when f : 0. When t: I, s : 0; so the particle is at point O at l- sec. When t: 2, s : 5; so the particle is 5 ft to the right of point O at 2 sec. When t:3, s: !2; so the particleis 12 ft to the right of point O at 3 sec. Figure g.z.L illustrates the various positions of the particle for specific values of f.

the particle moves from the Between the time fot t: L and t-3, point where s : 0 to the point where s:12; thus, in the 2-sec interval ihe change in the directed distance from O is L2 ft. The average velocity of the pirti.t" is the ratio of the change in the directed distance from a

116

THEDERIVATIVE fixed point to the change in the time. So the number of feet per second in the average velocity of the particle from t: ! to f : 3 is la: 6. From f : 0 to f : 2, the change in the directed distance from O of the particle is 8 ft, and so the number of feet per second in the average velocity of the particle ' in this 2-sec interval is $: 4. . In Illustration 1, the average velocity of the particle is obviously not constanU and the average velocity supplies no specific information about the motion of the particle at any particular instant. For example, if a person is driving a car a distance of 70 miles in the same direction, and it takes him 2 hr, we say his average velocity in traveling that distance is 35 mi/hr. However, from this information we cannot determine the speedometer reading of the car at any particular time in the 2-hr penod. The speedometer reading at a specific time is referred to as the iistantaneous aelocity, The following discussion enables us to arrive at a definition of what is meant by "instantaneous velocity.,, I9t Eq. (1) define s (the number of feet in the directed distance of the particle from point O) as a function of f (the number of seconds in the time)' When t: tr, s: sr. The change in tire directed distance from O is (s - st) ft over the interv al of time (t - tr) sec, and the number of feet per second in the average velocity of the particle over this interval of time is given by s-sr t-t, or, because s:

f(t) - f(t,) t-

f (t) and st: f (t), the average verocity is found from

tt

Now the shorter the interval is from t, to t, the closer the average velocity will be to what we would intuitively think of as the instantaneous veloclty at tr. For example, if the speedometer reading of a car as it passes a point Pt is 40 mi/hr and if a point p is, for instance, 100 ft from pr, then the average velocity of the car as it travels this 100 ft will very likely be close to 40 mi/hr because the variation of the velocity of the car along this short stretch is probably slight. Now, if the distance irorn p, to p were shortened to 50 ft, the average velocity of the car in this interyal would be even closer to the speedometer reading of the car as it passes pr. We can continue this process, and the speedometer reading ui ^e, ."n b" represented as the limit of the average velocity between P, ind pas p approaches pr. We have, then, the following definition. 3.2.7 Definition

rf f is a function given by the equation s: f(t)

(1)

and a particle is moving along a straight line so that s is the number of

MOTION 117 VELOCIWIN RECTILINEAR 3.2 INSTANTANEOUS units in the directed distance of the particle from a fixed point on the line at f units of time, then the instantaneousuelocity of the particle at f1 units of time is u(f1) units of velocity where

if this limit exists. Because t + tr, we can write (3)

t:h+At and conclude that

"t -+ tl'

is equivalent to

"Lt + 0"

(4)

From Eqs. (2) and (3) and statement (4), we obtain the following expression for a(tt): + Ll

+af)-

(f')

(5)

if this limit exists. Formula (5) can be substituted for formula (2) in the definition of instantaneous velocity. The instantaneous velocity may be either positive or negative, depending on whether the particle is moving along the line in the positive -or the negative direction. When the instantaneous velocity is zero, the particle is at rest. The speed of a particle at any time is defined as the absolute value of the instantaneous velocity. Hence, the speed is a nonnegative number. The terms "speed" and "instantaneous velOcity" are often cOnfused. It should be noted that the speed indicates only how fast the particle is moving, whereas the instantaneous velocity also tells us the direction of motion. rxavrrr.r L: A Particle is moving along a straight line according to the equation of motion s:2t3-4t2+2t-L Determine the intervals of time when the particle is moving to the right and when it is moving to the left. Also determine the instant when the particle reverses its direction.

s o l u r r o N f U ) : Z t B - 4 t 2+ 2 t - t ' Applying formula (2) in the definition of the instantaneousvelocity of the particle al tr, we have a(t):

lim f t-tt

@ -- f - ( t ) L

Ll

- (zttg- Attz+ 2h - 1) : Iim (2t3 4t2J 2t 1) t-tt

2(t3 - tf) - 4(t2 - ttz) + 2(t - t)

: lim t-tr

2 ( t- t ) l ( t z + t h + t f ) - 2 ( t+ t ) + L f

118

THEDERIVATIVE

Dividing the numerator and the denominator by t - t, (becauset + t), we obtain a(tr) : lim z(tz + ttt + tr, - 2t - 2tr + 't) I _tt

: 2 ( t r 2 * t r ,I t r ,- 2 t ,- 2 t 1 + l ) :2(3tt2-4h+1,) : 2 ( 3 t , - 1 )( f r - 1 )

I T a b l e3 . 2 . 1

tr- 1

f'

12.f(x) : (x - 2)-2; xr:2

ifr3

M . f (/ x\ ) : {

(-*2t3 ifx0 lxr," Ir:0

15. Given l(r) : lrl, draw a sketch of the graph of I Prove that is continuous at 0. Prove that is not differentiabte / at O, f but that f'(r) : lrllx lor all x + 0. (HrNr: Let lrl : r/r1) t0 Given l(r) : \g' Prove that neither the derivative from the right at -3 nor the derivative from the left at 3 exist. Draw a sketch of the graph. 17. Given l(r) : d/r, ptove that fi(o) exist8 and find its value. Draw a sketch of the graph. (l- i')3t2, Prove that /'(r) exists for all values of r in the open interval (-1, 18 Givm/(r): 1), and that both /-i(-1) and fl(1) exist. Draw a sketdr of the graph ofl on [-1, l]. ^..a f 19-rFind the values of a and b so thatl'(1) exists if

'

itx 7 z0' Given l(r) : [tn, find /'(xr) if xr is not an integer. Prove by applying Theorem 3.4.1 that l,(r,) does not exist if ,1 is an inteter. lf x, is arl integer, what can you say about f1(x,) li(r,)Z 21. G i v e nf ( x ) : ( r - 1 ) [ x ] . D r a w a s k e t c h o ft h e g r a p ho f f o r x i""a n [ 0 , 2 ] . F i n d :( a ) f_ ( r ) ; ( b )f l ( l ) ; ( c ) f , ( r ) . f 22. Given

f@):{0., lf;;3 where n ]s a Positive integer. (a) For what values of zr is differentiable for all values of x? (b) For what values of n is / /' continuous for all values of x?

2 3. G iv enf ( x ) :

s g n r. (a ) P ro v eth a t/i (0 ):+ o o

and,f' -(0):+ * . (b) provethat l i m /' (r) : 0 and l i m f ' (r) : 0. ' 'O+ "r

24. Let the function / be defined by ( g ( x )- g ( a ) . . tr x f a f (x) : l=--T:;if x: a Lg'(a)

J.-O-

Prove that if g'@) exists,/ is continuous at a.

3'5 SOME THEOREMS ON DIFFERENTIATION oF ALGEBRAIC FUNCTIONS

The operation of finding the derivative of a function is called differentiation, which can be peiformed by applying Definition 3.3.1. However, because this proc"r, i, usually rather lengthy, we state and prove some theorems which enable us to find the derivative of certain functions more easily. These theorems are proved by applying Definition 3.3.1. Following the proof of each theorem, we state the corresponding formula of differentiation.

OF ALGEBRAICFUNCTIONS 131 3.5 SOME THEOREMSON DIFFERENTIATION

3.5.1 Theorem

If c is a constant and if f (x): c for all x, then

f'(r) - o PROOF:

f'(x):ltg'ry :lt'T,T limO

, I

:Q

ffiffiffi

(1)

The deriaatiaeof a constantis zero. . rLLUsrRArIoN1: If f(x):5,

then

f(x):o g.5.2 Theorem

lt n is a positive integer and if f (x): ro, then f'(x) : nYn-r PROOF:

(tv+Lx)-f(x)

f'(x):llq'tr

:lt"T,ry Applying the binomial theorem to (r +Ar)n, wQ have

xn + nxn-tO, *W

,n-z([y)2 *

* nx(Lx)"-l

* (Ar)n

lim

f'(r):

'

Ar-0

:

lim

nxn-r Lx*n(n;l) "4 2l

,o-z1yx\z+ . . . *nx(Ax)"-t+

(Ar)'

Aa-0

Dividing the numerator and the denominator by Ax, we have

f,(x):l,*|n**_,*w*n-z1Lx)+...*nx(Lx)n+(Ar),-']

132

THE DERIVATIVE

Every term, except the first, has a factor of A,x;therefore, every term, except the first, approacheszero as Ar approacheszero. So we obtain

I

f

'(x) nx6n-r

(2) o ILLUSTRATToN2: (a) lf f (x) :

x8, then

f'(x) : 8x7 (b) If f(x): x, then ' f'(x): L ro :L'1. -1 3'5'3 Theorem If f is a function, c is a constant, and g is the function defined by 8(r)-c.f(x) then if f '(x) exists, g'(r)-c'f'(*) PROOF:

8'k):lt*ry

:l:Try : lin

lf@+ Ar) - f(x)1

o"lorL:j

:c.t.-/(r+AI)-/(r) Arr-.o

A)C

- cf'(x)

i

ffi##iF;rn**l

(3)

The deriaatiaeof a constanttimes a function is the constanttimesthe deriaatiaeof the function if this deriaatiae exists. By combining Theorems 3.5.2 and 3.5.3 we obtain the following result: If f (x) : ocn, where n is a positive integer and c is a constant, ' f (x): sn26n-r (4)

FUNCTIONS 133 OF ALGEBRAIC ON DIFFERENTIATION 3.5 SOMETHEOREMS o rLLUSrRArroN3: If f(x) :5x7, then :5 ' 7xG f'(x) : 3516

3.5.4 Theorem If / and g are functions and if h is the function defined by

h(x):f(x)+s@) theniI f ' (x) andg'(r) exist, h'(x):1'(x)*g'(r) PROOF:

h'(x): :

:

h ( x* L x )- h ( x ) ll* t/(r + ar) + s(r +Ar)l [/(r) + s(r)] lr,T.

Ax)- s(r)l

l'"T.

:1'"T'ry*hlry - 7 '@ )* 8 ' ( r )

I

(s) The deriuative of the sum of two functions is the sum of their deriratiaes if these deriaatiaesexist. The result of the preceding theorem can be extended to any finite number of functions, by mathematical induction, and this is stated as another theorem. 3.5.5 Theorem

The derivative of the sum of a finite number of functions is equal to the sum of their derivatives if these derivatives exist. From the preceding theorems the derivative of any polynomial func' tion can be found easilY.

Exevrpr,r1: Given f(x):7xa-2x3*8x*5 hnd f ' (x).

SOLUTION:

f' (x) : D*(7xa 2x3* 8x + 5) : D*(7xa)+ D*(-Zx") * D*(8r) + D'(5) :28xs-6x2+8

DERIVATIVE

3.5.5 Theorem If f andg are functions and if ft is the function defined by

h ( x ): f ( x ) s ! ) then if.f '(x) and g'(x) exist, h ' ( x ) : f ( x ) g '( r ) + g ( x ) f ' ( x ) PROOF:

h'(x):l'nW . _- lim fG + A'x)' S@+ A,x) f(x) g(x) A,x We subtract and add f (x * Ar) . S(r) in the numerator, therebv

grvlng us

h'(x\ :

Ln . g(r+Ar)-g(x)+g(r).f(x+ t4- r 0'where6 ft i8 the directed distan& of the obje* from the starting point atJ 8€c.(a) What is the instantaneousvelocity of the object at ,1 sec?(b) What is the instantaneousvelocity at 1 iec? (c) At what time i5 the instantaneousveloclty zeto?

138

THEDERIVATIVE 3.6 THE DERMTIVE OF A COMPOSITE FUNCTION

Suppose that y is a function of u and u, it'r.turn, is a function of t. For example,let

Y : f ( u ): u 5

(1)

u:8@):2x3-5x2+4

e)

and

Equations (1) and (2) together define y as a function of x because if we replace u in (1) by the right side of (2) we have

A : h ( x ) : f \ e ) 1 : ( 2 x B _ 5 x+24 ) ' where h ts a composite function which was defined previously (refer to Definition 1.8.2). We now state and prove a theorem for finding the derivative of a composite function. This theorem is known as the chain rule. 3.6.1 Theorem If y is a function of u, defined by y: f (u), and Duy exists, and if u is a ChainRute function of x, defined by r: g@i, ind'Dru exists, tiren y is afunction of r and Dry exists and is given by D rA:

D uy ' D ru

pRooF: From Eq. (6) of Sec. 3.3, we have

Duu:Iin#, Hence, when l\"l difference

is small (close to zero but not equal to zero) the

Au fi'- o"v is numerically small. Denoting the difference by n, we have

A,u n:ft,-DuA

ifLu#0

The above equation defines T as a function of Lu, provided that Lu * 0. Letting 11: F(Lu), we obtain Att

F(Az):ffi-

Dua

if Lu * o

(3)

Equation (3) defines F(Aa) provided that Az * 0. In a later part of this proof , we want the function F to be continuous at 0. Thus, *" d"fi.re F(0) to be lim F(Ar.r).From Eq. (3) we have

: H-'^i\n,, Hllnro') llT

OF A COMPOSITEFUNCTION 3.6 THE DERIVATIVE

139

Duu- D"a : Hence, we define F(0) : 0, and we have

, lN-D",u F ( A u )- ' l A u " u r L0

irLu*o if\u-0

Solving Eq. (3) for LY, we obtain Ly: DuU' Lu * Lu ' F(A'u)

(4 )

1f Lu * 0

Note that Eq. (4) also holds rf Lu:0 becausewe have Ly:0 (remember t h a tL y : f ( u + A u ) - f ( u ) ) . Dividing on both sides of Eq. (4) by Ar, where Ax * 0, we obtain La = *:Dua'

Att

htt

6+^O'r(Au)

Taking the limit on both sides of the above equation as Ar approaches zero and applying limit theorems, we have

F(Au) Hence, DrA:

DuA ' Dru * Dru ' Lim F(Lu)

(5)

Ar-0

We now show that lim F(Az):0 by making use of Theorem 2.6-5.We Atr-O

first expressAtt as a function of Ax. Because

rim *

ar-o AI

: D,u

it follows that when lAxl is small and Ax * 0, Lul Lr differs from D "u by a small number which dePends on Ar, which we call d(Ar). Hence, we write Lu

ffi-- D,u* 0(Ar)

if a'x* o

and multiplying by Lx we obtain Lu:D*il' Lx* d(Ar) 'Ar

if Lx # 0

The above equation expressesAz as a function of Ar. Calling this function G, we have G(Ar) : D,il' Ar * d(Ar) ' Ar

ifA,x*0

THEDERIVATIVE

140

H e n c e , F(A z) : F(G(A 1) ), and

lim F(Az) :

l''1

F(G(Ax))

:0 and F is continuous at 0 (rememberthat we made Because ln "(Ax) it so), we can apply Theorem2.6.5,to the right side of the aboveequation and we have

lim F(Au): F(l',Tc(Ax)) : F(0) -0 So in Eq. (5) if we replace F(Az) by 0, we obtain olim D,A:DuA.Dru*Dru.0 Thus, D*A: Duy . Dru

I

In the following example, we apply the chain rule to the function given at the beginning of this section. EXAMPLEL: ,:

Given

( 2x s- Sx z+ 4 )t

soLUTroN: Considering y as a function of z, where u is a function of x, we have U : tts

find D,y.

w here u:2xr

- S xzI 4

Therefore, from the chain rule, DrA : DuA . Dru:

5ua(6x2- 10x)

: 5(2x3 - 5x2* 4)a(6x2- 10r) rxavrprn 2:

f(x) :

Given

4x3*5x2-7xt8

solurroN: to obtain

write f (x) :

(4x3 + 5x2- zx * 8)-t, and apply the chain

- -1,(4xB * 5x2- Zx * 8)-2(1,2x2* llx - T\ f' (x)

-1.2x2-1,0x*7 (4x"*5x2-7x+g)2 nx,q.upr.n 3:

Given

f(x):e#)^ find f '(x).

solurroN:

Applying the chain rule, we have

(3r - 1)(2J- (2{ + 1)(3) ,(x\ /f \ / : 4- PJI l)3 (3r-1), \3r-1l

OF A COMPOSITEFUNCTION 3.6 THE DERIVATIVE

ExAMPLE 4:

Given

: (3x2t 2)'(x' - 5r)' f(x) find f '(x).

141

Consider f as the product of the two functionsg and h, where : (x2- Sx)B 8(r) : (3x2* 2)z and h(x) Using Theorem 3.5.5 for the derivative of the product of two functions, we have ' ( x ) : g @ ) h ' ( x )+ h ( x ) g ' ( x ) f We find h' (x) and g'(r) by the chain rule, thus giving us i.J 'i i i! t ' ( x ) : ( 3 x z* Z ) ' I g k ' 5x)'(2x- 5)l + (x'- 5r)3[2(3r'+ 2)(6r)] f : 3 ( 3 f * 2 ) ( x z- 5 r ) ' [ ( 3 x 2* 2 ) ( 2 x - 5 ) + 4 x ( f - 5 r ) ] : 3(3x2* 2) (x2- 5r)'16x" - L1xzt 4x- 10 * 4xs- 20x21

solurroN:

: 3(3f * 2) (x2- 5x)'(10r3- 35xz* 4x- 10)

3.6 Exercises In Exercises1 through20, find the derivative of the given function. 2. f(x): (10- Sx)n 1. F(r) : (x'* 4r - 5)3 a. S(r) : (zta* 8rz + 1)' 7. h(u) :

( 3 u 2* 5 ) 3 ( 3 u _1 ) '

5 . f ( x ) : ( x* 4 ) - ' 8. f(x): (4xzr7)2(2x3+ 1)'

/)t2 +

l\2 ' 1_2. g(t): (fr,,117

1;-r 10.f (x): (f - n*-z1z1xz*

i'-r-l. f(il:

13.f(x):*fu

M h(x):Gj!#*6)'

(F)''

- 4) : t6.f(il : (y*s)'(sy+ L)2(3y2 -r7.f(z) ffi,

Tg.G(x):ffi

g. f(t) : (2t4- 7tB+ 2t - l)2 5. H(z) : (2"- 322* t1-e 9. S (r) : (2x - 5)-' (4x * 3\-2

(\t

+ s)' 15.f(r) : (r?+ 7)3(1r 18. g(r) : (2x - 9)t(x" t 4x - 5)3

-

20.F(x):ffi-

g)-2

21. A particle i5 moving along a straight line according to the equation of motion s: [(t2 l)/(rc + 1)]" with t = 0, velocity of the instantaneous What i3 the (a) t sec. the origin at particle frorn oif the where s ft is the dire-cted distance particle at t1 sec? (b) Whai is the instantaneous velocity of the partide at 1 sec? (c) What is the instantaneous velocity at t sec? at each of the followint Points: (0'l.)' (1'&)' (2'+)' 22. Find an equation of the tangent line to the curve y:2/(4-r)r (g,2), (5,2), (6, *). Draw J sketch of the graph and setments of the tangent lines at the given points. - 2x - 4)2 at the point (3.:2). 23. Find an equation of the normal line to the curve y : ?l(x' Find an equation of the tangent line to the curve y: (x'- 4)'l(3x 5)2 at the point (1, *). ' (x ' ); (b ) g ' (r). 25. Gi ve nf ( x ) : 13and S @ ) : f (f).F i n d : (a )f Fi nd the deri vati veof f " g i n tw o w ays: (a) by fi rst fi ndi n g a n d g (r): (x + 7 )l (r-1 ). 26. Gi ven f( u) : u2*S u*5 U. il(r) and then finding U " 8)'@); (b) by using the chain rule.

a

i

?

142

THE DEFIIVATIVE

27. Suppose that I and g are two functio,nssuch that (i) g'(rl) and l'(g(r,)) terval containing xr, g(r) - g(rr) + 0. Then

exist and (ii) for all x * 11in some open rn-

( / " 9 ) ( r )- ( / . 9 ) ( r , )_ ( / . s ) ( r ) - ( / . g ) ( r , ) g ( r )- s ( x , ) . x- xr x- xr s(r) - g(x')

(6)

(a) Provethat as , - *r, gk) - gk) and hencethat (f . s)'(rr): f' (g(xr))g'(xr) thus simplifying the proof of the chain rule under the additional hypothesis (ii); (b) Show that the proof of the chain rule given in part (a) applies it f(u): LP arrdg(x) : xs,but that it ioes not apply'ii (u) : u2 and,gtr) : sgn r. f 28. Use the chain rule to Prove that (a) the derivative of an even function is an odd function, and (b) the derivative of an odd function is an even function, provided that these derivatives exist. 29.use the result of Exercise28(a) to Prove that if g is an even function and g'G) exists, then if h(x) : (f " s) @) and,f is differentiableeverywhere,h'(0) : 0.

30. Supposethat/ and g are functionssuch thatf' (x): llx and,f(S@)):r. prove that if g,@) existstheng,(r):S(r). 31.luppose that y is a function of a, ts is a function oI u, and u is a function of.x, and,thatthe derivative

sDrA,Duv,and,

Dru all exist. Prove the chain rule for three functions: D,A : (D,y) (D"a) (D"u)

3.7 THE DERIVATIVE oF THE The tunction defined by / POWER FUNCTION FOR x' I\x) RATTONAL EXpONENTS

(1)

is called the poaw function In Sec. 3.5 we obtained the following formula for the derivative of this function when r is a positive or negatirre irrt"gen f

' (x ) : p6r-r

( 2)

We now show that this formula holds when r is a rational number, with

certain stipulations when x: 0. We first consider x * 0, and r : Llq, where q is a positive integer. Equation (1) then can be written f (x) : 26tro

From Definition 3.3.1, we have

f,(x):111 w

(3)

To evaluate the limit in Eq. (3) we must rationalize the numerator. To do this, we use formula (7) inSec.2.2, which is an-bn:

(a-b)(a"-t

so we rationalize

* a " - z b+ a n - s b + z .

the numerator

+ a z b n - i* a b " - z+ b " - r )

of the fraction

(4)

in Eq. (3) by applying

'.qw;

FORRATIONAL EXPONENTS1 4 3 FUNCTION OF THEPOWER 3.7 THEDERIVATIVE Eq. (4), where a: (r + Ar)tto, b: x7rt8,and n: q. So we multiPly the numerator and denominator by + ' + [ (r + Ar) rtqf(q-2)xrtq [ (r + Lx)rta1 0. Find the values of I for which the measure of rhe instantaneous vilocity is 0; (b) U (c) Z. ?a) 24'Givenf(u):llu2andg(r):{xl{2filal,findthederivativeof/"gintwoways:(a)byfirstfinding(l.g)(r) and then finding U " d,e); (b) by using the chain rule. In Exercises 25 through 28, find the derivative of the given function. (nrwr: jal : fii.y

2 5 .f ( x ) : l x z- 4 l 2 7 .g ( x ) : l r l '

2 6 .g ( x ) : r l r l 28. h(x): VltlE

29. Supposeg(x) : lf (x) l. prove that if ,(x) and g,(x) exist,then ,(x)1. f lg,(r) | : lf : 30' Supposethat 8(r) \/FE and ft(x) : f kQ)) where / is differentiableat 3. prove that h,(0; : g. 31. If g and h are functions and if / is the function defined by f(x): [s(x)]'[h(x)]' where r and s are rationar numbers, prove that if g,@) and,h, (r) exist '(x): [ g ( r ) ] , - , l h ( x ) 1 s - r [ r. h ( x ) g ,( r ) + s . g ( r ) h , ( x ) ] f In Exercises32 through 35, use the result of Exercise3L to find the derivative 32. g(x) :

(4x + 3)rt2(4 -

x2)rt3

u. f(r):(#)'{r*n;,,,

3.8 IMPLICIT DIFFERENTIATION

of the given function.

33. f (x):

( 3 x - t 2 ) a ( x 2- l ) z r s

35. F(f) :

( t ' - 2 t + 1 ) z t z ( 1 2 +f + 5 ) 1 / 3

If f - {(x, y)ly : g*" * 5x + 1}, then the equation a:3x2*5x*L

( 1) defines the function / explicitly. However, not all functions are defined explicitly. For example, if we have the equation

f-2x-3yu*y'-y'

e)

we cannot solve for y in terms of r; however, there may exist one or more functions / such that if y: f(x), Eq. (2) is satisfied, that is, such that the equation

x B- 2 x : i l f ( x ) l u+ [ / ( x ) ] ' - l f ( x ) 1 ,

.aie9s .

147 DIFFERENTIATION 3.8 IMPLICIT is true for all values of r in the domain of f . In this case we state that the function / is defined implicitly by the given equation. Using the assumption that Eq. (2) defines y as one or more differentiable functions of x, we can find the derivative of y with respect to xby the process called implicit differentiation, which we now do. The left side of Eq. (2) is a function of x, and the right side is a function of y. Let F be the function defined by the left side of (2), and let G be the function defined by the right side of (2). Thus, F(r) - x6 - 2x

(3)

G(y)-3yu*y"-Y'

(4)

and

where y is a function of.x, saY,

Y: f(x) So we write Eq. (2) as

(s)

F(r) - G(f(x))

Equation (5) is satisfied by all values of x in the domain of / for which

exists. Glf(x)l '

Then for all values of x fot which / is differentiable, we have

D,lxu - 2xl - D,l3yu* y' - y'l

(6)

The derivative on the left side,of Eq. (5) is easily found, and we have V)

D*lxu-2xl:6x5-2

we find the derivative on the right side of Eq. (5) by the chain rule, giving us D'lSyu l y'- a'l:

t}y' ' D*a * Syn' D,V - 2a ' D,a

(8)

substituting the values from (7) and (8) into (6), we obtain 6x5- 2:

(LB!' t Syn- 2y)D"y

Solving for D rY, we get

D,U

6x5-2 L8y5*Syn-2y

Equation (2) is a special type of equation involvrng x and y because it can be written so that all the terms involving x are on one side of the equation and all the terms involving y are on the other side. In the following illustration we use the method of implicit differentiation to findD*y from a more general tyPe of equation.

148

THE DERIVATIVE

o rLLUSrRArroN 1: Consider the equation 3*nY'-7xy":4-8U

(9)

and assumethat thereexist one or more differentiablefunctions such that / if y: f (x), Eq. (9) is satisfied. Differentiating on both sides of Eq. (9) (bearing in mind that y is one or more differentiable functions of r), and applying the theorems for the derivative of a product, the derivative of a power, and the chain rule, we obtain 72x3y2 * 3xa(2yD*a)- 7yt - 7x(3y2D,y) - 0 - gD,a Solving for Dry, we have D,y(6xay - 27xy2+ 8) : 7yt - l2xsy2

DrA:ffi

o

Remember that we assumed that both Eqs. (2) and (9) define y as one or more differentiable functions of x. It may be that an equation in x and y does not imply the existence of any real-valued function, as is the case for the equation

x'+y'*4:0 which is not satisfied by any real values of r and y. Furtherrnore,it is possible that an equation in I and V may be satisfied by many different functions, some of which are differentiable and some of which are not. A general discussion is beyond the scope of this book, but can be found in an advancedcalculustext. In subsequentdiscussions,when we statethat an equation in x and y definesy implicitly as a function of x, we assume that one or more of these functions is differentiable. Example 3, which follows, illustrates the fact that implicit differentiation gives the derivative of every differentiable function defined by the given equation. EXAMPLE

(x * Y)'-

Given ( x - y ) 2 : x a* A a

find D,y.

solurroN:

Differentiating implicitly with respect to x, we have

2 ( x * V ) 0 * D , y ) - 2 ( +- V ) ( t - D * y ) : A x s - r A y B D , y from whicir we obtain 2x * 2y + (2x + 2y)D"y - 2x + 2y * (2x - 2y)D,y : 4xB*

yBD,y

D"y(Ax-4y'):4x3-4y D

rxevrrrE 2: Find an equation of the tangent line to the curye f t y":9 at the point (1,,2).

solurroN:

xg-tl

,!:;=T

Differentiating implicitly with respect to x, we obtain

3x2*3y2D,y:g

I

3 . 8 I M P L I C I TD I F F E R E N T I A T I O N1 4 9

Hence, v2

D,u:-+ @r

y"

Therefore,at the point (L, 2), is then

An equation of the tangent line

y-2:-I(x-1) (a) Differentiating implicitly, we find ExAMPLE3: Given the equation solurroN: x' * y' :9, find: (a) D"Y bY -X 2x t 2YD*Y: 0 and so D-Y: implicit differentiation; @) rwo functions defined bY the equa(b) Solving the given equation for y, we obtain tion; (c) the derivative of each of and Y : -!9 - xz the functions obtained in Part (b) y -- ttr=p by explicit differentiation. Let fl be the function for which (d) Verify that the result obtained in part (a) agreeswith the results fr(x):6zT obtained in Part (c). and f, be the function for which

frv '

'i,'.,4

f,(x): -\E=i'

;+Y i

*

,J,- r'

'r/ '' *J

"'l

(c) Because/, (r) : (9 - xr)tt', bY using the chain rule we obtain - x')-trz1-2x) : f ,.'(x) i(9

I

C,,t

ii.1f f

t/9 - x' r0'

Similarly, we get -x

f''\x):ffi; fr(x), where f ,(x)

(d) For a:

-- \tr=T,

we have from part (c)

--x

f " ( \"/ -t) .,I

y

{r4

which agrees with the answer in part (a). Fot y: -fr=E, we have from Part (c)

fr'(x) : -r678 v/

&

__L

v

which also agrees with the answer in part (a)'

: fr(x), where fr(x)

150

THEDERIVATIVE

Exercises 3.8 In Exercises L through L6, find D,y by implicit

1 , .f + A 2 : 1 6

, i T , ' * : '- + ? Y \.J

XC Zy

7. \/i * t/y:4

differentiation.

(z., zr'y * 3xys: 5

3 . x s+ y t : 8 x y

s.l+1:t xy

6.x-4u:x

8.y+{xy:g*"

9. ,'y':

v

x2i A2

t O .y t f f i t x f f y : y

11..(x * y)'- (x - A)": x" + y"

1 2 . ( 2 xt 3 ) n : 3 y n

13. Y : 2 1 x 2 x-y

1.4.t/y + VV + {y:

15.l*V + 2x: fr

1 6. fyt:

*

xn - yn

In Exercises 77 through 20, consider y as the independent variable and, find, Dox. 1 7. xn * yn: L2x2y 18.y:2x3 - 5x t9. x " y * 2 y n - x a : 0 2 0 .y f r - x t / y : 9 2L. Find an equation of the tangent line to the curve "L6xaI at Aa:32

the point (1,2).

22. There are two lines through the point (-r, g) which are tangent to the curve x2+4y2-4x-8y*3:0 Find an equation of each of these lines. Prove that the sum of the r and y intercepts of any tangent line to the curve {tz a yuz: If. x"y*: (r * y)n+*, prove that r . DrA: A.

2 5 -y 2 : X t - g ; l r : g

2 7 .x 2 - y ' : 9 ; x r : - 5 29.f * y' - 2x - 4y - 4- 0; xr:'!.

3.9 THE DERIVATIVE AS A RATE OF CHANGE

ku2 isconstant and equal to k.

2 6 .f + \ e : Z l ; x t : A 28. y' - x2:' ).6; x1- -3 30. x2* 4y, * 6x - 40y* 9Z : 0; xr: -2

The concept of velocity in rectilinear motion coffesponds to the more general concept of instantaneous rate of change. For eiample, ifa particle is moving along a straight line according to the-equation of motion s: f(t), we have seen that the velocity of the particle at f units of time is determined by the derivative of s .with respect to f. Because velocity can be interpreted as a rate of change of distance per unit change in time, we see that the derivative of s with respect to f is the rate of c"hange of s per unit change in f. In a simirar way, if a quantity y is a function of a quantity x, wemay exPress the rate of change of y per unit change in r. The discussion is analogous to the discussions of the slope of a tangent line to a graph and

AS A RATEOF CHANGE 151 3.9 THE DERIVATIVE the instantaneous velocity of a particle moving along a straight line. If the functional relationship between y and r is given by

Y: f(x)

f (x,+ Lx) f (x) :Ly Lx A,x

(1)

If the limit of this quotient exists as Ax e 0, this limit is what we intuitively think of as the instantaneous rate of change of.y per unit change in r at lr. Accordingly, we have the following definition. 3.9|t Definition

rate of changeof y per unit changein x at xt lf y - f (x), tirreinstantaneous derivative of y with respect to r at xr, if it the it7'drj or, equivalently, exists there. The instantaneousrate of changeof y per unit change in r may be interpreted as the change in y causedby a change of one unit in x if the rate of changeremains constant.To illustrate this geometrically,letl'(rr) be the instantaneousrate of change of.y per unit changein x at xr' Then if we multi ply f' (rr) by Ar (the change in x), we have the change that would occur t" y it'the point (x,y) were to move along the tangent line at (x1,y) of the graph of y:/(r). 3ee Fig. 3.9.1,.The averagerate of change o{ y per unil.h"r,g" i" r is given by ihe fraction in Eq. (L), and if this is multiplied by Ax, we have

:Lu n. ^*- Ly Figure3.9.1

which is the actual change in y caused by a change of Ar in r when the point (x,y) moves along the graPh.

sxevlprE L: LetV cubic inches be the volume of a cube having an edge of length e inches. Find the average rate of change of the volume per inch change in the length of the edge as e changes from (a) 3.00 to 3.20; (b) 3.00 to 3.10; (c) 3.00 to 3.01. (d) What is the instantaneous rate of change of the volume Per inch change in the length of the edge when e:3?

Because the formula for finding the volume of a cube is solurroN: : e3. Then the average rate v: e3, let f be the function defined by f (e) from e, to et * Ae is changes e e as in change unit of chang e of V per

f (e'+ A'e) f (e') A,e

- 0.2,and'=s@: 9Jf i, A,e (a)or-fllfi/Q) (b)e,: 3,A,e:0.1; ".a

: g}}9

:#

: 28.8

:'# : 27'e

152

THE DERIVATIVE

( 3 ' 0 1 ) 3- 3 3 - 0 ' 2 7 1 ' : 27 (c) €r:3, A,e:0.01, undl(3'01.)- /(3) 't 0.0L 0.01 0J01 In part (a) we see that as the length of the edge of the cube changes from 3.00 inches to 3.20 inches, the change in the volume is S.7T cubic inches and the average rate of change of the volume is 28.8 cubic inches per inch change in the length of the edge. There are similar interpretations of parts (b) and (c). (d) The instantaneous rate of change of V per unit change in e at 3 is /'(3). '(e) :3e2 f Hence,

f

' ( 3 ): 2 7

Therefore, when the length of the edge of the cube is 3 inches, the instantaneous rate of change of the volume is 27 cubic inches per inch change in the length of the edge.

ExAMPLE 2:

The annual gross earnings of a particular corporation f years after January I,'1974, is p millions of dollars and

P:€F+2t+10 Find: (a) the rate at which the gross earnings were growing January 7, 1976; (b) the rate at which the gross earnings should be growing January 1,1980.

solurroN: (a) On January '1.,'j.976,

DtP:tt+z

hence, we find Dp when

,,r],:, -3+ 2:3.G

s9.9" I^!!?rv 1,1976,the gross earnings were growing at the rate of 3.6 million dollars per year. (b) On January 1,,lg10, t: 6 and. I Dtpl :+*Z:6.8 Jt:e

Therefore, on January l, 7980,the gross earnings should be growing at the rate of 6.8 million dollars per year.

The results of Example 2 are meaningful only if they are compared to the actual earnings of the corporation. For eximple, ir o. fanuary 1, 1975, it was found that the earnings of the coqporation for the year lg14 had been 3 million dollars, then the rate of growth on fanuary 7, !9T6, of 3.4 million dollars annually would have b-een excellent. Howev er, if the earnings in 7974 had been 300 million dollars, then the growth rate on fanuary 1,"1,976,would have been very poor. The measire used to comPare the rate of change with the amount of the quantity which is being changed is called the relatiue rate. 3.9.2 Definition

y -- f (r), the relatiae rate of changeof y per unit changein x at xris given lf by f'(xr)lf(xr) or, equivalently, O.VIV' evaluated at xJ xr.

3.9 THE DERIVATIVE AS A RATE OF CHANGE

153

If the relative rate is multiplied by 100, we have the percent rate of change. nxaupln 3: Find the relative rate of growth of the gross earnings on Januaryt,'1.976,and January l, L980,for the corPoration of Example2.

solurroN: (a) When t:2, P : +(4) + 2(2) + L0 : L5.6.Hence,on Januaty 1, 1976,the relative rate of growth of the corporation's annual gross earningswas

: : 23.'m ry1,:,:ffi 0.231 (b) When t:6, p: ?(36)+ 2(6) + 10 :36.4. Therefore,on January 1980, the relative rate of growth of the corporation's annual gross earnings should be '!,,

%P.l : 6'R P lt:e

967:

0'1'87:'l'8'7%

Note that the growth rate of 6.8 million dollars for ]anuary 1, 1980, is greater than the 3.6 million dollars for January 1,1976; however, the rela'J.8.7Vo for January 1, 1980, is less than the relative tive growth rate of growth rate of 23.LVofor January L, L976.

3.9 Exercises l. If A in., is the area of a square and s in, i5 the length of a side of the square, find the average rate of change of A with respectto s as s changesfrom (a) 4.00to 4.50;(b) 4.00to 4.30;(c) 4.00to 4.10.(d) What is the instantaneousrate of change of d vrith respect to s when s is 4.00? 2. Supposea right-circular cylinder has a constant height of 10.00in. If V in.3 is the volume of the right-circular cylinder, ani r in. is the radius of its base, find the average rate of change of V with rcsPect to / as t changes from (a) 5.00 to 5.40; (b) 5.00 to 5.10;(c) 5.00 to 5.01.(d) Find the instantaneousrate of change of y with resPectto r when r is 5.00. 3. Let r be the reciprocal of a number r. Find the instantaneous rate of drante of / with resPect to t and the relative rate of change of r per unit change in n when z is (a) 4 and (b) 10' 4. Let s be the principal square root of a number l. Find the instantaneous rate of change of s with resPect to r and the relative rate of drange of s Per unit change in x when r is (a) 9 and (b) a. 5. If water is being drained from a swimming pool and y gal is the volume of water in the Pool I min after the draining starts, where y-= 250(4O- l)1, find (a) the averagerate at which the water leaves the pool during the first 5 min, and (b) how faet the water ie flowing out of the pool 5 min after the draining starts. 6, The supply equation for a certain kind of pencil is r: 3f I 2p whete p cents fu the price P,erPencil when 10mt PenAt are suppfea. (a) Find the average rate of drange of the supply per I cent drange in the Pdce when the Price is increased &om 10 cents to 11 cents. (b) Find the instantareous (or marginal) rate of drange of the suPPly Per 1 cent change in the price whm the price is 10 cents. - O.Zf. 7. The profit of a rctail store is 100y dollars when r dolLars are spent daily on advertiBing a\d V : 25,0O+ Xx if the currmt increased Use the derivative to detemrine ii it would be profitable for the daily advertising budget to be (b) $100 daily advertising budget is (a) $60 ard

154

THE DERIVATIVE

8' A balloon maintains the shape of a spherc as it is being inflated. Find the rate of change of the surface area with respect to the radius at the instant when the radius is 2 in. 9. In an electdc circuit, if E volt8 is the electromotive force, R ohms is the resistance, and I amperes is the current, Ohm,8 l,aw states that IR: E. Assuming that E is constant, show that R decreasesat a rate that is-proportional to the inverse square of L 10. Boyle's lgw fo1 tle expansion of a gas is PV: C, where P is the number of pounds per square unit of pressure, y is -change the numbet of cubic units in the_volume of the gas, and C is a constant. Fina the insiantaneous rate of of the volune per change of one pound per square unit in the pressure when p : 4 and V: g. 11' A bomber is flying parallel to the ground at an altitude of 2 mi and at a speed of 4l mi/rrin. If the bomber flies directly over a target, at what rate is the line-of-Eight distance between the bomber and the target changing 20 sec later? 12. At 8 a.M. a ship sailing due north at 24 knots (nauticat miles per hour) is at a point P. At 10 A.M. a second ship sailing due east at 32 knots i8 at P. At what rate is the distance between the two ships changing at (a) 9 e.r.,r.and @!1 e.r,a.?

3.10 RELATED

RATES

'

ExAMrLE1: A ladder ZSft long is leaning against a veftical wall. If the bottom of the ladder is pulled horizont ally away from the wall at 3 ftlsec, how fast is the top of the ladder sliding down the wall, when the bottom is 15 ft from the wall?

There are many problems concerned with the rate of change of two or more related variables with respect to time, in which it is not necessary to express each of these variables directly as functions of time. For examPle, supPose that we are given an equation involving the variables r and y, and that both x and y arc functions of a third variable f, where t sec denotes time. Then, because the rate of change of r with respect to f and the rate of change of y with respect to f are given by D,x aid. D,y, resPectively, we differentiate on both sides of the given equation with respect to t by applying the chain rule and proceed as below. SoLUTIoN: Let f : the number of seconds in the time that has elapsed since the ladder started to slide down the wall; a: the number of feet in the distance from the ground to the top of the ladder at f sec; r: the number of feet in the distance from the bottom of the ladder to the wall at f sec. See Fig. 3.10.1.Because the bottom of the ladder is pulled horizontally away from the wall at 3 ftlsec,D.x:3. We wish to find Dry whenx:.1_5. From the Pythagorean theorem, we have U2:625

- xz

(1)

Because r and y are functions of t, we differentiate on both sides of Eq. (t) with respect to f and obtain 2y Dty : -2x Dtx giving us

Dta: -1o,* u F i g u r e3 . 1 0 . 1

When x:

lS,it follows from Eq. (1) thaty :

(2) 2f.BecauseDg:3, we

3.10 RELATEDRATES

155

get from (2)

o,rf":,o Therefore, the top of the ladder is sliding down the wall at the rate of 2* ftlsec when the bottom is 15 ft from the wall. (The significance of the minus sign is that y is decreasing as f is increasing.)

EXAMPLE2: A tank is in the form of an inverted cone, having an altitude of L6 ft and a base radius of 4 ft. Water is flowing into the.tank at the rate of 2 ftglri;rir. How fast is the water level rising when the water is 5 ft deep?

Let f : the number of minutes in the time that has elapsed since water started to flow into the tank; the number of feet in the height of the water level at h f min; r: the number of feet in the radius of the surface of the water at f min; V: the number of cubic feet in the volume of water in the tank at f min. At anv time, the volume of water in the tank may be expressed in terms of the volume of a cone (see Fig. 3.1'0.2).

solurroN:

y:

(3)

lnrzh

V, r, and h are all functions of f. Becausewater is flowing into the tank at the rate of 2 ft}lmtn, D1V: 2.We wish to find Dfu when h: 5. To express r in terms of.h, we have from similar triangles

r:ih

;:+

Substituting this value of r into formula (3), we obtain V : in(*h)'(h) 3.10. 2 F ig ure

or

Y : |gnhg

( 4)

Differentiating on both sides of Eq. (a) with respect to f, we get D1V: L*rhz D1h Substituting 2 for D1V and solving for D1h, we obtain

D -, h : 1

?)

Tn-

Therefore,

*o,']o:, :# We conclude that the water level is rising at the rate of 32125znftlmin when the water is 5 ft deeP.

156

THE DERIVATIVE

EXAMPLE3: Two cars, one going due east at the rate of 37.5 mi/hr and the other going due south at the rate of 30.0 mi/hr, are traveling toward an intersection of the two roads. At what rate are the two cars approaching each other at the instant when the first car is 400 ft and the second car is 300 ft from the intersection?

solurroN: Refer to Fig. 3.10.3, where the point P is the intersection of the two roads. Let x: the number of feet in the distance of the first car from P at f sec; y: the number of feet in the distance of the second car from P at f sec; z: the number of feet in the distance between the two cars at f sec. Because the first car is approaching P at the rate of jT.S mi/nr : 37.5' rcuftlsec:55 ft/sec and because r is decreasing as f is increasing, .# f t lsec: i t fo l l o w s that D fi :-55. S i mi l arl y, because 30 mi /hr:30 4 4 ttl s e c, D tA :-44. W e w i sh to fi nd D rz w hen tr:400 and U: 200. From the Pythagorean theorem we have z 2 : x 2* y 2

(5)

Differentiating on both sides of Eq. (5) with respect to f, we obtain 2z DP:2x

Dg I 2U D,Y

and so (5)

F i g u r e3 . 1 0 . 3

when x: 400 and y: 300,it follows from Eq. (5) that z: 500.In Eq. (6), substitutingDrx: -55, DtA: -44, x: 400,y : 300, and,z: 500,we get I : (4oo)(-5s) + (3oo)(-44) :_- t 0n, .4 D,zl 500 Jz:soo Therefore,at the instant in question the cars are approachingeachother at the rate of 70.4 ftlsec.

Exercises 3.10 1. A kite is llying at a height of 40 ft. A boy flying it so that it is moving hodzontally at a rate of 3 ft/sec. If the string is taut, at what rate is the stdnt being paid! out when the length of the i-t ing releasei is 50 ft? 2 A spherical balloon is being inflated so that its volume is increasing at the rate of 5 ftslmin. At what rate is the diameter incteasing when the diameter is 12 ft? 3' A spherical snowball i5 being made so that its volume is incr€asing at the rate of 8 ft3lmin. Find the rate at which the radius is increasing when the snowball is 4 ft in diameter. 4' suPPose that when the diameter is 6 ft the snowball in Exercise 3 stopped growing and started to melt at the rate of I ft3lmin. Find the rate at which the radius is changing when the radiu; is tft. 5' Sand is being dropped at the rate of 10 ft3lmin onto a conical pile. ft the height of the pile is always twice the base radius, at what rate is the height increasing when the pile is a fi nign? 6.

l_llght is hunt 15 ft above a 6tr-aight horizontal path. ff a man 6 ft tall is walking away ftom the litht at therateof 5 ft/eec, how {ast is his shadow lengthening?

3.11 DERIVATIVES OF HIGHERORDER 157 7. .In Exercise 6 at what rate is the tip of the man's shadow moving? / b. A man 6 ft tall is walking toward a building at the rate of 5 ft/sec. If there is a light on the ground 50 ft from the buitding, how fast is the man's shadow on the building growing shotter when he is 30 ft from the building? 9. A water tank in the form of an inverled cone ie being emptied at the rate of 6 ft8/min, The dtitude of the cone i6 24 ft, and the base radius is 12 ft. Find how fa6t the water level is lowerint when the water is 10 ft deep. 10. A trough is 12 ft long and its ends are in the forrr of inverted isoscelea triangles having an altitude of 3 ft and a bas€ of 3 ft. Water is flowing into the trough at the rate of 2 ft3/min. How fa6t is the water level rising when the water is 1,ft deep? 11, Boyle's law for the expansion of gas ig PV: C, where P is the number of pounds per square unit of pressure, y is the number of cubic units of volume of the gas, and C is a constant. At a certain instant the pr€sEure is 3000 lb/fP, the vol: ume is 5 fC, and the volume is increasing at the rate of 3 fP/min. Find the rate of change of the pressure at this instant. 12. The adiabatic law (no gain or loss of heat) for the expansion of air is PIl ' : C, where P is the number of pounds per square unit of pressure, y is the number of cubic unit8 of volume, and C is a constant. At a specific instant, the pressure is 40 lb/in.2 ard is increasing at the rate of 8 lb/in.'2 each second. What i6 the rate of change of volume at this instant? '

13, An autourobile traveung at a rate of 30 ft/sec is approaching an intersection. When the automobile is 120 ft from the i' intersection, a truck traveling at'the rate of atoft/sec crosseqthe inter8ection, The automobile and the truck are on roads that are at right angles to each other. How fast are the automobile and the truck separating 2 sec after the truck leaveg the intersection? 14. A man on a dock is pnlling in a boat at the rate of 50 ft/min by means of a rope attached to the boat at water level. If the man's hands are 16 ft above the water level, how fast is the boat approadring the dock when the amount of rope out is 20 ft? 15. A ladder 20 ft long is leaning against an embankment inclined 50' to the horizontat. If the bottom of the ladder i8 being uroved horizontally toward the embar*ment at L fvsec, how fast is the top of the ladder moving when the bottom is 4 ft from the embankment? 16. A horizontal trough is 16 ft lon& and its ends are isosceles trapezoids with an altitude of 4 ft, a lower base of 4 ft, and an upper base oI 5 ft. Water is being poured into the trough at the rate of l0 felmin. How fast is the water level rising when the water i6 2 ft deep? 17. In Exercise 16 if the water level is decreasing at the rate of I ft/min when the water i8 3 ft deeP, at what rate is water being drawn from the trough? 18. Water is being pour€d at the rate of 8 ft3/min into a tank in the forrr of a cone. The cone is 20 ft deep and 10 ft in diameter at the top. If there iB a leak in the bottom, and the water level is rising at the rate of 1 in./rnin, when the water is 16 ft deep, how fast is the watet leaking?

OF 3.11 DERMTIVES HIGHER ORDER

lf f ' rs the derivative of the function I then /' is also a function, and it is the first deriaatiae of.f . It is sometimes referred to as the first deriaed function. If the derivative of f ' exists, it is called the secondderiaatiae of f , or the second derived function, and can be denotedby f" (read as "f double prime"). Similarly, we define the third deriaatiae of f , or the third derived function, as the first derivative of f " if it exists. We denote the third derivative of f by f "' (read as "f triple prime"). The nth deriaatiae of the function /, where n is a positive integer greater than L, is the first derivative of the (n - l)st derivative of /. We denote the nth derivative of f by f{"t. Thus, if. f{"t denotes the nth derived

THEDERIVATIVE

158

function, we can denote the function / itself by fo.Another symbol for the nth derivative of f is D *"f . If the function / is defined by the equation y: f(x), we can denote the nth derivative of f by D,"y. EXAMPLE 1: Find all the derivatives of the function / defined by f(x):8ra*5r3-

SOLUTION:

f'(x) :32x8 * LSxz 2x f" (x) :96x2 * 3ox 2

x2+7

f "'(x) :192x + 30 f+t(x) : tg2 / ( 5 ) ( r ): 0 n>S

f{n)(y)-0

Becausef '(x) gives the rate of change of f (x) per unit change in x, ' '(r) per f " (x), being the derivative of f (x), gives the rate of change of f unit change in r. The second derivative f " (x) is expressed in units of f'(x) per unit of x, which is units of f(x) per unit of x, per unit of r. For example, in straight-line motion, it f (t) feet is the distance of a particle from the origin at f seconds, then f '(t) feet per second is the velocity of the particle at f seconds, and f " (t) feet per second per second is the instantaneous rate of change of the velocity at f seconds. In physics, the instantaneous rate of change of the velocity is called the instantaneousacceleration Therefore, if a particle is moving along a straight line according to the equation of motion s : f (t), where the instantaneous velocity at f sec is given by a ftisec and the instantaneous acceleration is given by a ftlsecz, then a is the first derivative of z with respect to t or, equivalently, the second derivative of s with respect to f; that is, z t:.DtS rxavrprn 2: A particle is moving along a straight line according to the equation of motion '1 4t ,, :;

-5

A : D rts: D tzs

SOLUTION:

r,t:D6:f

i-'T7--

2-'t+t

where s ft is the directed distance of the particle from the origin at f sec. If u ftlsec is the instantaneous velocity at f sec and a ft/secz is the instantaneous acceleration at f sec, find f, s, and a when a: 0.

and

A: Dp: Se tti n g a :0,

*' , t ! = , . (t + 1.)2 r -.,- 1 D' -t 2 w e have

( r + 1 ) 3 _8 _ (f + 1)3

o

or (f + 1)t: 8

8 (t+1)t

3.11DERIVATIVES OF HIGHER ORDER 159 from which the only real value of t is obtained from the principal cube root of 8, so that

t*l:2 When t:

or I

,:|(1)'+ #:2+ ll:

7

lf (x, y) is any point on the graph of y : /(x), then D"y gives the slope of the tangent line to the graph at the point (x, y).Thus, D"'A is the rate of changeof the slopeof the tangentline with respectto r at the point (x,y). rxavrprr 3: Let m(x) be the slope of the tangent line to the c u r v eA : x 3 - 2 x 2 * r a t t h e point (x,y).Find the instantaneous rate of change of.m per unit change in r at the point Q,2).

'1,. soLUTroN m: Dr! : 3xz - 4x * The instantaneous rate of change of. m per unit change in x is given by Drm or, equivalently, Dr'A. D rffi - D r' A :6x

- 4

At the point (2,2), D,'A:8. is 8 times the change in r.

Hence, at the point (2,2), the change in m

Further applications of the second derivative are its uses in the second-derivative test for relative extrema (Sec. 5.2) and the sketching of the graph of a function (Secs. 5.4 and 5.5). An important application of other higher-ordered derivatives is to determine infinite series as shown in Chapter 76. The following example illustrates how the second derivative is found for functions defined implicitly. rxlvrprs

4:

Given

4xz * 9Y2:36 find D,2y by implicit differentiation.

sot.urroN: Differentiating implicitly with respect to x, we have 8x *'l,8yD"y - 0 so that

Dr!:-fr

(1)

To find Dr'A, we find the derivative of a quotient and keep in mind that y Lsa function of r. So we'have (2)

THE DERIVATIVE

Substituting the value of D,y from Eq. (1) into Eq. (2), we get -36y'-

l6x2

8Ly"

Thus, -L(gyz * 4x2)

Dr'y:ft

(3)

Becauseany values of r and y satisfying Eq. (3) must also satisfy the original equation, we can replace (9y'* 4xz) by 36 and obtain

Drra:-#:-# Exercises 3.71 In Exercises1 through 10, find the first and second derivative of the function defined by the given equation. t.f(x):x5-2x3*x 2. F(x) :7xs - 8x2 3. S(s) :2sa - 4s3* 7s- 7 4. G(t):f3- P+t 5. f(x): \Eq 6.h(V):gffi 7. F(x): xztG-5x

8.g(t):lr+W

1

1

9 .G \ x ) : f f i r z

2- \n ru./(I) : rT yE 1 1 .F i n d D , 3 y i fA : f

-2f*r-5.

12. Find Dfs if s: @T.. {3.

Find D,"f (x)' it f(x) : i: (1-x)" "'

' ..1

,,

o-/ffIn. Find /ra)(r) if /(r) : i=T. 15. Find DraY if. A : x7t2- 2x5t2+ xrt2

15. Find D,su if u: aG2.. -')

17. Given x" + y": 1, show that Drzy:;118. Given xtg * yLt2:2, show that D"'y :

v

$.

19. Given y' + l:4' (a is a constant),find D,? in simplest form. 20. Given F* a2f = FV (a allrdb are constants), find D"!r in simplest fomr. 2t. Find the slope of the tangent line at each point of the graph of y : t' + f - 3f wnet€ the rate of change of the slope iB zerc, In B1

Find the values of c and, 8o that/'(1)

exists.

32. Suppose IVJ:

(f lot"+bt +,

if x 0, however small, there exists a number N ) 0 such that lf(*)-Ll

0 for every x # a in the interval. . rLLUsrRArroN1: Consider the function defined bv f

f(x) : 2 x - l A sketchof the graph of / is in Fig. 4.9.r. Becausetiq /(4 : L, and 1 > 0, according to Theorem 4.3.1 there is an open interval containing 3 such that /(r) ) 0 for every x * 3 in the interval. such an interval is (2, 4). Actually, any open interval (a,b)for which i = a< 3 and b > gwill do. o pRooFoF rHEoRa''4.3.7: Let L: tjT f@).By hypothesis,L > 0. Apply_ ing Definition z.r.r and taking e:!L, we know thereis a 6 > 0 such that

lf (*) - Ll < +f whenever 0 < l* - ol < a (1) Also, lf (x)- LI < lL is equivalentto -*L < f (x)- L < tf (refer to Theorcm'/-..2.2),which in turn is equivalent to

Figure4,3.1

tt 0, then x ) c. And because d is between r and c, then d > c; therefore, from inequality (6), lf'(d)-f_'(c)l >0. If (r-c) 0 if x) 0, the graph is concave upward at points on the graph immediately to the left of (0, 0) and at points immediately to the right of (0, 0). Consequently, (0, 0) is not a point of inflection. In Illustration 1 of Section 5.2 we showed that this function / has a relative minimum value at zero. Furthermore, the graph is concave upward at the point (0, 0) (see F i g . 5 .2 .1). o The graph of a function may have a point of inflection at a point, and the second derivative may fail to exist there, as shown in the next illustration. If / is the function defined by f (x) : tr1l3,then * $y-l tl f' (x ) : !x6-zt? and f" (x) :

. rLLUSrRerrox 4:

r ,rr6,r* rc /f\

-/l

Figure5.4.8

I

4--

(r) < 0. f " ( 0 ) d o e s n o t e x i s t ;b u t i f x < 0 , f " ( x ) > 0 , a n d t f x ) 0 , f " Hence, / has a point of inflection at (0, 0). A sketch of the graph of this function is shown in Fig. 5.4.8. Note that for this function /'(0) also fails to exist. The tangentline to the graph at(0,0) is the y axis. . In drawing a sketch of a graph having points of inflection, it is helpful to draw a segment of the tangent line at a point of inflection. Such a tangent line is called an inflectional tangent.

5.4 CONCAVITYAND POINTSOF INFLECTION

EXAMPLE 1: For the function in Example1 of Sec.5.1, find the points of inflection of the graph of the function, and determine where the graph is concaveupward and where it is concave downward.

SOLUTION:

f(x):x3-6x2*9x*1' f ' ( x ) : 3 x 2 r 2 x* 9 f " ( x ): 5 x - L 2 f " (x) existsfor all valuesof x; so the only possiblepoint of inflection is where f " (x): 0, which occurs at x:2. To determine whether there is a point of inflection at x:2, we must check to see if f " (x) changes sign; at the same time, we determine the concavity of the graph for the respective intervals. The results are summanzed in Table 5.4.1. Table5.4,1

f (x) -oo<

f

'(x)

Conclusion graph is concave downward

x12

x:2

-3

3

2{x(foo

Figure5.4.9

f " (x)

0

graph has a point of inflection

+

graph is concave upward

In Example L of Sec.5.1 we showed that / has a relative maximum value at L and a relative minimum value at 3. A sketch of the graph showing a segmentof the inflectional tangent is shown in Fig. 5.4.9.

Exruprn 2: If f (x) : (1 - 2x)t, find the points of inflection of the graph of f and determine where the graph is concave upward and where it is concave downward. Draw a sketch of the graph of f. v

SOLUTION:

f

'(x) - -6(1. * 2x)2

- 2x) f " (x) :24(l Becausef " (x) exists for all values of x, the only possible point of inflection is where f " (x) : 0, that is, at x: *.By using the results summarized in Table 5.4.2,we see that /"(x) changessign from rt+" to "-" at x: L, and so the graph has a point of inflection there. Note also that becausef '(+): 0, the graph has a horizontal tangent line at the point of inflection. A sketchof the graph is shown in Fig. 5.4.10. Table 5.4.2

f (x)

'(x)

f " (x)

Conclusion

-m< x 0 r t x < c ; f ' ( x )

< 0 ifr > c;f"(x) < 0itx < c;f"(r)<

0if x> c.

1 6 .f ' ( x ) > 0 i t x < c ; f ' ( x ) > 0 i f r > c ; f " ( x ) > 0 i t x < c ; f , , ( t ) < 0 i f r > c . 7 7 .f " ( c ) : o rf t ( c ) : o ; 1 " ( x ) > 0 i f r < c ; 1 " ( x ) > o i I x > c . 1 8 .f ' ( c ) : 0 ; f ' ( x ) > 0 i f r < c;f"(x) > 0ifr>c. 79. f' (c) 0; f' (x) < 0 if r < c; f" (x) > 0 iI x > c.

m . f " ( c ): 0 ;f ' ( c ): * ; 1 " ( r ) > 0 i f r < c ; f , , ( x ) < o i t r > c . 21.l'(c) doesnot exist;f" (r\ >0itr < c;f,(x\ > 0 ifr > c. 22. l'(c) doesnot exisf /" (c) doesnot eist f" (x) < 0 ifr < c; f,'(r) > 0 ifr > c. 23. lim f'(x) - +co,lim l'(t) : o; f" (x\ > 0 ifr < c;f"(x) < 0 ifr > c. 24. lim f'(x):*@j

limf' (r):

-*;f"

(x) > 0 if r < c;f" (x) > 0 if x > c.

E. Draw a Bketchof the graph of a functionf for which l(x), f'(r), andf,,(r) exist and are positive for all r. 26. II f(t\ :3f + xlxl, prove that l" (0) does not exist but the graph of f is concaveupward everyrvhere. 27. Prove Theorem 5.4.3(ii). 28. SuPPos€ that I is a function for which l" (x) exists for all values of r in some open interval I and that at a number c in I, f" (r) : O and'l"' (c) €xists and is not zero. Prove that the point (c, l(c) ) is a point of inflection oI the graph of /. (HrNr; The proof is similar to the prcof of the second-derivative test (Theorem 5.2.1.).)

TO DRAWING A SKETCHOF THE GRAPHOF A FUNCTION 5.5 APPLICATIONS

5.5 APPLICATIONS TO DRAWING A SKETCH OF THE GRAPH OF A FUNCTION

nxanaptnL: Given f(x):x3-3**3 find: the relative extrema of f the points of inflection of the graph of f the intervals on which f is increasing;the intervals on which / is decreasing;where the graph is concaveupward; where the graph is concavedownward; and the slope of any inflectional tangent. Draw a sketch of the graph.

We now apply the discussionsin Secs.5.'1.,5.2,and 5.4 to drawing a sketch of the graph of a function. If we are given f (x) and wish to draw a sketchof the graph of.f ,we proceedas follows. First, findf' (r) and f"(x). Then the critical numbers of f arc the values of r in the domain of f for which either f '(x) does not exist or f ' (r):0. Next, apply the first-derivative test (Theorem 5.1.4)or the second-derivative test (Theorem 5.2.1)to determine whether we have at a critical number a-relativemaximum value, a relative minimum v3lue, or neither. To determine the intervals on which '(x) is positive; to de/ is increasing, we find the values.of.x for which f termine the intervals on which / is decreasing,we find the values of r for which f '(x) is negative. In determining the intervals on which / is monotonic, we also check the critical numbers at which / does not have a relative extremum. The values of r forwhich f"(*):0 or f"(x) does not exist give us the possible points of inflection, and we check to seeif f " (x) changessign at eachof these values of r to determine whether we actually have a point of inflectioh. The values of r for which f " (x) is positive and those for which f" (r) is negative will give us points at which the graph is concaveupward and points at which the graph is concavedownward. It is also helpful to find the slope of each inflectional tangent. It is suggestedthat all the information so obtained be incorporated into a table, as illustrated in the following examples.

S e t t i n gf ' ( x ) : 0 , w e o b sol,urroN f' (r)-3x2-5x; f" (r):5x-5. tain r : 0 and x: 2. Setting f " (x) : 0, we obtain x: t. In making the table,we considerthe points at which x:0, x:L, and r:2, and the intervals excluding these values of.x: -oo 100. The number of where r is the number oI units produced weekly and p dollars is the price of each ' : 10k-1' Find the number of units * 11 24 dolLars in the avenge cost of producing each unit is given by QQ) "\7for the weekly unit in oldet price of each Profit to be marirnized. that should be produced each week and the

242

ADDITIONALAPPLICATIONS OF THE DEBIVATIVE

22. When 1.000rboxes of a c€rtain*ind of material are produced, the-nurnber of dollars in the total cost of production is givenbv c(r) - 135r1i3 + ft50.Find (a)the marginicost when8000br""r ifi'r,*uu. ot uor"" produced whm the marginal cost "i"-p-au""a?ffi Grer thousand boxes) is g20. 23' A ladder is to rcach over a fence ' ft high to a watl ur ft behind the fence. Find the length of the shortest ladder that may be used. 24. Dtaw a sketch of the graph of.a function on the interval I in eachcase: (a) I is the open interval (0, 2) ard/is f con_ tinuous on r' At 1, I has a relative maximum value but /'(1) does not exirt. 1iy i i, th" to, zl. rrru ror,""io"eJiiiu*"i

-i',iio- ua,,"Jt7;;f 0.6ilil; Hll,Ti,""tiffi?ffifrTff""j,1'.but theabsorute

olenintervar (0.z),

25. (a) It t'@):3lrl + alx - tl, prove that/has an absolute minimum value of 3. (b) If g(r) =alll + 3lr _ 11,prove that 8 ha8 an absolute minimum value o_f3. (c) rl h(tc): alxl + tp - il, where d > 0 and > b o, plove that , has an abso_ lute minimum value that is the smalter of the t*,o ,rr.-t"""'o f. "r,i 26' rl f(x): lxl" ' lr - tlb, where c and b are positive rational numbers, prove that has a relative maximum / value of L'bbl@.+ bl+b.

The differential and antidifferentiation

THE DIFFERENTIAL AND ANTIDIFFERENTIATION

6.1 THE DIFFERENTIAL

Supposethat the function / is defined by Y:f(x) Then, when f ,(x) exists, A/ '(x) lim /f \ - ar;-o A'r

( 1)

where Ly:f(x+ Lx) - f(x). From (1),itfollows thatfor any€ ) 0there existsa6>0suchthat

l + - f ' '( x ) 1 I ..

lAr

w h e n e v e( r ol A r l< 6

which is equivalent to

l\l,-f'

(x) Arl lA;: i:1

PROOF:

n - F ( 1 ) ] + [ r ( 3 )- F ( 2 ) ] + ' tZ-/ t- r t i l - F ( i - 1 ) l : [ F ( 1 )- F ( 0 ) ] + [ F ( 2 )

i:1

+ l F ( n - 1 ) - F ( n - 2 ) l + l F ( n ) - F ( n - 1 )l

THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

: - F ( 0 ) + [ F ( 1 )_ r ( r ) ] + [ F ( 2 )_ r 1 z ; 1 + . . . + l F ( n - 1 ) - F ( n- 1 ) l + F ( n ) :-F(0) +0+0+ . . . + 0+ F(n) : F(n) - F(0)

I

The following formulas, which are numbered for future reference, are also useful. n

7.'l.,.5Formula L

. n(n*71 ,:T

i:r n

7.1.6 Formula 2

. r-_b n ( n * 1 ) ( 2 n + 1 )

i:r n

7.'1,.7Formula 3

,, r - -f l- '-(4n-+ 7 ) '

i:r 'n

7.'1,.8Formula 4 i:1

n(n r t) (6nBt 9n2+ n - 1) ,+_ 30

Formulas 1 through 4 can be proved with or without using mathematical induction. The next illustration shows how Formula L can be proved without using mathematical induction. The proof of Form ula 1,by mathematical induction is left as an exercise (see Exercise 11). . ILLUSTRATToN 4: We prove Formula 1. n

) l:1,+2+3+

. . . -t (n-t) *n

and n

)i:n*(n-1)+

(n-2)+..

+2+t

,it*" add thesetwo equationsterm by term, the left side is n

2>i ""0

.;;he

right side are n terms, each having the value (n + 1). Hence,

n

2 > i : ( n + 1 ) + ( n * L ) + ( n+ 1 ) + ' i:r

:n(n*t) Therefore,

S\ : , _ n ( n,)+ t )

z.,l i=l

'

'+(n+I)

nterms

7.1 THE SIGMA NOTATION

EXAMrLE1: Prove Formula 2bY mathematical induction.

solurroN:

We wish to Prove that

*,, _n(n+L)(Zn+I)

>r:

6

'L.The left sideis then2 ,': l'. When ,rrr,ln" formulais verifiedfor n: '2'3-li6- l. Theren : L , t h er i g h ts i d ei s [ 1 ( 1+ 1 ) ( 2+ D ) t e - ( 1 fore, the formula is true when n: 1. Now we assume that the formula is true for n: k, where k is any positive integer; and with this assumption we wish to prove that the formula is also true for n:k + 1. If the formula is true for tt: k, we have k

S ./-/ i , : i:1

Wh e n n : k+l

f

k(k + 1,)(2k+ 1,) 6

(2)

k * L , w e have

i r : 1 2 * 2 2 + 9 2 + . . . + k 2+ ( k + 1 ) '

i:l k

:)i2+(k+1)' + L) (k 1), (by applyingEq. (2)) _ k(k + L)_(zk + + 6

_ k ( k+ L )( 2 k+ L ) + 6 ( k+ L ) ' z 6 -_- ( k + 1 )[ k ( 2 k+ 1 ) + 6 ( k+ 1 ) ] _ (k+L)(zk'z+7k+6) 5 _ (k+1)(k+2)(2k+3) 6 - ( / c +1 ) [ ( k + 1 ) + 1 ] [ 2 ( k +1 ) + 1 ] 6 Therefore, the formula is true f.ot n: k * L. We have proved that the formula holds f.or n: 1, and we have also proved that when the formula holds f.or n: k, the formula also holds for n: k * 1. Therefore, it follows that the formula holds when n is any positive integer.

A proof of Formula 2, without using mathematical induction, is left as an exercise. The proofs of Formulas 3 and 4 are also left as exercises (see Exercises L2 to 76).

THE DEFINITE INTEGRAL

ExAMpLE 2: n

Evaluate

soLUTroN: From Property 4, where F(i) : 4i,1t follows that n

(4'- 4i-')- 4 - 4 0 > i:r

(4' - 4i-')

t

.{-J

i:r

:4n-I

nxaivrPrn3:

Evaluate

SOLUTION:

n

i(3i- 2) > i:r

n

r(3t- 2) > i:r

(3i2 - 2i)

by using Properties 1-4 and Formulas 1-4.

(3i')

:3

+> (-2i)

i'- Z2 i > i:7

(by Property 3)

(by Property2) n(n+ 7) 2 (by Formulas2 and 1 )

2nBl3nzIn-2n2-2n

2 2n3*n2-n

Exercises7.1 In Exercises 1 through 8, find the given sum. 6"

1 .> ( s i - 2 ) i=l

t $

2.>(i+1.)' i:r

2

KFz

-i . + , -( - t ; u * r ) , k F

3

U ,D-,''

3.

it

?

i-1,

s1

6. z ' - l + i 2

3 b 8 " '. y t I ,ro-rk+3

9. Prove Property 1 (7.1,.1,). 10. Prove Property 3 (7.1.3). 11. Prove Formula 7 (7.1.5)by mathematicalinduction. L2. Prove Formula 2 (7.1.6\without using mathematicalinduction. (HrNr: iB- (i - 7)":3i ' - 3i + L, so that nn

)

t ; '- ( i - 1 ) ' l : )

tgt,- 3t+ 1)

On the left side of the above equation, use Property 4; on the right side, use Properties '1,,Z, and 3 and Formula 1.)

7.2 AREA 281 13. Prove Formula 3 (7.1.7)without using mathematicalinduction. (HrNr: ia- (i - qa:4p - rO * 4i- 1, and use a method similar to the one for Exercise12.) 14. Prove Formula 4 (7.1.8)without using mathematical induction (seehints for Exercises12 and 13 above). 15. Prove Formula 3 (7,1.4 by mathematical induction. 16, Prove Formula 4 (7.1.8)by mathematicalinduction. In Exercises17 through 25, evaluatethe indicated sum by using Properties 1 thlough 4 and Formulas 1 through 4.

t

20

1 8 .> 3 i ( i 2 + 2 )

2zi(i-1,)

i:r n

n

20. > (2k-t-zk)

19.>(10i*'-10,)

k:r

40 22.>3/T+r -\Dl-l

--'f:,Lk k+L) ,r.''flff-=+-l ,t

24iz(i

i:r n

- z\

24.>\i(L+i2) i--l lr

n

25. > [(3-o - 3o)'- (3t'-t+ 3-k-r)2]

f

/i\21r12

2 6 . P r o v e :) l t - { - } | \nl J ,?nL

:2}

n

? = ,[ ' -

(*)']''' *,

Prope rty4 toshowthat

,.i;Use

) F ( n )- F ( 1 )- r ( 0 ) > ttt, + 1)- F(i- 1)l : F(nr-1'+

Lli:1

(b) Prove that n

t

,1J

t(t+1)'-(i-'

1 ) ' l: ( n * 1 , ) 3 * n 3 - L

i:r

(c) Prove that nnn

)

t t ; + 1 ) ' - ( i - 1 ) ' l : 2 ( 0 i '+ 2 ) : 2 n* 6 )

i2

i:r

(d) Using the results of parts (b) and (c), prove Formula 2. 28. Use the method of Exercise 27 to prove Formula 3. n )t'

n

29. If X:El - , pr ov e n

t ha t )

(x , - X)' :2

i:r

7.2 AREA

n

i=l

r.

r,' - X 2 * , i--L

We use the word mensure extensively throughout the book. A measure refers to a number (no units are included). For example, if the area of a triangle is L0 irt.z, we say that the measure of the area of the triangle is 10. You probably have an intuitive idea of what is meant by the measure of the area of certain geometrical figures; it is a number that in some way

THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

Figure7.2.1

Figure7.2.2

gives the size of the region enclosed by the figure. The area of a rectangle is the product of its length and width, and the area of a triangle is half the product of the lengths of the base and the altitude. The area of a polygon can be defined as the sum of the areas of triangles into which it is decomposed, and it can be proved that the area thus obtained is independent of how the polygon is decomposed into triangles (see Fig. 7.2.1). However, how do we define the measure of the area of a region in a plane if the region is bounded by a curve? Are we even certain that such a region has an area? Let us consider a region R in the plane as shown in Fig. 7.2.2. The region R is bounded by the r axis, the lines x: a and x: b, and the curve having the equation y -- f(x), where f is a function continuous on the closed interval [a,b]. For simplicity, we take f (x) > 0 for all x in [a,bl.We wish to assign a number A to be the measure of the area of R. We use a limiting process similar to the one used in defining the area of a circle: The area of a circle is defined as the limit of the areas of inscribed regular polygons as the number of sides increases without bound. We realize intuitively that, whatever number is chosen to represent A, that number must be at least as great as the measure of the area of any polygonal region contained in R, and must be no greater than the measure of the area of any polygonal region containing R. We first define a polygonal region contained in R. Divide the closed interval [a, b] into resubintervals. For simplicity, we shall now take each of these subintervals as being of equal length, for instance, Ar. Therefore, Ar: (b - a)ln. Denote the endpoints of these subintervals by xo, xt, x 2 , . . , x n - r ,r r , w h e r € f f o : f l , x t : a i L x , . . . , x i : A * i L , x , . . , xn-r: a -l (n - t) A,x,xn: b. Let the ith subinterval be denoted by lxr-r, xrf. Because / is.continuous on the closed interval la, bf, it is continuous on each closed subinterval. By the extreme-value theorem (4.5.9), there is a number in each subinterval for which / has an absolute minimum value. In the lth subinterval, let this number be ci, so that /(c) is the absolute minimum value of f on the subinterval fx,-r, r1]. Consider n rectangles, each having a width Ax units and an altitude f (r,) units (see Fig. 7.2.3). Let the sum of the areas of these n rcctangles be given by S, square units; then

S":f(cr) Ax*f(rr) Ax*'

'+f(c,) Ax.r-

* f(c") Lx

or, with the sigma notation, n

sn:\

f (c) Ax

(1)

The summation on the right side of Eq. (L) gives the sum of the measuresof the areasof n inscribed rectangles.Thus, however we define A, rt must be such that A= S,

7.2 AREA

Figure7.2.3

Figure7.2.4

In Fig. 7.2.3 the shaded region has an area of 5n square units. Now, let n increase. Specifically, multiply nby 2; then the number of rectangles is doubled, and the width of each rectangle is halved. This is illustrated in Fir.7.2.4, showing twice as many rectangles as Fig. 7.2.9. By comparing the two figures, notice that the shaded region in Fig. 7.2.4 appears to

THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

approximate the region R more nearly than that of Fig.7.2.3. So the sum of the measures of the areas of the rectangles in Fig. 7.2.4 is closer to the number we wish to represent the measure of the area of R. As n increases, the values of s, found from Eq. (1) increase, and successive values of 5, differ from each other by amounts that become arbitrarily small. This is proved in advanced calculus by a theorem which states that if / is continuous on fa, b], then as n increases without bound, the value of S, given by (1) approaches a limit. It is this limit that we take as the definition of the measure of the area of region R. 7.2.'l' Definition

Suppose that the function/ is continuous on the closed interval la,bl,with f (x) > 0 for all x in fa, b), and that R is the region bounded by the curve y - f(x), the x axis, and the lines x: a and r: b. Divide the interval la,bI into n subintervals, each of length Ax: (b - a) ln, and denote the ith subinterval by lxt-t, xil. Then if f(c) is the absolute minimum function value on the ith subinterval, the measure of the area of region R is given by

rim ) /(r,) ar

A*+€b {*1

(2)

.

Equation (2) means that, for any e ) 0, there is a number N ) 0 such that

-ol l>f,',,a,x . .

whenever rz ) N

and n is a positive integer. We could take circumscribed rectangles instead of inscribed rectangles. In this case, we take as the measures of the altitudes of the rectangles the absolute maximum value of / on each subinterval. The existence of an absolute maximum value of / on each subinterval is guaranteed by the extreme-value theorem (4.5.9). The corresponding sums of the measures of the areas of the circumscribed rectangles are at least as great as the measure of the area of the region R, and it can be shown that the limit of these sums as n increases without bound is exactly the same as the limit of the sum of the measures of the areas of the inscribed rectangles. This is also proved in advanced calculus. Thus, we could define the measure of the area of the region R by

A:

n

lim 2 f @) Lx

(3)

wheref (";.;"'.]1" urrotutemaximumvatueof / on lx,-,, x,l. The measure of the altitude of the rectangle in the lth subinterval actually can be taken as the function value of any number in that subinterval, and the limit of the sum of the measures of the areas of the rectangles is the same no matter what numbers are selected. This is also proved in advanced calculus, and later in this chapter we extend the definition of the measure of the area of a region to be the limit of such a sum.

7.2 AREA EXAMPLEL: Find the area of the region bounded by the curve A : x', the r axis, and the line x: 3 by taking inscribed rectangles.

solurroN: Figure 7.2.5 shows the region and the ith inscribed rectangle. We apply Definition 7.2.L. Divide the closed interval [0, 3] into n subintervals, each of length A,x: xs: 0, xr: Lx, xz: 2 Ax, . . ., xi: i Lx, . . r x n -r: (n - t) A,x,xn: 3. ^

-

rJ,,t,

3-0 nn

3

The function value /(x) -- xz and because / is increasing on [0, 3], the absolute minimum value of f on the ith subinterval lxr-r, r;] is f (xr-r). Therefore, from Eq. (2) n

A:

lim D fk,-r) Lx

Because ::-,-::;-

( 4)

1) Ax and /(x) : ,sz,we have

f (x,-,)- [(t 1) Ar]'z Therefore, nn

) f (x,-') Ar: > (t 1)'z(Ar)g 8". ;; : ztn,ro tnut: n n s ( t - L ) ' -Ln:,2 7 n A r : / ( r ' ' ) ) > sL i:r i:r

:4[$;,-2$ no

t+$

r), ']

,?:, ,?:, f4 and using Formulas 2 and L and Property L from Sec.7.'1., we get

._27 ln(n+t)(2n+L) ,: 2fQ'-')Ax:lirt 27

_2.ry!*"1

2n3*3n2*n-6n2-6n*6n

n3

9 2

2n2-3n*L ___v-

Then, from Eq. (4), we have

(,-1.#) :*(2_0+0) -9 Therefore, the area of the region is 9 square units.

THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

2: Find the areaof the ExAMPLE region in ExampleL by taking circumscribed rectangles.

solurroN: we take as the measureof the altitude of the lth rectangle the absolute maximum value of / on the lth subintervaI lxi4, 11] which is f (x,). From Eq. (3), we have n

A: lim 2 f k,) tx Because [!

r'ir,thenf (x,): (i a,x)z,and so

n

n

Ar: 2f(',) i:r

]

L/ i:1

)7n

i2(A,x)S:

+n"s?- i , l = l

27 l n ( n+ 7 )( 2 n+ 1 ) ' l n3

L6l

2n2*3n*L _____7Therefore, from Eq. (5), we obtain q

A:

Itm n-+6

,

.(r*q+4) \

/r

n"/

( a s in Example1)

uxaupru 3: Find the area of the trapezoid which is the region bounded by the line 2x * y : 8, the x axis, and the lines x : 1 and x: 3. Take inscribed rectangles.

soLUTroN: The region and the ith inscribed rectangle are shown in Fig. 7.2.6.The closed interval [1, 3] is divided into n subintervals, each of length A,x; xs: L , xr: "1.* Lx, xz: I * 2 A,x, xi:t*i Lx,

1.-t (n - L) L,x,xn 3-1

Solving the equation of the line for y, we obtainy:-2x * B. Therefore, f (x): -2x* 8, and because / is decreasing on [1,3], the absolute minimum value of f on the ith subinterval lxi_r, ri] is f (rr). Because ri: 1 + i Ax a nd f(* ) : -2x* 8, then f(x,) : -2(L+ i A x) * 8 : 6 - zi Ax. Fr om Eq,. (2), we have

f(x) A,x

lim fl-*@

: lim i tu 2i a,x)ax n-+@ i:l F i g u r e7 . 2 , 6

:

n

lim )

2-+@

i:l n

i:r

I0 Ax - Zi(A,x)'z1

,,G)',1 I'G)-

7.2 AREA

:

lim ll-lo

287

l+y-i-E'l

we have Using Property 1,(7.1.1)and Formula l, (7.1,.5),

: lim ft-A) nl - --\

h-*@

-8 Therefore,the area is 8 square units. Using the formula from plane geometry for the area of a trapezoid,A:ih(b1*b2), where h,br, andb, are, respectively,the number of units in the lengths of the altitude and the two bases,we get A: +(2)(6+ 2): 8, which agreeswith our result.

7,2 Exercises In Exercises 1 through 14, use the method oI this section to find the area of the given region; use inscribed or circumscribed rectantles as indicated. For each exercise, draw a figure showing the redon and the ith rectangle. The region bounded by y: r', the x axis, and the line r = 2; inscribed rectangles, J. 2. The region of Exercise 1; cirormscribed rectangles. ..\ The re6on boun dedby y :2x,

1 and r : 4; circumscribed rectangles.

tte r axis, and the lines r:

4. The region of Exercise 3; insclibed rectangles. 5l The region above the r axis and to the right of the line r:1 ''' y=4-f, inscribed rectangles.

bounded by the r axis, the line r= 1, and the curve

6, The region of Exercise 5; circumsoibed rectangles. 7i The region lying to the left of the line : = 1 bounded by the curve and lines of Exercise 5; circumscribed rectangles. 8. The region of Exercise 7; inscribed rectangles. 9. The region bounded by y : 3/, dre r axis, and the line r:

1; inscribed rectangles.

10. The region of Exercise 9i circumscribed rectantles. 11. The region bounded by y:

ri, the r axis, and the lines r:

-L and r:

2; inscribed rectangles.

12. The region of Exercise lli circumscribed rectantles. li.lnre region bou nded by y: ' rectangles.

mx, with tt > 0, the r axis, and the lines l:

a and r:

b, with b ) a > 0; circumscribed

14. The region of Exercbe 13; inscribed rectangles. 15. Use the rrethod of this s€ction to find the ar€a of an isosceles trapezoid whoee bases have measr:res b. and D"and whose altitude has measure l.

284

INTEGRAL THE DEFINITE

-4 tox:4lorm 76. The Snph of y:4l.zland the r axis hom x: area of this triangle.

a triarrgle. Use the method of this section to lind the

In Exercises 17 throtgb 22, tind the area of the region by taking as the measure of the altitude of the ith rectangle l(nr), where z1 is the midpoint of the ith subinterval. (rrrwr: n1: !(4 a 4 1).) 17. The region of Example 1..

18. The region of Exercise L.

19. The region of Exercise 3.

20. The region of Exercise 5.

21. The region of Exercise 7.

22. The region of Exercise 9.

7.3 THE DEFINITE INTEGRAL

In the preceding section, the measure of the area of a region was defined as the following limit: n

lim ) f(c1) A,x

n++6

(1)

i:l

To lead up to this definition, we divided the closed interval fa, bl into subintervals of equal length and then took ci as the point in the ith subinterval for which / has an absolute minimum value. We also restricted the function values f (x) to be nonnegative on fa,bl and further required f tobe continuous on la, bl. To define the definite integral, we need to consider a new kind of limiting process/ of which the limit given in (1) is a special case. Let / be a function defined on the closed interval [a, b].Divide this interval into n subintervals by choosing any (n - 1.)intermediate points between a andb. Let t xn-r be the intermediate points so that ro(xr1xr1

1 xn_r I

x,

The points x6,xr, xz, . r xn-rrx?rarenot necessarilyequidistant.Let Arr be the length of the first subinterval so that Arr : xr - xil let Arr be the length of the secondsubinterval so that Azr - x2- xr; and so forth, so that the length of the lth subinterval is A1r, and a.g: xi A set of all such subintervals of the interval [a, b] is called apartition of the interval [a, b].Let A be such a partition. Figure 7.3.1 illustrates one such partition A, of la, bl. I a:ro

I

|

|

I

x7

)t2

13

x4

I xn_L

l.>r In:o

F i g u re7 .3 .1 The partition A contains n subintervals. One of these subintervals is longest; however, there may be more than one such subinterval. The length of the longest subinterval of the partition A, called the norm of the partition, is denoted by llAll. Choose a point in each subinterval of the partition A: Let fr be the point chosen in [xo, xr] so that ro < €, < xr. Let f, be the point chosen in

7.3 THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

v

lxr, xrf so that xr s tz = x2, afld so forth, so that fi is the point chosenin lxu-r,x-], and xr-r 3 tt - x.. Form the sum

0

' 'tf({") A'"x

f ( ( , )A , r * f ( ( , )L , x t ' ' ' + f ( ( , ) L p t ' \

or n

> f (€,) Lix \

Su.nl sum is called a Riemannsum,named for the mathematicianGeorg Friedrich Bernhard Riemann (1826-1.866). o ILLUSTRATIoN 1: Suppose/(x) :1.0 - x2, with i = x < 3. We will find the Riemann sum for the function f on [i, e1 for the partition A: xo:i, x.t:1, xz:li, xs:Lt, xq:2*, xs:3, andf1: t, tz:Lt, ts:11, €q:2,

t": 21.

Figure 7.3.2 shows a sketch of the graph of / on l*, Z1 and the five rectangles,the measuresof whose areasare the terms of the Riemannsum.

5

5

2f tt,l L&: f(€,)A,r * f(il A,rx*f(€') A'r * f(t^) Anr*/((') A'r

- 1)+ f@(L*- r+) : fE)(l- +)+ fG)0+ + f (2)(2+-1*)+ f (+)(3- 2+) : (e*)(+)+ (8+)(+)+ (6€)(+)+ (5)(+)+ (2+)(+) : 18#

.

Thenorm of A is the lengthof the longestsubinterval.Hence,llAll:*.

o

xot,

Figure7.3.2

xrtrl

xr\xn

l, t, !.

€rx

Because the function values f (x) are not restricted to nonnegative values, some of the /(fi) could be negative. In such a case/ the geometric interpretation of the Riemann sum would be the sum of the measures of the areas of the rectangles lying above the r axis plus the negatives of the measures of the areas of the rectangles lying below the r axis. This situation is illustrated in Fig.7.3.3. Here

v

a\

y : f(x)

J

li

IC

Arl

|.i,

la'

dt, \

tn

t, *rl i4 trv

xott \

€z O

x2

,{N

A^ 'l

: i:f: :tt

As i/

\

i

{o xo

.xs

f,l f' I ,/,,

t1

b .{rc

;-\ Aa

t F i g u r e7 . 3 . 3

fto r,s

A,I

T I

t

1

rto

THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

j

ftg,l Lix: Ar* A2_ As_A4- Au* Au* A7- As- An- Aro

because f(€"), fG), fG), f$r), f$n), and /(f,o) are negative numbers. We are now in a position to definewhat is meantby a function / being "integrable" on the closedinterval la, bl.

7.3.1 Definition

Let f be a function whose domain includesthe closedinterval [a, b]. Then / is said to be integrableon fa, bl if there is a number L satisfyingthe condition that, for every e ) 0, there exists a 6 ) 0 such that I Lix- tl ' ' fte,l l) ln

for every partition A for which llAll < 6, and for any fi in the closed interval f x r _ r x, 1 l i, : 1 , 2 , . . . , n .

In words, Definition7.3.L states that, for a given function / defined on the closed interval la, bl, we can make the values of the Riemann sums as close to L as we please by taking the norms llAllof all partitions A of [a, b] sufficiently small for all possible choices of the numbers f1 for which xi-r s €i = xi.If Definition 7.3.1 holds, we write n

(2)

lim ) /(f,) A,ix: L llAll-0 t:r

The above limiting process is different from that discussed in Chapter the number L in (2) exists if for every e ) 0 there 2. From Definition 7.3.'I.., existsaD)0suchthat

lf rtr,l Lix- rlI . . lr-:r' for every partition A for which llAll< 6, and for any f, in the closedinterval , n. f x r - r ,x i l ,i : L , 2 , In Definition 2.1.1we had the following: (3)

lim/(r):1 if for every e > 0 there exists a 6 > 0 such that lf(x)- Ll < e

w h e n e v e r 0< l r - a l

< 6

In limiting process(2), for a particular 6 > 0 there are infinitely many partitions A having norm l[ll < 6. This is analogousto the fact that in limiting process (3), for a given 6 > 0 there are infinitely many values of x for which 0 < lr - al < 6. However, in limiting process(2) , for eachpartition

7.3 THE DEFINITE INTEGRAL 291 A there are infinitely many choices of ti.It is in this respect that the two limiting processes differ. In Chapter 2 (Theorem 2.1,.2) we showed that if the number L in limiting process (3) exists, it is unique. In a similar manner we can show that if there is a number L satisfying Definition 7.3.1, then it is unique. Now we can define the "definite integral,."

7.9.2 Definition

If /is a function defined on the closed interval [a,bf, then the definite integral of / from a to b, denoted bV Il f @) dx, is given by

u,' fl'f;w'n*t' ,tiil,:/tut

(4)

if the limit exists. Note that the statement"the function / is integrableon the closedinterval la, bf" is synonymouswith the statement"the definite integral of / from atob exists." In the notation for the definite integral I! f @) dx, f (x) is called the integrand,a is called the lower limit, and b is called the upper limit. T}l.e symbol

I

J

is called an integral sign. The integral sign resembles a capital 5, which is appropriate because the definite integral is the limit of a sum. It is the same symbol we used in Chapter 6 to indicate the operation of antidifferentiation. The reason for the common symbol is that a theorem (7.6.2), called the fundamental theorem of the calculus, enables us to evaluate a definite integral by finding an antiderivative (also called an indefinite integral). A question that now arises is as follows: Under what conditions does a number L satisfying Definition 7.3.Lexis| that is, under what conditions is a function f integrable? An answer to this question is given by the following theorem. 7.3.3 Theorem

If a function / is continuous on the closed interval lq, bf, then/ is integ ra b l e o n l a , b l . The proof of this theorem is beyond the scope of this book and is given in advanced calculus texts. The condition that / is continuous on la,bl,while being sufficient to guarantee that/is integrable on la,bl,is not a necessary condition for the existence of [l f @) dx. That is, if / is continuous on la,bT,then Theorem 7.3.3 assures us that Il f G) dx exists; however,

THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

it is possible for the integral to exist even if the function is discontinuous at somenumbers in la, b]. The following examplegives a function which is discontinuous and yet integrable on a closed interval.

EXAMPLE1: defined by

Let f be the function

,,, [o ifx*o l \ x ) : I "Ltr r i f r _ o Letfa, bl be any interval such that a 1 0 < b. Show that/is discontinuous on la, bl and yet integrable on [a, bl.

solurroN:

Becauselim f (x) :0

+ f (0),/is discontinuous at 0 and hence

discontinuous on [a, b]. To prove that / is integrable on la, bl we show that Definition 7.3.7 is satisfied. Consider the Riemann sum n

) /(f,) l,' If none of the numbers (r, €r, zero.Supposethat $: 0. Then

is zero, then the Riemann sum is

n

. > /(f,) Aix: I L,x

,r, "u:,iur.ur"

{rl s llall lf, rr*,, Hence,

If, f rc,l

Lic_ol . .

whenever llAll< e

Comparingthe abovewith DefinitionT.3.'1, where D: e and L:0, that f is integrable on la, bl.

we see

In Definition7.3.2, the closed interval [a, b] is given, and so we assume Ihat a < b. To consider the definite integral of a function from a ta b / when o s b, or when fl: b, we have the following definitions. 7.3.4 Definition

I f a > . , b, then rb

J"f(x) dx:it tf f( x) 7.3.5 Definition

dx [: f(x)

dx exists.

It f Q) dx 0 if f (a) exists. At the beginning of this section, we stated that the limit used in Definition 7.2.1to define the measure of the area of a region is a special caseof

7.3 THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

the limit used in Definition7.3.2 to define the definite integral. In the discussion of area, the intervalfa, b] was divided into n subintervals of equal length. Such a partition of the interval [a, bj is called a regular partition.If Ar is the length of each subinterval in a regular partition, then each Lix: Ar, and the norm of the partition is Ar. Making these substitutions in Eq. (4) , we have fbn

I f- tr>dx: Alim ) f ((,) Lx Ja r ,o i:l Furthermore, b-a n and

Lx So from Eq. (6) lim lL-

(8)

-t@

and from (7),because b > a and Ar approaches zero through positive valu e s (b e c a u s eA x > 0), lim n:

*oo

(e)

Ar-0

From limits (8) and (9), we concludethat Ar --+0 is equivalent to n -->+@

(10)

Thus, we have from Eq. (5) and statement(10), fbn

)i : l f (€,)Lx I f t*l dx: nlim Ja _*o

(11)

It should be remembered that fi can be any point in the ith subinterval lxi-t, xrl. In applications of the definite integral, regular partitions are often used; therefore, formulas (5) and (L1) are especially important. Comparing the limit used in Definition 7.2.L, which gives the measure of the area of a region, with the limit on the right side of Eq. (11), we have in the first case,

lim ) f(c) Lx

(t2)

n-+@ i:l

where/(ci) is the absolute minimum function value on lxi-t, x1).In the sec-

THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

ond case, we have n

rim ) f(€,) Lx n-*q i--t

(13)

where (1 is any number in [r1-r,r,]. Becausethe function / is continuous on fa,bl, by Theorem 7.9.9, Il f @ dx exists;therefore,this definite integral is the limit of all Riemann sums of / on la, bl including those in (12) and (13).Becauseof this, we redefine the area of a region in a more general way. 7.3.6 Definition f(x)

Letthe function/becontinuousonfa, bl and f(x) > 0forall rin la,bl.Let R be the region bounded by the curve y - f (x), the r axis, and the lines x: fr and r : b. Then the measure of the area of region R is given by

o'* P,rtr'lo":I)f(x) dx ,,1il,

F i g u r e7 . 3 . 4

ExAMpLE2: Find the exact value of the definite integral f3

I x2dx

Jt

Interpret the result geometrically.

The above definition states that if f (x) > 0 for all r in Ia, bl, the definite integral [! f (x) dx can be interpreted geometrically as the measure of the area of the region R shown in Fig. 7.i.4. Equation (11) can be used to find the exact value of a definite integral as illustrated in the following example.

soLUrIoN: Consider a regular partition of the closedinterval [1, 3] into n subintervals.Then A^x: 2ln. If we choose ti as the right endpoint of each subinterval, we have

€ r : L + 1 , € z : 1 * r G ) , t s : L+3G),

€i:1*'(1), tn:1

*"(t

Becausef (x): x',

f c,): (r* +)' : (! j-4)' Therefore,by using Eq. (11) and applying properties and formulas from Sec.7.'1,, we get

I' *' dx:lri) :

(+)'t"

)n

lim h-*a

+s n"?

1:l

(n' t 4ni -l 4i2)

7.3 THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

:

lim ll-

*6

#l*z

'l., t 4n

295

n

n

i+4

i'] i:r

i:r

:Ii hl"'"

-,r,+ n ' n ( n * L ) ,- T4l n ( n+ t ) ( 2 n + 1 ) l Z

:,li #l**2nst2n2.Wl

:.llils*f*8n2 -;+ L 2n + I Jn'

:,Illo*f* 8g -, 4i -,

4f g"')

:6*O+8+0+0 _83 (1, L)

Figure7.3.5

We interpret the result geometrically. Because xz = 0 for all x in the x axis, and the lines [1,3], the region bounded by the curve A:x', : 3 has an area of 83 square units. The region is shown x: 1 and x in Fig. 7.3.5.

Exercises7.3 In Exercises1 through 6, iind the Riemannsum for the function on the interval, using the given partition A and the given valuesof $. Draw a sketchof the graph of the function on the given interval, and show the rectanglesthe measureof whose areasare the terms of lhe Riemannsum. (SeeIllustration 1 and Fig. 7,3,2.) 1. f (x) : f , O s r = 3; for A: xo: 0, xr: tr,xz: 7*,rs : 2i, xe: 3; : L ta : 1' &: lt, €n= 2i 2.f(x):f,g 0 such that ln r + s(f,)la#- (M+ N)l. . t/(f,) l> li--r I t-

forall partitions A for which llAll< 6 and for any 4i in lxr_r,xil. Because

M:,Jim t fG,) o,* and IY: fim XS(f,) a,t l l a l l- o t : t llall-oi:r it follows that for any e ) 0 there exist a 6, ) 0 and a 6z ) 0 such that

.*z and r(ri)Aix-rl.f - Air- utl r,*,, l> l7:r' | lp-, for all partitions A for which llAll< 61 and llAll< 6r, and for any fi in fxr-r, ri]. Therefore,if 5 : min(6r, 6r), then for any e ) 0

Air-,l*l> r(ri)Air-Nl.f ' 2+i.:, l>rte,l le' I l?r"" |

(1)

for all partitions A for which llAll< 6 and for any fi in lxi_r, xif. By the triangle inequalit!, we have \ /n \l Aix- *) * (=>,t(fi) Air- t)l l(p fre,l l/n

= fG,)Lic-rl * lI

,^, s(fi) Air- Nl

From inequalities (L) and (2), we have lln

m

\

I

lx* ) s(f,)t,r) - (M+N)l . . l() ftr'l

(3)

From Property 3 (7.1,.3) of the sigma notation, we have nnn

> /(4') A,r* ) s((,) Lix: > t/(f,) + s(f,)l Lix ," ;; ,"bstitutin ,: n"^(4) e)0 ln

(4)

into'O, *" are able to concludethat for any I

+s(f,)lL&- (M+N)l.. l}_,ffrc; for all partitions A for which llAll< 6, where 6: min(6r, 5r) and for any€i

OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL 7.4 PROPERTIES r2l. This proves

in lxia,

that f * g is integrable

299

on [a, bl and that

dx:| ,o, dx* [' su)a* f rru>+ s(r)I Theorem 7.4.4 can be extended to any number of functions. That is, if the functions fr, fr, . . , fn are all integrable on la, b), then (ft+ fr* ' ' ' + f,) ,s integrable on [a,bf and rb IJ a lf,(x) + f"(x) + . . . + f"(x)l dx

: lo f,(x)dx* fuf,(*) dx* ' ' ' + [' f,(x) dx Jct Ja Jo'"

The plus sign in the statementof Theorem7.4.4canbe replacedby a -'l'. minus sign as a result of applying Theorem 7.4.3,where k: 7.4.5 Theorem If the function / is integrableon the closedintervals la, bf,la, c], andlc, bf,

f rr.tdx:["r,,,tdx* ['

fr*>o*

wherea g(x) for all x in la, bl. We wish to prove that Il lf G) - s?)l dx = 0. fb

I lf (x)- s(r)l d x : Ja

fbn

I h(x) dx:

Ja

lim ). ft(f,) Air

l l a l l' o F r

(8)

Assume that

(e)

l i m L,l) h ( { , ) A i x : L ( 0 llAll-0 i=1

Then by Definition 7.3.1, with e:-L,

,(fi) Air- .l . -t l> li:l I t ? ' l

there exists a 6 > 0 such that

whenever llAll< 6

But because n

ln h(t) A,*- L = l t h(t) Aix- Ll > i:r l-t li:l

from inequality (10)we ha VC n

tt(il A,ix- L < - L 2 i:r

wheneverllAll< D

(10;

OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL 7.4 PROPERTIES

n

h(il A;r ( 0

wheneverllAll< S

(1 1 )

i:r

But statement(11) is impossible becauseevery h((1) is nonnegative and every L,g 7 0; thus, we have a contradiction to our assumption (9). Therefore, (9) is false, and lim

). ft(f,) A1x > 0

(J2)

LJ

llall*o t:t

From (8) and (L2),we have fb IJ a t/tt) - s(r)I dx> 0

Hence,

["ro [' sal

and so

f(x) g(r)

x

dx> f sroa' f tal

. rLLUSrRArroN 3: Figure 7.4.3 gives a geometric interpretation of Theorem 7.4.8 when f(x) > g(x) > 0 for all r in la,bl. Il f @ dx gives the measure of the area of the region bounded by the curye y: f (x)'the x axis, and the lines x: A and r : b. Ig g@) dxgives the measure of the area of the region bounded by the curve y : 8(x), the r axis, and the lines x: a and r : b.In the figure we see that the first area is greater than the second area.

Figure7.4.3

7.4.9 Theorem

Supposethat the function / is continuous on the closedinterval la, bl.If m and M are, respectively, the absolute minimum and absolute maximum function values of f on la, bl so that m-f(x)=M

m ( b- a )

fora-x=b

=r

f(x) dx < M(b a)

pRooF: Because / is continuous on la, bl, the extreme-value theorem (4.5.9) guarantees the existence of m and M.

THE DEFINITE INTEGRAL

By Theorem 7.4.7 fb

J,

* d x : m ( b- a )

(13)

, dx: M(b- s)

(14)

and fb

J"

Because/ is continuous on fa, bl, itfollows from Theorem 7.3.j that/ is integrable on fa, bl. Then because f (*) > m for all r in [a, b], we have from Theorem 7.4.8 fb

fb

I f ( * ) d x = lJ n m d x Ja' which from (13) gives fb

I f' @ d x > m ( b - a ) Ja

(15)

Similarly, becauseM = f (x) for all .r in la, bf, it follows from Theorem7.4.8 that

f,,,dx>[)roo, which from (14) gives

M(b_-a)=-f) fato-

(16)

Combining inequalities (15) and (16) we have

v: f@)

Figure7.4.4

nxevrprn1: Apply Theorem7.4.9 to find a smallestand a largest possiblevalue of r4 |r l 2 ( r ' - 6 x 2 * 9 x + 1 . ) d x

J

m(b-a)=['fildx=

M(b - a)

o rLLUSrRArroN4: A geometric interpretation of Theorem 7.4.9 is given in Fig.7.4.4, where f (x) > 0 for all x in la, b). The integral t!, (x) dx gives the f measure of the area of the region bounded by the curve y : (x),the r axis, f and the lines x: A and x : b. This area is greater than that of the rectangle whose dimensions are m and (b - a) and less than that of the rectangle whose dimensions are M and (b - a). o

solurroN: Referring to Example 1, Sec.5.1, we see that has a relative / minimum value of 1 at x:3 and a relative maximum value of 5 at x:"1.. and f $):5. Hence, the absolute minimum value of / on 1i, 41isI, f e):# and the absolute maximum value is 5. Taking m: '!. and M : 5 in Theorem 7.4,.9,we have

L(4-+) = f- (rr- 6xz*9x*t) dx=5(a-i) I rtz

OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL 7.4 PROPERTIES

Use the results of ExamPleL, Sec.5.1.

and so

t=l

r4

(x'-6x2* 9x*t)

dx

I'

*, dx but

f'

* a* =

Ii

o dx. Do not evaluatethe definiteintegrals.

306

THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

20. If / is continuous on la, b], prove that

l['-lfro*l=I:lf(x)ldx

(Hrur:

(x)l = f (x) s l/(x)l.)

7.5 THE MEAN-VALUE Before stating and proving the mean-value theorem for integrals, w€ THEOREM FOR INTEGRALS discuss an important theorem about a function that is continuous on a closedinterval. It is called the intermediate-aalue theorem,and we need to use it to prove the mean-value theorem for integrals. 7.5.1 Theorem I nt erm edint e-V ahte Tlrcor ent

v f(b) k f(a)

F i g u r e7 . 5 . 1

y : f(x)

If the function / is continuous on the closedinterval [a, bl andif f (a) + f (b), for any number k between (a) and (b) there exists a number c f fhen f between a and b such that f (c) : 16. The proof of this theorem is beyond the scope of this book; it can be found in an advancedcalculustext. However, *" dir..rss the geometricinterpretation of the theorem. In Fig.7.s.1, (0,k) is any point-on the y axis between the points (0,f (a)) and (0,f (b)).TheoremT.s.j.statesthat the line y : k must intersect the curve whose equation is y : (x) at the point f (c'k), where c lies between a and b. Figure 7.5.1.shows ihir it,t"rsection. Note that for some values of k there may be more than one possible value f.ot c. The theorem statesthat there is always at least or" lrulue of.c, but that it is not necessarilyunique. Figure 7.5.2 showsthree possible values of c (cr, cr, and c.r)for a particular k. Theorem 7.s.j,statesthat if the function / is continuous on a closed interval [a, bf, then / assumesevery value between f (a) andf (b) as.r assumesall values between a and.b.The importanceof the continuity of /on la,bl is demonstratedin the following illustration. . ILLUSTRATTON 1: Consider the function I defined by tf \('x- \/ : [ x , - 1 lx"

ifo t / ( f , )* s ( f , ) l A x

(1)

Because f andg are continuouson la, bl, so alsois (f - g); therefore, the limit in Eq. (1) exists and is equal to the definite integral rb

J, tf G) nxavrru 3: Find the area of the region bounded by the curyes A:x2 andy:-x2*4x.

y:

8@)

(2,4)

G' , f ( ti )

- g(x)ldx

soLUrIoN:

To find the points of intersection of the two curves, we solve the equations simultaneously and obtain the points (0, 0) and (2,4). The region is shown in Fig. 8.I.4. Let /(r) : -)c2 * 4x, and g (x) : 12. Therefore, in the interval l0, Zl the curve y : f (x) is above the curve y : g(x). We draw a vertical rectangular element of area,having altitude lf (€r) - s((o)] units and width Ar units. The measure of the area of this rectangle then is given by Ax. The sum of the measures of the areas of n such lf((r) -S({i)] rectangles is given by the Riemann sum n

lf (€,)- s(f,)I Ax

y : f(x) i:1

If A square units is the area of the region, then n

lim ./-/ \

(f;,9(fr))

Ar-0

f:1

lf G,)- s(fi)I Ar

and the limit of the Riemann sum is a definite integral. Hence,

lf(x) - s(x)l dx F i g u r e8 . 1 . 4

*t' -Jo

l(-x'+ 4x)- xzldx

:I:

(-2x'*

:

4x) dx

[- l,x'.-u'f',

:_++g_0 -_ 58

The area of the region is $ square units.

8 . 1 A R E A O F A R E G I O NI N A P L A N E

EXAMPLE4r Find the area of the region bounded bY the Parabola : x - 5. : Az 2x 2 andthe line y

-Z) and (9, 4) . The The two curves intersect at the points (3, solurroN: region is shown in Fig. 8.1.5. Theequationy2:2x-2isequivalenttothetwoequations

and y--\Ei=T

y:\E-z :

, : (9,41

, :

g(xl

ltkl

fr\x)

F i g u r e8 . 1 . 5

u : g(r) v :frkl \e, 4,

Gi, f Jtil) Gt, f r(Eil),

with the first equation giving the upper half of the parabola ald thr sectLx- 2 and ond equation ginittg the bottom half. If we let /r(x): : - \Ex - 2, the equation of the top half of the parabola is.A : f t(x) , f ,(x) and the equation of the bottom half of the parabola is U: fr(x)' If we let gG) : x - 5, the equation of the line is y : S (r) . In Fig. 8.1.6 we see two vertical rectangular elements of area. Each rectangleLas the upper base on the curve A : f r(r). Becausethe base of the frG)] first rectangle is on the curve y: fr(x), the altitude is [/t({,) : y its curve is on the rectangle second the base of 8(r), the units. Because using by problem this solve to wish If we units. gG)l altitude is l/,(f,) vertical rectangular elements of area, we must divide the region into two separate regions, for instance R1 and R2,where R, is the region bounded by and u:fr(x) and the l i ne x:3, and w here R 2 i s th e th e c u rv e s y :fi (r) region bounded by the curyes A : f r(x) and y : 8@) and the line r: 3 (see Fig. 8.1'.7). If A, it the number of square units in the area of region R1, w€ have

Ar: rim ) lf'Go) - frG,)l Ar i:l

(€i, g({i ))

Ae-O

_t' lf ,(x) _ J, -_ f ' l \ E - z J'

(€', /r(€i ))

F i g u r e8 . 1 . 6

fz@)l dx

:, It t E x - Z

+t/zx-zlax ax

l3 : I (Zx- Z)srzI

lr

:+L y : g(x) y : f ,(x')

It Az is the number of square units in the area of region R2, w€ have n

Az: lim )

:J; :T:

l f ' ( € , )- s ( f , ) l A x

[/'(r) - g(x)l dx

Y: f 2Gl

t\E-2

F i g u r e8 . 1 . 7

- (x -s)) dx

A P P L I C A T I O NOSF T H E D E F I N I T E INTEGRAL

:

- z)'z- +x'+ sxf'" [+Qx

:[g-++451-t*-8+ts1 Hence At * Az: # + # : 18. Therefore, the area of the entire region is 1g square units. nxevrprE 5: Find the area of the region in Example 4by taking horizontal rectangular elements of area.

(3, - 2l

soLUrIoN: Figure 8.1.8 illustrates the region with a horizontal rectangular element of areaIf in the equations of the parabola and the line we solve for x,we have x:iQ'+2)

* 2) and r(y) : y + s, the equation of the parabola r : tr(y) Letting QQ) :t(y' : QQ) and the equation of the line as tr: L(y). maybe written as x r*e \9, 4l consider the closed interval l-2,4] on the y axis and take a regullr partition of this interval, each subinterval will have a length of Ly-.In the ith t r ( { i ) ,{ i ) subinterval lyi-r, ai], choose a point f;. Then the lenglh of the ith rectangular element is [r(1,) -d(fr)] units and the width is ay units. The measure of the area of the region can be approximated by ihe Riemann sum: n

F i g u r e8 . 1 . 8

and x:y*S

i:r

[r(f,) - 6G)l Lv

If A square units is the area of the region, then n

A: lim > tl(f,) - d(f,)l Ly A.tl*0 i:1 Because). and Q arc continuouson l-2,4], so arsois (r-d), limit of the Riemann sum is a definite integral:

o:I^,[r(y)- 6U)] dv

: I:,l ( y+ 5 )- i ( y ' + 2 ) l d v

-t -,

:+

l n (-y' + 2y + 8) dy

J_,

[- *y"* v'+ 8yf_,

: + [ - g s + 1 6 + 3 2 )- ( 8+ 4 - 1 , 6 ) l :L8

and the

8.1A R E AOF A R E GION IN A P LA N E 32 9 Comparing the solutions in Examples 4 and 5, we see that in the first casewe have two definite integrals to evaluate, whereas in the second case we have only one. In general, if possible, the rectangular elements of area should be constructed so that a single definite integral is obtained. The following example illustrates a situation where two definite integrals are necessary. EXAMPLE6: Find the area of the region bounded by the two curves A: xB- 6X2* 8r and !: x2 4x.

€i , f(ti))

solurroN: The points of intersection of the two curves are (0, 0), (3, and (4,0). The region is shown in Fig. 8.1.9.

Let f (r) : xB- 6x2* 8x and g(x) : )c2- 4x. In the interval [0, 3] the curvey: f (r) is abovethe curve y: g(r), and in the interval [3, 4] the curvey: g(x) is abovethe curvey: f (r). So the region must be divided into two separateregionsRt and R2,where Rt is the region bounded by the two curves in the interval [0, 3] and R2is the region bounded by the two curvesin the interval 13, 41. Letting A, squareunits be the areaof R1and A, squareunits be the area of Rr, we have n

y:8@) y : f(x)

Ar:

lim

n

Az:lim Ar-0

R2

( f ; , g ( f; ) )

€i,f(ti))

3, -3)

(i,s((;))

F i g u r e8 . 1 . 9

lf (€,)- s(fr)I Ax

AJr- 0 i : 1

)

[ S ( f , )- f ( € , ) ] A x

i:l

so that

A, * Or:

6xzI 8x) - (x'- ax)l dx It [(x'+ [^ l@' - 4x) - (r' - 6x2+ 8x)l dx

:f

Js

(x, - Txz* I2x) dx + f^ (-x, t Txz- I2x) dx J3

- u*]^, :lr*^ - &x,+ 6r]',+ * Tx" f+r-- -4T5--rs7-27 -_ 6

7L

Therefore, the required area is ff square units.

8.1 Exercises h Exercfues 1 though 20, find the area of the region bounded by the given curves. In each Problem do the following: (a) Draw a figure showing the region and a rectangular element of area; (b) expressthe area of the region as the limit of a Rigmann sum; (c) find the limit in part (b) by evaluating a definite ihtegral by the fundamental theorem of the calculus. t J .x. 2 : - y ; y - - 4 4. yt - -x; x: -2; x: -4

330

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITE INTEGRAL

3. tt + y I 4: 0; / : -8. Take the elemmts of area perpendicular to the y axis. 4, The same region as in Exercise 3. Take the elements of area parallel to the y axis. 'l 5. ir:2y2.x=O,y:-2 d.y":4t;r:O;y:-2 ,).y:2-i".y:-7 8.y:f;y:r' 9. y2:y-1;a:g 1 0 -y : y z ; f : 1 6 - , 1 1 .V : { r ; y : *

t 2 .x : 4 - y 2 ; x : 4 - 4 y l\. ys: f;|-gy 4 4:g 1 4 .r y z : y z 7 ; x : 7 t y = l ; y : 4 1 5 .x : y 2 - ) ; y : g - y z 1 6 .t 6 : y z - y ; x : y - y z : : lV. y 2rt 3g 9x; y S 23 tr tB. 3y : as- 2rz - t1x; y : I - ng _ ,r, * *

b. y:lxl,y:S-r,x=-r,x:t

2 0y. : l x + 1 1 * l x l , y : 0 , x : - 2 , x - _ 3

Find by integration the area of the triangle having vertices at (S, l), (1, 3), and (-1,_2). T. 22. Find by integation the area of the triangle having vertice8 at (3,4), (2,0), and (0, 1). 23. Findthe areaof the region bounded by the curvc r1- f +2ry -y2:Oandthelirrer:4. (HrNr: Solvethe cubic equation for y in terms of r, and express y as two functions of r,) 24. Find the area of the region bounded by the three curves y:

f , x: yB, and x + y:2. 2 6 . F i n d t h e a r e ao f t h e r e g i o n b o u n d e d b y t h e t h r e e c u r v e s y : * , y : g - y r , a n d . 4 r - y + 1 2 : 0 . 26. Find the_areaof the region above the panbola * : 4py and inside the triangle formed by the r axis and the lines y : x * 8P and Y : -a 1gp. 27. (a) Find the area of the region bounded by the curves y2 : Apx and f: of the area in part (a) with respect to p when p :3.

4py. (b) Find the rate of change of the measure

28' Find the rate of drange of the measurc of the area of Exercise 25 with respect to p when p: *. 29. If d square unit6 i8 the area of the region bounded by the parabola y, : 4r and the line : y flr (z > 0), find the rate of change of A with respect to t||, 30. Detersdne n so that the region above the line y : 1nx and below the parabola y = 2x _ .f has an area of 36 square units.

8.2 VOLUME OF A SOLID OF REVOLUTION: CIRCULAR-DISK AND CIRCUTAR.RING METHODS

F i g u r e8 . 2 . 1

We must first define what is meant by the "volume" of asolid of revolution; that is, we wish to assign a number,for example V,to what we intuitively think of as the measure of the volume of such a solid. We define the measure of the volume of a right-circular cylinder by mzh, where r and h are, respectively, the number of units in the base radius and altitude. Consider first the case where the axis of revolution is a boundary of

C:I R C U L A R - D I SAKN D C I R C U L A R - R I NM GE T H O D S 3 3 1 8 . 2 V O L U M EO F A S O L I DO F R E V O L U T I O N

the region that is revolved. Let the function / be continuous on the closed i n te rv a l l a ,b l a nd assume that f (x) > 0 foral l x i n l a,bl . Let R be the region bounded bythe curve y: f (r), the x axis, and the lines x: A and x: b. Let S be the solid of revolution obtained by revolving the region R about the r axis. We proceed to find a suitable definition for the number V which gives the measure of the volume of S. Let A be a partition of the closed interval la, bl given by a:xo1xtlxr(

1 xn-t I

xr:

b

. T h e n w e h a v e n subi nterval sof the form l * r-r,r;], w herei :7,2, ,rt , any Lrx: xi-xi-y Choose being length of the ith subinterval with the point fi, with xi-r s ti s xi, in each subinterval and draw the rectangles having widths A1r units and altitudes f (€r) units. Figure 8.2.3 shows the region R together with the ith rectangle. When the ith rectangle is revolved about the x axis, we obtain a circular disk in the form of a right-circular cylinder whose base radius is given by f ((r)units and whose altitude is given by A'ixunits, as shown in Fig.8.2.4. The measure of the volurne of this circular disk, which we denote by L,1V,is given by

(t; 'f(tt))

L,V-- nlf (il)' L,x

F i g u r e8 . 2 . 3

(1)

Because there are n rectangles, n curclrlardisks are obtained in this way, and the sum of the measures of the volumes of these n circular disks is given by

fi:r o,r: fi:r rrlf(€,)l'L,x

(2)

which is a Riemann sum. The Riemann sum given in Eq. (2) is an approximation to what we intuitively think of as the number of cubic units in the volume of the solid of revolution. The smaller we take the norm llAllof the partition, the larger will be n, and the closer this approximation will be to the number V we wish to assign to the measure of the volume. We therefore define V to be the limit of the Riemann sum in Eq. (2) as llAllapproaches zero. This limit exists because f i" continuous on la, bf, which is true because / is continuous there. We have, then, the following definition.

F i g u r e8 . 2 . 4

8.2.1,Definition

Let the function / be continuous on the closed interval lo, bl, and assume that f (r) > 0 for all r in la, bl. If S is the solid of revolution obtained by revolving about the r axis the region bounded by the curve y : f (x), the x axis, and the lines x : a and x : b, and if V is the number of cubic units in the volume of S, then

v-

: ' u|)f' dx f. ,tfG,)l'A,x f ,,t;il,

(3)

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

v

A similar definition applies when both the axis of revolution and a boundary of the revolved region is the y axis or any line parallel to either the r axis or the y axis.

(tr,€i'

o TLLUSTRATIoN 1: We find the volume of the solid of revolution generated when the region bounded by the curve U : xr, the x axis, and the lines x:"1. and x:2 is revolved about the r axis. Refer to Fig. B.z.s, showing the region and a rectangular element of area. Figure 8.2.6 shows an element of volume and the solid of revolution. The measure of the volume of the circular disk is given by L1V: n(€r')'

Lix:

rr(f A,ix

Then Figure8.2.5

v: .Jimf ntf t* llAll-oi:t :,

r2 I x4dx

Jr

: rr(*rt)l' lr

-_

37_ 5ta

Therefore, the volume of the solid of revolution is #a

cubic units.

o

Now suPPose that the axis of revolution is not a boundary of the region being revolved. Let f and 8 be two continuous functions on the

we wish to find a value for V. Let A be a partition of the interval la, bl, given by A:XolXrlXrl

Figure8.2.6

1 xn_, I xr:

fu

and the lth subinterval fr,-r, ri] has length Lix: xr- xr_.tIn the lth subinterval, choose any €i, with xi-r s €i = xi.Consider the n rectangular elements of area for the region R. See Fig.8.2.7 illustrating the region and the ith rectangle, and Fig. 8.2.8 showing the solid of revolution. When the ith rectangle is revolved about the x axis, a circular ring (or "washe{'), as shown in Fig. 8.2.9, is obtained. The number giving the difference of the measures of the areas of the two circular regions is (rlf ((,)l'rlg(f,)1,) and the thickness is A;x units. Therefore, the measure of the volume of the circular ring is given by

L v : r ( l f ( f , ) l ' - [ s ( { , ) ] 'A ) ir The sum of the measures of the volumes of the n circular rings formed by

METHODS AND CIRCULAR-RING CIRCULAR-DISK 8.2 VOLUMEOF A SOLID OF REVOLUTION:

f(€t) ti, f(t;))

f(x)

s(x)

F i g u r e8 , 2 . 9

Figure8.2.8

Figure8.2.7

revolving the n rectangular elements of area about the r axis is

)

i=L

(4)

l,Y i:l

The number of cubic units in the volume, then, is defined to be the limit of the Riemann sum in Eq. (4) as llAllapproacheszero.The limit exists since , f and g2 are continuous on la, b) because f and I are continuous there. 8.2.2 Definition

Let the functions f and I be continuous on the closedinterval la, bl, and assumethatf (x) > g(x) > 0 forall x in la,bf. Then if Vcubic units isthe volume of the solid of revolution generatedby revolving about the r axis and A: gk) and the lines the region bounded by the curves y:/(r) x : n a n dx : b ,

As before, a similar definition applies when the axis of revolution the y axis or any line parallel to either the r axis or the y axis.

Exavrpr.r l.: Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about the r axis the region bounded by the parabola : x * 3. A : xcz* L and the line y

solurroN: The points of intersection are (-1., 2) and (2,5). Figure 8.2.10 shows the region and a rectangular element of area. An element of volume and the solid of revolution are shown in Fig. 8.2.1'L.

andg(r) T a k i n gf ( x ) : x * 3 the volume of the circular ring is

n(lf G)l'-

[ s ( 1 ' ) ] ' )A i x

* L, we find that the measure of

334

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

ti , fGi)

Gi , s ft))

Fi g ur e 8. 2. 10

F i g u r e8 . 2 . 1 1

If V cubic units is the volume of the solid, then n

v : lim ) '( lf G)l' - [s(f )],) Aix iIr llall-o

:7r If2 (lf(x)l'J-t f2

: T I

J-r

ls@)fz)dx

[ ( r ' + 3 ) ' - ( x ' + t ) ' z 1d x

f2

:rT I l-xn-f J-r

+6x*sldx

: nl-Ex'- *x3* gr'+ grlt L

l-r

: rl(-+-

S + L z+ 1 6 )- ( t + + + 3 - 8 ) l

_rL7_ 5tl

Therefore, the volume of the solid of revolution

is LFr

cubic units.

AND CIRCULAR-RING METHODS CIRCULAR-DISK 8.2 VOLUMEOF A SOLID OF REVOLUTION:

ExAMPLE 2r Find the volume of the solid generatedby revolving about the line x: -4 the region bounded by the two parabolas )c:y-yz andx:A'-3.

solurroN: The curyes intersectat the points (-2, -1.) and (-+,il. The region and a rectangular element of area are shown in Fig. P.2.12.Figure 8.2.13shows the solid of revolution as well as an elementof volume, which is a circular ring.

F i g u r e8 . 2 . 1 3

Let F(y) - y - y2 and G(y) = y' - 3. The number of cubic units in the volume of the circular ring is L1V: n(14 + F(f')1, - 14+ G(f')l') Lua

(G(6r),fi)

Thus,

v-

F i g u r e8 . 2 . 1 2

n

+ F(€,)f'- 14+ G(€)]') L,y lim -). l l A l l - 0 i : 1 "-([4

-,

f3l2 -y')' - (4* y'-g)'l dY |J - r [ ( 4 + y

-n

I ?2y'-9y'*8y+L5) dy J-r

l3l2

13tz - 3Yt* 4Y'* tu,l-, : n ll+rn _ -

875* 32,.

The volume of the solid of revolution is then Y*n

cubic units.

8.2 Exercises In Exercises 1. through 8, find the volume of the solid of revolution when the given region of Fig. 8.2.1,4is revolved about the indicated line. An equation of the curve in the figure is y2 : *2.

2. OAC about the line AC

l. OAC about the r axis 3. OAC about the line BC

'

4. OAC about the y axis

5. OBC about the y axis

6. OBC about the line BC

7. OBC about the line AC

8. OBC about the x axis

F i g u r e8 . 2 . 1 4

336

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

9 . Find

the volume of the sphere generated by revolving the circle whose equation is 12 * A2: 12 about a diameter. 10.Find by integration the volurne of a right-circular cone of altitude /z units and base radius a units.

1 1 .Find

the volume of the solid generated by revolving about the x axis the region bounded by the curve : x3 and the A linesy:0andx:2.

12. Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving the region in Exercise L1,about the y axis. 13. Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about the line x:

-4

the region bounded by that line and the

p a r a b o l ax : 4 i 6 y - 2 y 2 .

14. Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving the region bounded by the curves U2: 4x andy: r about the x axis. 1 5. Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving the region of Exercise 14 about the line x: 4. 16. An oil tank in the shape of a sphere has a diameter of 50 ft. How much oil does the tank contain if the depth of the oil is 25 ft?

1 7. A paraboloid of revolution is obtained by revolving the parab ola y2 : 4px about the r axis. Find the volume bounded by a paraboloid of revolution and a plane perpendicular to its axis if the plane is 10 in. from the vertex, and if the plane section of intersection is a circle having a radius of 5 in.

18. Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about the x axis the region bounded by the loop of the curve whose equation is 2y2 : x(* - 4).

19. Find the volume of the solid generated when the region bounded by one loop of the curve whose equation is xzyz: (x'-

9) (1 - x2) is revolved about the x axis.

20. The region bounded by a pentagon having vertices at (-4,4), (-2,0), (0, 8), (2,0), and (4,4) is revolved about the x axis. Find the volume of the solid generated.

8.3 VOLUME OF A SOLID OF REVOLUTION: CYLINDRICAL-SHELL METHOD

Figure8.3.'l

In the preceding section we found the volume of a solid of revolution by taking the rectangular elements of area perpendicular to the axis of revolution, and the element of volume was either a circular disk or a circular ring. If a rectangular element of area is parallel to the axis of revolution, then when this element of area is revolved about the axis of revolution, a cylindrical shell is obtained. A cylindrical shell is a solid contained between two rylinders having the same center and axis. Such a cylindrical shell is shown in Fig. 8.3.1. If the cylindrical shell has an inner radius r, units, outer radius r, units, and altitude h units, then its volume V cubic units is given by V: nrzzh- Trrzh (l) Let R be the region bounded by the curye y : f (x), the r axis, and the lines x: a and r : b, where / is continuous on the closed interval la, bl and f(x) > 0 for all x in la, b]; furtherrnore, assume that a > 0. such a region is shown in Fig. 8.3.2. If R is revolved about the y axis, a solid of revolution S is generated. Such a solid is shown in Fig. 8.3.3. To find the volume of S when the rectangular elements of area are taken parallel to the y axis, we proceed in the following manner. Let A be a partition of the closed interval [a, b] given by A:Xo 0) and the line r : a is revolved about r: a, 18. Find the volume of the solid genented by revolving the region bounded by the curve li3 * yrl": a2i' about the y axis. 19. Find the volume of the solid generatedby revolving about the y axis the region outside the cuwe y : f and between the Lines y : 2a - 1 ?n\d.y : x + 2. 20. Through a spherical shaped solid of radius 6 in., a hole of radius 2 in. is bored, and the axis of the hole is a diameter of the sphere. Find the volume of the part of the solid that remains. 21. A hole of radius 2\6 in. is bored through the center of a spherical shaped solid of radius 4 in. Find the volume of the portion of the solid cut out. 22. Find the volume of the solid generatedif the region bounded by the parabola y, :4pr about the y axis.

and the line r:

p is revolved

PLANESECTIONS 341 8.4 VOLUME OF A SOLIDHAVINGKNOWNPARALLEL

8.4 VOLUME OF A SOLID Let S be a solid. By a plane sectionof S is meant a plane region formed by HAVING KNOWN PARALLEL the intersection of a plane with S. In Sec.8.2 we learned how to find the PLANE SECTIONS volume of a solid of revolution for which all plane sections perpendicular to the axis of revolution are circular. We now generalize this method to find the volume of a solid for which it is possible to express the area of any plane section perpendicular to a fixed line in terms of the perpendicular distance of the plane section from a fixed point. We first define what we mean when we say that a solid is a "cylinder." 8.4.1. Definition

A solid is a right cylinder if it is bounded by two congruent plane regions R1 and R2 lying in parallel planes and by a lateral surface generated by u line segment, having its endpoints on the boundaries of R1 and Rz, which moves so that it is always PerPendicular to the planes of Rt and R2.

F i g u r e8 . 4 . 1

Figure8.4.2

Figure8.4.3

Figure 8.4.1.illustrates a right cylinder. The heighf of the cylinder is the perpendicular distance between the planes of Rr and R2, and the base is either R1 or R2. If the base of the right cylinder is a region enclosed by a circle, we have a right-circular cylinder (see Fig. 8.a.4; if the base is a region enclosed by u rectangle, we have a rectangular parallelepiped (see F i g . 8 .a .3 ). If the area of the base of a right cylinder is A square units and the height is h units, then by definition we let the volume of the right cylinder be measured by the product of A and h. As stated above, we are considering solids for which the area of any plane section that is perpendicular to a fixed line is a function of the perpendicular distance of the plane section from a fixed point. The solid 5 of Fig. 8.4.4 is such a solid, and it lies between the planes perpendicular to the r axis at a and b. We represent the number of square units in the area of the plane section of S in the plane perpendicular to the r axis at x by A(x), where A is continuous on la, bl. Let A be a partition of the closed interval la, bl given by a:xo/-xr1xzl A(€ t) Figure 8.4.4

'1xn:6

. , Wehave, then, n subintervals of the form lxr-r, ri], wherei:1,2, any Choose x^. xiLrx: being n,wittr the length of the ith subinterval

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

number f1, with xi-t s €i a xi, in each subinterval and construct the right cylin-dersof heights A;x units and plane section areasA(tr) square units. The volume of the lth cylinder is A(f,) A;x cubic units. We obtain n right cylinders,and the sum of the measuresof the volumes of thesen cvlinders is given by the Riemann sum n

A(() ap

(1)

i:r

This Riemann sum is an approximation of what we intuitively think of as the measure of the volume of S, and the smaller we take the norm llAllof the partition A, the larger will be n, and the closer this approximation will be to the number we wish to assign to the measure of the volume. We have, then, the following definition. 8.4.2 Definition

Let S be a solid such that S lies between planes drawn perpendicular to the x axis at a and b. If the measure of the area of the plane section of S drawn perpendicular to the x axis at r is given by A(x) , wherc A is continuous on la, bl, then the measure of the volume of S is given by

lim 2 a(f,) Aix: [' A ( x ) d x .0 i=l J(l

(2)

lllll

Note that Definitions 8.2.7 and 8.2.2 are special cases of Definition 8.4.2. If in Eq,. (2) we take A (x): nl f (x)12,w e have E q. (3) of S e c.g. Z. lf w e t a k e A ( x ) : n ( l f ( x ) l ' - [S(x)]'), *" have Eq. (S) of Sec. 8.2.

nxervrpr.r 1: If the base of a solid is a circle with a radius of r units and if all plane sections perpendicular to a fixed diameter of the base are squares, find the volume of the solid.

solurroN: Take the circle in the xy plane, the center at the origin, and the fixed diameter along the r axis. Therefore, an equation of the circle is 12 I y' : r2. Figure 8.4.5 shows the solid and an element of volume, which is a right cylinder of altitude A1r units and with an area of the base given by l2f (il]2 square units, where /(r) is obtained by solving the equation of thpirc,fe j?, v and setting y : f (x). This computation give f (x) : Yr" - xz. Therefore, if V cubic units is the volume of the solid, "we have

lim -tt llall-0

n

lzf((,)l' Lix

i:r

(r'-

: +l'"*

x 2 )d x

8.4 VOLUMEOF A SOLID HAVINGKNOWN PARALLELPLANESECTIONS

F i g u r e8 . 4 . 5

rxeuPrn 2:

A wedge is cut from a right-circular cylinder with a radius of r in. bY two Planes, one perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder and the other intersecting the first at an angle of measurement 60oalong a diameter of the circular plane section. Find the volume of the wedge.

solurroN: The wedge is shown in Fig. 8.4.6. The xy plane is taken as the plane perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder, and the origin is at the An equation of the circular plane section is then point of plrp"ndicularity. : 12.Every plane section of the wedge perpendicular to the r axis is * * y, a right triangle. An element of volume is,a right cylinder having altitude (€r)12 in.2, where /(r) is obA,r-in., and irea of the base given bV i$lf for y and setting y : f (x), circle tained by solving the equation of the in.3 is the volume of the if V Therefore, \fr'=T. thereby giving f (x) wedge, n_

V:

U, - €rr)L,x

lim )iVe .0,:r

llall

_

:+\/g

fr

|

J-r

(r, - x2)dx I

- i*"1'_, : +\/5lr'* : fi\/3r3 Hence, the volume of the wedge is 3 tEr3 in'3

Figure8.4.6

U4

APPLICATIONS OF THEDEFINITE INTEGBAL

Exercises 8.4 l

The baseof a solid is a circlehawing a radius of / units. Find the volume of the solid if all plane sectionsperpendicular to a fixed diameter of the base are equilateral triangles,

The base of a solid is a circle with a radius of r units, and all pLanesections perpendicular to a fixed diameter of the base are isoscelesright triangles haYing the hypotenuse in the plane of the base. iind the volume of the solid. 3 . Solve Exercise2 if the isoscelesdght t angles have one leg in the plane of the base. 4. Find the volume of a right pyramid having a height of t units and a square base of side n units. 5 . Find the volume of the tebahedmn havint 3 mutually perpendicular faces and three mutually perpendicular edges whose lengths have measuresa, b, and c. 6 . The base of a solid is a cirde with a radius of 4 in. , and each plane section perpendicular to a fixed diameter of the base is an isosceles triangle having an altitude of 10 in. and a chord of the cirde as a base. Find the volume of the solid. 7. The base of a solid is a circle with a radius of 9 in., and each plane section perpendicular to a fixed diameter of the base is a square having a chord of the circle as a diagonal. Find the volume of the solid. 8. Two right-circular cylinde{s, each having a radius of / units, have axes that intersect at right angles. Find the volume of the solid common to the two cylinders. 9 . A wedge is cut ftom a solid in the shapeof a right-circular cylinder with a radius of r in. by a -the plane through a diameter of the base and inclined to the Plane of the base at an angle of measurement 45". Fi;d volume" of the wedge. 10. A wedge is cut from a solid in the shaPeof a right-circular cone having a base radius of 5 ft and an altitude of 20 ft by two half planes through the axis of the cone, The argle between the two pl-aneshas a measurement of 30.. Find the volume of the wedge cut out.

8'5 WORK

The "work" done by u force acting on an object is defined in physics as "force times displacement." For example, suppose that an otiect is moving to the right along the r axis from a point a to apoint b, and.a constant force of F lb is acting on the object in the direction of motion. Then if the displacement is measured in feet, (b - a) is the number of feet in the displacement. And if W is the number of foot-pounds of work done by the force, W is defiped by (1) o tttustRArroN '1-.: lI W is the number of foot-pounds in the work necessary to lift a 70-lb weight to a height of 3 ft, then W:70

' 3:270

.

In this section we consider the work done by a variable force, which is a function of the position of the object on which the force is acting. We wish to define what is meant by the term "work" in such a case. suppose that /(x) , where /is continuous on la, bl, is the number of units in the force acting in the direction of motion on an object as it moves to the right along the x axis from point a to pointb. Let A be a partition of

8.5 WORK

the closedinterval la, bf : 1 xn-r I xr:

a:xolxrlxzl

b

The ith subinterval is [x1-1, x]; and if xi-, is close to xi, the force is almost constant in this subinterval. If we assume that the force is constant in the ith subinterval and if fi is any point such that ri-, s fi s ri, then if AiW is the number of units of work done on the object as it moves from the point xi-1 Io the point xi, from formula (1) we have A ,W: f (€ ,) (x,- xi -r) Replacin E )ci- xi-r by A;x, w€ have

A1W:f (t) L'x and n

AiW:2fG,) L,x

i:1

(2)

i:r

The smaller we take the norrn of the partition A, the larger n will be and the closer the Riemann sum in Eq. (2) will be to what we intuitively think of as the measure of the total work done. We therefore define the measure of the total work as the limit of the Riemann sum in Eq. (2). 8.5.1 Definition

Let the function / be continuous on the closed interval la, bl and /(r) be the number of units in the force acting on an object at the point / on the r axis. Then if W units is the work done by the force as the obfect moves from a to b, W is given by (3)

In the following examplewe use Hooke'slaw, which statesthat if a spring is stretchedx in. beyond its natural length, it is pulled back with a force equal to kx lb, where k is a constant depending on the wire used. nxalvrpn L: A sPring has a natural length of 14 in. If a force of 5 lb is required to keep the sPring stretched 2rrt., how much work is done in stretching the sPring from its natural length to a length of 18 in.?

solurroN: Place the spring along the r axis with the origin at the point where the stretching starts (see Fig. 8.5.1). 14in.# T

8 .5 .1 F i g u re Let r: the number of inches the spring is stretched; : the number of pounds in the force acting on the spring r in. f (x) beyond its natural length.

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

Then, by Hooke's law, f (x) : kr. Because/(2) : 5, we have . 5:k'2

k:E Therefore,

f(x):Ex If W: the number of inch-pounds of work done in stretching the spring from its natural length of 'J,4in. to a length of 1g in., we have

w: li3 f. f G,)o,* llall-0 t:I

f(x) dx Exdx

: T x z 1I4

JO

:20 Therefore, the work done in stretching the spring is 20 in.-lb. EXAMPLE2: A water tank in the form of an inverted right-circular cone is 20 ft across the top and 15 ft deep. If the surface of the water is 5 ft below the top of the tank, find the work done in pumping the water to the top of the tank.

solurroN: Referto Fig. 8.5.2.The positive r axis is chosenin the downward direction becausethe motion is vertical. Take the origin at the top of the tank. We considera partition of the closedinterval [5, 15] on the r ixis and let fi be any point in the ith subinterval l*r-r, r;]. An elementof volume is a circular disk having thickness A,ixft and radiu s (il ft, where the f function / is determined by an equation of the line through the points (0, 10) and (L5, 0) in the form y - f (r). The number of cubic feet in the volume of this elementis given by A^iV: nlf (&)1, Lrx.If w is the number of pounds in the weight of L fts of water, then the number of pounds in the weight of this element is wnlf(t)1, A;r, which is the force required to pump the element to the top of the tank. If xi-, is closeto xi, then the distance through which this element moves is approximately& ft.Thus, if A'rWft-lb is the work done in pumping the element to the iop of the tank, AiW is approximately(wrrlf G)l' Lrx) . fii so if w is the number of footpounds of work done,

w:

. Ji3 f .df G,)1, €i Lix

llall-0 f:t

: *n Figure8.5.2

fr5

(x)lzxdx J, lf

To determine f (x), we find an equation of the line through the points

8.5 WORK

(15, 0) and (0, 10) by using the interceptform:

*15 + + : 10 1

or y---Bx*Lo

T h e r e f o r e , f ( x ) : - & x * L 0 ,a n d

w - *n f" ?3x * \o)zxdx Js rr5 : rpir | (6rt - #x't Js

toox) dx

|:'u)n lt*n - Xqr3* 5012 1ts rJt : + (10,000nar) Therefore,the work doneis 1,0,000rrw19 ft-lb.

8.5 Exercises 1. A spring has a natural length of 8 in. If a force of 20lb stretchesthe spring i in., find the work done in stretching the spring from 8 in. to 11 in. 2. A spring has a natural length of 10 in.. and a 30-lb force stretches it to 11iin. Find the work done in stretching the sprint from 10 in. to 12 in. Then find the work done in stretchint the sPdng from 12 in. to 14 in. 3. A spring has a natural length of 6 in. A 12,000-lb force compressesthe spring to 5* in Find the work done in compressing it from 6 in. to 5 in. Hooke's law holds for compression as well as for extension. 4. A spring has a natural length o{ 6 in. A 12001b force compresses it to 5} in. Find the wotk done in compressing it from 6 in. to 4* in. 5. A swimming pool full of water is in the form of a rectangularparallelepiped5 ft deep, 15 ft wide, and 25 ft long. Find the work required to pump the water in the pool up to a level I ft above the surface of the pool. 6. A trough full of water is 10 ft long, and its cross section is in the shape of an isosceles triangle 2 ft wide acrossthe top and 2 ft high. How much work is done in pumping all the water out of the trcugh over the top? 7. A hemispherical tank with a radius of 5 ft is filed with water to a depth of 4 ft. Find the work done in pumping the water to the top of the tank. 8. A right-circular cylindrical tank with a depth of 12 ft and a radius of 4 ft is half tull of oit weighing 60 lb/ft3. Find the wotk done in pumping the oil to a height 6 ft above the tank. 9. A cable 200 ft lont and weighing 4 lb/ft is hanging vertically down a well. If a weight of 100Ib is susp€nded from the lower end of the cable, find the work done in pulling the cable and weight to the top of the well, 10. A bucket weighing 20lb containing 60 lb of sand is attached to the lower end of a 100 ft long chain that weighs 10lb and is hanging in a deep well. Find the work done in raising the bucket to the top of the well, 11. SolveExercise10 if the sand is leaking out of the bucket at a constantrate and has all leakedout iust as soon as the bucket i8 at the toD of the well.

348

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

12. As a water tank is being raised, water spills out at a constant rate of 2 fC per foot of rise, If the tank originally contained 1000 fe of water, find the work done in raising the tank 20 ft. 13. A tank in the form of a rectangular parallelepiped 6 ft deep,4 ft wide, and 12 ft long is fuJl of oil weighing 50lb/fi3. When one-third of the work necessary to pump the oil to the top of the tank has been done, find by how much the sudace of the oil is lowered. 14. A cylindrical tank 10 ft high and 5 ft in radius is standing on a platform 50 ft high. Find the depth of the water whm onehalf of the work required to fill the tank faom the Found level through a pipe in the bottom has been done. 15. A one horsepower motor can do 550 ft-lb of work per second. If a 0.1.hp motor is used to pump water from a full tank in theshapeofarectangularparallelepiped2ftdeep,2ftwide,and6ftlonttoapoint5ftabovethetopofthetank,how long will it take? 16. A meteorite is a miles from the center of the earth and falls to the surface of the earth. The folce of sraviw is inverselv proportional to the square of the distance of a body from the center of the earth. Find the work doie by gravity if the weight of the meteorite is r, lb at the sudace of the earth. Let R rriles be the Edius of the earth,

8'6 LIQUID PRESSURE Another application of the definite integral in physics is to find the force causedby liquid pressureon a plate submergedin the liquid or on a side of a containerholding the liquid. First of all, supposethat a flat plate is insefted horizontally into a liquid in a container. The weight of the liquid exertsa force on the plate. The force per square unit of area exerted by the liquid on the plate is called the pressureof the liquid. Let w be the number of pounds in the weight of one cubic foot of the liquid and h be the number of feet in the depth of a point below the surfaceof the liqui d. If p is the number of pounds per square foot of pressure exertedby the liquid at the point, then 'u:oi"'rne

(1)

number of square feet in the area of a flat plate that is submerged horizontally in the liquid, and F is the number of pounds in the force causedby liquid pressure acting on the upper face of the plate, then F:PA

( 2)

Substituting from formula (1) into (2) gives us F : whA

(3)

Note that formula (1) states that the size of the container is immaterial so far as liquid pressure is concerned. For example, at a depth of 5 ft in a swimming pool filled with salt water the pressure is the same as at a depth of 5 ft in the Pacific Ocean, assuming the density of the water is the same. Now suPPose that the plate is submerged vertically in the liquid. Then at points on the plate at different depths the pressure, computed from formula (1), will be different and will be greater at the bottom of the plate than at the top. We now proceed to define the force caused by liquid Pressure when the plate is submerged vertically in the liquid. We use

8.6 LIQUIDPRESSUBE 349 Pascal's principle: At any point in a liquid, the pressure is the same in all directions. In Fig. 8.6.1 let ABCD be the region bounded by the x axis, the lines x: a and r : b, andthe curve y: f (x), where the function /is continuous and/(r) > 0 on the closed interval fa, bl. Choose the coordinate axes so they axis lies along the line of the surface of the liquid. Take the r axis vertical with the positive direction downward. The length of the plate at a depth r ft is given by f (x) ft. Let A be a partition of the closed interval la, bl which divides the interval into n subintervals. Choose a point f; in the ith subinterval, with xrr 3 €i = xr. Draw n hofizontal rectangles. The ith rectangle has a length of f (€r) ft and a width of L,ix ft (see Fig. 8.6.1). If we rotate each rectangular element through an angle of 90o,each element becomes a plate submerged in the liquid at a depth of f6 ft below the surface of the liquid and perpendicular to the region ABCD. Then the force on the rth rectangular element is given by wtrf (t) L# lb. An approximation to F, the number of pounds in the total force on the vertical plate, is given by

F i g u r e8 . 6 . 1

n

wt,fGi) Air 2 i:r

(4)

which is a Riemann sum. The smaller we take llAll,the larger n willbe and the closer the approximation given by (4) will be to what we wish to be the measure of the total force. We have, then, the following definition. 8'6'1 Definition

Suppose that a flat plate is submerged vertically in a liquid of weight ut pounds per cubic unit. The length of the plate at a depth of r units below the surface of the liquid is /(x) units, where / is continuous on the closed interval la, bl and f(x) > 0 on la, bl. Then F, the number of pounds of force causedby liquid pressureon the plate, is given by

t:

Air: wxf(x)dx [: 2*rOrri) ,,Til,

(s)

Exevpr.E 1: A trough having a soLUrIoN: Figure 8.5.2 illustrates one end of the trough together with a trapezoidal cross section is full of rectangularelement of area. An equation of line AB it y :g - *r. Let water. If the trapezoid is 3 ft wide f (x) : B *x.If we rotate the rectangularelement through 90', th" force on at the top,2 ft wide at the bottom, the element is given by 2w(1fG) Lfi lb. If F is the number of pounds in and 2 ft deep, find the total force the total force on the side of the trough, owing to liquid pressure on one n end of the trough. F - lim zwt,f (t) L#

2

H

llAll-0 f:t

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

:2us :Ztll

[, oo) d x

I,.*

- ix) dx

lrr'-# ' ] , 2 , O )A ( 2 , l ) Figure8.6.2

Taking w : 62.5, we find that the total force is 291,.2lb.

Exavprr 2: The ends of a trough are semicircular regions, each with a radius of 2 ft. Find the force caused by liquid pressure on one end if the trough is full of water.

soLUrIoN: Figure 8.5.3 shows one end of the trough together with a rectangular element of area. An equation of the semicircle is xz * yr:4. Solving for y gives y : t[=7, and so let f (x) : {E -7. The force on the rectangular element is given by 2w(j(fr) Arr. so if F pounds is the total force on the side of the trough,

F: ,,limf ,*g,f(f,) Air llall.0 t:l :2ut Ir2 xf(x) dx Jo

r2 :2'ut I xt/E=P

dx

JO

: -&w(4- xr)r,rl' JO

Figure8.6.3

Therefore, the total force is ffut lb.

8.6 Exercises 1. A platein the shaPeof a rectangle is submerged vertically in a tank of water, with the upper edge lying in the surface. If -"ia" the width of the plate is 10 ft and the depth is 8 ft, find the {orce due to liquid presiure ott otr" of the plate. 2. A square plate of side 4 ft is submerged ve ically in a tank of water and its center is 2 ft below the surface.Find the force due to liquid ptessure on one side of the plate. 3. Solve Exercise 2 if the center of the plate is 4 ft below the surface. 4. A Platein the shapeof an isoscelesright triantle is submergedvertically in a tank of water, with one let lying in the surface.The legs are each 6 ft lont, Find the force due to liquid pressureon one side of the plate. 5. A rectantular tank fuIl of water is 2 ft wide and 18 in. deep, Find the force due to liquid pressure on one end of the tank. 6. The,endsof a trough are equilateraltriangles having sides with lengtls of 2 ft. If the water in the trough is 1 ft deep, find the force due to liquid prrssure on one end.

8.7 CENTEROF MASSOF A ROD

351

7. The face of a dam adiacent to the water is vertical, and its shape is in the form of an isosceles triangle 250 ft wide across the top and 100 ft high in the center. If the water is 10 ft deep in the center, find the total force on the dam due to liquid Pressure. 8. An oil tank is in the shape of a right-circular cylinder 4 ft in diameter, and its axis is horizontal. If the tank is half full of oil weighing 50 lb/fe, find the total force on one end due to liquid Pressure. 9. The faceof the gate of a dam is in the shape of an isoscelestriangle 4 ft wide at the top and 3 ft high. If the upper edge of the face of the gate is 15 ft below the surface of the water, find the total force due to liquid pressure on the gate. 10. The face of a gate of a dam is vertical and in the shape of an isoscelestrapezoid 3 ft wide at the top, 4 ft wide at the bottom, and 3 ft high. If the upper base is 20 ft below the surface of the water, find the total force due to liquid pressure on the gate. 11. The face of a dam adjacentto the water is inclined at an angle of 30ofrom the vertical. Tlie shape of the face is a rectangle of width 50 ft and slant height 30 ft. If the dam is full of water, find the total force due to liquid pressure on the face. 12. Solve Exercise11 if the face of the dam is an isoscelestrapezoid 120ft wide at the top, 80 ft wide at the bottom, and with a slant height of.40 ft13. The bottom of a swimming pool is an inclined plane. The pool is 2 ft deep at one end and 8 ft deep at the other. If the width of the pool is 25 ft and the length is 40 ft, find the total force due to liquid pressure on the bottom. 14. If the end of a water tank is in the shapeof a rectangle and the tank is full, show that the measure of the force due to liq' uid pressureon the end is the product of the measureof the areaof the end and the measureof the force at the geometrical center.

8.7 CENTER OF MASS OF A ROD

In Sec. 7.5 we leamed that if the function / is continuous on the closed interval l-a,bf', the averagevalue of f on fa, b] is given by

I rat dk b:- a

An important application of the average value of a function occurs in physics in connection with the concept of centerof mass. To arrive at a definition of "mass," consider a particle that is set into motion along an axis by a force of F lb exerted on the particle. So long as the force is acting on the particle, the velocity of the particle is increasing; that is, the particle has an acceleration.The ratio of the.force to the acceleration is.constant regardless of the nagnitude of the force, and this constant ratio is called the massof the particle. . rLLUsrRArror L: If the acceleration of a certain particle is 10 ft/sec2 when the force is 30Ib, the mass of the particle is 30 lb : - 3lb 10 ftlsecz 1 ftlsec2 Thus, for every 1 ft/secz of acceleration,a force of 3 lb must be exerted on . the particle. When the unit of force is 1 lb and the unit of acceleration is7 ftlsecz,

,.-w

352

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

the unit of mass is called one slug. That is, L slug is the mass of a particle whose acceleration is 1. ftlsec2 when the magnitude of the force on the particle is 1 lb. Hence, the particle of Illustration 1 that has an acceleration of 10 ftlsec2 when the force is 30 lb has a mass of 3 slugs. From physics, if W lb is the weight of an object having a mass of m slugs, and g ftlsec2 is the constant of acceleration due to gravity, then W: mB Consider now a horizontal rod, of negligible weight and thickness, placed on the r axis. On the rod is a system of n particles located at points x 1 , x 2 , .. . , l n . T h e i t h p a r t i d e ( i : 1 , 2 , . ,n) is atadirecteddistance 4 ft from the origin and its mass is mi slugs. See Fig.8.7.1. The n

number of slugs in the total mass of the system ir )

/ni. We define the

i :l

F m2

lTl s

xs

O

x4

x,r

{

t-

x,2

x

F i g ur e 8 . 7. 1

momentof massof the ith particle with respect to the origin as mixi slug-ft. The moment of mass for the system is defined as the sum of the moments .all of mass of the particles. Hence, If M, slug-ft is the moment of mass of the system with respect to the origin, then

Now we wish to find a point f such that if the total mass of the system were concentrated there, its moment of mass with respect to the origin would be equal to the moment of mass of the system with respect to the origin. Then f must satisfy the equation nn

t> mi:2 i:l

flltXt

i :l

and so

(1)

The point r is called the centerof massof the system, and it is the point where the system will balance. The position of the center of mass is indepehd'entof the position of the origin; that is, the location of ttre center of mass relative to the positions of the particles does not change when the origin is changed.

8,7 CENTEROF MASS OF A ROD

ExAMPLE L: Given four particles of masses 2, 3,1,, and 5 slugs located on the r axis at the Points having coordinates 5, 2, -3, and -4, respectively, where distance measurement is in feet, find the center of mass of this system.

solurroN: lf 7 is the coordinate of the center of mass, we have from formula (1) 7

fi, Thus, the center of mass is # tt to the left of the origin.

The preceding discussion is now extended to a rigid horizontal rod having a continuously distributed mass.The rod is said tobehomogeneous if its mass is directly proportional to its length. In other words, if the segment of the rod whose length is Arr ft has a mass of L1mslugs, and'A,1m: k Air, then the rod is homogeneous. The number k is a constant and k slugs/ft is called the.linear dcnsity of the rod. Lim = p((i)Lir

il*],

,

,,_r€i

-;.

O

tfi

,,

L---

Figwe 8.7.2

Suppose that we have a nonhomogeneous rod, in which case the linear density varies along the rod. Let L ft be the length of the rod, and place the rod on the r axis so the left endpoint of the rod is at the origin and the right endpoint is at L. See Fi9.8.7.2. The linear density at any point r on the rod is p(r) slugs/ft, where p is continuous on [0, L]. To find the total mass of the rod we consider a partition A of the closed interval [0, L] into z subintervals. The fth subinterval is [ra-t, ra], and its length is A4x ft. If f6 is any point in lxp1, xrf, ffir approximation to the mass of the part of the rod contained in the ith subinterval is Lam slags, where Arnt: p(t) L* The number of slugs in the total mass of the rod is approximated by nn

s A ; t n - t pG) Lfc

LJ"Ll i:l

(2)

i:l

The smaller we take the norm of the partition A, the doser the Riemann sum in Eq. (2) will be to what we intuitively think of as the measure of the mass of the rod, and so we define the measure of the mass as the limit of the Riemann sum in Eq. (2). 8.7.1 Definition

A rod of length L ft has its left endpoint at the origin. If the number of slugs per foot in the linear density at a point x ft from the origin is p(x), where p is continuous on 10,L), then the total massof the rod is M slugs,

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

where

p(x) dx

ExAMPrn 2: The density at any point of a rod 4 ftlong varies directly as the distance from the point to an external point in the line of the rod and 2 ft from an end, where the density is 5 slugs/ft. Find the total mass of the rod.

solurroN: Figure 8.7.3shows the rod placed on the r axis. If p(r) is the number of slugs per foot in the density of the rod at the point r ft from the end having the greater density, then P(x):c(6-x) where c is the constant of proportionality. Becausep(4):5, we have 5:2c or c:*. Hence,p(x):E(6x). Therefore,if M slugs is the total mass of the rod, we have from Definition 8.7.1.

M : , l i p f Z < r -f , )A , x llAll-0 i=l E(6- x) dx

-40 The total mass of the rod is therefore 40 slugs. 6-'* ti x

ox.,(E>,46 F i g u r e8 . 7 . 3

we now proceed to define the center of mass of the rod of Definition 8.7.L. However, first we must define the moment of mass of the rod with respect to the origin. ti

L rm : p(t;)Aix

t

,,

,r_, \; Figure8.7.4

As before, place the rod on the r axis with the left endpoint at the origin and the right endpoint at L. see Fig. 8.7.4.Let A be a partition of [0, L] into n subintervals, with the lth subinterval lxo_r, xolhaving length Aix ft. If f' is any point in lx;r, ri], an approximation to the moment of mass

I

8.7 CENTEROF MASS OF A ROD

355

with respect to the origin of the part of the rod contained in the ith subinterval is & Lim slug-ft, where Liftr: pG) L*. The number of slug-feet in the moment of mass of the entire rod is approximated by n

n

i:l

i:l

(4)

PGt) Lix

The smaller we take the norm of the partition A, the closer the Riemann sum in Eq. (4) will be to what we intuitively think of as the measure of the moment of mass of the rod with respect to the origin. We have, then, the followi.g definition. 8.7.2 Definition

A rod of length L ft has its left endpoint at the origin and the number of slugs per foot in the linear density at a point x ft from the origin is p (x) , where p is continuous on [0, L]. The moment of mass of the rod with respect to the origin rs Mo slug-ft, where

(s) The center of massof the rod is at the point r such that if M slugs is the total mass of the rod, iM : Mo. Thus, from Eqs. (3) and (5) we get

(6)

EXAMPLE 3:

Find the center of mass for the rod in Example 2.

soLUrIoN: In Example 2, we found M:4A. E(5 - x), we have

r

Using Eq. (6) with p(r) :

Ex(6- x) dx 40

Theref.ore, the center of mass is at I ft from the end having the greater density. 2: If a rod is of uniform density k slugs/ft, where k is a constant, then from formula (6) we have

O ILLUSTRATION

kLz 2L

kx2 2 L

kx

A T

kL2

0

Thus, the center of mass is at the center of the rod, as is to be expected.o

356

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

8.7 Exercises In Exercises1 through 4, a system of particles is located on the r axis. The number of slugs in the mass of each particle and the coordinate of its position are given. Distance is measured in feet. Find the center of mass of each svstem. l. mr:5 at 2; m2: 6 at 3; ms: 4 at 5; mq: 3 at 8. 2. mr:2

a t - 4 ; m z : 8 a l - 7 ; m s : 4 a t 2 ;m q , : 2 a t 3 . 3. mt: 2 at -3; frrz: 4 at -2; ms: 20 at 4; mn: 70 at 6; ms: 30 at 9. 4. m, : 5 at -7; ttrz: 3 al -2; m": 5 at 0i ffiE: ! at 2; m5: 8 at 10. In Exercises5 through 9, find the total mass of the given rod and the center of mass. 5 . The length of a rod is 9 in. and the linear density of the rod at a point r in. from one end is (4r * 1) slugs/in. 6 . The length of a rod is 3 ft, and the linear density of the rod at a point r ft from one end is (5 * 2x) slugslft. 7. The length of a rod is 10 ft and the measure of the linear density at a point is a linear function of the measureof the distance of the point from the left end of the rod. The linear density at the left end is 2 slugs/ft and at the right end is 3 slugs/ft. 8 . A rod is 10 ft long, and the measure of the linear density at a point is a linear function of the measureof the distance from the center of the rod. The linear density at each end of the rod is 5 slugs/ft and at the center the linear density is 3i slugs/ft. 9 . The measureof the linear density at a point of a rod varies directly as the third power of the measureof the distance of the point from one end. The length of the rod is 4 ft and the linear density is 2 slugs/ft at the center.

10.A rod is 6 ft long and its mass is 24 slugs. If the measure of the linear density at any point of the rod varies directly as the square of the distance of the point from one end, find the largest value of the linear density. L L . The length of a rod is L ft and the center of mass of the rod is at the point *L ft from the left end. If the measureof the linear density at a point is proportional to a power of the measure of the distance of the point from the left end and the linear density at the right end is 20 slugs/ft, find the linear density at a point x ft from the left end. Assume the massis measured in slugs.

t2. The total mass of a rod of length L ft is M slugs and the measure of the linear density at a point r ft from the left end is

proportional to the measureof the distance of the point from the right end. Show that the linear density at a point on the rod r ft from the left end is 2M(L - x) lLz slugs/ft.

8.8 CENTER OF MASS OF A PLANE REGION

Let the massesof z particleslocated at the points (xr,yr), (x",yr) , . . . , (xn, An)in the ry pline be measuredin slugs by *r,;r, . . . , mn, and consider the problem of finding the center of mass of this system. we may imagine the partides being supported by a sheet of negligible weight and negligible thickness and may assumethat each particle has its position at exactly one point. The center of mass is the point where the sheet will balance. To determine the center of mass, we must find two averages:f, which is the average value for the abscissasof the n points, and y', the averagevalue for the ordinates of the z points. we first define the moment of mass of a system of particles with respect to an axis. ' If a particle at a distance d ft from an axis has a mass of.m slugs,then if

8.8 CENTEROF MASS OF A PLANEREGION

M, slug-ft is the moment of mass of the particle with respect to the axis, Mt:

(1)

md

If the ith particle, having trraissftti slugs, is located at the point (xi, y) ,Its distance from the y axis is xrft; thus, from formula (1), the moment of massof this particle with respectto the y axis ismixl slug-ft. Similarly, the moment of mass of the particle with respectto the r axis is miylslug-ft-The moment of the system of n particles with respectto the y axis is Mu slug-ft, where (2) and the moment of the system with respect to the x axis Ls Mr slug-ft, where (3) The total mass of the system Ls M slugs, where (4)

The center of mass of the system is at the point (f , Y), where

i,:i'.u.llilliillffilr::,i

:'....it.*.. ...':,..

(s)

(6)

The point (i, !) canbe interpreted as the point such that, if the total mass M slugs of the system were concentrated there, its moment of mass with respectto the y axis,Mn slug-ft, would be determin edby Mu : Mi , and its moment of mass with respect to the I axis, M" slug-ft, would be determined by Mr: My. SOLUTION: ExAMPLEL: Find the centerof massof the four particleshavi^g Mo: masses 2, 6, 4, and 1.slugslocated at the points (5, -2) , (-2, L) , (0,3), and (4,-L), respectively. M, '. -

M

4

t f t i x r - 2 ( 5 ) + 6 ( - 2 ) + 4 ( 0 ) + L( 4 ) : 2

i:7 4

\l

.at i:t

- s4

Z,r i:t

rniAt-2(-2) + 6(1)+ 4(3)+ L(-1) :13 lfii:2 + 6 + 4 + L : 13

358

A P P L I C A T I O NO SF T H E D E F I N I T EI N T E G R A L

Therefore,

W:a M13JM13

andy-W-

1 3-

1

The center of mass is at (#, L ).

0i, f0))

xi-rTi

\/

L;x

F i g u r e8 . 8 . 1

f(r)

consider now a thin sheet of continuously distributed mass, for example, a piece of paper or a flat strip of tin. we regard such sheetsas being two dimensional and call such a plane region a lamina.In this sectionw-e confine our discussion to homogeneous laminae, that is, laminae having constant area density. Laminae of variable area density are considered in Chapter 2L in connection with applications of multiple integrals. Let a homogeneous lamina of areaA ff have a mass of M slugs. Then if the constant area density is k slugs/ff , M: kA. rf the homogeneous lamina is a rectangle,its center of mass is defined to be at the center of the rectangle. we use this definition to define the center of mass of a more general homogeneous lamina. Let L be the homogeneous lamina whose constant area density is k slugs/ff, and which is bounded by the curve y : (x), the r axis, and the f lines x : a and x : b. The function / is continuous on the closed interval l!' bl, andf (x) > 0 for all r in f-a,bf . see Fig. 8.8.1.Let A be a partition of the interval la, bl inton subintervals.The ith subinterval is [4_r, 4] and A6x: xi - xi-r The midpoint of [r1-1, xi] is yi.Associatedwith eachsubinterval is a rectangular lamina whose width, altitude, and area densitv are given by Luxft, f (yt) tt, and k slugs/ft2, respectively, and whose centlr of mass is at the point (7,, if 0)). The area of the rectangularlamina is f (yr) L,,xft"; hence, kf (y) Ag slugs is its mass. Consequently,if L,iMo slug-ft is the moment of mass of this rectangularelemeniwith respeciti the y axis, LtMo: yftf(y)

A1x

The sum of the measures of the moments of mass of n such rectangular laminae with respect to the y axis is given by the Riemann sum n

kv,f(y,) aic i:l

If M, slug-ft is the moment of mass of the lamina L with respectto the y axis, we define

Similarly, if AiM, slug-ft is the moment of mass of the ith rectangular lamina with respect to the x axrs,

LoM":if(y)kf(y)

Aux

andthe sumof the measuresof the momentsof massof tt suchrectangular laminaewith respectto the r axis is given by the Riemannsum

> +klf(v,)f'L,x

(8)

Thus, if M* slug-ft is the moment of massof the laminaL with resPect to the r axis, w€ define

' ... . ., ;,.

+*ur+*+il*#*t* i+ffi

r,,

(e)

The mass of the lth rectangular lamina is kf (y) Alx slugs, and so the sum of the measuresof the massesof n rectangular laminae is given by n

)

kf (y) L1x

(10)

the point (x, y) , we detine

which by using formulas (7) , (9) , and (10) gives b

b

k furr*l dx Ja

and

y-

fb

k I f(x) dx Ja

Dividing both the nu merator and denominator by k, we get

*-

rb | *f(*) dx

ttl

rb IJ a f@) dx

(11)

and

lf (x)l'

L

f(x) dx

(12)

360

A P P L I C A T I O NO SF T H E D E F I N I T EI N T E G R A L

In formulas (11) and (12) the denominator is the number of square units in the area of the region, and so we have expressed a physical problem in terms of a geometric one. That is, r and ! can be considered as the averageabscissaand the averageordinate, respectively, of a geometric region. In such a case,x and y depend only on the region, not on the mass of the lamina. so we refer to the center of mass of a plane region instead of to the center of mass of a homogeneous lamina. In such a case,we call the center of mass the centroidof the region. Instead of moments of mass, we consider moments of the region. we define the moments of the plane region in the above discussion with respect to the r axis and the y axis by the following:

If. (I, y) is the centroid of the plane region and tf.M, andMu are defined as above,

ExAMPLE2: Find the centroid of the first quadrant region bounded by the curye y' : 4x, the x axis, and the lines N - L and x: 4.

soLUrIoN: Let f (x) : 2x1t2. The equation of the curve is then y : /(x). In Fig. 8.8.2, the region is shown together with the lth rectangular element. The centroid of the rectangle is at (7;, *f @).). The areaA square units of the region is given by

A-

n

lim 2 f0) l l a l l o- i : r

Lic

l,^

f(x) dx

r

0i, f 0))

2xrt2dx

Ti Lix

F i g u r e8 . 8 . 2

We now computeMo and Mr. Mo:

lim f,r,f' (yr) Aix

l l a l l -o , ? : r

xf(x) dx

re;:

8.8 CENTEROF MASS OF A PLANEREGION

361

x(2xrrz1dx

t24 5

-

M*

- li* Zif1,) f(v,) Ln llall-oi:1 : * :t

f4

J, lf(x)f' f4

Jr

dx

4xdx

- xrln lr

:L5 Hence,

+_Ma rw A

_+

Zsg

_93 35

and M-

r, rA: r 2 84

15

:E:-

45

Therefore,the centroid is at the point (89,#).

ExAMPr,n3: Find the centroid of the region bounded bY the curyes y:x2 andy--2x*3.

solurroN: The points of intersection of the two curves are (-1,1) and (3, 9). The region is shown in Fig. 8.8.3, together with the ith rectangular element. Let f (x) : f and g(r) : 2x * 3. The centroid of the ith rectangular elementis at the point (71,ilf 0) + S(yr)l ) where 7; is the midpoint of the ith subinterval l-xr-r, xr]. The measure of the area of the region is given by : tim [s(y,)-f(y,)] Lrx

i

llall-oi:l

:f

f3 J-t

ts(r)-f(x)ldx

f3

- |

J-r

-u

3

lZx+3-xzldx

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

v : f@lt y : s(*) (3,9)

(v t, g(y ,)

Q,,tlfrl + s(y,)l) 0i, f0))

(-1,1)

Figure 8.8.3

We now compute Mu and M*. n

lim ) y,lSQ) - f(y,)l Lix

Mo:

l l a l l -s , 7 : 1

: f xkk) - f(x)l dx J-r : f x l 2 x + 3- x r l d x :t;'3

M,: lim >+ls4) + f (y)I tsQo)- f (y)l 4x s ,-:1 llallfg

:u

+ (x)]ts(r)-, f (x)l dx J_,[s(r) f

-1 -i

I lZ, + 3 * x'flzx + 3 - xrf dx J-r

-l

-r ,:E l

t/^-\-tr^/

fB

fg J-t

:#

t

l+xr*I2x+9-xnf dx

8 , 8 C E N T E RO F M A S S O F A P L A N ER E G I O N

363

Therefore,

+:#-1, -3 .n

, : 5i # andy : TM: E

_L7

Hence,the centroidis at the point (1, +). If a plane region has an axis of symmetry, the centroid of the region lies on the axis of symmetry. This is now stated and proved as a theorem. 8.8.1 Theorem

f(-v,)) f0t))

Lix

Aix

If the plane region R has the line L as an axis of symmetry, the centroid of R lies on L. pRooF: Choose the coordinate axes so that L is on the y axis and the origin is in the region R. Figure 8.8.4 illustrates an example of this situation. In the figure, R is the region CDE, C is the point (-a,0), E is the point (a,0) , and an equationof the curve CDE is y : f (x). Consider a partition of the interval 10, af .Let y5be the midpoint of the ith subinterval lxo-r, xrl. The moment with resPectto the y axis of the rectangular element having an altitude /(7,) and a width Air is yo[f1) Alr]. Becauseof symmetry, for a similar partition of the interval l-a, 0f there is a corresPondingelement having as its moment with respect to the y axis -ytf 0) A1r.The sum of thesetwo moments is 0; theref.ore,Mo: 0. Because i : Mul A, we concludethat f : 0. Thus, the centroid I of the region R lies on the y axis, which is what was to be proved.

F i g u r e8 . 8 . 4

By applying the preceding theorem, we can simplify the problem of finding the centroid of a plane region that can be divided into regions having axes of symmetry.

ExAMPLE4: Find the centroid of the region bounded bY the semiand the r axis. circle y - \tr4

soLUTIoN: The region is shown in Fig. 8.8.5. Because the y axLSis an axis of symmetry, w€ conclude that the centroid lies on the y axLS;so .r : 0. The moment of the region with respect to the x axis is given by

M*: lim >+l\fy|f'L,x i:1 ;;all-s

- 2 . + f G - x ' )d x JO

F i g u r e8 . 8 . 5

The area of the region .ts 2n square units; so

v-

+8 2rr

3rr

364

A P P L I C A T I O NO SF T H E D E F I N I T EINTEGRAL

There is a useful relation between the force causedby liquid pressure on a plane region and the location of the centroid of the region. As in sec. 8.6, let ABCD be the region bounded by the r axis, the lines x: a artd x:b, and the cur''ey:f(x), where/is continuousand f(x) > 0 on the closed interval la,bl.The region ABCD can be consideredas a vertical plate immersed in a liquid having weight ar pounds per cubic unit of the liquid (see Fig. 8.8.6).If F lb is the force owing to liquid pressureon the vertical plate,

r:,li3

f w{f((1)a1x

llAll-0 i:t

or, equivalently, Figure 8.8.6

xf(x) dx

F_

(13)

If i is the abscissaof the centroid of the region ABCD, then i : Mo lA. BecauseMn: Il xf(x) dx, we have

I:

xf(x) dx A

and so

I:

xf (x) dx - iA

(14)

Substituting from Eq. (14) into (13), *e obtain F- wIA

(ls)

Formula (15) states that the total force owing to liquid pressure against a vertical plane region is the sameas it would be if the region were horizontal at a depth f units below the surface of a liquid. . ILLUsrRArroN1: Consider a trough full of water having asends semicircular regions each with a radius of.2 ft. Using the result of Example4, we find that the centroid of the region is at a depth of Sljn ft. Therefore,using formula (15), we see that if F lb is the force on one end of the trough, _8t6 F:tu.*.2r:;. This agreeswith the result found in Example2 of Sec.8.6.

.

For various simple plane regions, the centroid may be found in a table. when both the areaof the region and the centroid of the region may be obtained directly, formqla (15) is easy to apply and is used in such casesby engineers to find the force caused by liquid pressure.

K 8.8 CENTEROF MASS OF A PLANEREGION

Exercises 8.8 l,2,andSslugsandlocatedatthepoints (-1,3),(2'1), 1. Findthecenterof massof thethreeparticleshavingmassesof -1), (3, respectivelY' and -2) ' 2. Find the center of mass of the four particles having masses of.2, 3,3, and 4 slugs and located at the points (-1, (1, 3), (0, 5), and (2,l) , respectivelY. prove that the centroid of three particles, having equal masses,in a plane lies at the point of intersection of the medians 3. of the triangle having as vertices the points at which the partides are located. In Exercises4 through 11, find the centroid of the region with the indicated boundaries the Y axis. 4. The parabolax:2y - y' aurrd rP and the r axis.

5. The parabolay:4-

6. The parabola A2: 4x, the y axis, and the line y:

4.

and the line Y:4. 8. The lines y : 2x * l, x * Y : 7, and x: 8. 9. The curyes A : f and A : 4x in the first quadrant. 7. The parabola!:

f

10. The curves A: * and'A: x3. -4artd.y:2x-f. 1 1 . T h e c u r v e sy : f 12. prove that the distance from the centroid of a triangle to any side of the triangle is equal to one-third the length of the altitude to that side. 13. If the centroid of the region bounded by the parabola!':4px value of a.

and the line r:

a is to be at the point (p, 0), find the

14. Solve Exercise4 of Sec.8.6 by using formula (15) of this section. 15. Solve Exercise5 of Sec.8.5 by using formula (15) of this section. 16. The face of a dam adjacent to the water is vertical and is in the shapeof an isoscelestrapezoid 90 ft wide at the top, 50 ft wide at the bottom, and 20 ft high. Use forrrula (15) of this section to find the total force due to liquid Pressureon the face of the dam. 17. Find the moment about the lower base of the trapezoid of the force in Exercise L5. L8. Solve Exercise 6 of Sec. 8.5 by using formula (15) of this section. L9. Find the center of mass of the lamina bounded by the parabola 2y' - 18 - 3r and the y axis if the area density at any point (x,y) is \ffi slugs/ftz.

fr(x)

20. Solve ExerciseL9 if the area density at any point (x, y) is r slugs/fP. 2 L . Let R be the regionboundedby the curvesy: fr(r) and y: fr(x) (seeFig. 8.8.7).lf A is the measureof the areaof R and if y is the ordinate of the centroid of R, prove that the measureof the volume,V, of the solid of revolution obtained by revolving R about the r axis is given by V - 2nyA

fr(x)

F i g u r e8 . 8 . 7

Stating this formula in words we have: If a plane regionis revoloeil abouta line in its plane that doesnot cut the region,then the measureof the aolumeof the solid

366

OF THE DEFINITE INTEGRAL APPLICATIONS of rettolutiongenetateilis equalto the productof the measureof the areaof the regionand the measureof the distancetra,eled by the centroidof the region. The above statement is known as the theoremot' Pappusfor volumes of solids of revolution.

22. Us_ethe theorem of Pappus to find the volume of the torus (doughnut-shaped) generatedby revolving a circle with a radius of r units about a line in its plane at a distance of b units from its center, whereb ) t.

23. Use the theorem of Pappus to find the centroid of the region bounded by a semicircle and its diameter. 24. Use the theorem of Pappus to find the volume of a sphere with a radius of r units. 25. LetR be the region bounded by the semicircle V: moment of R with respect to the line y : -4.

t/rt=

land

the x axis. Use the theorem of pappus to find the

26. If R is the region of Exercise25, use the theorem of Pappus to find the volume of the solid of revolution generated by revolving R about the line x - y : r. (nrrrn: use the result of Exercise24 in sec. 5.3.) l'

8.9 CENTER OF MASS OF A SOLID OF REVOLUTION

v:f@) 0i,f0))

xi-tTi)cib Lix

Figure8.9.1

To tind the center of mass of a solid, in general we must make use of multiple integration. This procedure is taken up in chapter 21 as an application of multiple integrals. However, if the shape of the solid is thai of a solid of revolution, and its volume density is constant, we find the center of mass by a method similar to the one used to obtain the center of massof a homogeneous lamina. Following is the procedure for finding the center of mass of a homogeneous solid of revolution, with the assumption that the center of mass is on the axis of revolution. We first set up a three-dimensional coordinate system. The r and.y axesare taken as in two dimensions, and the third axis, the z axis, is taken perpendicular to them at the origin. A point in three dimensions is then given by (x, y , z) . The plane containing the r and y axesis called the ry plane, and the xz plane and the yz plane are defined similarly. suppose that the r axis is the axis of revolution. Then under the assumption that the center of mass lies on the axis of revolution, the y andz coordinates of the center of mass are each zero, and so it is only necessary to find the r coordinate, which we call i. To find r we make use of thb moment of the solid of revolution with respect to the yz plane. Let / be a function that is continuous on the closed interval la , bl , and assumethat/(r) > 0 for all r in la, bf. R is the region bounded by the cufite y : f(x), the r axis, and the lines r : a and x : b;S is the homogeneous solid of revolution whose volume density is k slugs/ft', where k is a constant, and which is generated by revolving the region R about the r axis. Take a partition A of the closed interval la, bf , and denote the ith subintervalby lxn-r,4] (with i: 7,2, . . . ,n ). Let 7i be the midpoint of Lxrr, xtf.Form n rectangleshaving altitudes of f (y) ft and baseswhose width is A;r ft. Refer to Fig. 8.9.1, showing the region R and the ith rectangle.If each of the n rectanglesis revolved about the r axis, n circular disks are generated. The ith rectangle generates a circular disk having a radius of f(y) ft and a thicknessof Lp ft; its volume is rrff(y)fz Aaxff ,

OF MASSOF A SOLIDOF REVOLUTION 8.9 CENTER

and its mass is knlf (y)1, Ap slugs.Figure8.9.2shows the solid of revolution S and the ith circular disk' The center of mass of the circular disk lies on the axis of revolution at the center of the disk (yi, 0, 0). The moment of mass of the disk with respect to the yz plarte is then LMo" slug-ft where LrMo,: Tt(knlf (yr)l' Lrx) The sum of the measuresof the moments of mass of the n circular disks with resPectto the yz plane is given by the Riemann sum

Zy,t

nlf(y)fz L$

(1)

The number of slugs-feet in the moment of massof s with respectto theyz plane, denoted by Mu", is then defined to be the limit of the Riemann sum in (1.)as llAllapproacheszero; so we have

Figure8.9.2

The volume , V ft3, of S was, defined in Sec.8.2 b v fb

v - lim t nlf (yi)12A i r - r T I t f @ ) f ' d x Ja Fr llall-o

The mass,M slugs, of solid S is defined by

We define the center of mass of S as the point (r, 0, 0) such that

+ffi

+i=_qi#+++$ffffi Substituting from Eqs. (2) and (4) into (5), we get

xlf(x)l' dx lf(x)l' dx

368

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

From Eq. (6), we see that the center of mass of a homogeneous solid of revolution depends only on the shape of the solid, not on-its substance. Therefore, as for a homogeneouslamina, we refer to the center of mass as the centroid of the solid of revolution. when we have a homogeneous solid of revolution, instead of the moment of mass we consider the moment of the solid. The moment, Maz, of the solid S with respectto theyz plane is given by (7)

Thus, if (I, 0, 0) is the centroid of S, from Eqs. (3), (d) , and,(7) we have

ffi ExAMPLE1: Find the centroid of the solid of revolution generated by revolving about the r axis the region bounded by the curve y : x2, the x axis,and the line x=3.

SOLUTION:

The region and a rectangular element are shown in Fig. 8.9.3.

The solid of revolution and an element of volume are shown in Fig . 8.g.4.

f(x) :

x2

Mor:

lim 2 y,nlf (y,)f' L,x

n

Ilall-o f-:r

xlf(x)f' dx

v=f@)

x5 dx

_ryn f(v))

v -,,Til, rilf(vt)f'Nx } f3

I tf?)f'dx Jo -_1r[t*nA* Jo Figure8.9.3

:#n Therefore,

, =T n - 5 x - TM : 4, ,q_ 2 Therefore, the centroid is at the point (8, O, 0 ) .

F i g u r e8 . 9 . 4

8.9 CENTEROF MASS OF A SOLID OF REVOLUTION

0i, f0))

Figure8.9.6

Figure8.9.5

The cenkoid of a solid of revolution also can be found by the cylindrical-shell method. Let R be the region_bou_nded by the curve > 0 on la, bl, the r axis, and the i : f @),where / is continuous and /(r) of revolution generated by solid the be Let s and, x:b. r:a iirr", of S is then at the point centroid y axis. The the about R revolving (0, , , O).lf the rectangular elements are taken parallel to the y axis, then the Llement of volume is a cylindrical shell. Let the ith rectangle have_a width of L1x- xi - xi_1,u.'.dlit 7abe the midpoint of the interval lxi-r, xtf. The centroid of the rylindrical shell obtained by revolving this rectangle about the y axis is at the center of the cylindrical shell, which is the point (0,tf Q), 0). Figure 8.9.5shows the region R and a rectangular element of area,and Fig.8.9.5 shows the cylindrical shell. The moment, Mrz, of s with respect to the xz Plarreis given bY

lf V cubic units is the volume of S,

v-

lim f ,nr,f(y,) \x

Ilall- o t--r

xf(x) dx

i::;

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL I

EXAMPLE 2: Use the cylindricalshell method to find the centroid of the solid of revolution generated by revolving the region in Example L about the y axrs.

solurroN: Figure 8.9.7 shows th e region and a rectangular element of area. The solid of revolution and a cylindrical-shell element of volume are shown in Fig. 8.9.8.

M,,: ,lip 2 +ffvt)2nyi(yt)A$ llAll-0i-t f3

v:f@) (3,9)

=rr I xlf (x)f' dx JO -7Tft"d* JO

=Tn V - lim f, rorrf (y,) Lix llall-oFi r3 ,2n I xf(x) dx

0 i, f0 i))

JO

:2tr ft *, d* JO

:#n Q,,tftv,l)

Therefore, 2!3n

M y_f:#_3 aix

Figure8.9.7

Hence, the centroid is at the point

( 0 ,3 , 0 ) .

Figure8.9.8

8.9 CENTEROF MASS OF A SOLID OF REVOLUTION 371

ExAMPLE3: Solve Example L by the cylindrical-shell method.

Figure 8.9.9 shows the region and a rectangular element of solurroN: area, and Fig. 8.9.10 shows the cylindrical-shell element of volume obtained by reiolving the rectangle about the r axis. The centroid of the

,7.'n),0,0)' The cylindricalshellis it its center,i"hi.h is the point (+(3 + (f, 0,0)' is at centroidof the solid of revolution

v (3,9)

M,,

- 6l -- lim i +(3+ 6,1 2nyo(3

Lil

l l a l l *o 7 : t

fs : n l" y(3+ frl(3 - {vl dy JO fs

:n

| (gv-yz) dy

JO

(tE , v,)

(*tt + tfr) ,y)

Ai

v

:#n

AiA

(3, Yi )

Finding V by the cylindrical-shell method, we have

v-

A i-t

lim $ 2nyo(3- ,6)

Lra

l l a l l -o ? t fs

2n I V(3 - y't') dY JO

#n F i g u r e8 . 9 . 9

_

M.,"

*v2 t:-:-

x

5

and the centroid is at (8,0,0). The result agreeswith that of Examplet.

t

8.9 Exercises revolving the given region about the inIn Exercises1 through 16, findthe centroid of the solid of revolution generatedby dicated line. elements perpendicular to the 1. The region bounded by y : 4x f and the x axis, about the y axis. Take the rectangular axis of revolution. 2. Same as Exercise 1, but take the rectangular elements parallel to the axis of revolution.

972

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

3. The region bounded by x * 2y :2, the x axis, and the y axis, about the r axis. Take the rectangular elementsperpendicular to the axis of revolution.

Same as Exercise3, but take the rectangular elements parallel to the axis of revolution. The region bounded by y' : r3 and x - 4, about the ff axis. Take the rectangular elements perpendicular to the axis of revolution.

Same as Exercise5, but take the rectangularelementsparallel to the axis of revolution. The region bounded by y : x3,x - z, and the r axis, about the lin e x: 2. Take the rectangular elements perpendicular to the axis of revolution. 8. Same as Exercise7, but take the rectangular elements parallel to the axis of revolution. 9. The region bounded by xny: l, y :1, and y :4, about the y axis. 10. The region in Exercise9, about the r axis. 11. The region bounded by the lines y : x, ! : 2x, and.x * y : 6, aboutthe y axis. 12' The region bounded by the portion of the circle r3 -t y' :4 in the first quadrant, the portion of the line 2r - y : 4 in the fourth quadrant, and the y axis, about the y axis. L3. The region bounded by y: rP and !: x + 2, aboutthe line y:4. 1.4.The region bounded by y": 4x and :16 - 4x, about the r axis. !2 L5. The region bounded by y : \/W , the x axis, and the line r: p, aboul the line r: p. 15. The region of Exercise 15, about the line y:2p. L7. Find the centroid of the right-circular cone of altitude ft units and radius r units. L8. Find the center of mass of the solid of revolution of Exercise3 if the measure of the volume density of the solid at any point is equal to a constant k times the measure of the distance of the point from tn" y, pi*". 19. Find the center of mass of the solid of revolution of Exercise5 if the measure of the volume density of the solid at any point is equal to a constant k times the measure of the distance of the point from the yz p?ane. 20. that a cylindrical hole with a radius of r units is bored through a solid wooden hemisphere luppose of radius 2r units, so that the axis of the cylinder is the same as the axis of ttre hemifrhere. Find the centroii of the solid remaining.

8.L0 LENGTH oF ARc OF A PLANE CURVE

Let the function f be continuous on the closed interval la, bl. Consider the graph of the equati on y : f (x) of which a sketch is shown in Fig. 9 . 1 0L. .

b

: f(x)

F i g u r e8 . 1 0 . 1

8 . 1 0 L E N G T HO F A R C O F A P L A N EC U R V E

373

The portion of the curve from the point A(a, f (a)) to the point B(b, f(b)) is called an arc. We wish to assigna number to what we intuitively think of as the length of such an arc. If the arc is a line segmentfrom the point (xr, yr) to the point (rr, Ur), we know from the formula for the distance between two points that its length is given We use this formula for defining the length of av ffi. an arc in general. Recallfrom geometry that the circumference of a circle is defined as the limit of the perimeters of regular polygons inscribed in the circle. For other curves we proceed in a similar way. Let A be a partition of the closed interval la, b) fotmed by dividing the interval into r subintervals by choosing any (n - 1) intermediate numbers between a and b. Let X0: a, and xn:b, and let xt , Xz, Xs, 1 xn-r I xr. Xn-r be the intermediate numbers so that Xo I Xr I xz I

Then the fth subinterval is [ri-1, x1]; and its length, denoted by Air, is . . . ,2. Thenif llAllisthenormofthepartition x1- xi-lrwherei:!,2,3, = A, each Ap llAll. u

8.10.2 Figure Associatedwith eachpoint (4, 0) on the r axis is a point Prktu f k)) on the curve. Draw a line segmentfrom eachpoint Pi-l to the next point P, as shown in Fig.8.10.2 The length of the line segmentfrom Pi-l to Pi is denoted UV lFr-Fr I and is given by the distance formula lPt-t.tr,l:

xr-r)' +

(1)

A*)'

The sum of the lengths of the line segments is

l p a l + l p - l p+r l p r 4 l+ . . . + l n , - p , l + " '

+ lPr-rPnl

which can be written in sigma notation as

lP,-rPil

(2)

i:l

It seems plausible that if n is sufficiently large, the sum in (2) will be "close to" what we would intuitively think of as the length of the arc AB. So we define the length of the arc as the limit of the sum in (2) as the norrn

374

APPLICATIONS OF THEDEFINITE INTEGRAL

of A approacheszero, in which casen increaseswithout bound. we have, then, the following definition. 8.L0.L Definition

If the function / is continuous on the closed interval la, bl and,if there exists a number L having the following property: for any e ) 0 there is a 6>0suchthat l-r. _ | l ) l l P , _ , P -, | L l < e

l - " ' ' I

li:l

I

for every partition A of the interual la, bf forwhich llAll< 6, then we write n

t: ,lip > lF;El llAll-0 i:r

(3)

and L is called the length of the arc of fhe curve y : (x) from the point f A(a, f(a)) to the point B(b, f(U11. If the limit in Eq. (3) exists,the arc is said tobe rectifiable. we derive a formula for finding the length L of an arc that is rectifiable. The derivation requires that the derivative of be continuous on f la,bf; such a function is said to be "smooth,, on lo,bl. 8.1.0.2Definition

A function / is said tobe smootfton an interval I if f , is continuous on I. (xi,yi)

Ui-t

:

LiU

(xi-r,Ai-t)

Figure8.10.3

Refer now to Figure 8.10.3. If. pi_r has coordinates (4_1, yi_1) and.p, has coordinates (xv y), then the length of the chord n*rr, is given by formula (1). Lettin g h - xrr

:

A# and Ui - Ai_r -

lPr-rPrl:

AtA, we have

(4)

or/ equivalently,becauseAg # 0, lPr-tP,l:

(Air)

(s)

CURVE 375 OFARCOFA PLANE 8.10LENGTH Becausewe required that f ' be continuous on [4, b], the hypothesis of the mean-value theorem (4.7.2) is satisfied by f , and so there is a number z1in the open intervd (xr-r, r1) such that ' (6) f (xt) f (xt-') : f (z) (x,- xr-r) BecauseL$: f(x) * f (xr-t) and A6r- x1 ri-1, from Eq. (6) we have

+r!_:f, (zr) Lrx

(7)

Substituting from Eq. (7) into (5), we get (8)

lml--ffiLix where x*r 1 zi 1 xi. For each i from L to n there is an equation of the form (8). nn

(e) i :l

i:l

Taking the limit on both sides of Eq. (9) as llAllapproadres zeto,we obtain n-n-

lim ). lP;F;l : lim ) Vt * lf'(z)12 LP llAll-0 i:l

(10)

llAll-0 t=l

if this limit exists. To show that the limit on the right side of Eq. (10) exists, let g be the function defined by

s@): \ET(@F Because/' is continuous on [4, bl, g is continuous on la, bf. Therefore, . ,n, b e c a u sxe* r 1 ? , 1 l x y f o t i : L , 2 , n-n

\ s@)t* li- ) \trTTfGJP Ap: ,lim llAll-0 l=1

llAll-0 i=l

or, equivalently, (11) ll

B e c a u sge( x ) : f f i ,

f r o mE q . ( 1 1 )w e h a v e

rimtffiLrx:f'rydx \ o'J 116-11*of:r

(12) Jo

Substituting from Eq. (L2) into (10),we get

rim>Finl : ['ry Jo

'=r llall-o

dx

(13)

376

A P P L I C A T I O NO SF T H E D E F I N I T EI N T E G R A L

Then from Eqs. (3) and (13) we obtain rb

L-l ffidx Ja In this way, we have proved the followirg 8.L0.3 Theorem

(14) theorem.

If the functi on f and its derivativ e ' are continuous on the closed interval f fa, bf , then the length of arc of the curve y: f (x) from the point (a, (a)) f to the point (b, f (b)) is given by

we also have the following theorem, which gives the length of the arc of a curve when r is expressedas a function of.y. g.10.4 Theorem

If the function F and its derivative F' are continuous on the closed interval lr'lf ,thenthelglgat of arcof thecurvex:F(y) fromthepoint (F(c),c) to the point (F(d) , d) is given by

The proof of rheorem 8.10.4is identical with that of rheorem g.10.3; here we interchange x and y as well as the functions f and F, The definite integral obtained when applying Theorem g.10.3 or Theorem 8.10.4is often difficult to evaluate.Becauseour techniques of integration have so far been limited to integration of powers, we are further restricted in finding equations of curves for which we can evaluate the resulting definite integrals to find the length of an arc. EXAMPLE1.:Find the length of the arc of the curye y : x2t3from the p o i n t ( 1 , 1 ) t o (8, 4) by using Theorem 8.10.3.

'(x): solurroN: See Fig.8.10.4. Because f ( x ) : ) c 2 t 3f, Theorem 8.L0.3we have

&X-rtt. From

v v: To evalu ate this definite integral, let u - gxztT* 4; then du:6x-1t| W h e n x : l , u - L 3 ; when x - 8, Lt- 40. Therefore,

F i g u r e8 , 1 0 . 4

uLtz du

dx.

8 . 1 0 L E N G T HO F A R C O F A P L A N EC U R V E

ExAMPrn 2: Find the length of the arc in Example L by using Theorem 8.L0.4.

soLUTroN: Because y - x2t3and r Lettin g F (y) - At'', we have

377

0, we solve for x and obtain x - y3t2

F ' ( Y )- E Y u z Then, from Theorem 8.'1.0.4,we have fq

L- | Vr+*y dy JT

-rftMdv -,

v

J,

-- l f

14

rg | 3 (a + 9y)3/2|

lr

L

- ;7 (40tr' - 133t2)

: 7.6

is continuous on fa,bl, then the definite integral If f dt is a function of r; and it gives the length of the arc tf \trTV@P of the cuwey:f(x) fromthe point(a,f(a)) to thepoint (x,f(x)),where r is any number in the closed interval la, bf .Let s denote the length of this arc; thus, s is a function of x, and we have ar

s(x):f

Vl+tf'G)12dt

Ja

we have From Theorem7.6.'1.,

s'(r): ttt+TfTdP or, becauses'1r;: dsldxandf'(x): dyldx,

Multiplying by dx, we obtain dsSimilarly, if we are talking about the length of arc of the curve r:80)

(15)

378

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITEINTEGRAL

f r o m ( S ( c ), c ) t o ( S Q ) , y ) , w e h a v e

ds-

dy

(16)

Squaring on both sides of Eq. (15) gives

ffiffi

ffilF $#rl

(r7)

From Eq. (r7) we get the geometric interpretation of ds, which is shown in Fig. 8.10.5.

Q@ * Ar, V * tV)

Figure8.10.5

In Fig. 8.10.5, line T is tangent to the cur.rtey: f (x) at the

pointP. lFMl= Ax: dx; lMSl: Ay;lMRl: dV;lpRl:}r; ih" l"ngthof a r cP Q : 4 r .

Exercises 8.10 1. Find the length of the arc of the curve 9yz : 4rs from the origin to the point (g, 2\/t) . 2. Find the length of the arc of the curve *: (2V + 3)s from (1, -t) ro (Z\/V, D. 3. Find the length of the arc of the curve 8y : * * 2x-2 fuom the point where r: 1 to the point where r: 2. 4. Use Theorem 8.10.3to find the length of the arc of the curve ys:gf from the point (1,2) to the point (27,7g). 5. Solve Exercise4 by using Theorem 8.10.4. $ Find the entire length of the arc of the curve x2ts+ y2t3: 1 from the point where x : * to the point where r: 1. E Find the length of the arc of the curve y: *(* *21srz from the point where r:0 to the pointwhere r:3. 8. Find the length of the curve 6ry: yo * 3 from the point where y: I to the point where y: !.

BEVIEWEXERCISES 379 1 in the first quadrant from r : [a to x: a. 10. Find the length of the curve 9yz : 4(t * rP)a in the first quadrant from x : 0 to r :2\/2. 11. Find the length of the curve 9y' : x(x - 3)' in the first quadrant from x: L to x:3. 12. Find the length of the curve 9y': x'(2x * 3) in the secondquadrant from r: -1 to r: 0. 9. Find the length of the cuwe (xla)2t} t (ylb)'t":

(Chapter8) ReoiewExercises 1. Find the area of the region bounded by the loop of the curve y2: *(4-

x).

2. The region in the first quadrant bounded by the curyes r : y2 and,x : ya is revolved about'the y axis Find the volume of the solid generated. 3. The base of a solid is the region bounded by the parabola !2:8x and the line r: every plane section perpendicular to the axis of the base is a square.

8. Find the volume of the solid if

4. A container has the sameshape and dimensions as a solid of revolution formed by revolving about the y axis the region in the first quadrant bounded by the parabola *: 4py, the y axis, and the line y : p. If the container is full of water, find the work done in pumping all the water up to a point 3p ft above the top of the container. 5. The sur{aceof a tank is the sameas that of a paraboloid of revolution which is obtained by revolving the parabola y : f about the r axis. The vertex of the parabola is at the bottom of the tank and the tank is 35 ft high. If the tank is filled with water to a depth of.20 ft, find the work done in pumping all of the water out over the top. 6. A plate in the shape of a region bounded by the parabola * : 6y and the line 2y: 3 is Placed in a water tank with its vertex downward and the line in the surfaceof the water. Find the force due to liquid Pressureon one side of the plate' 7. Find the area of the region bounded by the curves y: lx- 11,V: f - 2x, the y axis, and the line r: 2. 8. Find the area of the region bounded by the curves y: lxl + lr 1l and y: x + t, : lx - 21, the r axis, and the 9. Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving the region bounded by the curve y lines l: I and r: 4 about the r axis. 10. Find the length of arc of the curve ayz: f from the origin to (4a,8a). 11. Find the length of the curve 6y': x(x - 2)2 fuom (2, 0) to (8' A\tr) ' (2,2),(2'4)'and(-1,2). 12. Findthecenterofmassofthefourparticleshavingequalmasseslocatedatthepoints(3,0), -l) ' and (5, 2). Find 13. Tfuee particles having masses5, 2, andS slugs are located, respectively, at the points (-1, 3), (2, mass. the center of 14. The length of a rod is 8 in. and the linear density of the rod at a point r in. from the left end is 216 + 1 slugs/in. Find the total mass of the rod and the center of mass. 15. Find the centroid of the region bounded by the parabola !2: x and the line y : x - 2. 16. Find the centroid of the region bounded by the loop of the curve !2: * - x3. 12. The length of a rod is 4 ft and the linear density of the rod at a point r ft from the left end is (3r * 1) slugs/ft. Find the total mass of the rod and the center of mass. 18. Give an example to show that the centroid of a plane region is not necessarily a point within the region. 19. Find the volume of the solid generatedby revolving about the lin e y : -'I..the region bounded by the line 2y : r * 3 and outside the curves!2 I x:0 and.y2- 4x:0. 20. Use integration to find the volume of a segment of a sphere if the sphere has a radius of r units and the altitude of the segment is h units.

380

APPLICATIONS OF THE DEFINITE INTEGRAL

2 L . A church steepleis 30 ft high and every horizontal plane section is a square having sides of length one-tenth of the distance of the plane section from the top of the steeple. Find the volume of the steeple. 22. A trough full of water is 5 ft long, and its cross section is in the shape of a semicircle with a diameter oI 2It at the top. How much work is required to pump the water out over the top? 23. A water tank is in the shapeof a hemisphere surmounted by a right-circular cylinder. The radius of both the hemisphere and the cylinder is 4 ft and the altitude of the cylinder is 8 ft. If the tank is full of water, find the work necessaryto empty the tank by pumping it through an outlet at the top of the tank. 24. A force of 500lb is required to compress a spring whose natural length is 10 in. to a length of 9 in. Find the work done to compress the spring to a length of 8 in. 25. A cable is 20 ft long and weighs 2lblft, and is hanging vertically from the top of a pole. Find the work done in raising the entire cable to the top of the pole. 26. The work necessaryto stretch a spring from 9 in. to L0 in. is I times the work necessaryto stretch it from 8 in. to 9 in. What is the natural length of the spring? 27. Find the length of the curve 9x2tt+ Ayzrz- 36 in the second quadrant from r: -1 to r: -*. 28. A semicircular plate with a radius of 3 ft is submerged vertically in a tank of water, with its diameter lying in the surface. Use formula (15) of Sec.8.8 to find the force due to liquid pressure on one side of the plate. 29. A cylindrical tank is half full of gasoline weighing 42lblfts.If the axis is horizontal and the diameter is 6 ft, find the force on an end due to liquid pressure. 30. Find the centroid of the region bounded above by the parabola4*:36-9y

andbelow by the r axis. 3 1 . Use the theorem of Pappus to find the volume of a right-circular cone with a base radius of r units and an altitude of h units.

32. Theregionboundedbythe parabolal: of the solid of revolution formed.

4y,thex axis,andthe liner:4

is revolvedaboutthey axis.Findthe centroid

33. Find the center of mass of the region of Exercise30 if the measure of the area density at any point (x, y) is l[ - V 34. Find the center of mass of the solid of revolution of Exercise32 if the measureof the volume density of the solid at any point is equal to the measure of the distance of the point from the rz plane.

Logarithmlc and rl functions

FUNCTIONS AND EXPONENTIAL LOGARITHMIC

9.I THE NATURAL LOGARITHMIC FUNCTION

The definition of the logarithmic function that you encountered in algebra is based on exponents. The laws of logarithms are then proved from corresponding laws of exponents. One such law of exponents is Ac . Aa:

gc*u

(1)

If the exponents, r and ! t altl positive integers and a is any real number, (1) follows from the definition of a positive integer exponent and mathematical induction. If the exponents are allowed to be any integers, either positive, negative, ot zeto, and,a # 0, then (1) will hold if a zero exponent and a negative integer exponent are defined by ao: I and

n>0 If the exponents are rational numbers and a > 0, then Eq. (1) holds when a^tn is defined bv antn: (%)* It is not quite so simple to define a'when r is an ilrational number. For example, what is meant by 4fi? The definition of the logarithmic function, as given in elementary algebra, is based on the assumption that aa exists if a is any positive number and x is any real number. This definition states that the equation 4t:

N

where a is any positive number except 1 and N is any positive number, can be solved for r, and r is uniquely determined by x: loio N In elementary algebra,logarithms are used mainly as an aid to computation, and for such purposes the number a (called the base)is taken as 10. The following laws of logarithms are proved from the laws of exponents: Law 1 logoMN:logo M * logoN .M : loga M- log" N Law 2 tog, f Law 3 logo1:0 Law 4 logoM:nlogoM Law 5 logoa:l In this chapter we define the logarithmic function by using calculus and prove the laws of logarithms by means of this definition. Then the exponential function is defined in terms of the logarithmic function. This definition enables us to define a' when r is any real number and a * 0.

LOGARITHMIC 9.1THENATURAL FUNCTION383 The laws of exponents will then be proved if the exponent is any real number. Let us recall the formula |

+n+l

*C I t"dt:*= n+ L

n#-t

J

Consider the function This formula does not hold when n:-1. defined by the equation A: t-r, where f is positive. A sketch of the graph of this equation is shown in Fig. 9.1.1. LetR be the region bounded above by the curve y : Uf, below by the f axis, on the left by the line t : l, and on the right by the line f : r, where r is greater than 1. This region R is shown in Fig. 9.1.1.The measureof the areaof R is a function of r; call it A(x) and define it as a definite integral by

F i g u r e9 . 1 . 1

(2)

A(x)

Now consider the integral in (2) if 0 < r ( 1. From Definition 7.3.4, we have

f +dt:-t:|0, Then the integral I: Glt) df represents the measure of the area of the region bounded above by the curve y: Ut, below by the t axis, on the left by the line t:x, and on the right by the line f :1. So the integral li $lt) df is then the negative of the measure of the area of the region shown in Fig.9.1.2. rf.x:L, the integral li Glt) df becomesIl Olt) dt, which equals 0 by Definition7.3.5.In this casethe left and right boundariesof the region are the same and the measure of the area is 0. Thus, we see that the integral t{ Glt) dt for x } 0 can be interpreted s in terms of the measure of the area of a region. Its value depends on r and is therefore a function of r. This integral is used to define the "nafural logarithmic function."

Figure 9.1.2

9.1.1 Definition

The natural logarithmicfunction is the function defined by r>0 The domain of the natural logarithmic function is the set of all tive numbers. We read ln x as "the natural logarithm of x."

The natural logarithmic function is differentiable becauseby applying Theorem 7.5.1we have D"(ln r)

384

FUNCTIONS ANDEXPONENTIAL LOGARITHMIC Therefore,

D"(ln i:1

(3)

From formula (3) and the chain rule,7f.u is a differentiable function of x, and u(x) > 0, then

*#*g##;r{f*'-, .,

(4)

ffi'D.ua EXAMPLE 1:

Given

y-ln(3r2-5x+8)

fu__ - r dx

tind dyldx. ExAMPw 2:

solurroN: Applying formula (4), we get

Given

y : l n [ ( 4 x '+ 3 ) ( 2 x- 1 ) ]

SOLUTION:

D"U

find D *U.

3x2 6x + 8

'(6x-6)-

6x-5

3x2- 6x + 8

Applying formula (4) , we get 7

(4x' + 3) (2x- 1)

[8r (2x - 1) + 2(4xz+ 3) ]

24x2-8x+6 (4x'+ 3) (2x- 1) SOLUTION:

dy

From formula (4) , we have 1

(x+1) -)c

It should be emphasizedthat when using formula (4), u(x) must be positive; that is, a number in the domain of the derivative must be in the domain of the given natural logarithmic function. o rLLUsrRArroxL: In ExampleL, the domain of the given natural logarithmic function is the set of all real numbers because3x2- 6x * 8 > 0 for all r. This can be seen from the fact that the parabola having equation - 6x * 8 has its vertex at (1,5) and opensupward. Hence,(6x - 6)l A :3f (3x' 6r * 8) is the derivative for all values of x. In Example 2, because (4x2t 3)(2x- 1) > 0 only when x > i, the domain of the given natural logarithmic function is the interval (*, +-).

FUNCTION 9.1 THE NATURALLOGARITHMIC

Therefore, it is understood that fraction (5) x>i. Becausexl(x * 1) > 0 when either x 1-1 the natural logarithmic function in Example and so 1.lx(x-t 1) is the derivative if either x <

is the derivative only if or r > 0, the domain of 3 is (-oo, -1) U (0, **), -1 or r ) 0. o

We show that the natural logarithmic function obeys the laws of logarithms as stated earlier. However, first we need a preliminary theorem, which we state and prove. positive numbers, then

lf a

9.1.2 Theorem

1

idt PRooF: In the integral ["u (Llt) dt, make the substitution t: aur then u : 1, and when t - ab, u - b. Therefore, we dt-adu. When t:a, have

f'lo':I:# @

du)

: ['Lau u Jr

-1,+"

,

I

F i g u r e9 . 1. 3

o TLLUsTRATIoN2: In terms of geometrY, Theorem 9."1..2states that the measure of the area of the region shown in Fig. 9.1.3 is the same as the measure of the area of the region shown in Fig.9."1..4. o If we take x -'/-. in Definition 9.1.1.,we have

l n 1 : [ ' I ta , Jr

The right side of the above is zero by Definition t

7.3.5. So we have (6)

lnL-0

Equation (5) corresponds to Law 3 of logarithms, given earlier. The following three theorems give some properties of the natural logarithmic function.

F i g u r e9 . 1. 4

9.L.3 Theorem

If a and b arc any Positive numbers, then ln (ab):ln

a+ lnb

386

FUNCTIONS LOGARITHMICANDEXPONENTIAL PRooF:From Definition 9.1.1,

rn(ab):f"oIL at Jr

which, from Theorem7.4.6, gives

tn(ab): I:+ at+l"' I at Applying Theorem 9.1.2 to the second integral on the right side of the above, we obtain

tn(ab):f+at+lolat t t Jr

Jt

and so from Definition 9.1.1 we have ln(ab\ :ltt 9.1.4 Theorem

n * ln b

I

lL a and b are any positive numbers, then lnl:ln

a -lnb

pRooF: Becauseo:

(alb) . b, we have

ln4:hf+.b) \al

Applying Theorem 9.1.3 to the right side of the above equation, we get

l na : t n l + n a ubtractingln b on both sidesof the aboveequation,w e obtain ln4:ha-lnb b

9.1.5 Theorem

rf. n is any positive number and r is any rational number, then lna':rlna pRooF:

From formula (4), if. r is any rational number and r ) 0, we have 1

D"(lnr):*.rrr-r-!* and D,(rlnr):!*

9.1 THE NATURALLOGARITHMIC FUNCTION

Therefore, D'(ln x') : D,(r ln x) From the above equation the derivatives of ln x'and rln x are equal, and so it follows from Theorem 5.3.3 that there is a constant K such that lnx":rlnx*K

forallr>O

(7\

To determine K, substitute 1 for r in Eq. (7) and we have ln 1": r ln 1* K But, by Eq. (5), ln 1 : 0; hence,K : 0. ReplacingK by0 in Eq. (7),we get lrtx':rlnx

forallr>0

from which it follows that if x:

fl, where a is any positive number, then

lna':rlna

I

Note that Theorems 9.1.3,9.1.4,and 9.1.5are the same properties as the laws of logarithms 1.,2, and 4, respectively, given earlier. . rLLUsrRArroN3: In Example 2, if Theorem 9.1.3is applied before finding the derivative, we have y : ln(Axz + 3) * ln (2x - 1)

(8)

Now the domain of the function defined by the above equation is the interval (4, aoo), which is the same as the domain of the given function. From Eq. (8) we get L'tU :

8x2 Ef+ gT E=T

and combining the fractions gives 8x(2x- 1,)* 2(4x2* 3) un t A_.:_@ which is the same as the first line of the solution of Example 2.

.

o rLLUSrnerroN 4: If we apply Theorem 9.1,.4before finding the derivative in Example 3, we have

lnY:ln

x-

ln(r+1)

(e)

ln r is defined only when x ) 0, and ln(x * 1) is defined only when x > -1. Therefore, the domain of the function defined by Eq. (9) is the interval (0, 1o). But the domain of the function given in Example 3 consists of the two intervals (--, -1) and (0, +-;. Finding D*y from Eq. (9), we have

x+"1,

388

FUNCTIONS LOGARITHMICAND EXPONENTIAL

but remember here that r must be greater than 0, whereas in the solution of Example 3 values of r less than -1 are also included. o Illustration 4 shows the care that must be taken when applying Theorems 9.1..3,9.L.4,and 9.1.5to natural logarithmic functions. ExAMPLE4: y:ln(2x find D *A.

Given - l)t

solurroN:

From Theorem 9.1.5we have y :ln(2x - l)t: 3 ln(2x - 1)

Note that ln(2x - 1)3 and 3ln(2x - 1) both have the samedomain, x ) E. Applying formula (4) gives DrA:3 .

1

,rr1

. '_ r-

6

2x_ |

In the di scutssron ror ) n tth ] Iflt tr follo,1 find this by.Utsin S rg fo: rla ((4), )ffn nu fon (l l' D,(ln lrll))- ' D)*"'(ln 1

ve need to make use of D,(ln lrl). $o is substitutedfor l*l,and so we ha{re

tfr,2)

w* r ' D " (({x' , ) .f

1 {x' x x2

Hence, D"(ln lxl):,

1

(10)

From formula (10) and the chain rule, if u is a differentiable function of x, we get (11) The followirg example logarithmic function, given plify the work involved in volving products, quotients, soLUrIoN:

illustrates how the properties oT the natural in Theorems 9.'1,.3,9."1,.4, and 9.'1..5,can simdifferentiating complicated expressions inand powers.

From the given equation

' f?E' = l:, lf'FTl lvl:lr(r*D\mllr+|[ml

FUNCTION 9.1 THE NATURALLOGARITHMIC

Taking the natural logarithm and applying the properties of logarithms, we obtain

l r ,l y l: * l n l r + 1 l- l n l r * 2 l - + l n l r + 3 1 Differentiating on both sides implicitly with respect to r and applying formula (11), we get 1, ^

I-'rY :

I

11

1

2 / -1 rr + 1 \- T Ix 5 - +2-m

Multiplying on both sides by Ur we obtain DrA: y

2 ( x+ 2 ) ( r + 3 ) - 6 ( r * 1 ) ( r + 3 ) - 3 ( r * 1 ) ( x+ 2 )

5(x+1)(r+2)(r+3)

Replacing y by its given value, we obtain D rA equal to Z x z* 1 0 r + 1 2 - 6 x z - 2 4 x - 1 8

-3x2-9x-6

6(x+1)(r+2)(r+3) -7x2*23x-12 Dra:

6 ( x + 1 ) 2 t 3 ( *x 2 ) ' ( r * 3 ) s r z

(r2) we have, for n any real number,

(13)

Evaluate

SOLUTION:

f

xzdx

I f 3x2dx

Jm:3Jffi:3'^ EXAMprn 7: Evaluate

I:#'.

1r

+C lr3+11

sor,urroN: Because(x' * 2) l(x + 1) is an improper fraction, we divide the numerator by the denominator and obtain x2*2

4,

'+1I-x-I+I+1

3

390

LOGARITHMICAND EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS

Therefore,

Q-1.#) dx

I#dx:l:

l:

:txr-x*3lnlr+11 -2-2+3ln3-3ln -3In3-3

L

0

-3In3

The answer in the above example also can be written asln27 because, by Theorem 9.'1,.5,3In 3 : ln 33. ExAMPr,r 8: Evaluate

SOLUTION:

f hr , | -ax Jx

LCt LI :

then du : dxlx; so we have

ln

I+dx-1"d t-t I " r +

C: + ( h r )z+ C

Exercises 9.1 In Exercises1 through 10, differentiate the given function and simplify the result. L f (x): ln(l + 4x') 2 .f ( x ) : l n \ M \r '\$; \E3. f(x): ln 4. S(r) : ln(ln r) 5. h(x) : ln (x2ln x) 7.f(x):ln

6.f(x):ln|/# 8. f (x): f4nT --xln(r* \ffi)U.G(r)

lr3+11

O F ( r )- \ E T

-h(1 + lm)

In Exercises11 through 16, findD"y by logarithmic differentiation. xlffi

4A

LZ.y:ffi

ffi 14.1t: \' (x * l)zrs L6. y - (5x - 4) (x, + 3) (3rt - 5) In Exercises L7 and L8, fin d D ry by implicit differentiation.

(b. m!*xy-l

W, lnxy*x*y-z In Exercises 19 through

x

26, evaluatethe indefinite

integral.

\R

9.2 THEGRAPHOF THENATURALLOGARITHMICFUNCTION

21Jt+x L n x

fdx

J s-zx

\q'

ntlffi

5 - nt z,\A + ' f g + 2 * a* J

In Exercises27 through 30, evaluatethe definite integral. 2l dx 27. [5 Jt i2-5

29. 31.P r o v e t h a t l n r n : n ' l n x b y f i r s t s h o w i n g t h a t l n t n a n d n ' l n x d i f f e r b y a c o n s t a n t a n d t h e n f i n d t h e c o n s t a n t b y taking r:

1. ln r ) 0 and 1- ln r-

32. Prove that x-7-

Ux < 0 for all r > 0 and x * l,thus establishingthe inequality

r-1.hr(x-l x 1. (nrnr: Letf(x):x-1-lnrandg(x):t-lnx-llxanddeterminethesigns forallr>0andr# g'(r) on the intervals (0, 1) and (1, +o;.;

off'(x) and

33. Use the result of Exercise32 to prove lt* t-o

h(l*

r) : t

1C

which 34. Establish the limit of Exercise33 by using the definition of the derivative to find F'(0) for the function F for F(r) : ln(l + r). rt rc (Jlt) dt by using Theorem 7.4.8.) (ln r)/r : 0. (mNr: First prove ttrat ol \/i) o, = 35. prove J. J. "lif_ J 1

J l

g.Z TlflIE GRAPH OF THE NATURAL LOGARITHMIC FUNCTION

To draw a sketch of the graph of the natural logarithmic function, we must first consider some Properties of this function' Let / be the function defined by

f(r):lnt:

J[ r' It o ,

r>o

The domain of / is the set of all positive numbers. The function / is differentiable for all r in its domain, and

f'(x):+

(1)

Because/ is differentiable for all x > 0, / is continuous for all r > 0. From (1) weconclude thatf'(r) > 0 forall x) 0, andtherefore/is anincreasing function.

392

FUNCTIONS AND EXPONENTIAL LOGARITHMIC 1

f"(*):-*

Q)

From (2) it follows that f" (r) < 0 when x > 0. Therefore, the graph of y : f (x) is concavedownward at every point. Because/(1) : ln L : 0, the r intercept of the graph is 1. f(2):ln

L t

To determine an approximate numerical value for ln 2, the definite integral |l[lt) df is interpreted as the number of square units in the area of the region shown in Fig.9.2.1. From Fig. 9.2.1 we see that ln 2 is between the measuresof the areas of the rectangles, each having a base of length 1 unit and altitudes of lengths * unit and 1 unit; that is, 0.5< ln2 < 1

F i g ur e 9 . 2 . 1

(3)

An inequality can be obtained analytically, using Theorem 7.4.g,by proceedingas follows.Letf (t) :Llt andg(t) : *. Then/(t) > g(t) for all f in [1,2]. Becausef and g are continuous on 11.,21,they are integrable on f7,2f, and we have from Theorem 7.4.8

f+

dt>

or, equivalently,

l n2 = +

(4)

Similarly, it f (t) : l,lt and h(t'S: t, then h(t) = f (t) for all t in [1, 2]. Becauseh and / are continuous on l'1,,21,they are integrable there; and again using Theorem 7.4.8, we obtain

or/ equivalently, 1 > ln?

(s)

Combining (4) and (5), we get 0.5 2 or a 1-2, the straight line ;r: a intersects the graph in two points. In Fig. 9.8.2 we have a sketch of the graph of Eq. (2). Here we see that any vertical line intersects the graph in only one point. Equation (2) does not define x as a function of y because for each value of y gteatet than -r., two values of r are determined. In some cases,an equation involving x and y will define both y as a function of r and x as a function oly, as shown in the following illustration. o TLLUSTRATToN1.: Consider

Figure9.3.2

Q)

the equation

Y : )c3+'l'

(3)

If we let f be the function defined by

f(x):f+r

(4)

then Eq. (3) can be written as y : f(x),and y is a function of.x. lf.we solve Eq. (3) for r, we obtain

x-w

(5)

and if we let g be the function defined by

sQ)-w then Eq. (5) may be written as x:

(6) g Q) , and r is a function of y.

o

The functions / and g defined by Eqs. (4) and (6) are called inuerse functions.-wealso say that the function g is the inoerseof the function/and that/ is the inaerseof g. The notation f -1 denotes the inverse of function /. Note that in using -1. to denote the inverse of a function, it should not be confused with the exponent -1. we have the following formal definition of the inverse of a function.

9.3 THE INVERSEOF A FUNCTION

9.3.1 Definition

If the function / is the set of ordered pairs (x, y), and if there is a function f-r such that : ::.::...::j::l::::.:::i::i.r':....r......:..:,.:,,::::r,:::i::ii:..:r': ,: ': . . . . : : .r.i: .r i::::..::..:1..: .1 . :....!..r. ,:. , . :. .,:.::: i: ::. .:i ir

i:::::::!:l:l:ii::::::i::i::i::rli::iil:li;:l;::tji:::::irj::!:::iil]j':::::ii::i::::S:::ii::::

.:.... ::::..:.:

i......:::.......

:. i

:::::i:::;:::i:::i

(7)

then/-1, which is the set of ordered pairs (y, r), is called the inaerseof the function f , and /and f-r arecalled inaersefunctions. The domain of /-1 is the range of f , and the range of /-1 is the domain of /. Eliminating y between the equations in (7) , we obtain

x -- f -'(f (x)),

(8)

and eliminating r between the same pair of equations, w€ get

v:f(f-'(v))

(e)

So from Eqs. (8) and (9) we seethat if the inverse of the function/ is the function /-t, then the inverse of the function /-1 is the function /. Becausethe functions / and g defined by Eqs. (4) and (5) are inverse functions, f-r can be written in place of g. We have from (a) and (6) (10) and f-'(x):9i-1 f(x):f+l Sketches of the graphs of functions / and f-| defined in (10) are shown in Figs. 9.3.3and 9.3.4,respectively. We observe that in Fig. 9.3.3the function / is continuous and increasing on its entire domain. The definition of an increasing function (Definition 5.1.1)is satisfiedby f for all valuesof r in its domain. We alsoobserve in Fig. 9.3.3 that a horizontal line intersects the graph of / in only one point. We intuitively suspect that if a function is continuous and increasing, then a horizontal line will intersect the graph of the function in only one point, and so the function will have an inverse. The following theorem verifies this fact.

Figure9.3.3

Figure9.3.4

9.3.2 Theorem

Supposethat the function / is continuous and increasing on the closedintewalla, bl. Then (i) / has an inverse /-1, which is defined on If @), f (b)l; (ii) /-' is increasineon If @), f (b)l; (iii) /-1 is continuoason lf(a), f(b)|. PRooFor (i): Since/ is continuous on Ia, bl, then if k is any number such that f(a) < k < f(b), by the intermediate-value theorem (7.5.1), there exists a number c in (a, b) such that /(c) : k. So if y is any number in the closed interval lf (a) , f (b)1, there is at least one number x in la, bl such that y : f (x). We wish to show that for each number y there corresponds only one number x. Supposeto a number y, in lf (a),l(b)l there correspond

398

LOGARITHMICAND EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS

two numbers x, and x, (x, # 12) in [a, b] such that !r: /(rr). Then, we must have f(x,):

f @r) and y, : (11)

f(xr)

Becausewe have assumedx1 * x2, either xr I xz ot x2 < xr. lt q 1 xr, because/ is increasing on la, bl, it follows that /(r1) < f(xr); this contradicts (11). lf. xr1r1, then f(x") < f(x), and,this also contradicts (11). ThelefoJe,our assumption that x, # xris false, and so to eachvalue of y in Lf(a), f (b)l there corresponds exactly one number x in [a, b] such ihat y : f (x). Therefore,/ has an inverse /-r, which is defined for all numbers in ff(a), f(b)|. pRooFor (ii): To prove that /-1 is increasing on lf(a), /(b)], we must show that y, and Az are two numbers in [/(a), /(b)] such that y1 I y2, if then f-l(yr) < f-,(yr). Because/-1 is defined on lf(a), f(b)|, theie exist numbers r, and x2 in fa, bl such that y, : f (xr) ^dyr: f (xr). Therefore,

f

-tQ) f-'(f (x')) : xr

(12)

f

-t(yr) -

(13)

and f

-'(f

(xr)) : x,

If x2 < 11, then because / is increasing on fa,b), f (x) < (x1) or, f 'th"n equivalently, azl yt. But ur 0" is equivalent to ,'Ly -+ 0.,, First we-show that lim Ar: 0. From (28) we have As-0

hm lf-'!+ In at: As-0

Ar-O

ty) -f-,(y)l

Because/-r is continuous o n l f ( a ) , f ( b ) l ( o r l f ( b ) , f ( a ) l ) , t h el i m i to n the right side of the above equation is zero. So

ln Ar-0

(30)

9.3 THE INVERSEOF A FUNCTION

that li$ AV:0. From (25) we have Now we demonstrate lim AY: lim lf (x + Lx) - f(x)l

Ar-0

At-o

Because/ is continuous on Ia, bl, the limit on the right side of the above equation is zeto, and therefore we have

-o Jn LY

(31)

From (30) and (31) it follows that Ar+0

ifandonlyif

(32)

Ly-0

Thus, applying the limit theorem (regarding the limit of a quotient) to (29) and using (32), we have 1,

Dox:

Because/ is differentiable on la, bl, the,limit in the denominator of the above is-/'(r) or, equivalently,DrA, and so we have

EXAMPLEZ: Show that Theorem g.3.Aholds for the function of Example L.

solurroN: lf y: f (x) : (2x + g)/(r - 1), then

D,A:f'(*):-C+ at all Because/,(r) exists if.x * 1,/is differentiable and hence continuous # l. x forall is_decreasing L,andsof * < ir, b x # l.F.irth"r*o"",f,(x) b] interval any for holds [a, 9.3.4 Theorem of esis Therefore, tt t ypott " 1. number the which does not contain In the solution of Example 1 we showed that x : f - r ( v\ )r :' Y + 3 y-2 Computing Dux ftom this equation, we get

Dox:(f-\'Q):-G+ If in the above equation we let ,: 5

(2x + 3)/(r - 1), we obtain

404

AND EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS LOGARITHMIC

EXAMPLE3: Given f is the function defined by f (x) : xs * x, determine if / has an inverse. If it does, find the derivative of the inverse function.

'(x) :3xz + 1. Therefore, ' (x) ) soLUrIoN: Because 0 for f (x) : x3* x, f f all real numbers, and so f is increasing on its entire domain. Because/ is also continuous on its entire domain, it follows from Theorem 9.3.2 that f has an inverse f-r

L e t y - f ( x ) a n d t h e nx - f - ' U ) .

S o by Theorem9.3.4,

r\17

uax:W-

g x z+ l

9.3 Exercises In ExercisesL through 8, find the inverse of the given function, if it exists, and determine its domain. Draw a sketch of the graph of the given function, and if the given function does not have an inverse, show that a horizontal line intersects the graph in more than one point. If the given function has an inverse, draw a sketch of the graph of the inverse function on the same set of axes as the graph of the given function.

1. f(x) : x3

2. f (x) : x2+ 5

3. f (x)

4 . f ( x )- ( x + 2 ) '

5. f (x)

6. f(x)

7. f (x) - 2lxl+ x

8. f(x)

In Exercises9 through 14, perform each of the following steps: (a) Solve the equation for y interms of r and expressy as one or more functions of r; (b) for each of the functions obtained in (a) determine if the function has an inverse, and if it does, determine the domain of the inverse function; (c) use implicit differentiation to find D,y and.Duxand determine the values of r and y for which D,y and.Dux arereciprocals. 9. x2+A,:9 12.9y'- 813-0

10.x 2 - 4 Y ' - t 6

11.

13.2x2-3xy+L-0

1 , 4 . 2 x 2 * 2 y *L : 0

In Exercises 15 through 20, determine if the given function has an inverse, and if it does, determine the domain and range of the inverse function.

L 6 .f ( x ) - ( x + 3 ) '

1 7f.( x )- x 2- + , r ) 0 x

19. f(x) : x5 * xB

20.f(x)

*x

FUNCTION 9.4 THE EXPONENTIAL

21. Let the function / be defined by f (x):

I

ttr=V

Jo

df. Determine if / has an inverse, and if it does, find the derivative of

the inverse function. : (r * 5)/(r + k) will be its own inverse' 22. Determine the value of the constant k so that the function d.efined by /(r) rfx < L fx it L < x < 9 23.Givenf (x) -- l*' ifx>9 lzrtfr -t Provethat / has an inversefunctionand find f (x) . 24. Given that the function / is continuous and increasing on the closed intervalla,bl.AssumingTheorem9'3'1(i) prove/-1 is continuour i.o* the right atf(a) and,continuous from the left atl(b). 25. Prove Theorem 9.3.3 (ii).

Prove Theorem 9.3.3(i).

and (ii),

27. Prove Theorem 9.3.3 (iii).

Show that the formula of Theorem 9.3.4 can be written as

( f - ' ) 'v(' r ) :' (#f - t ( r ) ) f

29.use

the formula of Exercise 28 to show that

(f-')"(r):-ffi 9.4 THE EXPONENTIAL FUNCTION

9.A.1Definition

Becausethe natural logarithmic function is increasing on its entire domain, then by Theorem 9.3.2 it has an inverse which is also an increasing function. The inverse of the natural logarithmic function is called the "exponential function," which we now define' The exponentialfunction is the inverse of the natural logarithmic function' and it is defined by (1)

The exponential function "exp(r)" is read as "the value of the exponential function at r." 'Becausethe range of the natural logarithmic function is the set of all real numbers, the domain of the exponential function is the set of all real numbers. The range of the exponential function is the set of positive numbers because this is the domain of the natural logarithmic function' Becausethe natural logarithmic function and the exponential function are inverses of each other, it follows from Eqs. (8) and (9) of sec.9.3 that ln(exP(x)) : x

(2)

-- x exP (ln r)

(3)

and Because 0 : ln L, we have exp 0 - exP (ln 1)

406

AND EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS LOGARITHMIC

which from (3) gives us exP0:L We now theorems.

9.4.2 Theorem

(4) state some properties

of the exponential

function

AS

lf. a and b are any real numbers, then exP(a* b) : exp(a)' exp(b) PRooF: Let A:

exp(a), and so from Definition 9.4.1 we have

a:ln A Let B: exp(b), and from Definition 9.4.1.it follows that b:lnB From Theorem9.1.3 we have lnA+lnB:lnAB

(Z\

Substituting from (5) and (5) into (Z), we obtain a * b:ln AB So exp(a * b) : exp(ln AB)

(s)

From Eq. (3) it follows that the right side of Eq. (8) is AB, and so we have exp(a*b):An Replacing A and B by their values, we get exp(a* b): exp(a) . exp(b) 9.4.3 Theorem

r

lI a and b arc any real numbers, exP(a- b) : exp(a) -:- exp(b) The proof is analogousto the proof of Theorem 9.4.2,where Theorem 9.1.3is replacedby Theorem 9.1,.4.rt is left as an exercise(seeExercise1).

9.4.4 Theorem

If a is any real number and r is any rational number, then exp(ra): [exp(a)]" pRooF: If in Eq. (g) x : lexp(a)1,,we have lexp (a)] " : exp{lnfexp(a)1,] Applying Theorem 9.1.5to the right side of the above equation, we obtain

FUNCTION 9.4 THE EXPONENTIAL

[exp@)]r : exP{rln[exP(a)] ] But from Eq. (2),ln[exp @)] - n, and therefore [exp(a)]':

T

exp(ra)

We now wish to define what is meant by a', where a is a positive number and r is an irrational number. To arrive at a reasonabledefinition, consider the casea,, where a ) 0 and r is a rational number. we have from Eq. (3)

(e)

sr : exp[ln (a')] But by Theorem9."!,.5,lna'-

rln a; so from Eq. (9)

61r: exp(r ln a)

(10)

Becausethe right side of Eq. (10) has a meaning if r is any real number, we use it for our definition. 9.4.5 Definition

g.4.6 Theorem

lf a is any positive number and r is any real number, we define

lf. a is any positive number and r is any real number, lna':xlr':.a PRooF: From Definition 9.4.5, a' : exp(x ln a) Hence, from Definition 9.4.1, we have ln n": xln a

I

Following is the definition of one of the most important numbers in mathematics. 9.4.7 Definition

The number e is defined by the forimula e: exp L The letter "e,, was chosen because of the swiss mathematician and physicist Leonhard Euler (7707-1783)' number; that is, it cannot be exThe number e is a transcend.ental pressed as the root of any polynomial with integer coefficients. The number zr is another example of a transcendentalnumber. The proof that e is transcendentalwas first given inl873,by Charles Hermite, and its value

AND EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS LOGARITHMIC

can be expressed to any required degree of accuracy.In Chapter 16 we leam a method for doing this. The value of e to seven decimal places is 2.71,8281,8. 9.4.8 Theorem

ln e: L. PRooF' By Definition 9.4.7, e-expL Hence, ',

ln e - ln(exp 1)

(11)

Becausethe natural logarithmic function and the exponential function are inverse functions, it follows that ln(exP 1) : L

(r2)

Substituting from (L2) into (11), w€ have lne-L 9.4.9 Theorem

exp (x) : st , for all values of x. PRooF' By Definition 9.4.5, st : exp (r ln e)

(13)

But by Theorem 9.4.8, ln e - 1. Substituting this in (13), we obtain sr : exp (r)

From now on, we write e'in place of exp(r), and so from Definition 9.4.1we have

(r4) We now derive the formula for the derivative of the exponential function. Let

a:e' Then from (14) we have x-lny

(ls)

Differentiatirg get

1:1

v

D"U

on both sides of (15) implicitly with respect to x, we

FUNCTION 9,4 THE EXPONENTIAL

409

So,

D"a- y Replacing y by e*, we obtain ( 16,)

D r(e") : sr

If.u is adifferentiable function of.x,7t follows from (L6) and the chain rule that (17)

It follows that the derivative of the function defined by f(x):ke', where k is a constant, is itself. The only other function we have previously encountered that has this property is the constant function zero; actaally, this is the specialcaseof f(r) : ke' when k: 0. It can be proved that the : ke' most general function which is its own derivative is given by f(x) (seeExercise35). EXAMPLE

Given Y : srtrz find

+-

dyI dx.

solurroN;

From (17)

: H:"ttz (-i)

/grlrz

x3

From (I7) we obtain the following

indefinite

integration formula: (18)

EXAMptn 2:

l4a*

J\E

Find

Let

u - t E ; then du

r

2Jeudu 2e'+C 2en+C : Becausefrom (14), e' : A if and only if x : ln y, the graph of y t' i" : identical with the graph of tt: ln y. So we can obtain the graph of y et by interchanging the r and y axesin Fig' 9.2-2(seeFig' 9'a'1)' The gruph ol y : et carrbe obtained without referring to the graph of iogarithmic function. Because the range of the exponential natuial the set of all positive numbers, it follows that e' > 0 for all valis the function graph lies entirely above the r axis' D,A : e" ) 0 for all r; the r. So ues of so the function is increasing for all x. D r'y : e' ) 0 for all r; so the graph is concave upward at all Points.

410

FUNCTIONS AND EXPONENTIAL LOGARITHMIC

We have the followi^g

two limits:

(le)

lim st--fm X-

*@

and

e*: o

"tlq

(20)

The proofs of (19) and (20) are left as exercises(see Exercises44 and 45). To plot somespecificpoints use the table in the Appendix giving powers of e.

F i g u r e9 . 4 . 1

ExAMPr,u3: Find the area of the region bounded by the curye y : e', thecoordinate axes,and the line x: 2. Y:

The region is shown in Fig. 9.4.2.

solurroN:

tip

l lAal l -o f , 1

T

er dx

e, (2, ezl

et

e2

e0

: e2- 1 From a table of powers of e, we see that the value of e2to two decimal places is 7 .39. Therefore, the area of the region is approximately G.gg square units.

Ei Air

Figure 9.4.2

The conclusionsof Theorems9.4.2,9.4.3,and9.4.4are now restatedby using e" in place of exp(r). If. a and b are any real numbers, then ea+b: eo , eb eo-b: €ra:

ea + eb (sa)r

where r is any rational

number.

9,4 THE EXPONENTIAL FUNCTION

Writing Eqs. (2) , (3), and (4) by substituting have

411

er in place of exp (x) , we

ln(e") : )c -

,lnx

X

and eo:t

ExAMPrn 4: y :

t2r*ln

find D *A.

Given n

t2r*ln r :

soLUTroN '

t2r trnr :

e'" (x). So

y - xez' Therefore, D rU : s2r* 2xe2*

In Definition9.A.7, the number e was defined as the value of the exponential function at L; that is, e: exp L. To arrive at another way of defining e, we consider the natural logarithmic function f(x) :ln x '(x) :1/r; hence, We know that the derivative of / is given by f L. However, let us apply the definition of the derivative to find f,(t): /'(1). We have ' ): !f ' (\ L

:

r(1 l i m E !_L*)._lG)_ Lx

Ar-o

lim Ar-0

_ lim A.r- 0

Therefore, 1

lim ;* ln(1+ Ar) : 1 ar-o AI Replacing Ar by h, we have from the above equation and Theorem9'4.6 (27\ limln(l *h)un-, ft-0

Now, because the exponential function and the natural logarithmic function are inverse functions, we have lim (L * hlun: lim exp[ln(l * h)trn1 h-0

h-O

Q2)

AND EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS LOGARITHMIC

Becausethe exponential function is continuous and lim ln(l + h)unexists and equals L as shown in Eq. (21))rwe can apply H"orem right side of Eq. (22) and get

lg

2.5.5to the

(1+ h)trn-exp h(l + h)',of: exp1 fm

Hence,

(23) Equation (23) is sometimes used to define e; however, to use this as a definition it is necessaryto prove that the limit exists. Let us consider the function F defined by F(h)-(1 +h)un

(24)

and determine the function values for some values of h closeto zero. These values are given in Table 9.4.1. Table9.4.1 h

1 0.5 0.05 0.0L 0.001 0.001-0.0L -0.05 -0.5

F(h):(1 +hyrn

2 2.25 2.65 2.702.71,692.7196 2.73 2.79 4

Table9.4.1leadsus to suspectthat lim (1 + lr; ru ir probably a number that lies between 2.7169 and2.T191.As previously mentioned, in Chapter 16 we leam a method for finding the value of e to any desired number of decimal places.

Exercises 9,4 1. Prove Theorem9.4.g. A

1. 1

2. Draw a sketch of the graph of y :

3. Draw a sketch of the graph of A - el"l

e-s".

In Exercises4 throu gh 14, find dyl dx. 4. a:e5'

5. y :

g-9tz

8' a:e"* \.trt. y: 1'4. y :

*lr-lrna' gnlt/A+rz

I 9.4 THE EXPONENTIAL FUNCTION

413

In Exercises1.5through 1.8,find D*y by implicit differentiation.

r:.

: [F. e' * eu et+u

16. ye'" * xezu- 1

tt[. y'e'* * xyt: I \/ 1.9through26, In Exercises

18. €u: ln(r3 + gy)

r

evaluate the indefinite

rl4't

19. 1 ez-sr dx

20. l tzr+r dx

22. lr"r" 4*

23' J ,-ks"Ydx

J

J f

,]-t"'

integral.

J f

plr

?26. I#.

oZc

-EY.J, Jl # d x ex+J

In Exercises27 through 30, evaluate the definite integral.

27. 29.

fr

J. f2

J,

-?8. e2dx xea-" dx

30.

In Exercises 31 and 32, find. the relative extrema of f , the points of inllection of the graph of.f , the intervals on which / is increasing, the intervals on which / is decreasing, where the gfaph is concave upward, where the graph is concave downward, and the slope of any inflectional tangent. Draw a sketch of the graph of /. 3 1 .f ( x ) : x e - c

&}f(*)-e-*'

d. fitta an equation of the tangent line to the curve !: e-" that is perpendicular to the line 2r !:5. (0, 1) and (1, e). Cl fitra the area of the region bounded by the curve y: e' and the line through the points : 1. If every plane section per35. A solid has as its basethe region bounded by the curves ! : e' and A : e-" and the line r pendicular to the r axis is a square find the volume of the solid. : 35. Prove that the most generalfunction that is equal to its derivative is given by /(r) : ke". (rrrNr: Let y /(x) and solve the differential equation dVldx: y.) id|* lf p lblftz is the atmospheric pressure at a height of h ft above sea level, then p :2ll6e-o'owo31t". Find the time rate of change of the atmospheric press.rr" outside of an airplane that is 5000 ft high and rising at the rate of 160 ftlsec. 3g. At a certain height the gaugeon an airplane indicates that the atmospheric pressrre is 1500lb/ff. Applying the formula of Exercise37, ipproximat- by differentials how much higher the airplane must rise so that the pressure will be 1480 lblft2. Use differentials to find the aPProxg9. lllft is the length of an iron rod when f degreesis its temperature, then I : 60e0'00001'. l'0. imate increase in I when f increasesfrom 0 to (F.

A simple electric circuit containing no condensers,a resistanceof R ohms, and an inductance of L henrys has the electromotive force cut off when the current is 16amperes. The current dies down so that at f secthe current is i amperes and i:

loe- 0 t h e r e e x i s t s a n N < 0 s u c h t h a t e s < e w h e n e v e r r ( N . 46. Draw a sketch of the graph of F if F(h) : (7 t h)tth.

9 q NTHFR FXPONFNTIAL AND I OGARITHMIC FTINCTIONS

From Definition 9.4.5, we have qx :

,"rln

u

(1)

The expression on the left side of Eq. (1) is called the " exponential function to the base a."

Definition

If a is any positive number and r is any real number; then the function / defined by f(x) : 6t is called the exponentialfunction to the basea. The exponential function to the base a satisfies the same Properties as the exponential function to tlE-base e. . TLLUSTRATTON 1.: If x and y are any real numbers and n is positive, then from Eq. (1) we have frr7a

-

gtlnarulna

_

grlna*ulna

:

g(t*u)ln

_

a

Or*U

From Illustration 7 we have the property ar aa -

,r*a

We also have the followirg At+fr.u:ar-a

(2) properties: (3)

9.5 OTHEREXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS 415 (a")u -

ata

(4)

(ab)' :

arbt

(s) (6)

ao: I

The proofs of (3) through (5) are left as exercises (see Exercises 1 to 4). To find the derivative of the exponential function to the base a, we set ac - ecrnaand apply the chain rule. We have At:

exlna

s c r n aD r ( x l n a )

Dr(a'):

: errno(lna) :4'ln

a

Hence, itu is a differentiable

function of r, (7)

o TLLUSTRATToN2: If y :

D*A:3"

Jr2, then from formula

ln 3(2x)- z(ln 3)x3"'

(7) we have

o

From (7) we obtain the followi.g indefinite integration formula: (8)

Find dx

SOLUTION: I \4OT dX: I 103't2dx. Let Lt: Ex; then du :8 dx; thus JJ ? du: dx. We have then ff

dx: I to & du | 1or"rz JJ :5 2 1' 0 " r - C lt:r L0

:

ExAMPrn 2: Draw sketches of the graPhs of y -- 2" andY :2-* on the same set of axes. Find the area of the region bounded bY these two graphs and the line x: 2.

2 . t03Jft2

31,,L0

-, C

The region is soLUrIoN: The required sketches are shown in Fig. 9.5.'1.. shaded in the figure. If A square units is the desired atea, we have A-

lim i:r llall-o

416

FUNCTIONS AND EXPONENTIAL LOGARITHMIC

(2 - 2-") dx (2, 4)

(t i , zE')

2t

ln 2

2-r

12

ln? Jo

\ ((i,z-ti'1

F i g u r e9 . 5 . 1

We can now define the "logarithmic function to the base a', if a is any positive number other than 1. 9.5.2 Definition

'1., If a is any positive number except the logarithmicfunction to the basea is the inverse of the exponential function to the base a; and we write

(e) The above is the definition of the logarithmic function to the base a usually given in elementary algebra; however, (9) has meaning for y any real number becauseaa hasbeen precisely defined. It should be noted,that 7fa: e, we have the logarithmic function to the base e, which is the natural logarithmic function. log" x is read as "the logarithm of.x to the base a.', The logarithmic function to the base a obeys the samelaws as the natural logarithmic function. We list them. logo Qy) - logo x + Iogo y logoQ:U):logox-logoy logoL :0 logo xa : y logo x

(10) (11) (12) (13)

The proofs of (10) through (13) are left as exercises (see Exercises

5 to 8). A relationship between logarithms to the base a and natural logarithms follows easily. Let Y :logo x

9.5 OTHEREXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS 417

Then aa:)c ln aa: ln r ylna--lnr Y-

lnr l"a

Replacing y by logo x, we obtain

ll::r,,., ::rili.iiuiiiniii:ii.:i:i...iiirii:iitixi:liiiii,iiirli.,..ilillir::iiiffiiri ,,*fiffitff't :

r ' : : 1 r : : : : : r : : : r : : : t : : : : : . . : : r'

,tj : : : : . : : : : : : : : . : : :i :. :i : .: j: : : : . : : : :. . . :

(14)

.

Equation (14) sometimes is used as the definition of the logarithmic function to the base a. Becausethe natural logarithmic function is continuous at all x > 0, it follows from (14) that the logarithmic function to the base a is continuous at all r ) 0. If in (14) we take x: e,wehave

ot,

(ls) We now find the derivative of the logarithmic function to the base a. We differentiate on both sides of Eq. (14) with respect to r, and we obtain

D , ( l o g o x ) : + D , ( l nw lna

r)

D*(logox):#'+

(16)

Substituting from (15) into (16), we get e D r(logox) :lo8o x

(rz7

If u is a differentiable function of x, we have (18) Note that if in (18) we take n - e, we get

D*(rog,u) :

lo? t D*u u

FUNCTIONS LOGARITHMICAND EXPONENTIAL

418

or, equivalently, 1

D"(lnu):!D,u which is the formula we had previously for the derivative of the natural logarithmic function. EXAMPTT 3:

Y

Given

soLUrIoN: Using (11), w€ write

: logto x * L

y:

xz +'/',

l o g t o ( r + 1 ) - l o g r o ( x '+ 1 )

From (18) we have

find dy ldx.

dy

e _Iogro e . )y _logn x+1,dx )c2+L'zL

Becauser" has been defined for any real number n, we can now prove the formula for finding the derivative of the power function if the exponent is any real number. 9.5.3 Theorem

rf n is any real number and the function / is defined by wherer)0 f(x):x" then f'(x) : ny"-r PRooF: Lety: Y

rn. Then from (1) :

,nrnr

Thus, DrU -

,nrnt ,nln

ln r)

t

-vn'L x - nxn-r

I

Theorem 9.5.3 enablesus to find the derivative of a variable to a constant power. Previously in this section we leamed how to differentiate a

9.5 OTHER EXPONENTIALAND LOGARITHMICFUNCTIONS

4I9

constant to a variable power. We now consider the derivative of a function whose function value is a variable to a variable power. The method of Iogarithmic differentiationis used and is illustrated in the following example. EXAMPTr 4:

Given

y - x', find

dyldx.

solurroN: BecauseA: f , then lyl : lr'1. We take the natural logarithm on both sides of the equation, and we have ln lYl : ltt lr"l or, equivalent$,

ltt lYl: r ln lrl Differentiating on both sides of the above equation with respect to r,

+ * Lx

H:a}nl'l

+ 1)

- r'(ln lrl + 1)

9,5 Exercises In Exercises1 through 4, prove the given ProPerty if a is any positive. number and x and y are any real numbers. L.

'A*

+ Aa-

3. (ab)t :

2. (a")u - ata

As-a

4 . a o: ' L

arbt 8, prove

5 through

In Exercises

the given

ProPerty

if a \s any positive number

and x and y arc any positive numbers.

5. logok : !) : logo x - logo y

5. logo(rV) - logo )c+ log" y 7. Iogo xu -- y Log" x

8 . l o g oL : 0

'(x). In Exercises9 through24, find f , ' 9 rf.k \ - 3 5 '

i 1 0 .f ( x ) : $ - B t logrox 1 ' 3 f. ( x ) : ' x

;r'

I?. f(x)

- (x3+3)2-'*

l s .f ( x ) : @ 18. f (x) -

vtnx

21.f(x\:1ge' 24. f (x) - (ln x)tn r

i i

t"t. f(x)-25t34cz

14. f ( x ) : l o g r o

#

r) ] 16. f (x) - logo[1o8o(log,

17. f (x) : logro[logto(r+ 1) ]

1 9 .f ( x ) : x 6

20. f ( x ) :

22.f(x):(x)""

23. f (x) : (4e"'1r"

xstz

FUNCTIONS AND EXPONENTIAL LOGARITHMIC In Exercises 25 through 32, evaluate the indefinite integral.

2s. *" a* [

27.

28. Iu**,(2xr+L)dx

'30.

I

a"e"dx

Ir"rnr(lnr+1)dx

31. *r,'3," dx I 33. Find an equation of the tangent line to the curve y24v- /2x at (4,2). 34. A partide is moving along a straight line according to the equation of motion s - A2r' + B2-ht,where s ft is the directed distance of the particle from the starting point at f sec. Prove that if a ft/sec2is the accelerationat f sec, then a is proportional to s. A company has leamed that when it initiates a new salescampaign the number of salesper day increases.However, the number of extra daily salesper day decreasesas the impact of the campaign wears off. For a specific campaign the company has determined that if S is the number of extra daily salesas a result of the campaign and r is the number of days that have elapsed since the campaign ended, then

s: 1000. 3-'/2 Find the rate at which the extradaily salesis decreasingwhen (a) x: 4 and,(b) r:

10.

In Exercises 36 and 37,usedifferentialsto find an approximatevalueof the givenlogarithmandexpressthe answerto three decimal places. 36. logro 1..0L5

37. log,o 997

38. Draw sketchesof the graphs of.y : lo916r and y :ln

r on the same set of axes.

39. Given:f(x) :t@" * a-"). Prove that f(b * c) * f(b - c) :zf(b)f(c). tl(). A particle moves along a straight line according to the equation of motion s : fll, where s ft is the directed distance of the partide from the starting point at f sec. Find the velocity and accelerationat 2 sec.

9.5 LAWS OF GROWTH AND DECAY

The laws of growth and decay provide applications of the exponential function in chemistry, physics, biology, and business. Such a situation would arise when the rate of change of the amount of a substancewith respect to time is proportional to the amount of the substancepresent at a given instant. This would occur in biology, where under certain circumstances the rate of grovWh of a culture of bacteria is proportional to the amount of bacteria present at any given instant. In a chemical reaction, it is often the casethat the rate of the reaction is proportional to the quantity of the substancepresen! for instance, it is known from experiments that the rate of decay of radium is proportional to the amount of radium present at a given instant. An application in business occurswhen interest is compounded continuously. In such cases,if the time is represented by f units, and A units represents the amount of the substancepresent at any time, then dA 7l:

Ktt

9.6 LAWS OF GROWTHAND DECAY

where k is a constant. If A increasesasf increases,then k > O,and we have lhe law of naturalgrowth.If A decreasesas f increases,then k ( 0, and we have the law of natural decny.In problems involving the law of natural decay, thehalf life of a substanceis the time required for half of it to decay. L: The rate of decay of. EXAMPLE is radium proportional to the amount present at any time. If 50 mg of radium are Presentnow, and its half life is 1.690years,how much radium will be Present100 years from now?

Let f : the number of years in the time from now; A : the number of milligrams of radium Present at f years. we have the initial conditions given in Table 9.6.1.The differential equation is

solurroN:

Separatingthe variables, we obtain

9.6.1 Table t

0

1590

100

A

60

30

Aro,

#-kdt Integrating, we have

lnlAl:H+e lAl:ekt+e-F'ekt Letting eE: C, we have lAl : Cro', and becauseA is nonnegative we can omit the absolute-value bars around A, thereby giving us A:

Cekt

BecauseA:

50 when f : 0, we obtain 50 : C. So (1)

A - 50ekt - 'J..690, or we get 30 : 6l0e16e0k Because A - 30 when t 0.5 :

gr6e0k

So ln 0.5 : 1,590k and

llr9:5 : -0.0004L0 k - 1690 :-o='929r 1690 Substituting this value of k into Eq. (1), we obtain A

-

50e-o.o00410t

When t - L00, A

Aroo,and we have

Aroo:50e-o'0410:57.5 Therefore, there will be 57.6mg of radium present 100 years from now.

422

FUNCTIONS AND EXPONENTIAL LOGARITHMIC

ExAMPtn 2: In a certain culture, the rate of growth of bacteria is proportional to the amount present. If there are 1000 bacteria present initially, and the amount doubles in L2 min, how long will it take before there will be 1.,000,000bacteria present?

The differential equation is the same as we had in Example above, the general solution is

Table9.6.2

t A

0

soLUrIoN: Let f : the number of minutes in the time from now; A: the number of bacteria present at f min. Even though by definition A is a nonnegative integer, we assumethat A can be any nonnegativenumber for A to be a continuous function of f. Table9.6.2 gives the initial conditions. The differential equation is

L2

T

L,000 2 ,000 L,000,000

hence, ds

A - Cekt

When t - 0, A:

L000;hence,

1,000,which gives

A:1000ekt From the condition that A: erzk- 2

2000when f :12, we obtain

and so k: #ln2:0.05776 Hence, we have A-

1000eo.o5776t

Replacing t by T and A by 1,000,000,we get 1,000,000- 1000e0'05776r e0.05776?:1000

0.057767: ln 1000 ln 1( ,: O ffi:179.6 Therefore, there will be 1,000,000bacteria present in t hr, 59 min, 36 sec. ExAMPrn 3:

Newton,s law of cooling states that the rate at which a body changes temperature is proportional to the difference between its temperature and that of the surrounding medium. If a body is in air of temperature 35oand the body cools

solurroN: Let f : the number of minutes in the time that has elapsed since the body started to cool; r: the number of degreesin the temperature of the body at f minutes. Table 9.6.3 gives the initial conditions. From Newton's law of cooling, we have dx

7t-

k(x - 35)

DECAY

from 120"to 60oin 40 min, find the temperatureof the body after 100 min.

Separating the variables, we obtain dx

ffi-kdt

T n b l e9 . 6 . 3

t

0

40

x

I20

60

kl dt

100 '

rroo

kt+ c x: cekt+ 35 Therefore,

When x-85ekt+35

When t - 40, x - 60; and we obtain + 35 85e4ok

60:

40k- ln #

n:l[il;'::'Lz) x

-_ g5e-0.0306t+ 35

:r f f r o o- 8 5 e - 3 ' o 6 1 3 5 : 3 9 Therefore,

ExAMPrn4: There are L00 gal of brine in a tank and the brine contains 70lb of dissolved salt. Fresh water runs into the tank at the rate of 3 gal/min, and the mixture, kePt uniform by stirring, runs out at the same rate. How many Pounds of salt are there in the tank at the end of 1.hr?

the temperature

of the body

is 39o after 100 min.

Let f : the number of minutes that have elapsed since the water started flowing into the tank; t: the number of pounds of salt in the tank at t min' Because1,00gal of brine are in the tank at all times, at f minutes the number of pounds of salt per gallon is r/100. Three gallons of the mixture run out of the tank each minute, and so the tank loses3(r/100) pounds of salt per minute. BecauseDp is the rate of change of x with respect to f, and r is decreasing as f increases,we have the differential equation

solurroN:

dt

100

we also have the initial conditions given in Table9.6.4. Separating the variables and integratingr w€ have

LOGARITHMIC AND EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS T a b l e9 . 6 . 4

t

0

60

x

70

reo

I+--o.otIat ln lrl - -0.03f + e x: Ce When

x:70, and so C:70. Letting

60 and x - xeo,we have

x6o: 70e-1'8

:70(0.L553) - 1'/-,.57 So there are 11.57lb of salt in the tank after L hr.

The calculus is often very useful to the economist for evaluating certain business decisions.However, to use the calcuruswe must beconcemed with continuous functions. consider, for example, the following formula which givesA, the number of dollars in the amount after f years, ii P dollars is invested at a rate of 100i percent, compound.edz times per year: A : p (- t\ +- 'Jm- \l ^ '

(2)

Let us conceive of a situation in which the interest is continuously compounding; that is, consider formula (2), where we let the number of interest qerlo$s per year increasewithout bound. Then going to the limit in formula (2), we have

A: p mtim /r + a)'' _*@ m/ \

which can be written as

1)mtil* A : p t nl it -m *@ l(t+ L\

m/

J

(3)

Now consider

tim /r + -!-\''n

z-+o \

ml

Letting h : il m, we have mli : 1lh; and because',m -->*o,, is equivalent tO ,rh + 0+r, we have

== tim /r + l-\'" (1 * hlttn- ' m/ nli$

n-+o \

9.6 LAWS OF GROWTHAND DECAY

425

Hence, using Theorem 2.6.5, we have

.ri* [(t +h)*'')":

:

git

and so Eq. (3) becomes A - Peit

(4)

By letting t vary through the set of nonnegative real numbers, we seethat Eq. (4) expressesA as a continuous function of f. Anotherway of looking at the samesituation is to consider an investment of P dollars, which increasesat a rate proportional to its size. This is the law of natural growth. Then if A dollars is the amount at f years, we have

lnlAl:H+e A- Cekt When t:

0, A:

P, and so C : P. Therefore,we have

A: pekt

(5)

Comparing Eq. (5) withEq. (4), we seethat they are the same if.k: i. So if an investment increasesat a rate proportional to its size, we say that the interest is compoundedcontinuously, and the interest rate is the constant of proportionality. . rLLUSrRArroN1: If P dollars is invested at a rate of 8vo Per year compounded continuously, and A dollars is the amount of the investment at f years, dA

ff: o'oee and A- Peo.ost

o

If in Eq. (4) we take P : L,i:1, and t: l,we getA: e, which gives a justification for the economist's interpretation of the number "e" as the yield on an investment of one dollar for a year at an interest rate of 700Vo compounded continuously.

ii't .'ii

FUNCTIONS AND EXPONENTIAL LOGARITHMIC

EXAMPIE5: If $5000 is borrowed at an interest rate of L2Voper year, compounded continuously, and the loan is to be repaid in one payment at the end of a year, how much must the borrower repay? Also, find the effective rate of interest which is the rate that gives the same amount of interest compounded once a yeat.

solurroN: Letting A dollars be the amount to be repaid, and becauseP : 5000,i :0.12, and f : 1, we have from Eq. (4) d:

5gggro'tz : s000(1.1275) :5637.50

Hence, the borrower must rcpay $5637.50.Lettingl be the effective rate of interest, we have 5000(1*i) :5000e0'12 1*i:to'rz i:1.1275 - L : 0.1275 - 12,7570

9;6 Exercises 1. Bacteriagrown in a certain culture increaseat a rate proportional to the amount present. If there are 1000bacteria present initially and the amount doubles in L hr, how many bacteria will there be in 3* hr? 2. In a certain culture where_the rate of growth of bacteria is proportional to the amount present, the number triples in 3 hr, and at the end of 12 hr there were 10 million bacteria. How many bacteria were present initially? 3' In a certain chemical reaction the rate of conversion of a substanceis proportional to the amount of the substancestill untransformed at that time. After 10 min one-third of the original amount of the substancehas been converted, and 20 g has been converted after 15 min. What was the original amount of the substance? 4. Sugar decomPosesin water at a rate proportional to the amount still unchanged. If there were 50 lb of sugar present initiallyandattheendof 5hrthisisreduced ro20 lb,howlongwillittaie u n t i l 9 0 V oo f t h e s u g a r i J d e l o m p o s e d l 5. The rate of natural increase of the population of a certain city is proportional to the population. If the population increasesfrom 40,000to 50,000in 40 years, when will the population be 80,000? 6. Using Newton's law of cooling (see Example 3), if a body in air at a temperature of 0ocools from 200oto 100' in 40 min; how many more minutes will it take for the body to cool to 50.? 7. Under the conditions of Exarnple3, alter how many minutes will the temperature of the body be 45'? 8. When a simple electric circuit, containing no condensersbut having inductance and resistance,has the electromotive force removed, the rate of decreaseof the current is proportional to the current. The current is i amperesf sec after the. cutoff, and i: 4Owhen t: 0. If the current dies down to L5 amperes in 0.01 sec, find i in terms of f. 9. If a thermometer is taken from a room in which the temperature is 75ointo the open, where the temperature is 35", and the reading of the thermometer is 55oafter 30 sec, (a) how long after the removal will the reading be Sb.f 1U)What is the thermometer reading 3 min after the removal? Use Newton's law of cooling (see Example 3). 10. Thirty Percent of a radioactive substancedisappears in 15 years. Find the half life of the substance.

REVIEWEXERCISES 427

11. If the half life of radium is 1690years, what percent of the amount present now will be remaining after (a) 100years and (b) 1000years? 12. A tank contains 200 gal of brine in which there are 3 lb of salt per gallon. It is desired to dilute this solution by adding brine containing t lb of salt per gallon, which flows into the tank at the rate of 4 gaUmin and runs out at the same rate. When will the tank contain 1+ lb of salt per gallon? 13. A tank contains 100 gal of fresh water and brine containing2lb of salt per gallon flows into the tank at the rate of 3 gal/min. If the mixture, kept uniform by stirring, flows out at the same rate, how many pounds of salt are there in the tank at the end of 30 min? 14. A loan of $100is repaid in one payment at the end of a year. If the interest rate is 8% compounded continuously, determine (a) the total amount repaid and (b) the effective rate of interest. s 15. If an amount of money invested doubles itself in L0 years at interest compounded continuously, how long will it take for the original amount to triple itself? 15. If the purchasing power of a dollar is decreasingat the rate of 8% annually, cornpounded continuously, how long will it take for the purchasing power to be 50 cents? Professor Willard Libby of University of Califomia at Los Angeles was awarded the Nobel prize in chemistry for discovering a method of determining the date of death of a once-living object. Professor Libby made use of the fact that the tissue of a living organism is composed of two kinds of carbons, a radioactive carbon A and a stable carbon B, in which the ratio of the amount of A to the amount of B is approximately constant. When the organism dies, the law of natural decay applies to A If it is determined that the amount of A in a piece of charcoal is only 15Voof its original amount and the half life of A is 5500 years, when did the tree from which the charcoal came die?

(Chapter9) ReaiewExercises In Exercises1 through 8, differentiate the given function.

1 .f ( x ) : ( l nf ) 2

2 .f ( x ) : @ h

3 .f ( x ) :

a. f @) - 10-5"

5. /(r) - ifttrr

6. f(x)-ttt(

8. f(x):3"'" (7)t"' integral. the indefinite 14, evaluate 9 through Exercises In r aozc dx lo. I eu'-*1x-l)

logro

L*x t-x

+xz)

z. f(x):

s. lfi*ax

r

nlffa,

BI#

(e" * at*) dx

In Exercises15 through L8, evaluate the definite integral.

ts.

fzfr-

ln

17. J,fua* 18

16.

x2e8dx "l l 3

,

19. Find D*A if ye' * xea* x * y - 0. '(x)2 0 . l f f ( x ) : l o g ( " ' y (+x 1 ) , f i n d f

Jo

kb *7)z dx

428

FUNCTIONS AND EXPONENTIAL LOGARITHMIC

2 1 . T h e l i n e a r d e n s i t y o fa r o d a t a p o i n t x f t f r o m o n e e n d i s U ( x * 1 ) center of mass of the rod. 22. Find an equation of the tangent line to the curve y : xs-r af (2,2).

s l u g s / f tI.f t h e r o d i s 4 f t l o n g , f i n d t h e m a s s a n d

23. A particle is moving on a straight line wheres ft is the directed distance of the particle from the origin, o ftlsec is the velocityof the particle, and aftlse& is theaccelerationof the particle at f sec.If. a: et * e-tand o:1and s:2 when t: 0, find o and s in terms of l. 24.T'heareaoftheregign,boundedbythecurvey:e-s,thecoordinateaxes,andtheliner:b(b>0),isafunctionofb.lf / is this tunction, find /(b). Also find 1im /(b) . 25. The volume of the solid of revolution obtained by revolving the region in Exercise24 about the r axis is a function of b. If g is this function, find g(b). Also find la S(A). 25. The rate of natural increaseof the population of a certain city is proportional to the population. If the population doubles in 60 years and if the population in 1950was 60,000,estimate the population in the year 2000. 27. The rate of decay of a radioactive substanceis proportional to the amount present. If half of a given deposit of the substance disappears in 1900years, how long will it take for 95Voof the deposit to disappear? 28. Prove that if a rectangle is to have its base on the r axis and two of its vertices on the curve y : s-cz, then the rectangle will have the largest possible area if the two vertices are at the points of inflection of the graph. 29. Givenf (x) : ln lrl and r < 0. Show that / has an inverse function. If g is the inverse functioru find g(r) and the domain of g. In Exercises30 and 31, find the inverse of the given function if there is one, and determine its domain. Draw a sketch of the given function, and if the given function has an inverse, draw a sketch of the graph of the inverse function on the same set of axes.

3 0 .Jf '(\ x ) - ! + 4- 3 2x

3 2 . P r o v e t h a t i fr < 1 , L r r ( r .

(nrur: Letf(x):r-lnrandshowthat/isdecreasingon(0,1)andfind/(l).)

33. When a gas undergoesan adiabatic (no gain or loss of heat) expansionor compression,then the rate of changeof the Pressurewith respect to the volume varies directly as the pressure and inversely as the volume. If the pressure is p lb/in.'zwhen the volume is u in.3, and the initial pressure and volume are polblin.z and a6 in.s, show thai pztk: p6ooi. U. ft W in.lb is the work done by a gas expanding against a piston in a cylinder and P lb/in., is the pressure of the gas when the volume of the gas is V in.3, show that if V, in.3 and.V"in.s are the initial and final volumes, respectively, then

W:I

fvz

PN

Jvr

35. Supposea piston comPressesa gas in a cylinder from an initial volume of 50 in.s to a volume of 40 in.3. If Boyle's law (Exercise L0 in Exercises3.9) holds, and the initial pressure is 50 lblin.z, find the work done by the piston. (Use the result of Exercise34.) 36. The charge of electricity on a spherical surfaceleaks off at a rate proportional to the charge. Initially, the charge of electricity was 8 coulombs and one-fourth leaks off in 15 min. When will there be only 2 coulombs remaining? 37. How long will it take for an investment to double itself if interest is paid at the rate of 8% compounded continuously? 38. A tank contains 50 gal of salt water with 120lb of dissolved salt. Salt water with 3 lb of salt per gallon flows into the tank at the rate of 2 gallmin and the mixture, kept uniform by stirring, flows out at the same rate. How long will it be before there are 200 lb of salt in the tank?

REVIEWEXERCISES rt

39.Find I e-t"t dx if f is any real number. Jo

40. Provethat rf.x> 0, and f" ,o-t dt:L,

(1 + h)rm.

then ti* x:lim

Jt

h_O

h_0

4 L . Prove that lim

1og,(l * r) : Logoe X

t-O

(Norr:

Comparewith Exercise33 in Exercises9.1.)

42. Prove that li*a'-1:loo c-O

X

(nrnr: Lety:a'-Tandexpress lim s(y).)

(a"-l)lxas

a f u n c t i o no f y , s a y g ( y ) ' T h e n s h o w t h a t ! + 0 a s x + 0 '

andfind

43. Use the results of Exercises41 and 42 to Prove that

r i mU _ _Lb x'l

(HrNr:

X,-

Write

xb-L -_to'n'-L blnx )c-L

.bLnx x-l

Then let s b ln r and t:

x - L.)

44. Prove that

\

ean- "l' : fl lim X

t-0

eo'and find /'(0) by two methods.) cf(x) for allr where c is a constant, Prove that there is a con45. If the domain of /is the set of allreal numbers and f'(x): function 8 for which 8(x) : f(x)e-co and find 8'(x)') stant k for which f(x) - ke"* for all r. (HrNr: Consider the (nrNr:

Let f (x) :

46. Prove that

Drn(lnx)-(-l)n-r+ (nrxr:

Use mathematical induction' )

each integral' 47. DoExercise 17 in the Review Exercisesof chapter 7 by evaluating

Iiigonometric functions

1 0 . 1T H E S I N E A N D C O S I N EF U N C T I O N S 431

10.1.THE SINE AND COSINE FUNCTIONS

F i g u r e1 0 . 1 . 1

L0.L.LDefinition

In geometry an angleis defined as the union of two rays called the sides, having a cornmon endpoint called the vertex. Any angle is congruent to some angle having its vertex at the origin and one side, called the initial side,lyingon the positive side of the r axis. Such an angle is said to be in standardposition.Figure 10.1.1shows an angle AOB in standard position with AO as the initial side. The other side, OB, is called the terminal side. The angle AAB canbe formed by rotating the side OA to the side OB, arrd under such a rotation the point A moves along the circumference of a circle, having its center at O and radius IOA I to the point B. In the study of trigonometry dealing with problems involving angles of triangles, the measurement of an angle is usually given in degtees. However, in the calculuswe are concernedwith trigonometric functions of real numbers, and we use radian tneasureto define these functions. To define the radian measure of an angle we use the length of an arc of a circle. If such an arc is smaller than a semicircle, it can be considered the by Theorem $aph of a function having a continuous derivative; and so g.r0.z it has length. If the arc is a semicircle or larger, it has a length that is the sum of the lengths of arcs which are smaller than semicircles. Let AOB be an angle in standard position and 16Z'l :1. If s units is the length of the arc oi the circle traveled by point A as the initial side OA is rotated to the terminal side OB, the radianmeasure,f, of angle AOB is given by t:

s

if the rotation is counterclockwise

and t: -s

if the rotation is clockwise

o rr.r,usrnerrow 1: By using the fact that the measure of the length of the unit circle's circumference is 2tr, we determine the radian measuresof the -+T , ,\r , - n%r , and angles in Fig. 10.1.2a,b, c, d, e, and f. They aretzt , *n , tn, respectively.

Ln 2

(d) 10.1.2 Figure In Definition 10.1.1 it is possible that there may be more than one complete revolution in the rotation of. OA'

TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS o ILLUSTRATIoN 2: Figure

10.1.3a shows such an angle whose radian

measure is +7r,and Fig. 10.1.3bshows one whose radian measure is -*r. An angle formed by one complete revolution so that oA is coincident with oB has degree measure of 360 and radian measure of 2rr. Hence, there is the following correspondencebetween degreemeasureand radian measure (where the symbol - indicates that the given measurementsare for the same or congruent angles): 350" - 2zr rad or, equivalently, 180'- zr rad From this it follows that 1' - r#ozr rad and 180' 1 rad -

57"78'

From this correspondencethe measurement of an angre can be converted from one system of units to the other.

F i g u r e1 0 . 1 . 3

o ILLUSTRATToN 3:

L62" - 162 . tl1-n rad: r%.zrrad - T n5' -

1m" _ 75o n

Table 10.1.1gives the corresponding degreeand radian measuresof certain angles. Table10.1.1

' t

we now define ,n" ,r"" 10'1'2 Definition

; *n

;; tr

""0 "r;""

', &n

"-; tr

;r;r'.;

Ezr

",jr

"""

*o

,5;

Eo

2n

,""

""-0"".Suppose that f is a real number. Placean angle, having radian measure f, in standard position and let point P be at the interseciion of the terminal side of the.angle with the unit circle having its center at the origin. If p is the point (*, y),then the cosinefunctionlJaefinea Uy c o sf : r

10.1 THE SINE AND COSINEFUNCTIONS

and the sinefunction is defined by 0, 1)

ir/z)

F i g u r e1 0 . 1 . 4

sinf:/From the above definition it is seen that sin f and cos f are defined for any value of f. Hence, the domain of the sine and cosine functions is the set of all real numbers. The largest value either function may have is 1, and the smallest value is -1. It will be shown later that the sine and cosine functions are continuous everywhere, and from this it follows that the range of the two functions is [-L, 1]' For certain values of f, the cosine and sine are easily obtained from a figure. From Fig. 10.1.4we see that cos 0: 1 and sin 0: 0, cos*zr: L\/, 0 and sin *z : L, cos rr:-7 and sin 7r:0, and sin 1n: l!2, cosir: Table 10.1'.2gives these values and some cos *zr:0 and sin *rr:-1. others that are frequently used.

+\n +\E 1 +\E +\n -+\n -+\E -1 1 +\E t{z z u - 2 , & 1

-1

n

r;-

An equation of the unit circle having its center at the origin is x2 - cos f and y : sin t, it follows that * y' - L. Because x (1) F i g u r e1 0 . 1 . 5

Note that coszf and sin2 f stand for (cos t)2 and (sin t)2. Equation (1) is called anidentity becauseit is valid for any real number f. Figures L0.1.5and 10.l..6show angleshaving a negative radian measure of lf and corresponding angles having a positive radian measure of t' From these figures we see that . '.i.anii,..., ..,'ffib{.Itli.''l#..'cod.,.*. , sin{*f } +-',,usin:,f

(2)

These equations hold for any real number f becausethe points where the -t) intersect terminal sides of the angles (having radian measures f and the unit circle have equal abscissasand ordinates that differ only in sign. Hence, Eqs. (2) are identities. From these equations it follows that the cosine function is even and the sine function is odd. From Definition 1.0.1.2the following identities are obtained. t

F i g u r e1 0 . 1 . 6

and

Bin:(f,*,2rrr) '= ein f

(3)

The property of cosineand sine statedby Eqs. (3) is called periodicity, which is now defined.

TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

L0.L.3Definition

A function f ,t said to be periodicwith periodp * 0 if whenever x is in the domain of /, then x * p is also in the domain of f and

From the above definition and Eqs. (3) it is seen that the sine and cosine functions are periodic with period 2n; that is, whenever the value of the independent variable f is increasedby 2n, the value of each of the functions is repeated.It is becauseof the periodicity of the sine and cosine that these functions have important applications in physics and engineering in connection with periodically repetitive phenomena such as wave motion and vibrations. , we now proceed to derive a useful formula becauseother important identities can be obtained from it. The formula we derive is as fblows: (4)

P1 (cos a, sin a)

x

where a and b are any real numbers. Refer to Fig. 10.1.7 showing a unit circle with the points Q ( 1 , o ) , P r ( c o sa, sin a), Pr(cosb, srn b), Pr(cos(a * b), sin (a * b)), and Po(cosa, -sin a) - Using the notatiot 8 to denote the measure of the length of arc from R to S, we have @, O t r r :n , @ r : b , f jP rPr: a, and

ffi:

l-al: o.Because Gr:@+ffir,

w€have

C4-b*a F i g u r e1 0 . 1 . 7

and because PnP,- a

frr:&+OFr, +b

it fotlowsthat (5)

From Eqs. (5) and (5) we seethat @, :'pnFr;therefore, the length of the joining the p_oints-Qand Ps is the same as the length of the chord :hg1d joining the points Pn and Pr. squaring the measuresof tfiese lengths, we have

loP;|,:l4J'l

(7)

Using the distance formula, we get

IOF;!,: [cos(a + b) - 1], + [sin(a * b) - 0], : cosz(a f b) - 2 cos(a+ b) + L * sin2(a+ b) and because cosz(a * b) + sinz (a * b) : 1,, the above may be written as

l84l':2-2cos(a+b) Again applying the distance formula, we have l@rp:

(cosb-cos a)2+ (sin b+sin a),

(8)

I O . 1T H E S I N EA N D C O S I N EF U N C T I O N S 435 :

cosz b - 2 cos a cos b + cosz a

* sin2 b * 2 sin a sinb*

sin2 a

and because coszb * sin2 b : 1.and cos2a * sinz a: l, the above becomes (9) cosa cosb * 2 sir.a sinb lF/,l':l-2 Substituting from Eqs. (8) and (9) into (7),we obtain 2 - 2 cos(a+ b) : 2 - 2 cosn cos b * 2 sin a sin b from which follows cos(a * b) : cos a cosb sin a sin b which is formula (4). (a) by substiA formula for cos(a - b) can be obtained from formula tuting -b

for b. Doing this, we have cos4 cos(-b) - sin a sin(-b) c o s( a * ( - b ) ) : - -sin b, we get Because cos(-b) - cos b and sin (-b) cssta *',b}"*

s'.n Gosl'li'* sin at'lbin h'

(10)

for all real numberc a NtdbLetting a:Lrr in formula (1'0),we have the equation,cos(Ln-b): : sin *zr : L' it .or J"'-"ol a + ,it Lrr sin b; and'becausecos *rz 0 and - b: c' b".orr,"s cos(*zr- b) : sin b. Now if in this equation we-let $n c and we obtain cos c: sin(*n- c)' We have therefore then b :irrproved the following two identities.

-*$r

(11)

Formulassimilarto(4)and(10)forthesineofthesumanddifference from those we have. A formula for the sine of of two numbers follow ""rity from (11) the sum of two numbers follo*, from (10) and (11)' We have -b) s i n ( a* b ) : c o s ( i z - ( a * b ) ) : c o s ( ( * z t - a ) With (10) it follows that sin(a * b) : cos(tz a) cos b * sin(tzr a) sin b and from (L1) we get

$D' for all real numbers a and b. we To obtain a formula for the sine of the difference of two numbers have we write a -b as a+ (-b) and apply formula (12)' Doing this' sin(a * (-b)) : sin a cos(-b) * cos a sin(-b) :-sin b' we obtain and becausecos(-b) : cos b and sin(-b)

436

TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

(13) :h is valid for all real numb ers a and b. Bylettinga-b- f informulas (L2) and (4) , respectively,we get the (14)

(ls) Using the identity sin2 t + cos2 t -

I we may rewrite formula (15) as

cos2t:2coszt-1,

(16)

or as c o s2 t : 1 , - 2

s i n 2f

(r7)

Replacingt by tt in formulas (15) and (lr) and performingsome algebraicmanipulations, we get, respectively, (18) and

(1e) (19) are identities because they hold for all

real numbers t. By subhacting the terms of formula (4) from the corresponding terms -of formula (10) the following is obtained: sin a sin g:{[-cos(a

* b) * cos(a- b)]

e0)

By adding corresponding terms of formulas (4) and (10) we get cosd cos 6:glcos(a + b) + cos(a- b)l

er) and by adding corresponding terms of formulas (12) and (13) we have sin a cos6:f fsin(a + b) + sin(a _ b)] ez) Bylettingc:a * b and d:ab informulas (22), (21),and (20),we obtain, respectively,

sinc+ sind-2 sin rycos +

(zt1

c o sc + c o s d : 2 cos c + d cos c - d 2 T

(24)

and c o s c - c o s d : - n -z

sln

c*4^r^c-d 2

Sln

2

(2s)

10.1 THE SINE AND COSINEFUNCTIONS

If the terms of formula (13) are subtracted from the corresponding terms of formula (L2) and a * b and a - b arereplaced by c and il, tespectively, we have

P(x,v) Pt (rt , at)

s i n c - s i n d - 2 c o s+ sz i2n

F i g u r e1 0 . 1. 8

v 7

P(

o

i

1

/ \

_L

4

(26)

You are asked to perform the indicated operations in the derivation of some of the above formulas in Exercises7 to 6. When referring to the trigonometric functions with a domain of angle measurements we use the notation f, to denote the measurement of an angle if its degree measure is 0. For example, 45ois the measurementof an angle whose degree measure is 45 or, equivalently, radian measure is *zr' Consider an angle of d|oin standard position on a rectangular cartesian-coordinate system. Chooseany point P, excluding the vertex, on the terminal side of the angle and let its abscissabe r, its ordinate be y, and lOf l : r. Referto Fig. 10.1.8.The ratios xly andy/r ateindependentof the choice of P becauseif the point Pr is chosen instead of P, we see by Fig. 10.1.8that xlr: xlrl and ylr: alrr Becausethe position of the terminal side depends on the angle, these two ratios are functions of the measurement of the angle, and we define cos 0o:x

rr

and

sin 0o:Y

(27)

Becauseany point P (other than the origin) may be chosen on the terminal side, we could choose the point for which / : 1, and this is the point where the terminal side intersects the unit circle * * y': 1 (see Fig. 10.1.9).Then cos gois the abscissaof the point and sin 0ois the ordinate of the point. This gives the analogy between the sine and cosine of real numbers and those of angle measurements.We have the next definition.

.9 Figure10.1

10.1.4 Definition

If a de'greesand r radians are measurements for the same angle, then cos co : cos r and sin ao: sin t

1-0.1. Exercises (10). 1. Derive formula (20) by subtracting the terms of formula (4) from the corresponding terms of formula 2. Derive formula (21) by a method similar to that suggestedin Exercise 1. 3. Derive formula (22) by a method similar to that suggestedin Exercise 1. 4. Derive forrrula (23) by using formula (22). 5. Derive formula QD by using formula (21). 6. Derive formula (25) by using formula (20). I. Derive a formula for sin 3t in terms of sin f by using formulas (72), (74), (15), and (1).

438

TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

8 . Derive a formula for cos 3f in terms of cos f. Use a method similar to that suggested in Exercise7. 9 . Without using tables, find the value of (a) sin #r

and.(b) cos gz.

10. Without using tables, find the value of (a) sin *z and (b) cos *rr. 1 1 .Without using tables, find the value of (a) sin ttn and.(b) cos tzr. T2, Express each of the following in terms of sin f or sin(iz.-t): (a) sin(Ezr-t); (d) cos(Bzrf f).

(b) cos(gzr-

(c) sin(Bzr+ t);

13. Express the function values of Exercise12 in terms of cos f or cos($z - f). t4. Expresseachof the following in terms of sin f or sin (tn - t): (a) sin(z - t); (b) cos(z - f); (c) sin(z + l); (d) cos(z * f). 15. Express the function values of Exercise 14 in terms of cos f or cos(*a. - f).

rc.Find all values of.t

for which (a) sin f :0,

and (b) cos f :0.

17. Find all values of f for which (a) sin f : 1, and (b) cos f : 1. 18. Find all values of f for which (a) sin f : -1, and (b) cost: -1. 19. Find all values of t for which (a) sin f : *, and (b) cos t: i. 20. Find all values of t for which (a) sin t: -+\/r, and (b) cos f : -Lt/-2. 21. Suppose/ is a function which is periodic with period 2r , and,whose domain is the set of all real numbers prove that / is also periodic with period -22. 22. Prove that the function of Exercise 21 is periodic with period 2nn f.orevery integer n. (Hrr.rr: Use mathematical induction. ) 23. Prove that if f is defined by f (x) - )c- [r]] , then ,t periodic. What is the smallest positive period of f? f

1.O.2DERIVATIVES OF THE SINE AND COSINE FUNCTIONS

Before the formula for the derivative of the sine function can be derived we need to know the value of ,.

sin f

1iT t

Letting f(t): (sin t)lt, we see that /(0) is not defined. However, we prove that lim /(f) exists and is equal to L. 10.2.LTheorem

lim t-O

PRooF: We first assume that 0 < t < tn. Refel to Fig. 10.2.7,which shows the unit circle 12*yr:1 and the shaded sector BOP, where B is the point (1, 0) and p is the point (cos f, sin f). The area of a circular sector of radius r and central angle of radian measure f is determined by trzt; and so if s square units is the area of sector BOP,

s -tt

OF THE SINE AND COSINE FUNCTIONS 10.2 DERIVATIVES

439

consider now the triangle BoP, and let K1 square units be the area of this triangle. Hence,

K r:t2l F l ' IOB- I:j( sint) ' ( 1) :f sint The line through the points o(0,0) sin f/cos f; therefore, its equation is

( 2)

and P(cos f, sin f) has slope

sin f x u:----cost " B (L, o)

F i g u r e1 0 . 2 . 1

This line intersectsthe line x:1 at the point (1, sin tlcos t), which is the point T in the figure. Letting K, square units be the area of right triangle BOT, we have

K,:+lBr |. 16|:+'#l' ! : +.#+

(3)

From Fig. 1'0.2.1'we see that K1

(4) , we get Substituting from Eqs. (1), (2), and (3) in inequality L

L

T s i nt < ; t . ; ' f f i

sinf

pos: Multiplying eachmember of the above inequality by Zlsin f , which is itive because0 < f < *n, we obtain r1

1'

"inT';o;7 Taking the reciProcal of each member of the above inequality and reversing the direction of the inequality signs, we get

(s)

si+f .1 c o st 1. From (17) and the chain rule, Lf.u is a differentiablefunction of r, we have

u) ffiD*u

ExAMPLE3: A picture 7 ft high is placed on a wall with its bas e 9 ft above the level of the eye of an observer. How far fuom the wall should the obsenrer stand in order for the angle subtended at his eye by the picture to be the greatest?

( 1 8)

sol,urroN: Let x ft be the distance of the observer from the wall,0 be the radian measure of the angle subtended at the observer's eye by the picture, o be the radian measureof the angle subtended at the observer's eye by the portion of the wall above his eye level and below the picture, and F: o + 0. Referto Fig. 10.8.1. We wish to find the value of r that will make d an absolute maximum. Becauser is in the interval (0, *-), the absolute maximum value of 0 will

--]

FUNCTIONS TRIGONOMETRIC

be a relative maximum value. We see from the figure that cotB-+ and c o.t)oc: o B e c a u s e0

Take two cases:a > 0 and z < 0. du ^f 3. | -:-cos-'z*C J \/l- u, Is this formula equivalent to formula (1)? Why?

4'

fdu

Jr;7:

-cot-ru * C

Is this formula equivalent to formula (2)? Why? du -f 5. l;ffi:-csc-l

lul+c

Take two cases:z > 0 and z < 0. Is this formula equivalent to formula (3)? Why? In Exercises5 through 25, evaluate the indefinite integral.

7I#

i

,101 .L

13I#

14t4 J Iz,''.t f

L 6 .l L J\ffi

dx

^fdx

'

t

,89.Jffi a

-,---

22. [ = !d* J x2+x*L f

c o s zx

L7:l " J x2-x*2

i&lJ,'ffi, 6

xdx

1 1Jt LV r 6 - e t '

J xtF

\''--"

i

S I x4+r6

. ,- . , .f - Q + x ) d x J V4-2x-x2

3dx

z) a+l ' J G + D f f i -

In Exercis es 26 through 33, evaluate the definite integral. . . : 'f r 1 * x

27.' J| o #d*

,

LtX'

30. f d x

J, x'z-4x+13

4". Q,

r[L + (ln r)2]

\ 34.Find the area of the region bounded by the curve y : 8l (x2 * 4) , the x axis, the y axis, and the line x: 2. :i5. Find the abscissaof the centroid of the region of Exercise34. 36. Find the area of the region bounded by the curves x2: 4ay and y :8a31 (x2 * 4a2), 37. Find the circumference of the circle rP * y' : I by integration.

*/

t'i

FUNCTIONS TRIGONOMETRIC

488

38. A particle moving in a straight line is said to have simple harmonicmotion if the measure of its accelerationis always proportional to the measure of its displacement from a fixed point on the line and its accelerationand displacement are oppositely directed. So if at f sec,s ft is the directed distance of the particle from the origin and o ftlsec is the velocity of the particle, then a differential equation for simple harmonic motion is da -- -kzs dt

(7)

where k2 is the constant of proportionality and the minus sign indicates that the acceleration is opposite in direction from the displacement.Becausedoldt : (dulds)(dsldt) : o(dolds), Eq. (7) may be written as I'j

da E:

-kzs

(8)

(a) Solve Eq. (8) for a to get Tr- *k\m. Note: Take a2k2as the arbitrary constant of integration and justify this choice. (b) Letting a - dsldt in the solution of part (u), we obtain the differential equation i<

fi:tktto'-

t"

Taking f : 0 at the instant when o : 0 (and hence s : a), solve Eq. (9) to obtain s: a coskt

(10) (c) Show that the largest value for lsl is c. The number a is called the amplitudeof the motion. (d) The particle will oscillatebetweenthepointswheres:aands:-a.If Tsecisthetimefortheparticletogofrom ato-aandreturn,show that 7: Znlk. The number T is called Ihe periodof the motion. 39. A particle is moving in a straight line according to the equation of motion s:5 - L0 sin2 2t, wherc s ft is the directed distance of the particle from the origin at f sec.Use the result of part (b) of Exercise38 to show that the motion is simple harmonic. Find the amplitude and period of this motion. 40. Show that the motion of Exercise 39 is simple harmonic by showing that differential equation (7) is satisfied.

Reaiew Exercises(Chapter 10) In Exercises L throu gh 4, evaluate the given limit, if it exists. I

l.

.r

r'

r.

llm r-o

2Ljsry

sin2 r

f.

L2 CJL

cos 5r 4. lim -

tan a 2 x

4*^

lt$

5. show tlnat

r-7r12 COS lX

d(Lnsin r) x cot x J(ln rf

6. Prove that lim

sin x2 0.

r-o

X

'1.4, In Exercises7 through find the derivative of the function defined by the given equation.

7.f(x)--ffi g.

S@)

-

xcos!

8. f(x) - \63r . lnf 1 0 ..f ,( \t ') - : secf

1 1 . F ( r ) : t a n -' ; '

12. s(r) : cot SxtTsin2x

13. f(x) - (tanx)rt*'

1 4 . h ( x ) - ( c o sx ) e "

REVIEWEXERCISES 489 In Exercises L5 and L6, find D *A by implicit differentiation. y2

t6. sin(r + V) * sin(x - A) - 1

L 5 . c o t - l| + x A z : 0 5y In ExercisesL7 through 24, find the indefinite integral. r 17. I sinaix cosztx dx

f

18.

J

20. 23.

I

J

IUl-cosxdx

(csc 2x - cot 2x) dx

2t. I#

sin 3r cos5x dx

24. f sint 2x coss2x dx J

r J

dx

ffi

In Exercises25 through 28, evaluate the definite integral. lils

25. I Jo

lal6

secs x tans x ilx (x -t 2) dx

20. I Jo

tana 2x dx

fntz

2 7 . f2 Jrffi

,t.J,,n(sina2x-2sin4x)dx

29. Find the length of the arc of the curve y : ln cos r from the origin to the point (in, -ln Z). 30. Find the averagevalue of the cosine function on the closed interval fa, a * 2nl. 31. Find to the nearest degree the measurementsof the four interior angles of the quadrilateral having vertices at (5, 6) , (-2, 4) , (-2,7) and (3, 1) and verify that the sum is 360'. 32. Findthevolumeof the solidgeneratedifthe regionboundedbythecurve!: revolved about the x axis.

sinzrandther axisfromr:0to

x: zris

33. Two points A and B are diametrically opposite each other on the shoresof a circularlake 1 mi in diameter. A man desires to go from point A to point B. He can row at the rate of 1* mi/hr and walk at the rate of 5 mi/hr. Find the least amount of time it can take for him to get from point A to point B. 34. Solve Exercise33 if the rates of rowing and walking are, respectively,2 milhr and 4 mi/hr. 35. A partide is moving along a straight line and s: sin(4f * tn') + sin(4f * *r) where s ft is the directed distance of the particle from the origin at t sec. Show that the motion is simple harmonic and find the amplitude of the motion. (SeeExercise 38 in Exercises10.9.) 35. If an equation of motion is s: cos 2f * cos f , prove that the motion is not simple harmonic. fn

37. Evaluate: I lcosx+t\tu. Jo

fnl2

38. Evaluate:I

Jo

lcosx - sin xl dx.

39. Find the area of the region in the first quadrant boundedby the y axis and the curves A: seczx and y :2 tanzx. 40. Find an equation of the normal line to the curve /: cos r at the point (32, -*). 41,.A p a r t i c l e i s m o v i n g a l o n g a s t r a i g h t l i n e a c c o r d i n g t o t h e e q u a t i o n o f m o t i o n s : 5 - 2 c o s z t w h e r e s f t i s t h e d i r e c t e d

490

TRIGONOMETRICFUNCTIONS

distance of the particle from the origin at f sec. lf. a fitlsec anda fitlseczare, respectively, the velocity and accelerationof the particle at f sec, find o and a in terms of s. A. ff y ft is the range of a projectile, theS

"c

onzsin 20

where o6ftlsec is the initial velocity, g ftlse3 is the accelerationdue to gravity, and 0 is the radian measureof the angle that the gun makes with the horizontal. Find the value of 0 that makes the range a maximum. 43. A searchlight is * mi from a straight road and it keeps a light trained on an automobile that is traveling at the constant speedof 50 mi/hr. Find the rate at which the light beam is changing direction (a) when the car is at the point on the road nearest the searchlight and (b) when the car is * mi down the road from this point. 44. A helicopter leaves the ground at a point 800 ft from an observer and rises vertically at 25 fllsec. Find the time rate of change of the measure of the observer's angle of elevation of the helicopter when the helicopter is 500 ft above the ground. 4s. In an electriccircuit let E : f (f) and i - g(f) where E volts and i amperes are, respectively, the electromotive force and current at t sec.If P watts is the averagepower in the interval [0 , T), where T sec is the common period of andg, then f

P-+ f fG)su) dt If E - L00sin f and i: A(sin f - *zr), first determine T and then find P. 46. Find the area of the region bounded by the curve y:glt6=7,

x - 2\n.

47. Find.the absolute maximum value attained by the function / if (i / constants.

the two coordinate axes, and the line

: a sin kr * B coskx, where A, B, and k are positive

48. Suppose the function / is defined on the open interval (0, 1) and

f (x): x^:?:'l (x - 1) Define f at 0 and L so that / is continuous on the closed interval 49. Prove: Dru (sin x) : sin(x + tnn). (urNr: Use mathematical cos(x + tn) sin r after each differentiation.)

L O1, J . induction

and the formulas sin(x + trr)_ cos x or

l

Techniquesof integration

492

TECHNIQUEO S F INTEGRATION

11.1 INTRODUCTION

In Chapter 7 the definite integral of a function / from a to b was defined as the limit of a Riemann sum as follows: fbn

dx:,,tiil,> f (€,)Lix J"f k)

(1)

if the limit exists. We stated a theorem, proved in advanced calculus, that the limit on the right side of (1) exists if / is continuous on the dosed intewal fa, bl. The exact value of a definite integral may be calculated by the fundamental theorem of the calculus,provided that we can find an antiderivative of the integrand. The process of finding the most general antiderivative of a given integrand is called indefiniteintegration.We use the term indefinite integral to mean the most general antiderivative of a given integrand. In practice, it is not always possible to find the indefinite integral. That is, we may have a definite integral that exists, but the integrand has no antiderivative that can be expressedin terms of elementary functions. An example of this is [;tz t-t' df (a method for computing the value of this definite integral to any required degreeof accuracyby using infinite series is given in Sec. 1.6.9).However, many of the definite integrals that occur in practice can be evaluated by finding an antiderivative of the integrand. Some methods for doing this were given previously, and additional ones are presented in this chapter. Often you may find it desirable to resort to a tableof integralsinstead of performing a complicatedintegration. (A short table of integrals can be found on the front and back endpapers.)However, it may be necessaryto employ some of the techniquesof integration in order to express the integrand in a form that is found in a table. Therefore,you should acquire proficiency in recognizing which technique to apply to a given integral. Furthermore, development of computational skills is important in all branches of mathematics, and the exercisesin this chapter provide a good training ground. For thesereasonsyou are advised to use a table of integrals only after you have mastered integration. The standard indefinite integration formulas, which we leamed in previous chapters and which are used frequently, are listed below.

1,"du-#+c

u+c :

ALI + C

I l f ( u )+ s @ ) l I un du

f du

lT:

lr n l " l+ c

where a is any constant

:gu+c

f(u)du*

udu--cosu+C

n+-L

u du: sin u + C u du: tan u + C

I

BY PARTS 11.2 INTEGRATION

[ ","' /,".

udu:-cotu*C

/,".

utanudu:secu*C

/.,.

l s e cu * t a n u l + C

udu:lnlcscu-cotul+C d'

I

cot u du

udu:ln

- -:--tu-+c

Jffi:sln';

wherea>o

L+c | =dY ^ -'l' tan-1 l'rr

u du: ln lseczl + C

J

a2+uz

t4

u d u : l n l s i nu l + C

a

fl

J uluz - n2

1 sec-r v Y - lYl+ c

a

lal

wherea > o

parts. It II.2 INTEGRATION A method of integration that is quite useful is integrationby a product: of BY PARTS depends on the formula for the differential d(ua)-uda*adu or, equivalently, udo-d(ua)-adu

\

(1)

Integrating on both sides of (1), we have (2)

Formula (2) is called the formula for integrntionby pntts. This formula expressesthe integral [u do in terms of another integral, lo du. By a suitable choice of u and do, it may be easier to integrate the second integral than the first. When choosing the substitutions for u and do,we usually want da to be the most complicated factor of the integrand that can be integrated directly and u to be a function whose derivative is a simpler funciion. The method is shown by the following illustrations and examples. o ILLUSTRATTON

1.:

We wish to evaluate

r

I tan-r x dx

J

Let u:

t a n - l r and da - dx. Then

TECHNIQUESOF INTEGRATION

494

So from (2) we have f

J

tan-l x dx :

( t a n x- ,) ( x *C , )-

I(r*

-xtan-l x*crtan-rx-[+d*

C , )# n

rR-''JR

r

dx

: x t a n - l x * C , t a n - r x - * l n 1 1+ x r l - C , t a n - r x * C , :xtan-rr-*ln (1,+x2)*C, I In Illustration L observe that the first constant of integration c1 does not appear in the final result. This is true in general, and we prove it as follows: Bv writing u * C, in place of a in formula 2, we have ff

J

u du: u(a* C,)-

+ Cr)du J kt

:uo*cru-[adu-crIau JJ

:uu*cfl-[oa"-cfl :nn-

[ o au J Therefore,it is not necessaryto write C1when finding a from do. EXAMPLE 1:

Find

f

I rln xdx

J

SOLUTION:Let Lt-- ln r and da : x dx. Then ,dxxz au: x2 ,v2

. h r d x - i t n xt I .vz

It+ _ 1;I^

'_. d( ,x

2

|tnx

txz ln lx EXAMPLE 2: f

Find

f rsinxdx

J

xdx

tx' '+ C

SOLUTTON: Let Lt- r andl d v : s i n r : d x Then du-dx

a n d 7 ) - - cos S )c

Therefore, we have f

I r sin x dx:-x J

f

c o sx )+ f c o sx;ddx :

--ficos.

J

x + sinx+. C

BY PARTS 495 11.2INTEGRATION 2: IN

o ILLUSTRATION

Example 2, if instead of our choice s of u and du as

above, we let and

Lt: sin r

da:xdx

we get

and o:tf

du:cosxdx So we have f

J

f r sinx dx:i sin--;

1f

J

f cosx dx

The integral on the right is more complicated than the integral with which we started, thereby indicating that these are not desirable choices for z o and ilo. It may happen that a particular integral may require repeated applications of integration by parts. This is illustrated in the following example.

EXAMPTn 3:

Find

r I xze*dx J

- x2 and da - et dx. Then soLUTIoN: Let u and 7):er

du-Zxdx We have, then, ff

I xre" dx: JJ

xzet - 2 | xe' dx

We now apply integration r,t-x

by Parts to the integral on the right. Let

and d0:etdx

Then and u:e*

dil-dx So we obtain

ff | *t" dx-xex-

JJ

| e'dx

:xet-er+C Therefore, f I x"" dx: )cze" zlxe" er + C]

J

: Nzen- Zxe' * 2e'+ C

Another situation that sometimes occurs when using integration by parts is shown in ExamPle4.

I

TECHNIQUES OF INTEGRATION

Find

soLUTroN: Let u - e, and du - sin x dx. Then du:

sin x dx

e* dx

and

T)-- -cos x

Therefore,

r I e" sin xdx

cos x dx

JJ

The integral on the right is similar to the first integral, exceptit has cosr in place of sin r. We apply integration by purts again by letting fr:et

and d0-cosxdx

So

dil-e'dx

and o-sinx

Thus, we have ff

t * s i nx d x JI J

e'cosx* [e'sin x-

| e* sinxdx]

Now we have on the right the same integral that we have on the left. so we add I e" sin x dx to both sides of the equation, thus giving us

r

2 l e ' s i nx d x J

Dividirg

e ' c o sx * e " s i n x * e

on both sides by 2, we obtain

r

I t " s i n x d x - + e " ( s i n x - c o sr ) + C J In applying integration by parts to a specific integral one pair of / chrrices fot u and du may work while another pair may nofl We saw this in Illustration 2, and another case occurs in Illustration 3. OI

LLUSrRarroN 3: In Example 4, rn the step where we have

fr

l t " s i nx d x : - e * c o s x *

JJ

l t * c o sx d x

i f v ve evaluate the integral on the right by letting

u-cosff di: we get

and d0:e*dx

-sin x dx and u : er

fa-r

t" sin x dx Jl J ff

I t" sin x dx: JJ

e* cosx * (e" cosr * l t" sin x dx) I e* sin x dx

BYPARTS 11.2INTEGRATION

,497""

In Sec. 10.8 we noted that in order to integrate odd powers of the secantand cosecantwe use integration by parts. This processis illustrated in Example 5.

EXAMPLE 5:

soLUTroN: Let Lt- secr and da : sec2x dx. Then du : sec r tan x dx and a - tan x

Find

f

I sect x dx J

Therefore, fr xdx=sec xtanxI sec3 JJ rf I secsx dx: secr tan xJJ

ffr I s e c tx d x : s e c JJJ

xtanx-

f s e cx t a n z x d x | secr(seczx- I) dx | s e c tx d x *

| s e cx d x

Adding I secsx dx to both sidet, yu get

r 2 | t".t xdx:secrtanr*ln J

l s e cx * t a n x l+ 2 C

f

x d x - + s e c r t a n) c + * l n l s e cx + t a n r l + C lsecs

Integration by parts often is used when the integrand involves logarithms, inverse trigonometric functions, and products.

11..2 Exercises In Exercises L through t6, evaluate the indefinite

1.

f

Jrnxdx

u..! x3'dx I

t a n - lx d x lx r L0. sin(ln r) dx J 7.

integral.

, UJ

,6I#"

tA

? I-cos2xdx g,/ 'i"-'\x dx

3.

8. *' stn3x dx I

,.

''ir. I#. 14. /.r.'

6.

xdx I-secz I.'tnxdx I

e* cosx dx

L2. x'e" dx I x dx

1s.

/r".'xdx

TECHNIQUES OF INTEGRATION

In Exercises17 through 24, evaluatethe definite integral. t . [:'" sin 3r cosx dr Jo

F\. Jo ,-j L'^

e*asin4xdx

cos2x itx {9 '-' f _x2 J-n

'-') f ,r,, a, $ Jo

,r. 1""'o-x surr cotxcsc cscx r 4tr itx Jtu

zz. fn '"' ,.,

sec-,t/i dx

,0. [""'' cos\/2x dx Jo

e. ,4'

r Jo

x sin-r x ilx

/,$. fi"a the area of the region bounded by the cule y : In x, the r axis, and the line x: ez. ?$. fi"a the volume of the solid generated by revolving the region in Exercise25 about the r axis. {}. ni"a the volume of the solid generated by revolving the region in Exercise25 about the y axis. 28. Find the centroid of the region bounded by the cule y : er, the coordinate axes, and the line : r 3. 29' The linear density of a rod at a point r ft from one end is 2e-t slugs/ft. If the rod is 6 ft long, find the mass and center of mass of the rod. 30' Find the centroid of the solid of revolution obtained by revolving about the x axis the region bounded by the curve y : sin x, the x axis, and the line x: tr. 31' A board is in the shape of a region bounded by a straight line and one arch of the sine curve. If the board is submerged vertically in water so that the straight line is the lowei bound ary 2 ft below the surfaceof the water, find the force on the board due to liquid pressure. 32' A particle is rnoving along a straight line and s ft is the directed distance of the particle from the origin at t sec.rf o f t / s e ci s t h e v e l o c i t ya t f s e c , s : 0 w h e n f : 0 , a n d o . s : t s i n t , f i n d s i n t e r m so f f a n d a l s os w h e n t : t n . 33' A water tank full of water is inthe shape of the solid of revolution formed by rotating about the r axis the region bounded by the cuwe y: e-", the coordinate axes, and the line r: 4. Find the work d6ne in pumping all the water to the top of the tank. Distance is measured in feet. Take the positive r axis vertically downward. 34. The face of a dam is in the shape of one arch of the curve y :100 cos z&ozrrand the surface of the water is at the top of the dam' Find the force due to liquid pressure on the face of the dam. Distance is measured in feet. 35' A manufacturer has discovered that if x hundreds_of units of a particular commodity are produced per week, the marginal iost is determined by x2'r' and the marginal revenue is d'etermined by s . z-ttz,wliere both the production cost thousands of dollars' If the weekly fixed costs amount to $2000,find the *a"i-.r* *"etaf frorit ili:::T:ftTarein

11.3 INTEGRATION By TRIGONOMETRIC SUBSTITUTION

If the integrand contains an expression of the form \/ar=, \/FTE, or {F=V, where a } O,iiis often possible to perform the integration by making a trigonometric substitution which reiults in an inte_ gral involving trigonometric functions. we consider each form as a separate case. Case 1: The integrand contains an expression of the form \/F7A, a > 0. we introduce a new variable 0 by letting u: a sir, g, where 0 < 0 =+rif u > 0 and -*rr < g < 0 iIu < 0. Ttrendu: a cos0 d0,and,

\/F=7 : \/|r=}Gfr

0:{F6=R6

: a@0

Beggge'-*n= 0 -in,cos 0 - 0; hence,\re 0:cos 0, andwe have \/F=7: a cos0. Because sin 0: ula and.-trr - 0 = t,,it followsthat 0 : sin-r(ula).

SUBSTITUTION 499 BY TRIGONOMETRIC 11.3 INTEGRATION

soLUrIoN:'Letr:3 sin d, where0 < 0 < tnif. x > 0 and-*rr 0) and 11'3.2 (for x < 0). We see that cot9: V9 - *lr. Therefore, t/g =7 f ..F--

I

, --t dx

\5=7

_,,__,x c - sin-ri*

F i g u r e1 1 . 3 . 2

Case 2: The integrand contains an expression of the form \817, a > 0. we introduce a new varidble 0 by letting u: a tan 0, where 0 < 0 < tn lf.u > 0 and -Lo < e < O if u < }'Then du: a secz0 il9'and

\/F 1fr : GTV@o

: a{I+ffin:

a{@T

:sec0' andwehave B e c a u s-ei n < 0 < t n , s e c 0> 1 ; t h u s\ / s @ e -in g: < izr, it followsthat < 0 ula and tan \/7 + fr: sec0. Because 0: tan-r(ula).

EXAMPLE

2:

r | !x'+ JI

EVAIUATC

5 dx

solurroN: Letr: tEtan0,where0 < 0 < irif.x = 0and-izr < 0 < 0if r < 0. Then dr: \6 se& 0 d0 and

\ffi

_m-\6\@_\E

sec0

Therefore,

sec'ade 0 d0) dx: | \re secO(fi secz | \ffi / JJ Using the resultof Example5 of Sec.1L.2,we have | \m

J

dx:f

r " . 0 t a n0 + * t " P e ce + t a n g l + C

: TECHNIQUES OF INTEGRATION

r>0 F i g u r e11 . 3 . 3

F i g u r e11 . 3 . 4

we find sec0 from Figs.11.3.3(for x - 0) and 1,1.3.4 (for r < 0), where tarr 0 : xlt6. We see that sec e: \/FTEIVE. Hence, ,5 ax: 2

-tx \ffi -tx \ffi

*Bh l\ffi *Bh (lffi

*xl -Brr,\6 +c *r) +cl

Because\ffi*x)0,wedroptheabsolute-valuebars. case 3:_ The integrand contains an expression of the form t/F1v, a > 0. we introduce a new variable d by letting u: a sec0, where < 0 0 a andr < 0 a. ln Fig.11.3.5,u --flt sec d: ula =-1, and z < 0 0 for all x in the open interval (0, 3), then /"'is increasing on the open interval (0,3). Therefore, the absolute minimum value of f " on [0, 3] is f " (0), and the absolute maximum value of f " on [0, 3] is f " (3).

f"(il --h

andf"\3)-&

T a k i n g n - 0 o n t h e right side of (4), w€ get

3 ( r\L _1 -:r,.\-ru)z

2048 Taking n 3 on the right side of (4), w€ have \L - 3122 L2 \E2s )Z

11 45,000

Therefore, if e1 is the error in the result of Example L, we conclude

1L.8 Exercises In Exercises 1 through 14, compute the approximate value of the given definite integral by the trapezoidal rule for the indicated value of z. Express the result to three decimal places.In ExercisesI through 8, find the exact value of the definite integral and compare the result with the approximation.

TECHNIQUESOF INTEGRATION

526

1. ['4,n:S Jr )c'

4. 7.

r2

Jrx!4-f fr

J,

z . f " Jt *lx ' , n : 8

3.

?rrdx 5 . J,ffi;n:5

6.

J,

dx;n-8

sinr dx;n-5

8.

fn

J,

ln(l * x') d x ;n - 4 \R

dx;n-6

tr cos x2 dx; n:

LL. [' ," dx; nJo

14.

fr

J.

4

5

g.

r2

Jo*"dx;n-4 f3

J,

V l + x 2d x ; n - 6

sin r dx; n [37rtz x Jnn

6

1 . 2f." + i " d x ; n - 6 L*x Jo

VI + xsdx;n: 4

In Exercises15 through 20, find. the bounds for the error in the approximation of the indicated exercises. 15. Exercise1 15. Exercise2 12. Exercise3 18. Exercise6

19. Exercise 1.1

20. Exercise L0

21. The integral Io' e-" dx is very important in mathematical statistics. It is called a "probability integral" and it cannot be evaluated exactly in terms of elementary functions. Use the trapezoidal rule with n :5 to find an approximate value and express the result to three decimal places. 22. The region bounded by the curve whose equation is y : g-ttz, the r axis, the y axis, and the line r: 2 is revolved about. the r axis. Find the volume of the solid of revolution generated. Approdmaie the definite integral by the trapezoidal rule to three decimal places, with z :5. 23' Show that the exact value of l& t/+ - f dx ig z. Approximate the definite integral by the trapezoidal rule to three decimal places,with z:8, and compare the value so obtained with the exact value. 24. Show that the exactvalue of.t losdxl (x * 1) is ln 2. Approximate the definite integral by the trapezoidal rule with n : 6 to three decimal places, and compare the value so obtained with the exact value of ln2 as given in a table.

11'9 SIMPSoN'S RULE

1L.9.LTheorem

Another method for approximating the value of a definite integral is provided by Simpson'srule (sometimesreferred to as the parabotiirute). For a given partition of the dosed interval [a, bl, simpson,s rule rr,r"liy gives a better approximation than the trapezoidal rule. Howevei, simpson's rule requires more effort to apply. tn the trapezoidal rule, successive points on the graph of y: /(r) are connected by segments of straight lines, whereas in simpson's rule the points are conhectJaby ,"gments of parabolas. Before simpson's rule is developed, we statl an--d pnove a theorem which will be needed. If.Po(xs,Ao),Pr(xr, U), and pr(xr, Ar\ are three noncollinearpoints on the parabola having the equation y: A* + Bx * C, where Ao2 0, Ar > 0, Az > 0, xr : xo * h, and xz : xo * 2h, then the measure of the area of the region bounded by the parabola, the r axis, and the lines l: xo arrdx: x, is given by *h(yo*4yr*yr)

(1)

11 . 9 S I M P S O N 'R SU L E

( x o ,y o )

527

pRooF: The parabola whose equation is y : Ax2 * Bx * C has a vertical 'axis. Refer to Fig. 1'1..9.'1., which shows the region bounded by the parabola, the x axis,and the lines r : ro afld x: xz. BecausePo, Pr, and P, are points on the parabola, their coordinates satisfy the equation of the parabola. So when we replace xlby xs * h, and xrby xs*2h,wehave yr: Axoz* Bxs-l C lr : A(xo + h)2 + B (16* h) + C : A(xs2I 2hxs* h2) + B (xo+ h) + C U z : A ( x o + 2 h ) z* B ( x s + 2 h ) + C : A ( x n z* 4 h x s +4 h 2 )* B ( x e+ 2 h ) + C Therefore, Ao* 4yr* yr-

F i g u r e11. 9 . 1

A ( 6 x o ' * 1 2 h x 0+ t h ' ) + B ( 6 x o + 6 h ) + 6 C

(2)

Now if K square units is the area of the region, then K can be computed by the limit of a Riemann sum, and we have

K- lim Atr-0

n sl Ll i:l 2h

(At,'* Bt,+ c) L,x (Ax' * Bx + C) dx

- $Ax3+ LBx' +

- +A(ro* 2h)'

2h)2+ C(ro + 2h) - (*Axr' + +Bxo'* Cxs)

- +hlA(6xo'* L2hx0+ th2) + B(6xo+ 6h) + 6Cl

(3)

Substituting from (2) in (3), we get K- *hlyot 4y, * yrl

I

Let the function f be continuous on the closed interval [4, b]. Consider a regular partition of the interval la, bl of 2n subintervals (2n is used instead of z becausewe want an even number of subintervals). The length of each subinterval is given by Ar : (b - a) l2n. Let the points on the curve y: f(x) having these partitioning points as abscissasbe denoted by Po(xo,yr), Pt(xt, yr), , Pro(xzn,!zn)) see Fig. 77.9.2,where /(r) = O for all x in fa, bl. We approximate the segmentof the ctfivey : f (x) from Psto P2by the segment of the parabola with its vertical axis through Pr, Pr, and Pr. Then by Theorem 11.9.1the measureof the area of the region bounded by this parabola,the r axis, and the lines r:ro and x: xz,withh: Lx, is given by $ Ar(yo * 4y, * yr) or

* Ar[/(ro) + af k)

+ f (xr)]

In a similar manner, we approximate the segment of the curve

528

T E C H N I Q U EO S F INTEGRATION

N

I N

n-

A:Xo.Xr

X2

i

Xs

X+

X5

X6

N F 1

I

\ N

HH

F i g ur e 1 1. 9 . 2

,

+

f1*2n L N

y : f (x) from P" to Paby the segment of the parabola with its vertical axis through P2,Ps,and Pn.The measure of the area of the region bounded by this parabola, the x axis, and the lines r: xs and x: xt is given by

i Lx(yr* 4ys* y,) or t Axff(xr)+ 4f(xr)+ f(x)l This processis continued until we have n such regions, and the measureof the area of the last region is given by

* Axlyro-r*4ar,-'* ar) or t Lx lf(xr^) + +1@r*_r) + f(xr*)l The sum of the measuresof the areas of these regions approximates the measure of the area of the region bounded by thelurv" *io"u uq,rution is y : f(x), the r axis, and the lines r : a andx: b. The measureof the area of this region is given by the definite integral ft fG) dx. so we have as an approximation to the definite integral

t Ax[f(x)+af@)+f(x,)l+ t Axlf(x,) +4f(x")+f(x)]+ . . . + * AxLf@zn-) t 4f(x,,-r)+ f(xr^-r)l+g axlf(xr^_r) + 4f(x2,) + f(xr^)l dx -: * Arlf (xo) + a f Q , ) + z f ( x r ) + a f f t s ) + Z f (+ x .)

+ 2f(xzn_z) + 4f(xrn_J+ f Gill where Lx - (b - a)l\n. Formula (4) is known as Simpson,srule.

ExAMPLEL: Use Simpson,s rule to approximate the value of

soLUrIoN' *, and

Applying Simpson's rule with 2n: 4, we have Ar : +(1 -

1, 12

lf (xi + af@r)+ 2f(xr)+ af@s)+ f (x)l

. . G)

RULE 1 1 . 9S I M P S O N ' S

with 2n: 4. Give the result to four decimal places.

The computation of the expression in brackets on the right side of (5) where f(x): U(x + l)' is shown in Table 1'!'.9.'l', Substituting the sum from Table 11'9'1in (5), we get

:

+

: Q.69325+ (8.31905)

T a b l e 1 7 . 9. 1

xi 0 t 2 3 41

kt

f@)

0 0.25 0.5 0.75

L.00000 0.80000 0.66567 0.57143 0.50000 4

kr'f@i)

| L.00000 3.20000 4 L-33334 2 2.28572 4 10.50000

k,f(x) - 8.31e06

i :0

Rounding off the result to four decimal places gives us F dy: J, x+t

Q v '.vG' vg g g

The exactvalue of y; dxl(x + 1) is found as follows:

I:h:'n

l r + t l ] , : r n 2 - l n 1: r n 2

From a table of natural logarithms, the value of ln 2 to four decimal places is 0.6931,which agreeswith our aPProximllion in the first three -0.0002' plu."t. And the elror in our aPProximationis In applying simpson,s rule, the larger we take the value of.Zn, the smaller will be the vaiue of. Lx,and so geometrically it seemsevident that the greater will be the accuracyof the approximation, becausea parabola p"rJttg through three points of a curve that are close to each other will be close to the curve throughout the subinterval of width 2 Ar' The following theorem, which is proved in advanced calculus, gives a method for determining the error in applying Simpson's rule' The error is denoted by es. 11.9.2Theorem

' Let the function f be continuous on the closed interval la, bl, and f , f " , ftt' and fcv)all exist on la, bl- lf It fb

€s: I f@)dx-S Ja

530

TECHNIQUEO S F INTEGRATION

lvhere s is the approximatevalue of [! f (x) dr found by simpson'srule, then there is somenumber 11in fa, bl such that €,s: -rto (b - a)f Gv\ (il (Ax)n EXAMPLN2:

Find the bounds for

(6)

SOLUTION:

the effor in Example1.

f(x): (x* 1)-' f'(x) f " ( x ) 2 ( x* 1 ) - ' f "' (r) : -5(x * t;-+ f ( i v )( r ) : 2 4 ( x * t ; - s (x) : - 120(x * 1) -u 1 o rt . f al \ ljm q i:- A t "/r*rr-'r)+c.a>o dx I 18. al \ l@:=srnn 19. Find the length of the catenary y:

cosh x from (ln 2, *) to (In 3, t).

20. The graph of the equation

t7-r:cginh-l 'l\-l-'VAry' is called a tractrix. Provethat the slope of the curve at any point (x, y) is -Vl{FT.

Polarcoordinates

13.1 THE POLARCOORDINATE SYSTEM

13.1.THE POLAR COORDINATE SYSTEM P(r, 0) Figure

F i g u r e1 3 . 1 . 2

-

7 61r

F i g u r e1 3 . 1 . 3

F i g u r e1 3 . 1 . 4

F i g u r e1 3 . 1 . 5

P(-n,t,)

a.-A-.

1.1 70 F i g u r e1 3 . 1 . 6

Until now we have located a.point in a plane by its rectangular cartesian coordinates. There are other coordinate systems that can be used. Probably the next in importance to the cartesian coordinate system is the polar coordinatesystem.In the cartesian coordinate system, the coordinates are numbers called the abscissa and the ordinate, and these numbers are directed distances from two fixed lines. In the polar coordinate system, the coordinates consist of a distance and the measure of an angle relative to a fixed point and a fixed ray (or half line). The fixed point is called the pole (or origin), and it is designated by the letter "O." The fixed ray is called the polar axis (or polar line), which we label OA. The ny OA is usually drawn horizontally and to the right, and it extendsindefinitely (seeFig. 13.1.1). Let P be any point in the plane distinct from O. Let 0 be the radian measure of the directed angle AOP, positive when measured counters its initial clockwise and negative when measured clockwise, having aas side the ny OA and as its terminal side the ny OP. Then ift r is the undirected distance from O to P (i.e., ,: lOPl\, one set of polar coordinates of P is given by r and 0, and we write these coordinates as (r' 0)' o rLLUsrRArroN1: The point P(4, ta) is determined by first drawing the angle having radian measure $2, having its vertex at the pole and its initial side along the polar axis. Then the point on the terminal side, which is four uriits from the pole, is the point P (see Fig. 13.1.2).Another set of polar coordinatesfor this samepoint is (4,-&rr); see Fig. 13.1.3.Furthermore, the polar coordinates (4, #rr) would also yield the same point, as ' shown in Fig. 13.L.4. Actually the coordinates (4, $n *2nn), where n is any integer, give the same point as (4,trr). So a given point has an unlimited number of sets of polar coordinates. This is unlike the rectangular cartesian coordinate system becausethere is a one-to-one conespondence between the rectangular cartesiancoordinates and the position of points in the plane, whereas there is no such one-to-one correspondence between the polar coordinates and the position of points in the plane. A further example is obtained by considering sets of polar coordinates for the pole. If r: 0 and 0 is any real number, we have the pole, which is designated by (0, 0). We consider polar coordinates for which r is negative. In this case, instead of the point being on the terminal side of the angle, it is on the extension of the terminal side, which is the ray from the pole extending in the direction opposite to the terminal side. So if P is on the extension of the terminal side of the angle of radian measure 0, a set of polar coordinates of P is (r, 0), where r: -lOPl. is the same . rLLUSrRArroN2: The point (-4, -ttr) shown in Fig. 1"3.1'.5 -&r), another set 1. Still and (4, fzr) in Illustration point as (4, *n), (4, of polar coordinatesfor this samepoint is (-4, l*zr); seeFig. 13.1'6. . The angle is usually meastlred in radians; thus, a set of polar coordi-

556

POLARCOORDINATES

nates of a point is an ordered pair of real numbers. For eachordered pair of real numbers there is a unique point having this set of polar coordinates. However, we have seen that a particular point can be given by an unlimited number of ordered pairs of real numbers. If the point p is not the pole, and r and0 arerestricted so thatr > 0 and0 < 0 < 2rr,then there is a unique set of polar coordinates for p. EXAMPLE1: (a) plot the point having polar coordinates (3, -3r). Find another set of polar coordinates of this point for which (b) r is negative and 0 (c) r rs positive and 0 (d) r is negative and -2n < 0 < 0.

solurroN: (a) The point is plotted by drawing the angle of radian measure -3a in a clockwisedirection from the polar axis. Becauser)0,p is on the terminal side of the angle, three units from the pole; see Fig. 1,3.1,.7a. The answersto (b), (c), and (d) are, respectively,(-3,$r), (3,trl), and (-3, -En).They are illustrated in Fig. 1,3.1.2b, c, and d. 4_

5"

o/ / x

-+" PQ,_3I

7r

* { p(- 3,

\

+c

4 o(_r,

(b)

(a)

-+c

(d)

F i g u r e1 3 . 1. 7

(,, (*,

often we wish to refer to both the rectangular cartesian coordinates and the polar coordinates of a point. To do this, we take the origin of the first system and the pole of the second system coincident, the polar axis as the positive side of the r axis, and the ray for which 0 : in as the positive side of the y axis. suppose that P is a point whose representation in the rectangular cartesian coordinate system is (x, y) and (r, g) is a polar-coordinate representation of P. we distinguish two cases:r > 0 and r < 0.In the first case, if r ) 0, then the point P is on the terminal side of the angle of 0 radians,and r: loPl. Such a caseis shown in Fig. 13.1.g.Then cos d: xl lOPl : xlr and sin 0 : Vllo-Pl : Alr; and so x-rcose

F i g u r e1 3 . 1 . 8

and y-rsrn0

(1)

In the second case, tf r I 0, then the point P is on the extension of the terminal side and r--lOTl (see Fig. 13.1.9).Then if a is the point (- x , -y), we have -x -X -X x cosg=

=l@T

So x- rcos0

;Fl

:-,:

r

(2)

13.1 THE POLARCOORDINATE SYSTEM

557

Also,

-y) Q(- x,

-a-a-va

sino:16T:l6FT:=:; Hence,

P

F i g u r e1 3 . 1. 9

y:rsin9 (3) Formulas (2) and (3) are the same as the formulas in (L); thus, the formulas (1) hold in all cases. From formulas (1) we can obtain the rectangular cartesiancoordinates of a point when its polar coordinates are known. Also, from the formulas we can obtain a polar equation of a curve if a rectangular cartesian equation is known. To obtain formulas which give a set of polar coordinates of a point when its rectangular cartesian coordinates are known, we square on both sides of each equation in (1) and obtain 'f: rz cosz0 and A2: 12 sinz0 Equating the sum of the left members of the above to the sum of the right members, we have **y':12

cos2 o * r z s i n zo

or, equivalently, * * Y': rz(sin2o * coszo) which gives us *+Yz:rz and so (4)

Fromthe equationsin (1) and dividinS,we have r s i ne - _ y ,'cosg i or, equivalently, :':: if lt*i+fi i$il1ii.::':::i:i'iiiiiiirii:i;i::i:li':'ii::i

(5)

ri;1i1r-1i fffitl++i+++

. rr,r.usrRArrorv3: The point whose polar coordinates are (-6, Znt) is plotted in Fig. 13.1.10.We find its rectangular cartesian coordinates. From (L) we have

.10 F i g u r e1 3 . 1

x - r c o s0 - -5 cosZn

y-rsin0 - -6 stn tn

POLAR COORDINATES

--3\n Sothe point is (-3 \n,3\n). The graph of an equation in polar coordinates r and 0 consists of all those points and only those points P having at least one pair of coordinates which satisfy the equation. If an equation of a graph is given in polar coordinates, it is called a polar equation to distinguish if from a cartesianequation,which is the term used when an equation is given in rectangular cartesian coordinates. EXAMPLr'2: Given a polar equation of a graph is 12:4stn20 find a cartesian equation.

SoLUTIoN:

Because y2 - x, + y, and

sin 20:2 sin 0 cose - zfulr)(xlr),

from (1) we have, upon substituting in the given polar equation,

x 2+ Y ' : 4 ( D + ' ; x2* y',:w r2 xz*Y': !!V = x'+y, (x'*y')'-8xy

EXAMPTn3: Find (r, 0) tf r > 0 and0 I and ot I 0. These two casesare and 13.4.2.InFig. 13.4.L,a) 0 and 1:a-0' illustratedin Figs. 1.3.4.1 In Fig. 13.4.2,a 1 0 and 1: T - (0 - a). In each case, tan 1: tan(a - 0)

o F i g u r e1 3 . 4 . 1

or, equivalently, tanX:

tan a-

tan 0

(2)

L+tan o-tan0

Substituting the value of tan a from (1,)in (2), we get

(?i' # t,G\;'""') : =^"u : tan x t.K" :') tant #*

r -tan e

#*

r tanz0

o#*r-no

Hence, Figurc 13.4.2

iiit+il++$fi+f+1iffi

(3)

more Comparing formula (3) with formula (1), you can see why it is coordinates. desirable to consider 1 instead of a when working with Polar ExAMPLEL: Find 1 for the cardiotdr- a* a sin 0 at the point (Ea, En).

soLUTIoN: See Fig.

acose

'1.3.4.3. Because

a * a sin 0, we have

572

POLARCOORDINATES

Applying formula (3), we get tan

a*asin0 acos0

1+sin0 cos 0

Therefore, at the point (ra, tn),

tt/s ft-- v3

t a nX - # : = 3 So X: *n

F i g u r e1 3 . 4 , 3

EXAMPLE2: Find to the nearest L0 min the measurement of the smaller angle between the tangent lines to the curyes r - Z cos 20 and r - 3 sin 20 at the point

Pefr,t.o).

If B is the radian measureof the anglebetweenthe tangentlines at P?\/2,grr),then F: xt- x, So tan B: tan(11- 12) or, equivalently, tan '6 - =tT xt tan x' 1 + tan Xr tany"

(4)

and tan X2 arcfound from formula (3). For tan yr, r: _ and, Tul,I, drld0: -6 sin 20. So Figure 13.4.4

1 f-A - -n-Awr_ : _3 6c o s 2 0 sin n:-)cot20 When 0 : tzr, tan 1, : -* cot izr : -*. For tan Xz,r:3 sin 20 and,drlilT: 6cos 20. So

t a n ; i:,m : | t a n z o When e - *n, tan Xz: t tan LEzr : t. Substituting tan Xr: -* and tan Xz:* in (4), we obtain

: 1l + = t a n B--@ --+

-1

4

j

cos20

13.5 AREA OF A REGIONIN POLARCOORDINATES

The angle of radian measure B has a measurementof 125'50'to the nearest L0 min. So the measurement of the smaller angle between the two tangent lines is 180o- 125'50': 53o10'.

1-3.4 Exercises In Exercises1 through8, find 1 at the point indicated. 2. r : a0; (tra, Ezr) l. r0 : a; (a, l) 4. r:asin*g; (tra,*r) 7. t2 : a2 cos20;

la

1

3' r : a sec20;(t/-za,-+r) 6. r:acoslli(iuIa,Jzn)

5. r:02;(*n',tr) \

\U,i")

8' t:

a(l-

sin 0); (a' r)

at the In Exercises9 through 12, hnd a measurement of the angle between the tangent lines of the given pair of curves indicated point of intersection.

t {i=i:trt,(*r2a,rn)

'n {;=Lo"u.e;@,*d

y: 4 cos^o. --2, - ' o&n) "/ n. " ' . t r : 4 c o s 2 0 - 3 -: '\

p. {:=;'"::\:t the pole U:l pair of curvesat all In Exercises13 through 15,find a measurementof the anglebetweenthe tangentlines of the given points of intersection.

: 2(1- cos 0) ' 17. Prove that tan 1 : tan *0 at all points of the cardioidt 18. Prove that at each point of the logarithmic spiral r: beoe,1is the same' L9. prove that at the points of intersection of the cardioids r: pe{pendicular for all values of.a arrd b.

a(l * sin 0) and r:

20. Prove that at the points of intersection of the fwo curyes r: Pe{Pendicular.

1.3.5AREA OF A REGION IN POLAR COORDINATES

a sec2te and r:

b(l - sin 0) their tangent lines are b csc2te their tangent lines are

In this section a method is developed for finding the area of a region bounded by a curve whose equation is given in polar coordinates and by two lines through the pole. Let the function / be continuous and nonnegative on the closed interval [a, B]. Let R be the region bounded by the curve whose equation is /: /(0) and by the lines 0 : a and 0: B. Then the region R is the region AOB shown in Fig. 13.5.1' ConsiderapartitionAof[a,B]definedbyo:0o0.It can be shown bycompleting the squares in r and y that an equation of the form (5) can be put in the form

( x- h ) ' 11

(v- k)'

A

C

(6)

CONIC SECTIONS

If. AC > 0, then A and C have the same sign. If G has the same sign as A and C, then Eq. (5) can be written in the form of (2) or (3). Thus, the graph of (5) is an ellipse. 2: Suppose we have the equation o ILLUSTRATToT.T 6**9y2-24x-54y*51:0 which can be written as 6(f-4x)+9(y2-6y):-5L Completing the squares in r and y, we get 6(f -4x* 4) +9(y'-6y t 9):-51 +24+81 or, equivalently, 6(x-2)2+9(V-3)2:54 which can be put in the form (x-2)'

--_-r

(y -3\' , --]-:

J?

This is lr, un,r",roi of the form of Eq. (6).By dividing on both sidesby 54 we have ( x - 2 ) ' _ ( y---z-: -3)'_.,

9 -

'

which has the form of Eq. (2).

o

If in Eq. (5) G has a sign opposite to that of A and C, then (5) is not satisfied by any real values of r and y. Hence, the graph of (5) is the empty set. . rLLUsrRArroN3: Supposethat Eq. (5) is 6**9y2-24x-54y*1L5:0 Then, upon completing the squares in r and y, we get 6(x-2)z a9(! -3)':-115 + 24+8L which can be written as (x-2\' ------i-

(y -3)' T, -=___i_:

_10

(7)

T h i s i s l r , n " f o r - t E q , . ( 6 ) , w h e rGe : - 1 0 , A : 6 , a n d C : 9 . F o r a l l values of r and y the left side of Eq. (7) is nonnegative; hence, the graph of (7) is the empty set. . If G:0

in (6), then the equation is satisfiedby only the point (h, k).

14.6 THE ELLIPSE

609

Therefore, the graph of (5) is a single point, which we call a point-ellipse. o rLLUsrRATroN4: Becausethe equation 6f*9y2-24x-54Y*105:0 can be written as

(*

,2)'*(y *+

_ . 9 )_' o '

its graph is the point (2, 3).

If the graph of Eq. (5) is a point-ellipse or the emPty set, the graph is said to be degenerate. lf. A: C in (5), we have either a circle or a degeneratecircle, as mentioned above. A circle is a limiting form of an ellipse. This can be shown by considering the formula relating a, b, and.e fot an ellipse: bz: az('[,_d) From this formula, it is seent$at as e approacheszero, b2approaches 42. lf b2: az,Eqs. (2) and (3) become (x- h)'+ (y - k)': az which is an equation of a circle having its center at (h, k) and radius a. We see that the results of Sec.1.6 for a circle are the sameas those obtained for Eq. (5) applied to an elliPse. The results of the above discussion are summarized in the following theorem. 14.5.1Theorem

If in the generalsecond-degreeEq. (4) n:0 and AC > 0, then the graph is either an ellipse, a point-ellipse, or the empty set. In addition, if A: C, then the graph is either a circle, a point-circle, or the empty set'

Determine the graph of the equati on 25x2* I6Y2 * 150r - L28y - LIL9: Q.

soLUrIoN: From Theorem'1,4.5.7, becauseB:0 and ng:(25)(t0): 4O0> 0, the graph is either an ellipse or is degenerate. Completing the squares in r and y, we have 25(x2* 6x + 9) + l6(y', - 8y * 16) - 1119+ 225+ 256

EXAMPLE1:

2 5 ( x+ 3 ) ' + l 6 ( y - 4 ) ' : (x*3)2 -(y-+)':1 100 54

L500 *

(8)

Equation (8) is of the form of Eq. (3), and so the graPh is an ellipse having its principal axis parallel to the y axis and its center at (-3' 4).

610

T H E C O N I CS E C T I O N S

ExAMPLE2: For the ellipse of Example 1.,find the vertices, foci, directrices, eccentricity, and extremities of the minor axis. Draw a sketch of the ellipse and show the foci and the directrices.

solurroN: From Eq. (8) it follows that a:'1.0 and b : 8. Becausethe center of the ellipse is at (-3, 4) and the principal axis is vertical, the vertices are at the points V'(-3, -5) and V(-3,l4). The extremitiesof the minor axis are at the points B'(_1t'1.,4)and B(5,4). Becauseb: a{1V, we have

8:101T=7 and, solving for e,weget e: $. Consequently,ae:6 and ale:ry. Therefore, the foci are at the points F'(-3, -2) and F(-3, L0). The corresponding directrices have, respectively, the equations y : -+ and y: 92. A sketch of the ellipse, the foci, and the directricesare in Fig. 14.6.1.

v V:

directrix

3

(- z,t+) v

\

(-3, L0) F

( - 1 1 , 4)

B',

?3,4)

\t | | r I I r

B (s,4) tl

r, r,J

F,

-/ .J

(-3, -6) V',

y:

- T38

directrix

F i g u r e1 4 . 6 . 1

EXAMPLE3: Find an equation of the ellipse for which the foci are at (- 8, 2) and (4,2) and the eccentricity is 3. Draw a sketch of the ellipse.

soLUrIoN: The center of the ellipse which is halfway between the foci is the point (-2, 2). The distance between the foci of any ellipse is 2ae, and the distance between (-8,2) and (4, 2) is L2. Therefore, we have the equation Zae: 12. Replacing e by *, we get 2a(|) : 12, and so a:9. Because b : a{177, we have

b:9lT=@:9lT=4:3rE The principal axis is parallel to the x axis; hence, an equation of the ellipse is of the form of Eq. (2).Because(h, k): (-2,2), a:9, and b : 3V5, the

-

14,6THE ELLIPSE

611

required equation is

( x! 2 ) ' 8L

*

(y _z)'_ 45

1

A sketchof this ellipse is shown in Fig. "1.4.6.2.

(- 2,2+ 3\/s)

\ ,2)

( - 1 1 , 2)

lrrrrltl \

- ___L!.?)____ 7, 2)

lttlll/

o ./

(-2,2 - 3\/-s) F i g ur e 1 4

We conclude this section with a theorem that gives an altemative definition of an ellipse. The theorem is based on a characteristic property of the ellipse. 14.6.2 Theorem

d'

/(-+,vp

r

-/h o .,,/

,p,

An ellipse can be defined as the set of points such that the sum of the distances from any point of the set to two given points (the foci) is a constant. pRooF: The proof consists of two parts. In the first part we show that the set of points defined in the theorem is an ellipse. In the second part we prove that any ellipse is such a set of points. Refer to Fig 14.6.3 in both parts of the proof. Let the point Pt(rt, Ar) be any point in the given set. Let the foci be the points F'(-ae,0) and F(ae,0), and let the constant sum of the distances be 24. Then

lrEl + 1fi1:2o Using the distance formula, we get

Y - - A ' L e

F i g u r e1 4 . 6 . 3

{G=7*Tt7

* {Q,*i{tT y}:26 \/@=1d"TT : 2a- \/Cn ad"W

Squaring on both sides of the above equation, we obtain x( - 2Ae4 * azE * yl : 4a2- Aa\/(it + aAY + y7 * xr' * 2aex1+ a2e2* yr'

7 612

THE CONIC SECTIONS

or, equivalently,

\/GfidrTt!:

a+ exl

Squaring on both sides again, we get xr2+ 2aeh I azez* yr' : a2+ 2nex,* dxr2 ('l'- E)x12* Yt': a2(1'- e2) x,2

-:

71,2

-J- ---------!-:-:1

a2(l - 8) Becauseb2: az(l - e), and replacing 11and yrby x and y, respectively, we obtain a2

f

1t2

7+ fr:1 which is the required form of an equation of an ellipse. Now consider the ellipse in Fig. 1.4.6.3;Pr(xr,yr) is any point on the ellipse. Through P, draw a line that is parallel to the r axis and that intersects the directrices d and d' at the points Q and R, respectively. From Definition 14.3.1it follows that

lF-ql: elR4l and lFEl: 'ltr'al Therefore,

lrEl + lFEl:'(lR4l+ lFrel)

(e)

RPt and PrQ are both positive because an ellipse lies between its directrices. Hence,

:2- (-3):'+ Ro

(10)

Substituting from (10)into (9),we get

l F E l+ l E l : 2 a which proves that an ellipse is a set of points as described in the theorem. I

o rLLUsrRArrow 5: The ellipse of Example L has foci at (-3, -2) and (-3, 10), and 2a: 20. Therefore, by Theorem '1.4.6.2 this ellipse can be defined as the set of points such that the sum of the distancesfrom any point of the set to the points (-3, -2) and (-3, 10) is equal to 20. Similarly, the ellipse of Example3 can be defined as the set of points such that the sum of the distancesfrom any point of the set to the points (-8,2) and (4,2) is equal to 18.

14.7THE HYPERBOLA 013

Exercises L4.6 In Exercises1 through 5, find the eccentricity, center, foci, and directrices of each of the given ellipses and draw a sketch of the graph. 3.5x2* 3y'-3y-L2:0 2. 9x2* 4y' - l8x * l6y - 1L : 0 1. 5x2+ 9y'- 24x- 54y+ 51 - 0 5. 4x2* 4y' * 20x 32y + 89 0 6. 3x2* 4y'- 30r * L6y + 100- 0 4. Zxz* 2y' - 2x * L8y + 33 0 In Exercises7 through 12, find. an equation of the ellipse satisfying the given conditions and draw a sketch of the graph. 7. Foci at (5,0) and (-5,0);

one directrix is the line x:-20.

8. Vertices at (0, 5) and (0, -5)

and passing through the point (2,-tr6l

9. Center at (4, -2) , a vertex at (9 , -2), 10. Foci at (2,3) and (2,-7) LL. Foci at (-L,-l)

.

and one focus at (0 , -2).

and eccentricity of &.

and (-1 ,7) and the semimajor axis of length 8 units.

L2. Directrices the lin es y - 3 + +&s and a focus at (0 , -2) .

13. The following graphical method for sketching the graph of an ellipse is based on Theorem 14.6.2.Todraw a sketch of the graph of the ellipse 4* * y2: 15, first locate the points of intersection with the axes and then locate the foci on the y axis by use of compassesset with center at one point of intersection with the r axis and with radius of 4. Then fasten thumbtacks at each focus and tie one end of a string at one thumbtack and the other end of the string at the second thumbtack in such a way that the length of the string between the tacks is2a:8. Place a pencil against the string, drawing it taut, and describe a curve with the point of the pencil by moving it against the taut string. When the curve is completed, it will necessarilybe an ellipse, becausethe pencil point describes a locus of points whose sum of distances from. the two tacks is a constant. 14. Use Theorem 14.6.2to find an equation of the ellipse for which the sum of the distancesfrom any point on the ellipse to (4, -1) and (4, 7) is equal to 12. 15. Solve Exercise 14 if the sum of the distances from (-4, -5) and (5, -5) is equal to 16. 15. A plate is in the shape of the region bounded by the ellipse having a semimajor axis of length 3 ft and a semiminor axis of length 2 ft. If the plate is lowered vertically in a tank of water until the minor axis lies in the surface of the water, find the force due to liquid pressure on one side of the submerged portion of the plate. 77. lI fhe plate of Exercise 15 is lowered until the center is 3 ft below the surface of the water, find the force due to liquid pressure on one side of the plate. The minor axis is still horizontal.

74.7 TII'E HYPERBOLA

In Sec.14.5 we leamed that an equation of a hyperbola having its center at the origin and its principal axis on the r axis is of the fotm *laz - y'lb': 1..Interchanging x and y in this equation, we obtain

(1) which is an equation of a hyperbola having its center at the origin and its principal axis on the y axis.

614

THE CONIC SECTIONS

o ILLUsrnnrroN L: The hyperbola with an equation

v' 9

x2 - 1 4 1,6

has its foci on the y axis because the equation is of the form (1).

o

Note that there is no general inequality involving a andb corresponding to the inequality a > b f.or art ellipse. That is, for a hyperbola, it is possible to have a 1b, as in Illustration 1.,where a:3 and b:4; or it is possible to have a ) b, as for the hyperbola having the equation y'125-*lt6:1, where a:5 and b:4. If.,for a hyperbola,a:b, then the hyperbola is said to be equilateral We stated in Sec.1.4.4that a hyperbola has asymptotes, and we now show how to obtain equations of these asymptotes. In Sec.A.2hofizontal and vertical asymptotes of the graph of a function were defined. What follows is a more general definition, of which the definitions in Sec.4.2 are special cases. 14.7.1Definition Thegraphof theequation y:f(x) hastheliney:mx*basan tote if either of the following statements is true:

asymp_

(i) lim

lf(x)-(mx+b)l:0 (ii) lim l f ( x ) ( m x + b ) l : 0 t-*@

t--@

Statement (i) indicates that for any € > 0 there exists a number N > 0 such that

lf(x)

( m x+ b ) l < e

whenever r > N

that is, we can make the function value /(r) as close to the value of mx * b as we please by taking r large enough. This is consistent with our intuitive notion of an asymptote of a graph. A similar statement may be made for part (ii) of Definitron 1,4.7.1.. For the hyperbola f la' - y'lV : 1.,upon solving for y, we get

\m So if

f(x)

b a

\tr4

we have lim ff-*@

r i mP \ f f i - l r l

r-*6

LA

A

- ffi-i(ffi*r) :_- b , l:r_ m O \m* 6r r-+a

J

x

14.7THEHYPERBOLA615 b ,.

-oP

;"11ffi+x :Q

Therefore, by Definition'1.4.7.1, we conclude that the line A: bxla is an asymptote of the graph of. y:bt@:Fla. Similarly, it can U:_glovvn that the line y:bxla is an asymptote of the graph of y:-bV*azla. Consequently, the line y:bx/a is an asymptote of the hyperbola f laz -y'lV:1.. [n an analogousmanner, we can demonstrate that the line y:-bxla is an asymptote of this same hyperbola. We have, then, the following theorem. 14.7.2Theorem The lines b Y: o*

and

b y:--x,

are asymptotes of the hyperbola

f _u'-t a2W

Figure 14.7.1shows a sketch of the hyperbola of Theorem'1.4.7.2together with its asymptotes. In the figure note that the diagonals of the rectangle having vertices at (a, b), (a, -b) , (- a, b), and (- a, -b) are on the asymptotes of the hyperbola. This rectangle is called the auxiliary rectangle of the hyperbola. The vertices of the hyperbola are the points of intersection of the principal axis and the auxiliary rectangle.A fairly good sketch of a hyperbola can be made by first drawing the auxiliary rectangle and then drawing the branch of the hyperbola through each vertex tangent to the side of the auxiliary rectangle there and approaching asymptotically the lines on which the diagonals of the rectangle lie. There is a mnemonic device for obtaining equations of the asymptotes of a hyperbola. For example, for the hyperbola having the equation 1, if the right side is replaced by zeto, we obtain flaz *la'-y'lbz- y2lb':0. Upon factoring,this equationbecomes(xla Vlb) (xla * ylb) : 0, which is equivalentto the two equationsx/a ylb:0 and xla * ylb:0, which, by Theorem 74.7.2,are equations of the asymptotes of the given hyperbola. Using this device for the hyperbola having Eq. (1), we see and that the asymptotes are the lines having equations yla- xlb:0 yla* xlb:0, which are the same lines as the asymptotesof the hyperbola with the equation *lbz - f lo': 1. These fwo hyperbolas are called conjugatehyperbolas. The asymptotes of an equilateral hyperbola (a: b) are perpendicular to each other. The auxiliary rectangle for such a hyperbola is a square, and the transverse and conjugate axes have equal lengths.

616

THE CONIC SECTIONS

If the center of a hyperbola is at (h, k) and its principal axis is parallel to the x axis, then if the axes are translated so that the point (h, k) is the new origin, an equation of the hyperbola relative to this new coordinate system is *u2

7-F:

t

If we replace 7 by x - h and ! by V - k, this equation becomes (2) Similarly, an equation of a hyperbola having its center at (h, k) and its principal axis parallel to the y axis is (3)

EXAMPLE1: The vertices of a hyperbola are at (-5 , -3) and (-5 , -I), and the eccentricity is \8. Find an equation of the hyperbola and equations of the asymptotes. Draw a sketch of the hyperbola and the asymptotes.

solurroN: The distance between the vertices is 2a, and so ,, : L. For a hyperbola, b: alV - 7, and therefore b: t{5 - 7: 2. Becausethe principal axis is parallel to the y axis, an equation of the hyperbola is of the form (3). The center (h, k) is halfway between the vertices and is therefore at the point (-5,-2). We have, then, as an equation of the hyperbola (y+2)'_(r*5)2_,, 1, 4-:r Using the mnemonic device to obtain equations of the asymptotes, we have lu*2

x*5\ly*2*r*5\:n

\=----u-/t

1

2 t

which gives y*2:*(r+5) Figure 14,7.2

and y *2:-*(x+5)

A sketch of the hyperbola and the asymptotes are in Fig. 1,4.7.2. If in Eqs. (2) and (3) we eliminate fractions and combine terms, the resulting equations are of the form A* + Cyz* Dx * Ey -l F:0 (4) where A and C have different signs; that is, AC < 0. We now wish to show that the graph of an equation of the form (4), where AC < 0, is either a hyperbola or it degenerates.Completing the squares in x and y in Eq. (4), where AC < 0, the resulting equation has the form a2(x-h)2-

B'(y-k)':H

(s)

14.7 THE HYPERBOLA 617

lf H ) 0, Eq. (5) can be written as (x-h)'

(V-k)'_.

T_T:I q:2

B'

which has the form of Eq. (2). o rr,r,usTnarron2: The equation 4xz- l2yz I 24x * 95y - 18L- 0 can be written as 4(* * 6x) - lz(y' - 8y) : L8L and upon completing the squaresin r and Ar wE have , 4(x' * 5x * 9) - tZ(y' - 8y + 16) : 181+ 36 - 192 which is equivalent to 4(x+3)2-12(y-4)2:25 This has the form of Eq. (5), where H: (x*3)'

25 > 0. It may be written as

(y-4)'_.,

TT:I which has the form of Eq. (2). If in Eq. (5), H < 0, then (5) may be written as (x-h\' U-k)' -lE[---lE[--r q2 which

.1

B',

has the form of Eq. (3).

o rLLUsrRArron3: Suppose.thatEq. (4) is 4*-12f*24xI96y-131:0 Upon completing the squares in r and y,we get 4(x*3)2-tZ(Y-4)2:-25 This has the form of Eq. (5), where H:-25 (y-4)'_(x*3)2 2n at

26 -T

( 0; and it may be written as

_,

which has the form of Eq. (3). It H = Q in Eq. (5), then (5) is equivalent to the two equations a(x - h) - BQ - k) : 0 and u(x- h) + P(y - k) : 0

618

THE CONIC SECTIONS

which are equations of two shaight lines through the point (h, k). This is the degeneratecaseof the hyperbola. The following theorem summarizes the results of the above discussion. 14.7.3 Theorem

If in the general second-degreeequation Af + Bxy t Cyz* Dxt Ey * F:0 B : 0 and AC < 0, then the graph is either a hyperbola or two intersecting straight lines.

ExAMPLE2: Determine the graph of the equation 9x2- 4y'- 18r - l6y + 29- 0

soLUTroN: From Theorem 14.7.3, because B:0 and AC: (9) (_4) _ -36 ( 0, the graph is either a hyperbola or two intersecting straight lines. Completing the squares in r and A, we get

9 ( x ' - 2 x + 1 ) - + ( y ' * 4 y+ 4 ) - - 2 9 + 9 - 1 , 5

(6)

Equation (6) has the form of Eq. (3), and so the graph is a hyperbola whose principal axis is parallel to the y axis and whose center is at (1, -2). ExAMPLE3: For the hyperbola of Example 2, find the eccentricity, the vertices, the foci, and the directrices. Draw a sketch of the hlryerbola and show the foci and the directrices.

v(L,1)

//

-/ /a v :

-,2 *, o

nt/t3

x,

t..! F' d

I I \ I V'(L, - 5 ) I I I I

-2 -

O

-

nVts

Figure14.7.3

solurrorT: From Eq. (5) we see that a : 3 and b:2. b: a{e2 - 1; thus,

For a hyperbola,

2:31F1 and solving for e, we obtain , : 4l/I3. Becausethe center is at (1, -2), the principal axis is vertical, and a:3, it follows that the vertices are at the points V'(1,-p andV(1,1). Becauseae: {8, the foci are at the points F' (1, -2 - Vi3) and F(1, -Z + tfr). Furthermore, a/e: #ffi; hun.", the directrix corresponding to the focus at F' has as an equationy:-2 - rtv13, and the directrix corresponding to the focus at F has as an equation y : -2 * r+Vi3. Figure 14.7.3 shows a sketch of the hyperbola and the foci and directrices.

14.7 THE HYPERBOLA 6 1 9

Just as Theorem 1.4.6.2 gives an altemate definition of an ellipse, the following theorem gives an alternate definition of a hyperbola. 1'4.7.4Theorem

A hyperbola can be defined as the set of points such that the absolute value of the difference of the distances from any point of the set to two given points (ihe foci) is a constant. The proof of this theorem is similar to the proof of Theorem 14.5.2 and is left as an exercise (see Exercises13 and 14). In the proof, take the foci at the points F'(-ae,0) and F(ae,O),and let the constant absolute value of the difference of the distances be 2a. See Fig. 14,7.4.

Pt(x1, y)

o rlr.usrnarron 4: Because the hyperbola of Example 2 has foci at (1,-2- Vtgl and (1, -2+ \ffi) and2a:6,itfollowsfromTheoremll7.4 that this hyperbola can be defined as the set of points such that the absolute value of the difference of the distancesfrom any point of the set to the points (1,-2 - vEZTand ('1,,-2 + rffil is 6. The graph of the general second-degreeequation

F'(- ae, o)

F(ae, O)

Af*Bxy*Cy'*Dx*Ey+F-0

(7)

'1.4.6. In this section we where B : 0 and AC > 0, was discussed in Sec. have so far considered the equation when B : 0 and AC < 0. Now if for Eq. (7), B : 0 and AC:0, then either A: 0 or C: 0 (we do not consider A: B: C:0 becausethen Eq. (7) would not be a quadratic equation). Supposethat in Eq. (7), B:0, A:0, and C # 0. The equation becomes Figure 14.7.4

Cy'*Dx*Ey+F-0

(8)

If D + 0, (8) is an equation of a parabola. lf D : 0, then the graph of (8) may be two parallel lines, one line, or the empty set. These are the degenerate cases of the parabola.

o rllusrRArrow 5: The graph of the equhtion 4y' - 9: 0 is two parallel lines; 9y2* 6y * 1 : 0 is an equation of one line; and 2y' * y * 1 : 0 is . satisfied bv no real values of u. R ,irrritu, discussionf,ofi if B :0,C summarized in the following theorem. 14.7.5Theorem

: 0, and A # 0. The resultsare

If in the generalsecond-degreeEq. (T),B:0 and either A:0 and C # 0 or C: 0 and A + 0, then the graph is one of the following: a parabola, two parallel lines, one line, or the empty set. From Theorems 1.4.6.'1., 14.7.3, and 1.4.7.5,it may be concluded that the graph of the general quadratic equation in two unknowns when B:0 is either a conic or a degenerate conic. The type of conic can be deterrrined from the product of A and C. We have the following theorem.

620

THECONICSECTIONS 14.7.6 Theorem

The graph of the equation Af * Cy2* Dx t Ey * F: 0, where A and C are not both zero, is either a conic or a degenerateconic; if it is a conic, then the graph is (i) a parabolaif either A: 0 or C: 0, that is, iL AC: 0; (ii) an ellipseif A and C have the same sign, that is, if. AC > 0; (iii) a hyperbolaif A and C have opposite signs, that is, if AC < 0. A discussion of the graph of the general qu4dratic equation, where B + 0, is given in Sec.14.8.

Exercises 1-4.7 In Exercises1 through 6, tind the eccentricity, center, foci, directrices, and equations of the asyrnptotesof the given hyperbolas and draw a sketch of the graph. 1. 9xz- l8y' * 54x- 36y + 79- 0 2. xz - y' + 6x * l}y - 4- 0 3. 3y'- 4x2- 8x - 24y - 40 - 0 4 . 4 x 2- y ' + 5 6 x * 2 y + 1 9 5- 0

5 . 4 y ' - 9 x 2 * I 5 y * 1 8 r: 2 9

6. y 2 - x 2 + 2 y - 2 x - L : 0

In Exercises7 through 12, find an equation of the hyperbola satisfying the given conditions and draw a sketch of the gruph. 7. One focus af (26, 0) and asymptotes the lines l2y : -+5r. 8 . Center at (3, -5) , a vertex at (7, -5) , and a focus at (8, -5). 9. Center at (-2, -l), a focus at (-2, 14), and a directrix the line 5y : -SS. 10. Foci at (3,5) and (3,0) and passingthrough the point (5,3 + 6l\/5). 1 L . One focus at (-3 - Zt/B,1), asymptotesintersectingat (-3, 1), and one asymptotepassingthrough the point (1,7). 12. Foci at (-1,1)

and (7,4) and eccentricityof 3.

13. Prove that the set of points, such that the absolute value of the difference of the distancesfrom any point of the set to two given points (the foci) is a constant, is a hyperbola. 14. Prove that any hyperbola is a set of points such that the absolute value of the difference of the distancesfrom any point of the set to two given points (the foci) is a constant. 15. Use Theorem 14.7.4Io find an equation of the hyperbola for which the difference of the distances from any point on the hyperbolato (2,1) and (2,9) is equal to 4. 16. Solve Exercise15 if the difference of the distances from (-8,-4)

and.(2,-4)

is equal to 5.

17, Three listening posts are locatedat the points A(0, 0), B(0, +) , and C(T, 0), the unit being 1 mile. Microphones located at these points show that a gun is * mi closer to A than to C, and I mi closer to B than to A. Locatethe position of the gun by use of Theorem 14.7.4. 18. Prove that the eccentricity of an equilateral hyperbola is equal to \n.

14.8 ROTATION OF AXES

We have previously shown how a translation of coordinate axescan simplify the form of certain equations. A translation of axes gives a new coordinate system whose axes are parallel to the original axes. We now

14.8 ROTATIONOF AXES

F i g u r e1 4 . 8 . 1

621

consider a rotation of coordinate axes which enables us to transform a second-degreeequation having an ry term into one having no such term. Suppose that we have two rectangular cartesian coordinate systems with the same origin. Let one system be the ry system and the other the ry system. Suppose further that the i axis makes an angle of radian measure c with the r axis. Then of course the y axis makes an angle of radian measure a with the 3i axis. In such a case,we state that the xy system of coordinates is rotateil through an angle of radian measure a to form the iy system of coordinates. A point P having coordinates (r, y) with respect to the original coordinate system will have coordinates (x' y) wlth respect to the new one. We now obtain relationships between these two sets of coordinates. To do this, we introduce two polar coordinate systems, each system having the pole at the origin. In the first polar coordinate system the positive side of the r axis is taken as the polar axis; in the second polar coordinate system the positive side of the f axis is taken as the polar axis (see Fig. 1a.8.1).Point P has two sets of polar coordinates, (r, 0) and (7, 0), wherc 7:r

(1)

and e-0-a

The following equations hold: x-7cos0

(2)

and y-lsin0

Substituting from (1) into (2), we get x - r cos(e- q and y - r sin(O- q.)

(3)

Using the trigonometric identities for the sine and cosine of the difference of two numbers, Eqs. (3) become 2: r cosOcos a * r sin 0 sin a and ! : r sin0 cos a- / cos 0 sin a Becauser cos0 : x and r sin 0 : y, we obtain from the above two equations x-rcosa+ysLna

(4)

y--xsina+ycosa

(s)

and Solving Eqs. (a) and (5) simultaneously for x and y in terms of i and y, we obtain (5) '

(7)

It is left as an exercise to fill in the steps in going from (4) and (5) to (6) and (7) (see Exercise L).

T H E C O N I CS E C T I O N S

ExAMPLE7: Given the equation xy -- L, find an equation of the graph with respect to the x and y axes after a rotation of axes through an angle of radian measure *r.

sol,urroN: Taking a: *r in Eqs. (6) and (7), we obtain

* : $ x1-_f i Y

1_

a n a A : n q1 x * f i . 1Y_

Substituting these expressionsfor r and y in the equation rU : l, we get

(#-+,)(#c+#,) -1

or/ equivalently,

This is an equation of an equilateral hyperbola whose asymptotes are the bisectors of the quadrants in the ry system. Hence, we conclude that the graph of the equation ry:1is an equilateral hyperbola lying in the first and third quadrants whose asymptotes are the x anil y axes (see Fig. 1a.8.2).

Figure

'1,4.7 In Sec. we showed that when B: 0 and A and C are not both zero, the graph of the general second-degreeequation in two unknowns,

Af*Bxy*Cy'*Dx*Ey+F-0

(8)

is either a conic or a degenerate conic. We now show that if B * 0, then any equation of the form (8) can be transformed by a suitable rotation of axes into an equation of the form

At, + ey,+ Dr+ Ev+ F- o

(e)

where A and C are not both zero.

If the ry system is rotated through an angle of radian measule a, then to obtain an equation of the graph of (8) with respect to the xy system, we replace x by x cos c - ! sin a *d y by r sin c * ! cos a. We get

Af+Bxy+Cy'+Dx+Ey+F-0

(10)

where A-

A cosza + B sin a cos a + C stnz a

B--ZA

sinacos a+ B(cosa z-

C-Astnza-B

sinza)+2Csinacosa

(11)

s i n C I c o sa + C c o s z a

We wish to find an a so that the rotation transforms Eq. (8) into an

14.8ROTATION OF AXES equation of the form (9). SettingB from (11) equal to zero, we have B(cosz a - sinz a) + (C - A)(2 sin d cos a) : 0 or, equivalently, with trigonometric identities, B cos2a * (C - A) sin 2a:0 Because B * 0, this gives

#"Eil$#$F...'$js+++++li $

(r2)

We have shown, then, that an equation of the form (8), where B + 0, can be transformed to an equation of the form (9) by a rotation of axes through an angle of radian measure a satisfying (12). We wish to show that A and C in (9) are not both zero. To Prove this, notice that Eq. (1'0) is obtained from (8) by rotating the axes through the angle of radian measure c. AIso, Eq. (8) can be obtained from (10) by rotating the axes back through the angle of radian measure (-a). If A and C in (10) are both zero, then the substitutions r:r

c o sa * y s i n a a n d ! : - x s i n

o * y c o sa

in (10) would result in the equation D1r cosa* y sin Q + E(xsin a * y cose) * F: 0 which is an equation of the first degree and hence different from (8) because we have assumed that at least B # O. The following theorem has, therefore, beBn proved. 14.8.1 Theorem

If B + 0, the equation Af * Bxy_* Cyz_* Dx_* Ey_* F: 0 can b_etrans; formed into the equation A* + Cyz + Di + E, + F :0, where A and C are not both zero, by a rotation of axes through an angle of radian measure d for which cot2a: (e_ C)IB. By Theorems L4.8.1and'14.7.6,it follows that the graph of an equation of the form (8) is either a conic or a degenerateconic. To determine which type of conic is the graph of a particular equation, we use the fact that A, B, and C of Eq. (8) and A, B, and C of Eq. (10) satisfy the relation Bz - 4AC:

82 - 4AC

(13)

which can be proved by substituting the expressionsfor A, B, and C given in Eqs. (11) in the right side of (13). This is left as an exercise(see Exercise 15).

The expression 82 - 4AC is called the discriminantof Eq..(8). Equation (L3) states that the discriminant of the general quadratic equation in two

F-

I

THECONICSECTIONS

variables is inaariant under a rotation of axes. If the angle of rotation is chosen so that B:0, then (13)becomes Bz- MC:-4AC (14) From Theorem 14.7.6it follows that if the graph of (9) is not degenerate, then it is a parabolaif. Ae : 0, an ellipse it Ae > 0, and a hypeibola if AC < 0. So we conclude that the grapLof (9) is a parabola, an ellipse, or a hyperbola depending on whether-4AC is zero, negative, orpositive. Becausethe graph of (8) is the same as the graph of. (9), it follows from (14) that if the graph of (8) is not degenerate, then it is a parabola, an ellipse, or a hyperbola depending on whether the discriminant 82 - 4AC is zero, negative, or positive. We have proved the following theorem. 14.8.2 Theorem

The graph of the equation A * * B x y* C y ' * D x * E y * F : 0 is either a conic or a degenerateconic. If it is a conic, then it is (i) a parabolaif.82- MC:0; (ii) an ellipseif 82 - MC < 0; (iii) a hyperbolaif 82 - 4AC > 0.

EXAMPLE2: Given the equation lTxz - l2xy * 8y'- 80 : 0, simplify the equation by a rotation of axes. Draw a sketch of the graph of the equation showing both sets of axes.

solurroN: 82- MC: (-12), - 4(17) (8) : -400 < 0. Therefore,by Theorem 14.8.2,the graph is an ellipse or else it is degenerate.To eliminate the xy term by a rotation of axes,we must choose an a such that A-C .F' cotzd.: B

: L7-8 _12:-4

3

There is a 2o. in the interval (0, zr) for which cot2q.: -$. Therefore, o is in the interval (0, trr).To apply (6) and (7) it is not necessaryto find a so long as we find cos a and sin a. These functions can be found from the value of cot 2a by the trigonometric identities cos Because cot

1+ cos2a

2 and 0

and

sin ot:

So

L

\tr sln q. -

2

\E

Substitutingx : il {5 - 2V| \tr andy : 2il \fS + yI \B in the given equa-

REVIEWEXERCISES 625

tion, we obtain

/#-AIy+4Y,'\_rz 17[. s /

)cy- 2y' 5

+8(ry-80-o

Upon simplification, this equation becomes x2+4Y':t6 or, equivalently,

r' *!' - 1 ' 1,5 E So the graph is an ellipse whose maior axis is 8 units long and whose minor axis is 4 units long. A sketch of the ellipse with both sets of axes is shown in Fig. 14.8.3.

Figure 14.8.3

74.8 Exercises y terms of I and'y' 1. Derive Eqs. (6) and (7) of this section by solving Eqs. ( ) and (5) for x and in axes. Draw a sketch of the graph In Exercises 2 through 8, remove the xy term from the given equation by a rotation of and show both sets of axes. 2. x2*xY+A2:3

3.24xy-7y'+36-0

4. 4xy * 3x2: 4

5. xy -8

6. 5x2* 6xy * 5y'- 9

7. 3Lx2+ 106*Y * 2tY2:'!'M

8. 5x2* Z}l.6xy * 25y' :324 Draw a sketch of the graph In Exercises9 throu gh t4, simplify the given equation by a rotation and translation of axes. and show the three sets of axes. 10. x 2 - L } x y * y ' * x * y + 1 - 0 9. x2+xy+y2-3y-6:0 L2. 3 x 2 - 4 x y * 8 r - 1 - 0 11. 17x2- L2xy * 8y' - 68x* 24y - 12 0 14. 19xz* 6xy * t|yz - 25x + 38Y+ 31 - 0 13. Llx2- 24xy * 4y'* 30r + 40y- 45 0 - 4AC is invariant under a 15. Show that for the general second-degreeequation in two variables, the discrimin ant 82 rotation of axes.

Reaiew Exercises(ChaPter14) In Exercises L through of the graph.

6, find a cartesian equation of the conic satisfying the given conditions

1. Vertices at (1, 8) and (1,-4);

e:

?.

2. Foci.at (-5 , L) and (1, !); one vertex at (-4, t). 3. Center at the origin; foci on the x axis; e -2; containing the point (2,3).

and draw a sketch

THE CONIC SECTIONS

4. Vertexat (4,2); focusat (4,-3); e:1. 5. A focus at (-5, 3); directrix: x: -3; e: *. 5. A focus ar (4, -2); directrix: ! :2; e: *. In Exercises7 through 10, find a polar equation of the conic satisfying the given conditions and draw a sketch of the graph. 7. A focus at the pole; vertices at (2, rr) and (4, r). 8. A focus at the pole; a vertex at (6, ln); e : I. 9. A focus at the pole; a vertex at (3, En); e: l. 10. The line r sin d: 5 is the directrix corresponding to the focus at the pole and e: *. In Exercises11 through 14, the equation is that of a conic having a focus at the pole. In each Exercise,(a) find the eccentricity; (b) identify the conic,' (c) write an equation of the directrix which coresfonds to the focus at tfre pole; (d) draw a sketch of the curve.

In Exercises15 through 18, the equation is that of either an ellipse or a hyperbola. Find the eccentricit5z,center, foci, and directrices, and draw a sketch of the graph. If it is a hyperbola, also find Lquations of the asymptotes. 1.5.4f + y' + 24x- l6y + 84 - 0 17. 25x2- y2 * 50r + 5y - 9- 0

16. 3x2- 2y, + 6x - gy + 1L : 0 18. 4x2* gy' + 32x- lgy + 37 - 0

In Exercises19 and 20, simplify the given equation by a rotation and translation of axes.Draw a sketch of the graph and show the three sets of axes. 19.3f -3xy-y2-5y

-0

20. 4x2* 3xy * y, - Gx* 12y- 0

21. Find a polar equation of the parabola containing the point (2,*rr), whose focus is at the pole and whose vertex is on the extension of the polar axis.

22. lf lhe distance between the two directrices of an ellipse is three times the distance between the foci, find the eccentricity. 23. Find the volume of the solid of revolution generated if the region bounded by the hyperbola f la" - yrlbr:1. and the line r: 2a is revolved about the y axis. 24. Show that the hyperbola f - y': 4 has the same foci as the ellipse x2 + 9yz :9. 25. Find an equation of the parabola having vertex at (5, 1), axis parallel to the y axis, and through the point (9,3). 25. Show that any equationof theform xy I ax*by -f c:0canalwaysbewrittenintheform x,y,:kbyatranslationof the axes, and determine the value of k. 27. Any section of a parabolic mirror made by passing a plane through the axis of the mirror is a segment of a parabola. The altitude of the segment is L2 in. and the length of the base iJ ts in. A section of the mirror made by pi"^" p"rpendicular to its axis is a circle. Find the circumference of the circular plane section if the plane perpendicular " to the axis is 3 in. from the vertex. 28. The directrix of the parabola y2 :4pr is tangent to a circle having the focus of the parabola as its center. Find an equation of the circle and the points of intersection of the two curves. 29. A satellite is traveling around the earth in an elliptical orbit having the earth at one focus and an eccentricity of The *.

REVIEWEXERCISES

closest distance that the satellite gets to the earth is 300 mi. Find the farthest distance that the satellite gets from the earth. 30. The orbit of the planet Mercury around the sun is elliptical in shape with the sun at one focus, a semimajor axis of length 35 million miles, and an eccentricity of 0.206.Find (a) how close Mercury gets to the sun and (b) the greatest possible distance between Mercury and the sun. 3 1 . A comet is moving in a parabolic orbit around the sun at the focus F of the parabola. An observation of the comet is made when it is at point Pr, 15 million miles from the sun, and a second observation is made when it is at point Pr, 5 million miles from the sun. The line segments FP, and FP2are perpendicular. With.this information there are two possible orbits for the comet. Find how close the comet comes to the sun for each orbit.

32. The ardr of a bridge is in the shape of a semiellipse having a horizontal span of 40 ft and a height of 15 ft at its center. How high is the arch 9 ft to the right or left of the center? 33. Points A and B are 1000ft apart and it is determined from the sound of an explosion heard at these points at different times that the location of the explosion is 500 ft closer to A than to B. Show that the location of the explosion is restricted to a particular curve and find an equation of it. 3 4 . F i n d t h e a r e a o f t h e r e g i o n b o u n d e d b y t h e t w o p a r a b o l a s : r : 2 1( l - c o s 0 )

andr:21(J+

cosd).

35. A focal chord of a conic is a line segment passing through a focus and having its endpoints on the conic. Prove that if two focal chords of a parabola ar- perpJndicul,ar, the ium of the reciprocals of the measures of their lengths is a constant. (HrNr: Use polar coordinates.) 35. A focal chord of a conic is divided into two segments by the focus. Prove that the sum of the reciprocals of the measures of the lengths of the two segments is the same, regardlessof what chord is taken. (nrNr: Use polar coordinates.) 37. Prove that the midpoints of all chords parallel to a fixed chord of a parabola lie on a line which is parallel to the axis of the parabola.

Indeterminateforms, improperintegrals, and Taylorbformula

FORMO/O 629 15..1 THEINDETERMINATE 15.1 THE INDETERMINATE Limit theoremg (2.2.9)statesthat if lim /(r) and lim g(r) both exist, then FORM O/O

'

f(x) I'qrt'l

i'gm:ffi'(') provided.nu,rri. r,t ) + 0. There are various situations for which this theorem cannot be used. In particular, if lirn g(r) : 0 and lim /(r) : k, where k is a constant not equal to 0, then Limit theorem 12 (2.4.4) can be applied. Consider the and lim g(r) :0. Some limits of this type case when both lim f(x):0

have previously been considered. 1 TLLUSTRATTONL: We wish

to find

f-x-t2 llm -t---=--r-tX1-JX-+ Here, lim (x' - x - t2) :0 r-4

and lim (f - 3x - 4) :- 0. However, the nur-4

merator and denominator

can be factored, which gives

,. f-x-L2 ,um . k-4)(x*3) n\ ir lx _ 4: G_ 4Xx,+ii Because r + 4, the numerator and denominator can be divided b y ( x - 4 ) , and we obtain 1.

x2-x-12

x*3

,.

fim:lTr+1:B

7

- 0 and lim x - 0; and by Theorem "1,0.2."1,, o ILLUSrnerroN 2: lim sin x Jfr0

l-0

lim

o

fr-O

L5.L.L Definition

(x) - 0 and lim S@): 0, then II f and g are two functions such that ftg f the function f lg has the indeterminate form 0/0 a t a . I-A

15.1.1, (x' - x - l2)l(x2 - 3x - 4) ; ILLUSTRATToN3: From Definition has the indeterminate form 0/0 at 4; however, we saw in Illustration 1 that ,. x2-x-!2 ;--;xz-3x-4 rrFr-:-

7 5

Also, (sin xl x) has the indeterminate form 0/0 at 0, while lim (sin x/ x) : 1', r-o as shown in Illustration 2. o We now consider a general method for finding the limit, if it exists,

INDETERMINATE FORMS,IMPROPERINTEGRALS, AND TAYLOR'SFORMULA

of a function at a number where it has the indeterminate form 0/0. This method is attributed to the French mathematician Guillaume Frangois de L H6pital (7561-L707),,,vho wrote the first calculus textbook, published in 7695.It is known as L'H6pital'srule. 15.1.2 Theorem L'Hopital's Rule

Let / and g be functions which are differentiable on an open interval I, except possibly at the numb er a in I. Supposethat for all x # a in I, g, (x) + 0. Then if lim /(r) :0 and lim g(r) :0, and if

,. f' ( x)

lllll*:

L

"-" 8'\x) it follows that llm Ya

f(x)

-;--i-:

L

8\X)

The theorem is valid if all the limits are right-hand limits or all the limits are left-hand limits. Before we prove Theorem 15.1.2,we show the use of the theorem bv the following illustration and examples. . rLLUsrRArror 4: We use L'H6pital's rule to evaluate the limits in - x-12):0 Illustrations 1 and 2. In Illustration 1, because and l2@, lim (l 3x 4): 0, we can apply L'H6pital's rule and obtain r.

x2-x-12

2x-l

7

;:;2x-3

5

r.

riffr-:rllft-:-

;:;xz-3x-4

We can apply L'Hdpital's rule in Illustration 2 because lim sin x - 0 I-O

and lim x: 0. We have, then, Jf-O

r.

llm t-0

EXAMPLE

Find

sin r X

soLUrIoN:

r. - - I -llm .Z*0

cos .r I

Because lim )c: 0 and lim (l - e") ff-O

I-O

be applied, and we have

l i m ; x ; - l i m + : a - - 1- L ;;t-e*

;;-er

SOLUTION:

l i m ( 1 - x + l n r ) - 1 ,- L + 0 - 0 fi-l

if it exists.

L'Hopital's rule can

FORMO/O 631 15,1THEINDETERMINATE and lim (r3-3x*2):l-3*2:0 a-l

Therefore, applylng L'H6pital's rule, we have r - -x +x + l nnxr 1 r. r'il .liii l r - : r l m - -

-1 +1 x ' ili3*- 3

,r ..

x" -3 x*z Now,becaur" (-t + llx) :0 andlim (3f - 3) : 0,weapplyL'H6piItT tal's rule again giving

ft-r 3f

-

3

Therefore,we conclude r. L-x+lnr um;; x'd-3x*2

L 5

To prove Theorem 15.1.2 we need to use the theorem known as Cauchy's mean-ualuetheorem,which extends to two functions the meanvalue theorem (4.7.2)for a single function. This theorem is attributed to the French mathematician Augustin L. Cauchy (1789-1857),who was a pioneer in putting the calculus on a sound logical basis. L5.L.3 Theorem Cauchu's Mean-V alue Theorem

lf. f and I are two functions such that (i) f andgare continuous on the closedinterval la, bl; ( i i ) / a n d g a r e differentiable on the open interval (a, b); (iii) for all r in the open interval (a, b), g'@) * 0 then there exists a number z in the open interval (a, b) such that .

'(z) f(u)- f(a):f s@)-g(o)-g'(z) pRooF: We first show that g(b) + g(a). Assume g(b) : g(a). Becauseg satisfies the two conditions in the hypothesis of the mean-value theorem (4,7.2), there is some number c in (a, b) such that g'(c) : IS(b)- S@)ll(b- a). But 1f g(b) : g(a), then there is some number c in (a, b) such that g' (c) : 0. But condition (iii) of the hypothesis of this theorem statesthat for all r in (a,b), g'@) * 0. Therefore, we have a contradiction. Hence, our assumption that BQI: g(a) is false. So, g(b) + g(a), and consequent$ g(b) g(a) * 0. Now let us consider the function h defined by

: f(x)- f(a)-ffi1 h(x)

frt,l- s@)l

632

INDETERMINATE FORMS,IMPROPERINTEGRALS, AND TAYLOR'SFORMULA

Then,

h'(x)-f'(x)-lffils,(,1

(1)

Therefore, ft is differentiable on (a, b) because/ and g are differentiable there, and ft is continuous onfn, b] becausef and g are continuous there.

- f(a) -l#=ffi1 rrr,l- 8(a)l : f(a) :o h(a) - f(a) -U%=#l urrr- g(a)l : f(b) :o h(b) Hence, the three conditions of the hypothesis of Rolle's theorem are satisfied by the function ft. So there exists a number z in the open interval (a, b) such that h'(z) : 0. Thus, from (1) we have

f '(,)-

'\?!- f (!), : o s @ )- s \ at s'Q)

(2)

Becauseg' (z) + 0 on (a, b), we have from (2)

f(b)

-

f(q) _ f' (r)

M:76

where z is somenumber in (a, b).This provesthe theorem.

r

We should note that if g is the function such that g(r) : r, then the conclusion of Cauchy's mean-value theorem becomes the conclusion of the former mean-value theorem because then g'(z) : t. So the former mean-value theorem is a special caseof Cauchy's mean-value theorem. A geometric interpretation of Cauchy's mean-value theorem is given in Sec. 77.4. It is postponed until then becauseparametric equations are needed. o rLLUsrRArroN 5: Supposef(x):3f *3x - L andg(r): f - 4x * 2. We find a number z in (0, L), predicted by Theorem 15.1.3.

f

' ( x ) - 6 x+ 3

g'(x)-3x2-4

Thus, / and g are differentiable and continuous eve4rwhere, and for all r in (0, 1), g'@) # 0. Hence,by Theorem 15.1.3,there existsa z in (0,1) such that /(1) /(0) _ 6 z * 3 - 4 s(1) g(0) 3* Substitutingf(1):5, g(1) :-1", /(0):-1, and g(0):2, and solving for z, we have 5- (-1) _62*3 -l-2 322-4

FORM O/O 15.1 THE INDETERMINATE

633

5 2 2* 5 z - 5 = 0

t2 _-5+2\B T2 - 6- 3 + \ B Only one of these numbers is in

(0, 1), namely,z - +(-3 + t@l.

o

We distinguish We are now in a position to Prove Theorem 1'5.1'.2. three cases:(i) r + a+; (i1) x-+ a-; (iii) r -+ a. P R o o Fo F T H E o R E M1 5 . 1 . 2 ( 1 ) : Because in the hypothesis it is not assumed that / and I are define d at a, we consider two new functions F and G for which F(r):f(x)

1 fx #

G(r):g(r)

tfx#a

a

a n d F ( a ): 0 and G(a) : 0

(3)

Let b be the right endpoint of the open interval I given in the hypothesis. Becausef and g are both differentiable on 1, except possibly at d, we conclude that F and G are both differentiable on the interval (4, rl, where a < x < b. Therefore, F and G are both continuous on (a, rl. The functions F and G are also both continuous from the right at a because G(a). F(a), and lim G(r) : lim 8(r) :0: lim F(r) : lim f(x):0: I

t -A+

-A+

Therefore, F and G are continuous on the closed interual la, xf. So Fand G satisfy the three conditions of the hypothesis of Cauchy's mean-value theorem (Theorem L5.L.3) on the interval la, xf. Hence, F(x) - F(a) _ F' (z) G(r) - G(a) G'(z)

(4)

where z is some number such that a < z < r. From (3) and (4) we have

f@--f'(z)

(s)

ilD-m

Because a < z I x, it follows that as x + a+, z + a+; therefore,

lim f9=-hm f'Q)

t - e , +8 \ x )

'

fg

r-a+ 86--:'I.M

(5)

But by hypothesis,the limit on the right side of (6)is L. Therefore, lim f]

r_a+ g\X )

L

I

INDETERMINATE FORMS,IMPROPERINTEGRALS, AND TAYLOR'SFORMULA

The proof of case (ii) is similar to the proof of case (i) and is left as an exercise (see Exercise 27). The proof of case(iii) is based on the results of cases(i) and (ii) and is also left as an exercise (see Exercise28). L'H6pital's rule also holds if either r increases without bound or r decreaseswithout bound, as given in the next theorem. 15.1.4 Theorem Let f and g be functions which are differentiable for all x > N, where N L'H6pital'sRule is a positive constant, and suppose that for all x > N, g'(r) + 0. Then if

- o and - o andif Jl* f@) Jn s(x) f' (x\

r.

J1tre-L it follows that

,. f@) lim --L r-*@ 8\X)

The theorem is also valid if "x -->*q"

is replaced by "x --'s'-6."

pRooF: We prove the theorem for x -+ +6. The proof for r -+ -oo is left as an exercise(seeExercise29). For all r > N, let r: Uf; then t:Llx. Let F and G be the functions defined by F(f) :f(Ut) and G(f) : g(Llt),if.t + 0. Then/(r): F(t) and g(r):G(f), where r )N and 0 < t < UN. From Definitions 4.1.1and 2.3.1,it may be shown that the statements

/tt) : rra and lim F(f) :14

lT

have the same meaning. It is left as an exercise to prove this (see Exercise 30). Because,by hypothesis, lim f (x):0 and lim g(r) : 0, we can r-io t-+@ conclude tJrat lim F(f) : $ and lim G(1) : g

(7)

Considering the quotient F'(t)lG' (t), we have, using the chain rule,

-1r,/1\

F'Gl

Ft \tl

\ t, ' E \t)

P6 \tl

\t/

eit:m:m:N o

f'(x)

Becauseby hypothesis lim f'(x)lg'(x):L, r-*a

it follows from the above

that

lim* t-o+

tr'(t) _ t P

\,

(f)

Becausefor all x ) N, g'Q) # 0,

(8)

FORMO/O 635 15.1THE INDETERMINATE

f o r a l l0 < t . L

G'(t)#0

N

that From (n, (8), and (9), it follows from Theorem 1.5.1..2 r:-

F(f) :

I

I1T@I-L But becauseF(t)lc(t) : f(x)lS@) for all x > N and t + 0, we have

.. f(x) llm -'i:

a-+- 8\r)

L

and so the theorem is proved.

I

Theorems 15.1.2and 15.1.4also hold if L is replacedby *o or -@. The proofs for these casesare omitted. EXAMPIn 3:

Find

solurroN:

lim sin (Ilx) - 0 and lim tan-l (Ux) : Q.So applying L'H6I-*a

, ff-*o

.L-

sln

pital's ryle.we get 1.

lim t-*@

cos-' sin 1 x 4,zi: lim tan-l

(l)

$-*@

\r/

Because lim cos 1= t .?-*@

ryz

and

r.

1

lltfu:,ritfi-l, - 7

.r

it follows that 1, coslim =* -1 t-*@

rya *

f+r Therefore, the given limit is L.

t *E

L5,1 Exercises In Exercises1 through 4, find all values of.z in the given interval (a, b) satrsSng the conclusion of Theorem 15.1.3for the given pair of functions. 1. f (x) : v3S , ( r ) : x 2 ;( a , b ) : ( 0 , 2 )

INDETERMINATE FORMS,IMPROPERINTEGRALS, AND TAYLOR'SFORMULA

636

s i n x , g ( r ) : c o st r ; ( a , b ) : ( 0 , n )

3. f(x):

4 . f ( x ) : c o s2 x , g ( r ) - s i n x ; ( a , b ) - ( 0 , t n )

In Exercises5 throu gh 24, evaluatethe limit, if it exists. v5".; l; it m a n,x*

,

.v ( ' l P

O.

,ir, 2

,.

tanr-x

;;

x- sinr

riffr

7. lim I-*@

I

x )r

8. lim=

r-2 z-

9. lim

x

fi

r)11. lim ln(sin @ - 2x)' "-"i, e2" -

1

14. lim*sinz r ;;

20. lim r-o

llII'

uFr

;:; ,.

ufi

;;

10. lim r-o

€t

er-cosr

"1,0t

^{ ,.

cosh r

,\, r. L=..

X2

t\ f7. . -lli _m;t-2

tan3 0

19. lim I-O

L+cos2x

sinh x-

X

+n_2n

0-sin0

zL. Ilmr_7t r-slnI

I

sin-1x

. -2 . r _ 3 r 13. lim X r-o

r sin r

tan\ 2x 1g. lim ;:; tanh x

)C

r-o

(9.

l .

Lz..

rJ.

cos .r -

.r.r r. 1wr.

d n

iF

o.hm+ sin f2 ;; vet -

--q

( t + x ) r r s- ( 1 - x ) r r s (1+x)rrs-(1 -x)trs

1, 1 +-2tan-r*x2 | 22. lim = 1 x I-*a

sinr

llrrl

n -o

sin3 x

A. electrical circuit has a resistance of R ohms, an inductance of L henries, and an electromotive force of E volts, where R, L, and E are positive. If I amperes is the current flowing in the circuit f sec after a switch is tumed on, then

I:fr(1- e-H,) For specific values of t, E, and L, find lim I E-0+

25. In a geometric progression, if a is the first term, r is the common ratio of two successiveterms, and S is the sum of the first n terms, then tf r # l, - 1) o _ a(r" r-L

p ) -

Find lim S. Is the result consistent with the sum of the first n terms if r : L? T-l

27. Prove Theorem 15.1.2(ii). 28. Prove Theorem 15.1.2(iii). 29. Prove Theorem 15."1,.4 for x + -oo. 30. Suppose that f tt a function defined for all r ) N, where N is a positive constant. If t: Llx and F(f) -- f(Llt), where t + 0, prove that the statements lirh f (x) - M and lim F(f ) - M have the same meaning. .T-

I5.2 OTHER INDETERMINATE FORMS

*@

f-0+

Suppose that we wish to determine if cannot appty the theorem involvi.g

(sec2xlsecz3x) exists. We ):_T,, the limit of a quotient because

FORMS 15.2 OTHERINDETERMINATE

lim seC r:

637

*o and lim seC 3x: *oo. In this casewe say that,the funcr-nl2

c-nl2

tion defined by seC xlsef 3x has the indeterminate form (*oo/*o) at x:+,T. t'H6pital's rule also applies to an indeterminate form of this and (*o/-o). This is given by the type as well as to (-ol-o;, (--l**) following theorems, for which the proofs are omitted because they are beyond the scopeof this book. 15.2.1 Theorem Let / and g be functions which are differentiable on an open interval I, L'H6pital'sRuleexcept posiibty at the number a inl, and supposethat forall x * a inl, --, and lim g(r): *o or -oo, and if 8'@) * 0' Then if lim f (x): *o or

f'(x)

12 s'TJ:' it follows that (t -\

lim r*:

L

e-a $\X)

The theorem is valid if all the limits are right-hand limits or if all the limits are left-hand limits. EXAMPLE

SOLUTION: Because lim ln r "'o+ tal's rule and get

Find

@ and lim (Ux) - +@,w€ apply L'H6piJr.-O+

L

limry- hm+7 -0+I7

15.2.2Theorem L'H6pital'sRule

_7,

hm(-r) -0

-0+I3.-0+

,

Let f and I be functions which are differentiable for all x ) N, where N is a positive constant, and suppose that for all r > N, g' @) + 0. Then if lim f (x) - +co or -@, and lim S@)- +m or -@, and if t-*a

The theorem is also valid 7f "x + +m" is replaced by '1.5.2.2 Theorems "1.5.2.'/-. also hold if L is replaced by f m or and and the proofs for these cases are also omitted.

638

INDETERMINATE FORMS,IMPROPERINTEGRALS, AND TAYLOR'SFORMULA

ExAMPrn 2:

Find

soLUrIoN: Becauselim ln(2 * e") : *oo and lim 3r :]-6, f-*o

by applying

.T-+@

L'H6pital's rule we obtain 7

..

rlm

ln(2 * e'\ ------;:-:

..

o-*o

5X

r-*a

rlm

2 * e" -

.o*

J

:"t11Tf* ec: la *d,1*

Now becaur" Jit

(6 * 3e") : *@, we applyL'H6pital's

rule again and get

gr":

: :5 "11 &" "1T"3

,.e',.er,.11,

"11 o+ Therefore,

ln(2 -t e')

..

1

--------;-:

ulr-l

-

3x

;-;;

solurroN:

3

lim seC r:

*o and lim seC3x: *o. So by applying L'H6-

I-tlz-

I-Tl2-

pital's rule we get seczx a;-:

r. Ilm

r. Irm

,ili2-secz 3x

;:;;r-6

lim 2 sec2r tan x:

2 secz x tan x seC 3r tan 3r and

*a

c-nlz-

lim

6 sec23r tan 3r:

*o

r-nl2-

It may be seen that further applications of L'H6pital's rule will not help us. However, the original quotient may be rewritten and we have seC x

,.

,.

llm ----: a-ntz-S€.C-3X

cos23x

llm a-v12-COS' X

Now, because lim cos23r:0

and lim cos2x:0,

r-nl2-

we may apply

I-il2-

L'H6pital's rule giving r. Ilm lIIl

|.

"-"ir-

cosz 31 --:

1. llm

e,

cosz)c

i-rir-

-6 cos 3r sin 3r -2 cos x sin x

r:_ 3(2 cos 3r sin 3x) :um r-7ft2- (z cos )c st'a x) r. - 3 sin 6x :rtm t-rrl2-

Sln

ZX

Becauselim 3 sin 6x - 0 and lim sin 2x :0, we apply L'H6pital's I -rrl2-

I -7rl2-

FORMS 15,2 OTHERINDETERMINATE

639

rule again and we have L8 cos5x - 18(-1) - o r:- -3: sin 6r - r:-UIrl T:7 cos2x 2(-Ll sin 2x r-nt2"i"ir-Z Therefore, rlm

1:-__ t""" : llm ,,A 5)C r-zrl2-Se9-

g r

The limit in Example 3 can be evaluated without L'H6pital's rule by using Eqs. (11) in Sec.10.1and Theorem 10.2.1.This is left as an exercise (seeExercise28). In addition to 0/0 and +aF@, other indeterminate forms are 0'(*o), {o - (*o), 0, 1t-;0, and 11-. These indeterminate forms are defined analogously to the other two. For instancei if lim /(r) : *o and lim g(r) : 0, then the function defined by f (xftot has the indeterminate form (*o)o at a. To find the limit of a function having one of these indeterminate forms, it must be changed to either the form 0/0 or 1ol-+o before L'H6pital's rule can be applied. The following examples illustrate the method.

EXAMPLE

Find

solurroN:

Becauselim sin-r r : 0 and lim csc x: *a, the function de.f-0+

lim sin-l r csc tr t-

O+

if it exists.

f-Or

fined by sin-l l csc r has the indeterminate form 0 . (+"o; at 0. Before we can apply L'H6pital's rule we rewrite sin-l r cscr as sin-l r/sin r, and consider lim (sin-1 r/sin r). Now lim sin-l r : 0 and lim sin r: 0, and so I -O+

.?-0+

I -O+

we have the indeterminate form 0/0. Therefore, we apply L'H6pital's rule and obtain l -1,

EXAMPLE

Find

SOLUTION: 1.

BCCAU SC L

lim +Jf;-O

'lr3 *

and

fm

I

,.

rlli:l

r-0 f

"

:TJC

SeC X

we have the indeterminate form {owe have .. ll 1 \ secr-l rrm c-o

l--' \I-

r

SeC Xl

lim ( s e cx - 1 ) : 0

rrifi. a-q

l:

and

t-0

Ltg

f

(fo).

Rewriting the expression,

S€C I

(x' secx)

so we apply L'H6pital's rule

and obtain ,.

s e cx - l

llm-:llm g-O f SeC )C

r. 7-O

sec x tan x 2x secx + rP sec x tan x

INDETERMINATE FORMS,IMPROPERINTEGRALS, AND TAYLOR'SFORMULA

640

tan r

!.

:rliFr-

;;2x*x2tanx

Ltg

tanr: 0

and

lim (2x * x2 tan x) I-0

and so we apply the rule again and obtain seczx

:hm lim-talr ;; 2x * xz tan x r-o 2 + 2 x t a n x * x 2 s e c 2 x Therefore,

l i m e - , 1xz secxf\ : 12 "-o

\r'

If we have one of the indeterminate forms, 00, (t*)0, or L!*, the procedure for evaluating the limit is illustrated in Example 6. EXAMPLE 6:

llt

Find

(x * 1)cotr

soLUrIoNl Becauselim (r * 1) : L and lim cot x - *@, we have the t-o+ determinate form r*J.-ilut y:

if it exists.

(1)

(r * t)cotr

Then l n Y : c o tx l n ( r + 1 ) 'lnY- ln(r * 1) tan r So lim ln Y: lim -ot

t -o+

t

ln(r * 1) tan

(2)

X

Because lim ln(r + L) : 0 and lim tan x : 0, we may apply L'H6pi-

tal'sruleto tfJ?gnt sideot (2)ur,a"Jiltuir, ln(r+L)

r.

riifi

-:

.?-o+

tan X

,r l i.f i

1 x + 1 -o-:

n-o+ SeC' X

1

Therefore,substituting L on the right side of (2), we have lim lny - 1

(3)

I-V

Becausethe natural logarithmic function is continuous on its entire domain, which'is the set of all positive numbers, we may apply Theorem 2.6.5and we have from (3) ln lim U:1 -0*

(4)

t

Therefore (because the equation ln a:

b is equivalent

to the equation

LIMITSOF INTEGRATION641 INTEGRALS WITHINFINITE 15.3IMPROPER n:

eb),it follows from Eq. (4) that lim U: er

I -O*'

But from (1), y - (x * 1)cot', and so we have lim (r*1)cot''-s Jf-0*'

L5.2 Exercises In Exercises L throu gh 27, evaluate the limit, if it exists. ,v2

1. lim :, t-+- 0*

r) z. lim 1"(."t

l'1

t_nt2-ln ( tan x)

4.,tlt,ti'

5. lim x csc x f *0+

7 . r i m , J _ _xL- L) l

8.

;:;\lnr

lim

10) t;n (r + eza)ttn

L1.. l i m ( x ' - f f i ) t-t@

w J1t *'tt 16. lim

9. lim tsin r

(sinh x)tanr

f -0+

L4. l i m ( 1 + x ) t n t

/ s 12. l i m i * , , ;-;\r'*x-6 @,

J/-0*

*rtrn r

17. lim (1 + ax)rt";a + 0

f -0+

&

.T-0

/

;r-*@ \

hm Q-2) taninx

21,.

t-2

23. lim [ (ru * 3x5+ 4)rt6- xf

22. lim (cos x)rrt'

k" * x)zrt 1 \r2

18. l i m ( 1 + ; l

t-0

19. lim (1 + sinh x)zrt

J1*

L\ x-2t

ft*

2x/

[(cos x)et2tzfuue

24. l i m x " "

t -*a

W

lim t -*o

ln(r * e") 3;x

u"t1i#

Evaluatethe limit in Example3 without using L'H6pital's rule, but by using Eqs. (11)in Sec.10.1and Theorem10.2.1. (a) Prove that lim (e-rtc2lxn): 0 for any positive integer n. (b)lI f (x): e-rto',use the result of (a) to prove that the limit of f and all of its derivatives, as r approaches0, is 0. - - lim P-+\',:9,frnd,n. 30. v v ' If - rl ;;;

\nx

31.Suppose f(x):

f

:r,hndn. e$t/iF+tittand,g(r): xnes,.rf,t* tffi]

15.3 IMPROPER INTEGRALS WITH INFINITE LIMITS OF INTEGRATION

In defining the definite integral Il f @) dx,the function/was assumedto be defined on the dosed interval [a,bl.We now extend the definition of the definite integral to consider an infinite interval of integration and

INDETERMINATE FORMS,IMPROPERINTEGRALS, AND TAYLOR'SFORMULA

call such an integral an improper integral.In sec. 15.4 we discuss another kind of improper integral. o rLLUsrRArroN1: Consider the problem of finding the area of the region bounded by the curve y: s-r, the r axis, the y axis, and the line x:b, where b > 0. This region is shown in Fig. 15.3.1.Letting A square units be the area of this region, we have A_

-lD

: -e-, I

lo :7 - e-b If we let b increase without bound, then f-

[o e-' ilx: lim (1-

D-+6 Jo

s-o1

b-*o

rb

lim I e-" dx:l

L

(1)

b-+q Jo

We conclude from Eq. (1) that no matter how large a value we take for b, the area of the region shown in Fig. 15.3.1will always be less than L square unit. . Equation (L) states that if b > 0, for any e ) 0 there exists an N > 0 such that ltb I lf e-cilx-11 1' L9. Determine if it is possible to assign a finite number to represent the measure of the area of the region bounded by the curve whose equation is y : 1-1 1r" * e-") and the x axis. If a finite number can be assigned, find it. 20. Determine if it is possible to assign a finite number to represent the measure of the area of the region bounded by the x axis, the line x:2, and.the curve whose equation is y:11 1rz 1). If a finite number can be assigned,find it.

a

Determine if it is possible to assign a finite number to represent the measure of the volume of the solid formed by revolving about the r axis the region to the right of the line r: 1 and bounded by the curve whose equation is ! : Tlxt/i and the r axis. If a finite number can be assigned, find it.

22. Determine f+*/

a value of n for which nxz

J, \ffi

-

the improper

integral

1. \ j sx+r)o*

is convergent and evaluate the integral for this value of n. 23. Determine a value of. i for which the improper integraL

l.*(T=-=?)4* 2r+n1 \x*1

J'

is convergent and evaluate the integral for this value of n.

15.4 OTHER IMPROPERINTEGRALS

647

Exercises24,25, and.25 show an interesting application of improper integrals in the field of economics. Suppose there is a continuous flow of income for which interest is compounded continuously at the annual rate of 100l percent and /(f) dollars is the income per year at any time f years. If the income continues indefinitely, the Present value, V dollars, of all future income is defined by l+@

V:

I

Jo

f ( t ) e - i ld t

2/. A eontinuous flow of income is decreasing with time and at f years the number of dollars in the annual income is 1000 . 2-t. Find the present value of this income, if it continues indefinitely using an interest rate of 8 percent compounded continuously 6

fA. continuous flow of profit for a company is increasing with time, and at f years the number of dollars in the profit per year is proportional to t. Show that the present value of the company is inversely proportional to i2, where 1.001 percent is the interest rate compounded continuously.

8. fn British Consol is a bond with no maturity (i.e., it never comes due), and it affords the holder an annual lump-sum payment. By finding the present value of a flow of payments of R dollars annually and using the current interest rate of 1001percent, compounded continuously, show that the fair selling price of a British Consol is R/i dollars.

15.4 OTHER IMPROPER INTEGRALS

Figure 15.4.1shows the region bounded by the curve whose equation is y : U!x, the r axis, the y axis, and the line x: 4.lf it is possibleto assign a finite number to represent the measure of the area of this region, it would be given by lim llall-o If this limit exists, it is the definite integral denoted by

t

dx

(r)

\fr

However, the integrand is discontinuous at the lower limit zero. Furthermore/ lim UVx : *@, and so we state that the integrand has an infinite discontinuity at the lower limit. Such an integral is improper, and its existencecan be determined from the following definition.

F i g u r e1 5 . 4 . 1

L5.4.1 Definition

If / is continuous at all r in ttie interval half open on the left (a, b], and if lim /(r) : t@/ then

L

f(x) dx:

f(x) dx

if this limit exists. . rLLUSTRArroul.: We determine if it is possible to assign a finite number to represent the measure of the area of the region shown in Fig. 15.4.1. From the discussion preceding Definition 15.4.1 the measure of the area of the given region will be the improper integral (1) if it exists. By Defini-

648

INDETERMINATE FORMS,IMPROPERINTEGRALS, AND TAYLOR'SFORMULA

tion 1,5.4.L, we have fn dx

f4 dx

1.

Jo&::'_TJ. &

: tt-T'*t''1 4 f, - lim 14- 2*l :4-0 -t Therefore, we assign 4 to the measure of the area of the given region.

o

If the integrand has an infinite discontinuity at the upper limit of integration, we use the following definition to determine the existence of the improper integral.

15.4.2Definition

If f rs continuous at all x in the interval half open on the right la, b) and if lim f (x) - -f m, then I - b-

f b-e

fb

f(x) dx I ff*l dx- lim e-o*Ja Ja' if this limit exists.

If there is an infinite discontinuity at an interior point of the interval of integration, the existence of the improper integral is determined from the following definition. 15.4.3 Definition

If / is continuous at all r in the interval fa,bl exceptc when a I c 1 b and if lim l/(r) | : *o, then fb

fc-e

fb

I f(x) dx:rim I f@) dx*rim I f(x) dx D-o*Jr+6' e-o+Ja Ja'' if these limits exist. If Ilf@) dx is an.improper integral, it is convergent if the corresponding limit exists; otherwise, it is divergent. EXAMPLE1.: Evaluate fz

t -

dx

J o@ - r ) ' if it is convergent.

SOLUTION: ThC iNtcg 15.4.3, we

Definition f2

dx

- I lr.m

Jo1, -lim €-0+

15,4 OTHER IMPROPERINTEGRALS 649

:tl1

|}-

t] * t'_T l-t.*]

Because neither of these limits exist, the improper integral is divergent.

. rLLUsrRArrou 2: Suppose that in evaluating the integral in Example 1 we had failed to note the infinite discontinuity of the integrand at 1. We would have obtained L12 r-1lo

1 ,- 1- : - '-1 L

^

This is obviously an incorrect result. Becausethe integrand 1.1(x-7)2 is never negative, the integral from 0 to 2 could not possibly be a negative number.

EXAMP

fr

rn 2: Evaluate

I rln JO

SOLUTION:

irg

xdx

if it is convergent.

Definiti

Th ne integrand has a discontinuity at the lower limit. Applyion n 15 . 4 . 1 w , e h ave fr

fr

: - l i m I x l n r dx I x l n ,x ddx e-0+ J e Jo t-

- lim ltr' €-0+

L

€ - tr'l

: tt5 [] ln Hence, fr

I xlnr dx:0-+-tlime2

Jo

ln€-0

€*o+

To evaluate lim ezln € - lim I!-s €-0+

€-0+ L e2

rule because lim ln

we apply L'H6pital's

€-0+

have

T lne r. llm T: €-0+ r e2

1. llm €-0+

€

-lim 2

€- 0-

€3

Therefore, from (2) we have f1

I x lnx dx--*

Jo

-0

and l i m l l e ' : €-0+

+@. We

AND TAYLOR'SFORMULA FORMS,IMPROPERINTEGRALS, INDETERMINATE

650

EXAMPIn 3:

Evaluate

dx

,f** -

J' )*FT.

SOLUTII Of N : Fr f,or: this integral, there is both an infinite upper limit and an :onltinuity of the integrand at the lower limit. We proceed infinit,te: d iisco as foll< OIws. +€ r+ @

I Jr

if it is convergent.

dx -:rilrl x!x2 -

r.

f2 t a-:-Ja

1

::

dx

, r.

fb -

l l ]l r

dx

|

u-**J, xlFT.

xlF'

t. lD - lim |l sec-t r 12 l + lim l sec-l r r a-r* L

)"

D-*m L

)z

(sec-l 2 - sec-l a) * lim

:

lt_T. - -lim sec-l a * lim sec-l b a-!+

(sec-l b - sec-l 2)

b-*a

-0 **n -- l * 2 u

Exercises L5.4 In ExercisesI through 20,determine whether the improper integral is convergent or divergent. If it is convergent,evaluateit. 1. f

d-

2'

J o! t - x

4r+

Jo \/L5-

x2

7 ' Jlntz, l - sdti n r

f2

dx

Jrffi

5I:# 8 ' Jfz , f f dx i f+-

3' 6. (1

fnl2

J,,n frl2

J,

secx dx tan0 d0

f4dx

t-

Jo x2-2x-3

dX 10.f+J, ffi

L1' rnxdx J,

12.f' 4x ' J-r

l 3 ' rJo- r f fdit

H.fL

4r

Jo\m

16. J, fta*

17. J,,,ffi

L L/"s f L x\FT.

z oJo f LxlR

7+* o-tlt

J,

f'

dt

rc'

f2

dx

J-, *'

18I*

2L. Evaluate, if they exist:

4+ (a) l'-T [/-, l,+) I:,*,(b)

by the 22. Show that it is possible to assign_afinite number to represent the measure of the area of the region bounded a finite curve whose equation is y : tit/i, the line x : 1, and ihe r and y axes,but that it is not possible to assign about number to represent the ileasure of the volume of the solid of revolution generated if this region is revolved the r axis.

15.5 TAYLOR'SFORMULA

651

In Exercises23 through 25, find. the values of.n lor which the improper integral converges and evaluate the integral for these values of n. 23.

J:

24.

xn dx

15.5 TAYLOR'S FORMULA

L5.5.1 Theorem

['

xn lnz x dx

*" Ln x dx

Values of polynomial functions can be found by performing a finite number of additions and multiplications. Howevet, there are other functions, such as the logarithmic, exponential, and trigonometric functions, that cannot be evaluated as easily. We show in this section that many functions can be approximated by polynomials and that the polynomial, instead of the original function, can be used for computations when the difference between the actual function value and the polynomial approximation is sufficiently small. There are various methods of approximating a given function by polynomials. One of the most widely used is that involving Taylor's formula named in honor of the English mathematician Brook Taylor (16851731).The following theorem, which can be considered as a generalization of the mean-value theorem (4.7.2), gives us Taylor's formula. Let / be a function such that / and its hrst n derivatives are continuous on the closed interval fa, bl. Furtherrnore, let f{n+r)(x) exist for all r in the open interval (a, b). Then there is a number f in the open interval (a, b) such that

fO) - f(a)

(b- a)

(b-a)'+ i(n+l\( t'\

. f@(a) ,, (b- a)"+ffi1i *';

(b- 61"+r (1)

Equation (1) also holds if b < a; in such a case/la,blis replacedby fb, al' and (a, b) is replacedby (b, a). Beforeproving this theorem, note that when n:0,

(1) becomes

f(b):f(a)+f'G)@-a) where f is between a and b. This is the mean-valuetheorem (4.7.2). There are several known proofs of Theorem 15.5.1,although none is very well motivated. The one following makes use of Cauchy's meanvalue theorem (15.1.3). pRooFoF THEoREM15.5.1: Let F and G be two functions defined by

F(r): f@l- f@)- f' (x)(b-x)-'+

-ffi

(b- r)'

-ry (b- x)*(2) (b- v1n-r

INDETERMINATE FORMS,IMPROPERINTEGRALS, AND TAYLOR'SFORMULA

and

G(r):ffi

(3)

It follows that F(D) :0

and G(b):0.

Differentiating in e), we get

F ' ( r ) : - f ' ( x ) * f ' ( x ) - f " ( x ) ( b - x ) * 2 f " ( x ) - ( b -x ) 2! _f"' (x)(b x)2, 3f"' (x)(b x)2 (n -

(b - x)"-z

7)f@-\(x) rE____6=l[l_ r-nf@(x)(b n!

frtv)(x)(b x)g

f(n)(x)(b v1"-r

- x)n-1 _f("+r)(x)(b x)n n!

Combining terms, we see that the sum of every odd-numbered term with the following even-numbered term is zero, and so only the last term remains. Therefore, F,(x):

- f("*D.(x) - )c)n @ n!

Differentiating

(4)

in (3), w€ obtain

G'(x):-+,@-x),

(s)

Checking the hypothesis of Theorem 15.1.3, we see that (i) F and G are continuous on Ia,bl; (ii) F and G are differentiable on (a,b); (iii) for all r in (a,b),G'(x) + 0. So by the conclusion of Theorem 1.5.1..3it follows that F(b) - F(a) _ F'({)

G(b)-G(a)-c'(f)

where f is tn (a, b). But F(b) - 0 and G(b) - 0. So

F(il- GryG(a) \J* '(f)

(5)

for somef in (a,b). Letting tc: a irt (3), x : ( in (4), and r : f in (5) and substituting into (6), we obtain

F(a):

f(n+l)(t\

or, equivalently,

(b - €)"

|

nt

l- €€)"j

-]

(b_

a)"*,

(n + 1)!

15.5 TAYLOR'SFORMULA

' - a)n+r F(il - - f,'*:'(i)= (n+ 1)! @ Letting x - a in (2), w€ obtain

(7)

F ( i l- f ( u ) - f ( a ) - f ' ( o ) ( b - a ) - ' + @ - a ) ' -

" '

_,ffi@_a)n-=_,#@_a)n (8) Substituting from (7) into (8), we get

f ( u )- f ( o )+ f ' ( a ) ( b -a )* t : #

'

@- a)'+. . . f(',+l)(f)

,7 , i - @ - a ) "+ f f i

*f{")(a)

(, 7b - a ) ' + r

which is the desired result. The theorem holds if b < a becausethe conI clusion of Theorem 15.1.3 is unaffected if. a and b are interchanged. If in (1) b is replaced by x, Taylor's formula is obtained. It is

(e) where f is between a and x. The condition under which (9) holds is that / and its first n derivatives must be continuous on a closed interval containing a and x, and the (tc* 1)st derivative of / must exist at all points of the corresponding open interval. Formula (9) may be written as f (x) : Pn(x) * R,(r)

(10)

where f" (a)

( x - a ) * ' t @ - n ) r, + . . .

P"(x) : f (a)

+ - f(")(a)Q - a ) " n!

and

R,(r) :m

Q-

a)n+t

where f is between aand r

( 1 1)

(12)

P,(r) is called the zth-degree Taylor polynomialof the function / at the number a, and Rr(r) is called the remainder.The term R,(r) as given in (12) is called the Lagrangeform of the remainder, named in honor of the French mathematician Joseph L. Lagrange (1736-1813).

654

INDETERMINATE FORMS,IMPROPERINTEGRALS, AND TAYLOR'SFORMULA

ExAMPLE 1:

Find the thirddegree Taylor polynomial of the cosine function at L+rratrd the Lagrange form of the remainder.

soLUrIoN: Letting f (x) : cos r, we have from (11.)

p,(r) -i).LP (.-o)'*r+ (,-o)" : re). r'G)Q Because/(x) : cos x, f(*rr) : +{Z; f' (x) :-sin r, f' (*zr): -+t/2; -rlf} :-cos : : (x) (x) (*d:'4r2.Therefore, x, " x, sin f "' f f " Gd f "' : P,(r) +\/2 *{2(x Ln) i{2(x *o), + jrt/2(x - *o)' Because /(to)(r) : cosr, we obtain from (12) wheref is between*r andx &(r) : 2l(cos€) (x - In)n Because lcosf | = 1, we may concludethat for all x, lRr(r) | < *(x - *rr)n. Taylor's formula may be used to approximate a function by means of a Taylor polynomial. From (10) we obtain

lR"(r)| - lf(x) - P,(r)I

(13)

If. P"(x) is used to approximate f(x), we can obtain an upper bound for the error of this approximation if we can find a number E ) 0 such that lR"(r) | - E or, because of (13), such that lf (x) - P"(x)l < E or, equivalently, P"(x)-f-fQ)=P"(r)+E ExAMPLE2: Use the result of Example L to compute an approximate value of cos 47" and determine the accuracy of the result.

sor.urroN: 4T - f{or radians. Thus, in the solution of Example L, we takex:f&r and r- in:#n, and we have

cos4T : *12L' - #rr - L(#d' + 6(#zr)'l + &(rttzr) where Rr(ttrr) -;r

cosf (#n)n

within N

l2n+U

- 1 l: l z n - Z n - L l : | - r I -t + l2n rl lW | 14"'r11 4 n * 2

has the limit #.

I n

Hence, w€ must find a number N > 0 such that for every integer n > N But

i s e q u i v a l et o nt 2n*l r+

#.€

which is equivalent to nrL-2e 4e So it follows that

1l I n + 1 r l l2n

for every integer n u'l'

- 2e 4e

Therefore, if N: (1 - 2e)14e,Definition 16.'!,.2holds. In particular, if e: t, N - (1 - +)l+: g. So

.*

for every integer n , ,

1 6 . 1S E Q U E N C E S

For instance,

o rLLUsrRArron3: Consider the sequence{(-1)*'lnl,. Note that the nth element of this sequence is (-l)+rln and 1-1;"+t is equal to *L when n is odd and to -1 when z is even. Hence, the elements of the sequencecan be written L 1 1L "t , - 2 ' i ' - Z ' E ' '

' -1---1' 1 n + t

Itr Fig. 16.1.5 are plotted points corresponding to successive elements of this sequence.In the figure, ar:1, az:-t, as:t, a+:-*, aa:*, ae:-t, az:*, ae:-t, as:*,4r0:-*. The limit of the sequenceis 0 and the elements oscillate about 0. 1. 7 rf, 3 - 5

t

1 dS:

As

:

L 9

t2 5

Figure 16.1.5 Compare Definition 16.1.2with Definition 4.7.'1,of the limit of.f(x) as x increases without bound. The two definitions are almost identical; however, when we state that /tr) : L, the function / is defined for "l1a all real numbers greater than some real number R, while when we consider an, n is restricted to positive integers. We have, however, the nlim following theorem which follows immediately from Definition 4.1.1. 15.1.3 Theorem . If lim /(x) : L, and / is defined for every positive integer, then also L when n is any positive integer. yg-iAl: The proof is left as an exercise (see Exercise20). o rLLUsrRATroI.t4: We verify Theorem 16.1.3for t'he sequence of Example L. For that sequencef (n) : nl(2n * 1). Hence,f (x) : xl(2x * 1) and

I N F I N I T ES E R I E S

It follows then from Theorem 16.1.3 that

when z is any ]!!_f(n):* positive integer. This agreeswith the solution of Example 1. o 16.1.4 Definition

ExAMPLE2: sequence

Determine if the

[4n'I l2n'+ L) is convergent or divergent.

If a sequence {a,} has a limit, the sequenceis said tobe conaergent,and, we say that an conoergesto that limit. If the sequenceis not convergent, it is said to be diaergent. solurroN:

We wish to determin" if

4*lQf

* 1) and investigate "tl1/(r). ,.4*..4 Irm;];: lim -:2 I I I)+@-e ,-*-2**

,It

4n2l(2nz* 1) exists.Let /(r) :

Therefore, by Theorem 16.1,3, Ol: 2. We conclude that the given ]1g_f sequenceis convergent and that4n2l(2n2 * 1) converges to 2. ExAMPu 3: Prove that if lrl the sequence{r"} is convergent and that rn convergesto zeto.

O: 0. Hence, Jl* the sequenceis convergent and the nth element converges to zero. If 0 < Irl < t, we consider the function / defined by f (x): f, where r is any positive number, and show that lim fc :0. Then from Theorem solurroN: First of all, if.r:

0, the sequenceis {0} and

1.6.L.3itwill follow that lim r^: O wneii.tl

ury positive integer.

n-+@

To prove that

(0 < lrl < L), we shall show that for any r,:0 "ljt e > 0 there exists a numberN > 0 such that lf-Ol

N

lrl' 0 there exists a numberN > 0 such that ln"- Ll ( e for every integer n ) N. In particular, when 6: f, there exists a number N > 0 such that for every Lntegern > N

lo"- Ll < + or, equivalently, ,-+< nn-L nN

(6)

Becausean: 0 if n is odd and an: 2 if. n is even, it follows from (5) that

-+N

(5)

From (4),(5), and (6), it follows that B - € < ay from which we get B- € < an

whenever n > N

or, equivalently, -€ < fln- B which can be written as

l a "- B l

(7)

16,2 MONOTONICAND BOUNDEDSEQUENCES

But by Definition 1.6.1.2,(7) is the condition that lim an:B. Therefore, the sequence {a"} is convergent. To prove the theorem when {a"} is a decreasing sequence, we consider the sequence {- a"}, which will be increasing, and apply the above results. We leave it as an exercise to fill in the steps (see Exercise 13). t '!,5.2.6 states that tf {a"} is a bounded monotonic sequence, Theorem there exists a number L such that lim an: L, but it does not state how fl-*@

to find L. For this reason, Theorem 16.2.6 is called an existencetheorem. Many important concepts in mathematics are based on existence theorems. In particular, there are many sequences for which we cannot find the limit by direct use of the definition or by using limit theorems, but the knowledge that such a limit exists can be of great value to a mathematician. In the proof of Theorem 76.2.6we saw that the limit of the bounded increasing sequenceris the least upper bound B of the sequence.Hence, if D is an upper bound of the sequence, lim an: I < D. We have, then, the following theorem. 15.2.7 Theorem

Let {aJ be an increasing sequence,and suppose that D is an upper bound of this sequence.Then {a"} is convergent and lim an2

(e)

When n:1, inequality (9) becomes2:2, and (9) obviously holds when n ) 2. Because inequality (8) is equivalent to (9), it follows that the given sequenceis decreasing and hence monotonic. An upper bound for the given sequence is 2, artd.a lower bound is 0. Therefore, the sequence is bounded. The sequence {2ln!} is therefore a bounded monotonic sequence, and by Theorem 1,6.2.6it is convergent. Theorem 16.2.5states that a sufficient condition for a monotonic sequence to be convergent is that it be bounded. This is also a necessary condition and is given in the following theorem. 15.2.9 Theorem

A convergent monotonic sequenceis bounded. pRooF: We prove the theorem for the casewhen the monotonic sequence is increasing.Let the sequencebe {an}. To prove that {a"} is bounded we must show that it has a lower bound and an upper bound. Because{ar} is an increasing sequence,its first element serves as a lower bound. We must now find an upper bound. Because{an} is convergent, the sequencehas a limi! call this limit L. Therefore, lim an: L, and so by Definition 76.1.2,for any e > 0 there exists a number N > 0 such that

l a "- Ll

N

or, equivalently, -€<

an-LN

or, equivalently, L-€<

anlL*e

whenevern>N

Because {an} is increasing, w€ conclude that an

16.3 INFINITESERIESOF CONSTANTTERMS

Therefore, L * e will serve as an upper bound of the sequence {ar}. To prove the theorem when {a,,} is a decreasing sequencewe do as '1.6.2.6:. Consider the sequence {-a,'}, suggested in the proof of Theorem which will be increasing, and apply the above results. You are asked to do this proof in Exercise L4.

16.2 Exercises L through In Exercises

12, determine if the given sequence is increasing, decreasing, or not monotonic.

,4' [ 3 n - I l

3.

2. {sin nn}

lan * 5)

z^ [' 2 " I lt+zJ

6.

7 ' . ["tI L3'J

9. L2.

10. {n' * (-l)"nI

nn

n!

r.3.5

13. Use the fact that Theorem 15.2.5holds for an increasing sequenceto prove that the theorem holds when {co} is a decreasing sequence.(nrrt: Consider the sequence {-a"1.) 14. ProvglTheorem 15.2.9when {an} is a decreasing sequenceby a method similar to that used in Exercise 13. In Exercises15 through 21, prove that the given sequenceis convergent by using Theorem76.2.6, 15. The sequenceof Exercise 1.

16. The sequenceof Exercise4'

17. The sequenceof Exercise 5.

18. The sequenceof Exercise8.

19. The sequenceof Exercise 11.

20. The sequenceof Exercise 12'

,1 ' - ' 1ttl 2)

16.3 INFINITE SERIES OF CONSTANT TERMS

L5.3.L Definition

The familiar operation of addition applies only to a finite set of numbers. We now wish to extend addition to infinitely many numbers and to define what we mean by such a sum. To carry this out we deal with a limiting process by considering sequences. If t un\ is a sequence and n

sn:

). ur:

L l r* u , * u g *

' ' '*lln

i:l

then the sequence{s"} is called an infinite series. Thenumbetsu1,u2rxs, . . . arecalled thetermsof theinfiniteseries. We use the following symbolism to denote an infinite series:

674

I N F I N I T ES E R I E S

)

un: ut* uz* us* . . ' + un* . . .

(1)

Given the infinite series denoted by (1), sr: Llr, sz: tt, * ttr, ss: ur * uz * ^nd in general :r,

s k:

Ltr* ur* us* . . . * urc

Z"r:

(2)

where sa, defined by (2),is called the kth partial sum of the given series, and the sequence {sr} is a sequence of partial sums. . . + iln_t Because sn-t: Llr* u, * . . . + lln_r and sn: Ltr* u r * . * ,r, we have the formula Sn:

EXAMPLE

Given the infinite

Sn-t *

sot,urroN: Applying formula (3), we get

series

f ":,z#n find the first four elements of the sequence of partial sums {sn]t, and find a formula for sn in terms of n.

(3)

Un

St: ut:

32:

Srt

L1 L 2:,

,L12

U2:;f

z

2'3

r

3'4

,213

SB:SztUs:;t

:-

:-

3 4

314 S + : S s* L l 4 : ; + f t : ; By partial fractions,we see that 1 1 wrk, _- k ( k + 1 ) - k_ t _

1

k+L

Therefore, .1 Ltr: 1 -

i.,

ur:

11 1,- 4 1, ' Us: ;- ;, 3

n*l

: Llr * u, *+ . . . + Lln-r* un,we have Thus, because s?z

,.:('-il*(,t-*)*(}-r,). .(-,-,t).e-h) Upon removing parenthesesand combining terms, we obtain -1,n sn:l-n1-1:rt7 Taking n:

1

l, 2, 3, and 4, we see that our previous results agree.

Note that the method of solution of the above example applies only

16.3 INFINITESERIESOF CONSTANTTERMS

to a special case. In general, it is not possible to obtain such an expression forsr. We now define what we mean by the "sum" of an infinite series. 16.3.2 Definition

f"t j

unbe agiven infinite series, and let {s,} be the sequenceof partial

n=l

t" exists and is equal to S, ,lit we say that the given series is conuergentand that S is the sum of. the sn does not exist, the series is said to be digiven infinite series. If ,lin oergentand the series does not have a sum. sums defining this infinite series. Then if

Essentially Definition 16.3.2statesthat an infinite seriesis convergent if and only if the corresponding sequenceof partial sums is convergent. If an infinite series has a sum S, we also say that the series converges to S. Observe that the sum of a convergent series is the limit of a sequence of partial sums and is not obtained by ordinary addition. For a convergent series we use the symbolism +@

2o'. n=t to denote both the series and the sum of the series. The use of the same symbol should not be confusing because the correct interpretation is apparent from the context in which it is used. EXAMpLE2: Determine if the infinite series of Example L has a sum.

SOLUTION: IN thc

solution of Example L, we showed that the sequence

of partial sums for the given seriesis {s"} : {nl (n * 1)}. Therefore, lim sn: n-

*@

lim ll-

*@

nr.L L

::uur:r

ni

h_.re 1+l

n

So we conclude that the infinite series has a sum equal to 1..We can write

. . . +_+:* ' s_L:1+!+L+l+ ' n(n-tL) 2' 6 12' 20

f_,n(n*l)

. :1

As we mentioned above, in most cases it is not possible to obtain an expression for sn in terms of. n, and so we must have other methods for determining whether or not a given infinite serieshas a sum or, equivalently, whether a given infinite series is convergent or divergent. 16.3.3Theorem If the infinite series !

a, is convergent,then lim un:0.

676

I N F I N I T ES E R I E S

PRooF: Letting {s,} be the sequenceof partial sums for the given series, and denoting the sum of the series by S, we have, from Definition 16.3.2, Therefore,for any € >0 there exists a number N>0 such "lit*:S. that lS snl ( *e for every integer n > N. Also, for these integers n > N we know that lS - sn+rl< te. We have, then, lun*rl: ls,*,

- s,l : lS sn*sn*l Sl s lS- r,l * ls"*r- Sl

So

l ' n * r l< t e * l e Therefore, lim ur:

e

for every integer n > N

0.

I

The following theorem is a corollary of the preceding one.

1.6.9.4Theorem

If

lln

unLsdivergent.

un * 0, then the series 5

n:l

PRooF: Assume that i

un is convergent. Then by Theorem 16.3.3

n:l

lim un:0.

But this contradicts the hypothesis. Therefore, the series is

lI-*@

I

divergent.

EXAMPLE3: Prove that the followitrg two series are divergent.

(a)yry -z+Z+# *#* +@

(b) ':t3-3+3-3+

soLUrIoN:

(a) lim un: tt- t@

lim It- *@

n2 +'l' nz

_ lim n-*@

+0 Therefore,by Theorem15.3.4the seriesis divergent. (-1)n*t3, which does not exist. Therefore,by (b) JiT" "": l*_ Theorem15.3.4the seriesis divergent. Note that the converseof TheoremL6.3.3is false.That is, if

un: 0, olim it does not follow that the series is necessarilyconvergent. In other words, it is possible to have a divergent series for which lim zn: 0. An example of such a series is the one known as the lror*onit'rln1es, which is (4)

16,3 INFINITESERIESOF CONSTANTTERMS

gI7

0. In Illustration 1 we prove that the harmonic series ):*tl": diverges and we use the following theorem, which states that the difference between two partial surls sa and s7of a convergent series can be made as small as we please by taking R and T sufficiently large. Clearly,

15.3.5 Theorem

Let {sn} be the sequence of partial sums for a given convergent series +@

2 u". Then for any € > 0 there exists a number N such that lsa-s7l< e

w h e n e v e r R> N a n d T > N

pRooF: Because the series i

unis convergent, call its sum S. Then for

any e ) 0 there exists an N = O such that lS - rrl < te whenevet n > N.

Therefore, if R > N and T > N, l s r - r . l : l s r - S + S - s r l < l s r - S l+ l S - s r l < i e * * e So lsa-s7'< l e

I

wheneverR>NandT>N

. rLLUsrRArroN L: We prove that the harmonic series (4) is divergent. For this series, sn:L+|+.. and szn:l +

|+

.

So szn- sr:

L,L,L

"*l-

r+Z-

(s)

n+3-

lfn

11,1L1,111 n+lntrr- n+3-

' T

2n>mr

hTmr

' ' ' Tm

(oi

There are n terms on each side of the inequality sign in (6); so the right side Lsn(ULn) : *. Therefore,from (5) and (5) we have szn-snlt

whenevetn

(7)

But Theorem 1.6.3.5states that if the given series is convergent, then szn- sn may be made as small as we please by taking n large enough; that is, if we take e - *, there exists an N such that sro- sn 1* whenever 2n > N and n ) N. But this would contradict (7). Therefore, we conclude that the harmonic series is divergent even though lim Lln:0. ll-*@

678

INFINITE SERIES

A geometricseriesrs a series of the form +co

'

.LJ n:L

orn-r- a* ar* arz*.,.+arn-L*

(8)

The nth partial sum of this series is given by sn:a(l

*r*r2*

' ''+r"-t)

(e)

From the identity 1 - vn:

(1 - r) (1 * r * r2 I

. . . + r"-t)

we can write (9) as a(r-/)_ sn: _1 _ r

16.3.6 Theorem

ifr#L

The geometric series converges to the geometric series diverges if lrl

(10)

sum al(1 - r) if lrl

PRooF: In Example 3, Sec. 1,6.1,, w€ showed that lim r' : 0 if lrl Therefore, from (10) we can conclude that if lrl ,.4

,t]1t':-1-, So if lrl ( L, the geometricseriesconverges,and its sum is al(1.- r). lf. r:1, sn: na.Then lim s, : fo if.a > 0, and lim s,r: -@ if a < 0. n- *@ lf. r:-l,the geometricseriesbecomesa- a * a - . . - * (-Ll"-to +' ' ' ; so sz:0if ziseven,andsr:aif.n isodd.Therefore, rll1t does not exist. Hence, the geometric series diverges when lrl : 1. If lrl > 1,,li1 ay't-t:, Clearly, rn-t * 0 becausewe )!T_r"-1. ,li1 can make lro-11as large as we pleaseby taking nlarge enough. Therefore, I by Theorem 16.3.4 the series is divergent. This completes the proof. h-*@

* +++1** which is the geometric series, with a : 1 and r: !. Therefore, by Theorem 15.3.5the series is convergent. Becauseal(L - r) : Ll(l - L) :2, . the sum of the series is 2. The following example illustrates how Theorem 15.3.6 can be used to expressa nonterminating repeating decimal as a common fraction.

16.3INFINITE S E R I E SO F C O N S T A N TT E R M S

EXAMPw 4: Express the decimal 0.3333. . as a common fraction.

SOLUTION:

3333 , 10 100 L,000 10,000 We have a geometricseriesin which a: fo and r : $. Becauselrl < 1,,It follows from Theorem 1.6.3.6that the series converges and its sum is al (L - r). Therefore,

The next theorem states that the convergence or divergence of an infinite series is not affected by changing a finite number of terms. 1,6.3.7Theorem

two infinite series, differing only in their ffust m

If

,.;,

(i.e. , oi! rrif k

series diverge. PRooF: Let {sr} and {t"} be the sequencesof partial sums of the series +@

+@

n:l

n:1

Then Sn:

At*

Az*

*

fl* *

a**,

*

*an

A*'r2 *

and ' ' ' + b**b**t+b*+z+

tn:bt*br*

' '

*bn

Becausl ak: brcrf k > m, then rf n sn- tn: @r* az* . . . + a*)

(br*br*

' ' +b*)

So Sn-

tn:

t*

S*-

-

whenevet n

We wish to show that either both lim sz and jlt

(11)

f, existor do not

exist. Supposethat lim fn exists.Then from Eq. (11)we have ll-*@

sn: tn* (s*- t*)

whenever n > m

and so lim sn: n-*@

lim tn * (s* - t*) n-*@

Hence, when lim tn exists, lim sn also exists and both series converge. ll-

*@

fl,-*@

SERIES INFINITE

Now suppose that lim f, does not exist and lim s, exists. From Eq. (11.)we have tn: sn* G--

s^)

whenevern > m

Because,lit * exists,it follows that lim fn: lim sn* (t^- s*) n-+6

n-+@

fo does to exist, which is a contradiction.Hence,if ,111 )!I_t"has I not exist, then lim s, does not exist, and both series diverge. and so

glven serles ls

EXAMPLE5: Determine whether the infinite series

s1 n ? : r f l+ 4 is convergent or divergent.

which can be written as

o+o+o+o+1*!*1 * 5'6'7'

+ !n+

(12)

Now the harmonic series which is known to be divergent is

1+l+|+I+f+l+|+

+ !n+

(13)

Series (L2) differs from series (13) only in the first four terms. Hence,by '1,6.3.7, Theorem series (12)is also divergent.

EXAMPLE6: Determine whether the following infinite series is convergent or divergent:

solurroN:

The given series can be written as

ry*%*W*%

+@ n:l

_ - 31 L' 2 r gr'

L r t + 1 L2 L2 -2 _' ' ' ' ' 3t gn' 3t 3u gr' 38

Consider the geometric series with a - 3 and 2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,

5- y' F- y' F-F*

y- F- ' '

(r4) l. - _ r-3.

(15)

This series is convergent by Theorem 16.3.6.Becauseseries (L4) differs from series (15) only in the first five terms, it follows from Theorem16.3.7 that series (14) is also convergent.

1 6 . 3 I N F I N I T ES E R I E SO F C O N S T A N TT E R M S

681

As a consequenceof Theorem 1,6.3.7,for a given infinite series, we can add or subtract a finite number of terms without affecting its convergence or divergence. For instance, in Example 5 the given series may be thought of as being obtained from the harmonic series by subtracting the first four terms. And because the harmonic series is divergent, the given series is divergent. In Example 6, we could consider the convergent geometric series )))

(15)

L t L ) L I

36'37'38r

and obtain the given series (1a) by adding five terms. Becauseseries (L6) is convergent, it follows that series (14) is convergent. The following theorem states that if an infinite series is multiplied term by term by a nonzero constant, its convergence or divergence is not affected. 16.3.8 Theorem

Let c be any nonzero constant. +@

(i) If the series n- - l

+m

(ii) li'.nu seriesX Ltnisdivergent,then the seriesi cu,is also rt:r n:r divergent.

F@

be sn. Therefore, 7rr" ' * un. The nth partial sum of the series 5 cun is

PRooF: Let the ntt:- partial sum of the series ' sn:ur*uz* ' ' ' * u) -- csn. c(urlur* +co

nenr (i): If the series Therefore,

h'*a

ft:l

lim csn- c l i m s n : c ' S n- *@

lL-l@

+@

Hence, the series 2 ,un is convergent and its sum is c ' S. n=l

ranr (ii):

If the series )

z, is divergent, then lim s, does not exist' Now n-+@

n:l +@

suppose that the series n:I sn: csrlc, and so lim sn:

lim

1 L ( c s " )- - ; c ):\""

ll'*@

I N F I N I T ES E R I E S

Thus, lim sn must

which is a contradiction. Therefore, the series

fl-t'a

+@

I n:1

ExAMPLE7: Determine whether the infinite series

$1

solurroN'h:l+$+ ,!r+ft+ ,i Because 2 tl" is the harmonic series which is divergent, then by The-

4n

"4r is convergent or divergent.

orem 1,5.3.8(ii)with c - *, the given series is divergent.

Note that Theorem 15.3.8(i) is an extension to convergent infinite series of the following propefiy of finite sums: nn

2 , o * : , 2k : l o o

k:l

Another property of finite sums is nnn k:l

k:l

k:7

and its extension to convergent infinite series is given by the following theorem. +@

L5.3.9 Theorem

If )

n:l

+co

a" and )

bn are convergent infinite series whose sums are S and R,

respectively,then {m

(i)

is a convergentseriesand its sum is S * R; \::

(ii) @,-bn)is a convergentseriesand its sum is S u

R.

The proof of this theorem is left as an exercise(seeExercise11). The next theorem is a corollary of the above theorem and is sometimes used to prove that a series is divergent.

L6.3.L0 Theorem

If the series 5 an is convergentand the series n:l

the series X @, * b,) is divergent. n:l

+@ n:l

1 6 . 3 I N F I N I T ES E R I E SO F C O N S T A N TT E R M S

pRooF: Assume that i

683

@** b,) is convergentand its sum is S. Let the

n=l

sum of the series )

a"be R. Then because

n=l

+@

+6 A " : 2 ) l( a"* b") a"l n:l n=7

+@

bo is convergent and its sum is

it follows from Theorem 16.3.9(ii)that \ n=l

+m

S - R. But this is a contradiction to the hypothesis that )

b, is divergent.

n-l

+@

Hence

I

+m

8: Determine whether EXAMPTE the infinite series

s(t

1\

A\n*n)

solurroN:

Ll4n is divergent.

In Example 7 we Proved that the series n:l

Because the series i

U4' is a geometric series with

lrl -

+ < 1.,it is con-

vergent. Hence, by Theorem 16.3.10the given series is divergent.

is convergent or divergent.

Note that if both series5 an and i i

b, are divergent,the series

!e, tf an- Un and (ant bn)mayor may not ol'.or,""rr;r1 For examp

T,t: Lln,then a, * bn: 2lnand b n : - U n , t h e n a nl b n : 0

divergent.But tf a, : Lln and

2rtris

+m

and

L6.3 Exercises In Exercises1 through 6, find the first four elements of the sequenceof partial sums {s,} and find a formula for snin terms of n; also,determine if the infinite series is convergent or divergent, and if it is convergent, find its sum' r'

o 5t"h

a S l

?:, (2n 1) (2n + 1)

6'>,7 +oo

In Exercises 7 through 10, find the infinite series which is the given r::;:"ce nite series is convergent or divergent, and if it is convergent, find its

8.{s,}:{h}

,n_l

of partial sums; also determine if the infi-

s. {s,} : {1}

lz)

10. {s,} - {3n}

684

I N F I N T ES E R I E S

11. Prove Theorem 15.3.9. Iir Exercises12 through 25, write the first four terms of the given infinite series and determine if the series is convergent or divergent. If the series is convergent, find its sum.

12. L L ' $ --l . i !--rn+

-,?'

t?

17. (-1)"*'* ,;, "z .f !

22.$

i!-t

sinhn n

+@r+@

2tz+ 1 1? Lv' $ A3n+2

L4.s+ A3n

18.$ r, n1

+00

l r t5 . ! 1

L6.

?:,

n=l +@

fm+co

20. .L/ '

L9. Z.J S e-n

zs.i (2-n+3-,)

sln rrn

n:l

n:l

"?t

2 3n-r

+@

21,.

cos nTn n:l

+@

24. n:l

In:l

In Exercises25 through 29, express the given nonterminating repeating decimal as a common fraction. 26. 0.2727 27 . . .

27. 1.234234234 . . .

28. 2.04545 45 . . .

29. 0.4653 46534553 . . .

E\- A ball is dropped from a height of.12 ft. Each time it strikes the ground, it bounces back to a height of three-fourths the distance from which it fell. Find the total distance traveled by the ball before it comes to rest.

16.4 INFINITE SERIES If all the terms of an infinite series are positive, the sequence of partial OF POSITM TERMS sums is increasing. Thus, the following theorem follows immediately from Theorems15.2.5and'1,6.2.9. 16.4.1 Theorem

An infinite series of positive terms is convergent if and only if its sequence of partial sums has an upper bound. pRooF: For an infinite series of positive terms, the sequenceof partial sums has a lower bound of 0. If the sequenceof partial sums also has an upper bound, it is bounded. Furthermore, the sequenceof partial sums of an infinite series of positive terms is increasing. It follows then from '1,6.2.6 Theorem that the sequence of partial sums is convergent, and therefore the infinite series is convergent. Supposenow that an infinite series of positive terms is convergent. Then the sequence of partial sums is also convergent. It follows from 'l'6.2.9 Theorem that the sequenceof partial sums is bounded and so it has an upper bound. r

EXAMPLE 1: Prove that the series \{1 n! -,.4:, is convergent by using Theorem 15.4.'1,,

SOLUTION:

WC

MUSI

find an upper bound for the sequence of partial

-f@

sums of the series LIS U n ! .

s r : ! , s z -t + # ,

16.4 INFINITESERIESOF POSITIVE TERMS

sn:r+h+#+ffi+ Now consider the first n and r-t:

*' 1 L'2 '3'

. . . 'n

geometric series with A : " 1 ,

1

$ l-

(1)

1 + ; * 8-.l - * 1 * 2r* #_r2*4-

(2)

By Theorem 16.3.6 the geometric series with a : 1 and 1: $ has the sum a/(1 - r) : U G - t) :2. Hence, sumrnation (2) is less than 2. Observe that each term of summation (1) is less than or equal to the corresponding term of summation (2); that is, 11 kI zk-r This is true becausek! - | ' 2 ' tor L contains k- 1factors each

' k, which in addition to the facthan or equ al to 2. Hence,

n Zr

From the above we see that sn has an upper bound of 2. Therefore, by '1.6.4."1. Theorem the given series is convergent.

In the above example the tenrrs of the given series were compared with those of a known convergent series. This is a particular caseof the following theorem known as the comparisontest. 16.4.2 Theorem Comparison Test

Let the series5 un be a series of positive tenns. n:l

+o

(i) rf n:l

+m

vergent,andllnSanforallpositiveintegersn,then> n:r convergent. {o

(ii) If

is a series of positive terms which is known to be diA*" +@ vergent, and un 2 vonfor all positive integers n, then n:l divergent.

PRooF oF (i): +@

Let {sr} be the sequence of partial sums for the series

sums for the series 5 T)n.Beh:t

I N F I N I T ES E R I E S +@

cause

a, is a series of positive terms which is convergent, it follows ,) from Theorem 15.4.1that the sequence {t } has an upper bound; call it B. Becauseun < onfor all positive integers n, we can conclude that sn - tn < B for all positive integers n. Therefore, B is an upper bound of the sequence {sr}. And becausethe terms of the series !

un areall positive, it follows

n:l

*oo

from Theorem 16.4.7that

convergent. n:l

PRooFoF (ii): Assume that i + co

+@

n:l

n:1

r,tnis convergent. Then because both

n:l

of positive terms and znn

positive integers n, it follows from part (i) that i ,,is convergent. However, this contradicts the hypothesis, and assumption is false. "J-irr" Therefore,

I

As we stated in Sec. '1.6.3,as a result of Theorem 76.3.7, the convergence or divergence of an infinite series is not affected by discarding a finite number of terms. Therefore, when applying the comparison test, if ui s ut or tti 2 rDi when i > m, the test is valid regardless of how the first m tenrts of the two series compare.

ExAMPLE2: Determine whether the infinite series \'4 n?:r3" + 1 is convergent or divergent.

soturroN: The given serles rs a

a

4,4,4,4 n+ l,o 2g- g2+ comparing the nth term of this series with the nth term of the convergent geometric series 4+4+4 +4 3'.9',27',9L'

L

r-*.

1

we have 44 -3n 3n+1 for every positive integer z. Therefore, by the comparison test, Theorem 1,6.4.2(i),the given series is convergent.

1 6 . 4 I N F I N I T ES E R I E SO F P O S I T I V E TERMS

ExAMPLE 3: Determine whether the infinite series

sol,urroN:

The given series is

L+ t:+

L

$-L

rtr

AW,:4+V*-.6*

+@1

s^: r.?:t \/n

is convergent or divergent.

687

1

Yn

Comparing the nt}:.term of this series with the nth term of the divergent harmonic series,we have

+YLnLn, +@

So by Theorem \6.4.2(ii) the given series l:I

The following theorem, known as the limit comparisontest,is a conand is often easier to aPply. sequenceof Theorem "1.6.4.2 +@

15.4.3Theorem Let )

Limit ComparisonTest

n=r

un and \

a"be two seriesof positive terms.

n=r

(i) If lim (unla*): c ) 0, then the two serieseitherboth converge fl-*'@

or both diverge. (ii) If lim (unla) - 0, and if

+@

+@

n:l

n:l

ll-tcp

un converges.

un converges, then )

+oo

+oo

(iii) If lim (unla) - f m, and if n:l

fl-*@

an diverges, then )

un dlerges.

n:\

pRooFoF (i)t Because lim (u*lu) : c, it follows that there exists an N>0suchthat

ll a* n- l z d . *

f o ra r r n >N

or, equivalently, - t N

or, equivalently,

c 'u"N

(3)

From the right-hand inequality (3) we get u, l Ecan

(4)

+6

lf \

+6

a" is convergent, so is \

{ca,. It follows from inequalif

(a) and

the comparison test that 5 un LSconvergent. From the left-hana ifi:"tquatity(3) we get

(s) +@

tt E

un rs convergent,so is

son test it follows that )

)

) ,n.From inequality (5) and the comparii

u, is convergent.

n=l

+@

It \

n:t

+@

a" is divergent, we can show that )

un is divergent by assum-

n=7

*-

ing that \ u^ is convergentand getting a contradictionby applying inequality (5) and the comparisontest. In a similar manner,tf

u,is divergent,it follows that j

oois di-

vergent becausea contradilltr, i, obtained from inequ"firy 17')and the +@

comparison test if )

u, is assumed to be convergent.

we have trru"JrL proved parr (i). The proofs of parts (ii) and (iii) are left as exercises(see Exercises19 and 20). I A word of caution is in order regarding part (ii) of rheorem 1,6.4.g. Note that when

nlim

(uJa,):0,

the divergenceof the series

f

,, do",

ll:l

not imply that the series 5 un diverges. ExAMPLE 4: Solve Example 2 by using the limit comparison test.

soLUrIoN: Let un be the zth tenn of the given series )

4/(3, + 1) and

n=l

c,nbe the nth term of the convergentgeometricseries +rc".Therefore, f n=t 4

" lim 3:

lim i-i*a" ;;;

en+L e

&

7n : lim 3" * L ,-+-

TERMS 16.4 INFINITESERIESOF POSITIVE

Hence, by part (i) of the limit comparison test, it follows that the given series is convergent.

+m

EXAMPLE5: Solve ExamPle 3 bY using the limit comParison test.

Let un be the nth term of the given series

sorurroN:

Ll \fr and anbe

n:l

the nth term of the divergent harmonic series. Then 1 lim n-a*

un:.lim 7)v

n-*@

V: I

hm \n:*m n-*cn

n Therefore, by part (iii) of the limit comparison test, we conclude that the given series is divergent.

+6

6: Determine whether EXAMPLE the series

In Example 1, we proved that the series )

solurroN:

Using the limit comparison test with un: rf lnt

$ng

: Unt',we have

ns

3'n! is convergent or divergent.

",,a5l

llnl is convergent.

tr

nl

1im :2 : lim T: n-|a

An

n-+o

I

lim ns : *a 't-*@

nl part (iii) of the limit comparison test is not applicable becaur" 5 o,,.or,verges. However, there is a way that we can use the limit "3:rrlpu"iror, test. The given series can be written as

l" *2"*3t*4 t * I'+ . ' ' 4 ! 5! T-t-3!

. *4*.' nt

. .

Because Theorem 15.3.7 allows us to subtract a finite number of temrs without affecting the behavior (convergence or divergence) of a series, we discard the first three terms and obtain

4'*5'*{* 4!-F-6!'

+' ( (n r* t3?) !) l + .

Now lettin E un: @ + 3)sl@ + 3) ! and, as before, letting an: llnl' we have u, r. Irm J-

n-1 * An

INFINITESERIES

(n+3)ln! : lim i-+- n!(n+ 1)(n + 2) (z + 3) : rim - @*-3)2 . il-i:-@+L)(n+2)

: , ',1. T n" 2F* 6+ng* 9n + 2 :rrl

r+9+Z n n'

n - +L- + t + 4

:l It follows from part (i) of the Limit comparison Test that the given series is convergent.

o rLLUsrRATron 1.: Consider the geometric series

1+tr+Ln*|* ft*$*. . .+f,*. . .

(5)

which convergesto 2 as shown in Illustration 2 of Sec.16.3.Regrouping the terms of this series, we have

+(#*+;+ (,.;)*(l*rJ.(#*#)* which is the series 3 9*9*3*. .r 2-E-92-r--'Tr4*rr.

- L . .. .

(7)

S"1": fi) is the geometricserieswith o: g andr: *. Thus,by Theorem 1,6.3.6 it is convergent,and its sum is a : I ,:" '1,r t- + We see,then, that series (7), which is obtained from the convergent series (6) by regrouping the terms, is also convergent. Its sum is the sameas that of series (5). . Illustration 1 gives a particular caseof the following theorem. +@

16.4.4 Theorem

If

is a given convergent series of positive terms, its terms can be )u" grouped in any manner, and the resulting series also will be convergent and will have the same sum as the given series.

16.4 INFINITESERIESOF POSITIVETERMS

pRooF: Let {s"} be the sequenceof partial sums for the given convergent series of positive terms. Then lim sn exists; let this limit be S. Consider +@

are obtained by grouping the terms of > ttn

a series

n:t

n:l

+oo

may be the series

in some manner. For examPle,

u r * ( u ,* u r ) + ( u n* u s* " " r +

(ur*us*ug*uro) + ' ' '

or it may be the series (ur*ur)*(ue*u)+(ur*u)+(uz*u")+'''

+@ and so forth. Let {t*} be the sequenceof partial sums for the series 2 o". Each partial sum of the sequence {f,,} is also a partial sum of a["t r"qrtettc" {sn}. Therefote, as m increaseswithout bound, so does n' Because I t, - S, *e conclude that lim t*: S' This proves the theorem' ,11 Theorem 1.6.4.4and,the next theorem state properties of the sum of a convergent series of positive terms that are similar to properties that hold for the sum of a finite number of terms' +@

15.4.5 Theorem

If

given convergent series of positive terms, the order of the

n:l

' terms can be rearranged, and the resulting series also will be convergent and will have the same sum as the given series.

pRooF: Let {sr} be the sequenceof partial sumsfor the given convergent seriesof positive tems, and let lim s,: S. Let i

o, U" a seriesforrred

n=1

+oo

by rearranging the order of the terms of.)

n:l

+@

un' For example, 2 ao may n:l

be the series

u+*us*uz*ut*ug*us*

' +@

Let {t"I be the sequenceof Partial sums for the series n:L sum of the sequence{t"}

T]l terms of the infinite series

O" less than S becauseit is the sum of.n Therefore, S is an uPPer bound of the

sequence {t"}. Furthermore, because all the terms of the series

n:l

positiV€, {t"} is a monotonic increasing sequence. Hence, by Theorem < S. Now because 16.2.7 the sequence {t"} is convergent, and lim tn: T

SERIES

j

the given ,"ri",

Ltn can be obtained from the series

)

ing the order of?u terms, we can use the same urg.r;:"lt that S and S that S - T. This proves the theorem.

anby rearrangand conclude I

A series which is often used in the comparison test is the one known as the p series,or the hyperharmonicseries.Itis

$+$+$+

where p is a constant

(8)

In the following illustration we prove that the p series diverges if p 1.. . rLLUsrRATrow2: rf p : 1., the p series is the harmonic series, which diverges. If p < 1.,then no - n, and so 11 > n" i

tor every positive integer z

Hence, by Theorem 1,6.4.2(ii)the p series is divergent if p < 1.. lI p > 1.,we group the terms as follows:

*#* . ++,. (e (h.+*h*+).(# +.(+*#)* Consider the series

1*Z+4+8+

(10)

Lp'2p,4o'gor

This is a geometric series whose ratio is 2l2o - tl2?-1, which is a positive number less than 1,.Hence, series (10) is convergent. Rewriting the terms of series (10),we get

1 , lr , 1\ , /1 *L+l*1\*/-1-*a*...

1'-\F-2,)-

\F-F-@-F/*\a"

8p

_, s 1o /\ -,

(11)

comparing series (9) and series (1r.), we see that the group of terms in each set of parentheses_ after the first group is less in Jum ior (9) than it is for (11). Therefore, by the comparison test, series (9) is convergent. Because(9) is merely a regrouping of the terms of the p rlri", whenp-> 1, we conclude from Theorem '1,6.4.4that the p series is convergent ifp>l,. . .1.; Note that the series in Example 3 is the p series where p: t < therefore, it is divergent.

TERMS 1 6 . 4 I N F I N I T ES E R I E SO F P O S I T I V E

7: Determine whether EXAMPLE the infinite series {o1 sr

?:, (n' + 2)rrs is convergent or divergent.

solurroN: Becausefor large values of n the number nz + 2 is closeto the numb et n2, so is the number U (n' + 2) 1/3closeto the numb er tlnzl3.The +@ because it is the p series with p -- 3 < L. series Using ;;" hmit comparison test with un: Ll(n' + 2)1/3 and an: Llnzrs we have

-T Therefore, the given seriesis divergent.

16.+ Exercises In ExercisesL through 18, determine if the given series is convergent or divergent. +oo 1 1 . Lst n )^n n:l

!S

n?:rt/2n + L

'"-

+@

1

rs

n-l +@

nz

,?:r4nt + L

,?:r!nz + 4n

+oo

+@1

nl

7 " .tfr(n+Z)l

6. +@

f-, ln3 + 1.

n

n:l

j3 $1ryl ln

1 r^'1 $ 4 (zn)I f-, r\f

L

il4t . \7' 3_r+ \fr

13# r ( n + 2 ) ( n + 4 )

L7sg_ 2-n'+2

19. Prove Theorem "l'5.4.3(ii).

20. Prove Theorem t6.4.3(iii).

n:l

1 nn

lsinn I nz

n:l

9. n:l +@

+@

1_ 10. ).Lt sin -

n?:,

+@

3.

12. n:l +co

L5. n:2 .

t)

n 5n2*3 2n nl.

1 n\/nz - 1.

+co

n:l

3n -

cos t4

694

INFINITESERIES +@

+6

21. If > an and )

b, are two convergent series of positive terms, use the Limit Comparison Test to prove that the series

n=l *.n=t

is alsoconvergent' Zo"o" 22. Suppose/ is a function such that f(n) > 0 for n any positive integer.Furthermore,supposethatif p is any positive numbernlimnpf(n)existsandispositive.Provethattheseries) if p>landdivergentif.o "1.;hence, the integral tes st can can be applied. f *+mm

is convergent or divergent.

dx

I u l

:

lim D- *m

:

lim D- *m

:*rc

We conclude that the given series

16.6INFINITE SEBIES OF POSITIVEAND NEGATIVETERMS

L6.5 Exercises In Exercises1 through 12, determine if the given series is convergent or divergent.

2.S I

1 '' . S b a n

3.

f,:rnlnn

3,

+6

+@

6.

5. \nze-"

4. \ne-"'

n=l

n=l

+@ ^|il'r

+@

8.\F+1

7.)cschn

n

e.

n=L

n:l

*-. /n+j\ 11. ) ln \T) n=l

+€ 10. ) sech2n n:L

13. Prove that the ,"ri"

t

1

*

>-ffiW

L4. Prove that the series )

12.

is convergent if andonlyif p > 1' is convergent if and only if p > 1.

t6ilh.,,--

15. If s;,is the kth partial sum of the harmonic series, prove that ln(k+1) o suchthat whenevet n > N

(12)

0

lunl Letting n take on the successivevalues N, N + L, N + 2, so forth, we obtain from (12)

lu**rl< Rlu"l lu**rl< Rlz"*,| < r{3lr"l

t

and

I N F I N I T ES E R I E S

l,**,1 un is absolutely convergent,then )

unzis convergent.

32. Show by means of an example that the converseof Exercise3L is not true.

16.7 POWER SERIES We now study an important type of series of variable terms called "power series." L5.7.1Definition

A power seies in (x - a) is a seriesof the form co* cr(x- a) * cz(x- a)'+''

I cn(x- a)"+'''

(1)

We use the notation 5 ,"(t - a)n to representseries (1). (Note that x : a, for conveniencein writing the genwe take (x - a)o: 1, "lr"rr"#hen eral term.) If r is a particular number, the power series (1) becomes an infinite series of constant terms, as was discussed in previous sections' A special case of (1) is obtained when a: 0 and the series becomes a power series in x, which is +@

(2)

n:o

In addition to power series in (r = a) and t, there are Power series the form of +@

c"l6@)1"+''' ) t " t 0 ( t ) l ' : c o *c r 6 @+) c r l f @ ) 1 z + ' ' ' + n:0 where d is a function of r. such a series is called a power series in {(r). In this book, we are concerned exclusively with Power series of the forms (1) and (2), and when we use the term "power series," we mean either of these forms. In discussing the theory of power series, we confine ourselves to series (2). The more general power series (1) can be obtained from (2) by the translation x: i - a; therefore, our results can be applied to series (1) as well. In dealing with an infinite series of constant terms, we were concemed with the question of convergence or divergence of the series. In considering a power series, we ask, For what values of x, if any, does the power series converge? For each value of r for which the power series conve"ges, the series represents the number which is the sum of the series. Therefore, we can think of a Power series as defining a function. The function f, with function values

f(x):

(3) n:o

INFINITESERIES

has as its domain all values of.x for which the power series in (3) converges. It is apparent that every power series (2) is convergent for r: 0. There are some series (seeExample 3) which are convergent for no other value of r, and there are also series which converge for every value of r (seeExample 2). The following three examples illustrate how the ratio test can be used to determine the values of.x f.orwhich a power series is convergent. Note that when n! is used in representing the zth term of a power series (as in Example 2), we take 0!: L so that the expression for the nth term will hold when z:0.

EXAMPLE1: Find the values of x for which the power series +@

' S el) ' n+l !,, zr n3n n:l )flyn

is convergent.

solurroN: un :

For the given

-, (- 1 )n+r

rio, lful: ttn

Znxn

W

rnd. ( - 1t )\n+2 n + 2 2n+rx6n+t and u Ltn+.t n +:r : (-

TffiTI

| 2n+rxn+t. n3 l - ,,- 2 ,-., n

hm n-p*l I ,_*l lffiF'Nl:,li1ilxlfr_l:i

2

lxl

Therefore, the power series is absolutely convergent when $lrl < 1 or, eguivalently, when lrl < *, The series is divergent when flrl )'1 or, equivalently,when ]rl = *. When Slrl:1 (i.e., when x:!8), the ratio test fails. When x: $, the given power series becomes

+-I+*- I+. . . + (-1)n+, 1+ which- is convergent, as was shown in Example 1 of Sec. 16.6. When x:-t, we have

which by Theorem 15.3.8is divergent. we conclude, then, that the given power series is convergent when -* < x < 9. The series is absolutely convergent when -* < .r < * and is conditionally convergent when r: g. If r < -* or x > 8, the series is divergent.

EXAMPLE 2: Find the values of x for which the power series +m

yftt

\* ,?on! rs convergent.

solurroN: For the given series, ttn: tnln! and un*r: xn+tl(n * 1) !. So by applpng the ratio test, we have

| ,"*' .ntl-,-, 'Fl: l'l rio,lgul: un 1im

n-+* | I z;; l1;Tln

1

Jii;ft-:

o< r

we conclude that the given power series is absolutely convergent for all values of r.

16.7 POWERSERIES

ExAMPLE3: Find the values of x for which the power series +@

S nlxn

LJ n:0

(n * l)lx"+r. Apply-

soLUrIoN: For the given seriesun: nlN,nandur*r: ing the ratio test, we have t" I fim l'n+11: lim l ( n * ' l ' ) l x " + 1 1 n-+-lunl n-+*l--M-l

:

is convergent.

:.1

709

+ 1)rl ,111l(n f 0 if r:0

t**

if.x*0

It follows that the seriesis divergentfor all valuesof r except0. 16.7.2 Theorem

If the power series f

,r*" is convergent for r : xr (xr + 0), then it is ab-

n=O

solutely cohvergent for all values of r for which lrl < pRooF: ff. f

cnxr" is convergent, then

l*-r,rr":0.

l r 'l . Therefore, if we

take e : L in Definition 4.1.1,there exists an integer N > 0 such that Itnxr"l N

Now if x is any number such that lrl < lrtl, we have |

-nl

lrln

ltln

. lc,x"l: lc"x,^ ful: lt"tr'l lil El

n> N whenever

(4) (s)

is convergent becauseit is a geometric series with r : lxlxl < 1 (because lrl < lrtl).Comparing the series )

lc^x"|,where ltl < lr'1, with series

n:N

+@

lcnx"l is convergent ") for lrl < ltrl. So the given power series is absolutely convergent for all r values of.xfor which ltl < lrtl.

(5), we see from (4) and the comparison test *",

o rLLUsrRArrou1: An illustration of Theorem'l'6.7.2is given in Example 1. The power seriesis convergentfor r:8 and is absolutely convergentfor all values of.x for which lrl < g. The following theorem is a corollary of Theorem 16.7.2. L5.7.3 Theorem

'

If the power series )

cnxnis divergent for r:

values of x for*r,t"fr=itt> lxrl'

xr, it is divergent for all

710

I N F I N I T ES E R I E S

pRooF: Suppose that the given power series is convergent for some number r for which lrl > lrrl. Then by Theorem 16.7.2the series must converge when r: rz. However, this contradicts the hypothesis. Therefore, the given power series is divergent for all values of x for which

.

lrl > ltrl.

I

o rLLUsrRArror 2: To illustrate Theorem 16.7.3 we consider again the power seriesof Example 1. It is divergent for x: -B and is also divergent . for all values of x for which |tl > l-91. '1.6.7.2 From Theorems and t6.7.3, we can prove the following important theorem.

,

15.7.4 Theorem

fet i

coxnbe a given power series. Then exactly one of the following

"o.iioror,,

holds:

(i) the seriesconvergesonly when x: 0; (ii) the series is absolutely convergent for all values of x; (iii) there exists a number R > 0 such that the series is absolutely convergent for all values of x for which lrl for all values of.x for which lrl

pRooF: If we replacex by zero in the given power series,we havecs* 0 + 0+ ' , which is obviously convergent.Therefore,every power +@

series of the form )

c;cn is convergent when x:

0. If this is the only

value of r for whicil1l" ,"ri", converges, then condition (i) holds. Suppose that the given series is convergent for r: rr where x1 * 0. Then it follows from Theorem1,6.7.2 that the series is absolutely convergent for all values of r for which lrl < lrrl. Now if in addition there is no value of x f.ot which the given series is divergent, we can conclude that the series is absolutely convergent for all values of r. This is condition (ii). If the given series is convergent fot x: xr, where xr* 0, and is divergent for x:.rr, where lx"l> l*rl, it follows from Theorem 15.7.3that the series is divergent for allvalues of xfor which lrl > lrrl.Hence, lrrl is an upper bound of the set of values of lrl for which the series is absolutely convergent. Therefore, by the axiom of completeness (1.6.2.5),this set of numbers has a least upper bound, which is the number R of condition (iii). This proves that exactly one of the three conditions holds. I

serresconvergent

for lxl < R

Theorem 1,6.7.4(iii) can be illustrated on the number line. See Fig. 1,6.7.1. seriesdivergent for lrl )

Figure 16.7.1

R

+@

If instead of the power series )

+@

cnxnwe have the series )

cn(x - n)n,

16.7 POWERSERIES

711

in conditions (i) and (iii) of Theorem'1.5.7.4,r is replacedby x - a. The conditions become a-R

n

a+R

seriesdivergentfor lx - ol > R Figure16.7.2

(i) the series converges only when x: ai (iii) there exists a number R > 0 such that the series is absolutely convergent for all values of. x for which l* - ol < R and is divergent for all values of.x for which lr- ol > R. (SeeFig. 16.7.2 for an illustration of this on the number line.) The set of all values of.x for which a given Power series is convergent is called the interztalof conoergenceof the Power series. The number R of 'J,6.7.4 is called the radius of conaergenceof the condition (iii) of Theorem power series. If condition (i) holds, we take R: 0; if condition (ii) holds, we write R: *o. 3: For the power seriesof Example 1, R: $ and the interval o TLLUSTRATTOTI is of convergence (-8, g7.In Example2, R: ao, and we write the interval o of convergenceas (-o, *oo). +@ If R is the radius of convergenceof the power series ) cnro, the irrn=0 terval of convergenceis one of the following intervals: (-Oi}), [-R, R], (-R, R], or [-R, R). For the more general Ponrer series

Ar"@-a)n, (a-R, a*R), following: of the one the interval of convergence is R ) . R , a * la- R, a * R], (a- R, a* R], or laA given power series defines a function having the intenral of con.r"rg"rrJ" as iis domain. The most useful method at our disposal for deteriining the interval of convergence of a Power series is the ratio test' However, the ratio test will not reveal anything about the convergence

which it converges (see Exercise 22). There are casesfor which the convergence or divirgence of a power series at the endpoints cannot be detirmined by the methods of elementary calculus. ExAMPLE 4: Determine the interval of convergence of the Power series +6 n:l

n(x- 2)"

solurloN: The given seriesis ( x - 2 ) + 2 ( x - 2 ) , + . . . + n ( x - 2 ) " + ( n * 1 ) ( x 2 ) n +*r ' ' ' Applying the ratio test, we have

+ 1 ) ( r = ? ) " . ':l limlwl-- hml(n n(x-z)" W - z l t i m# :nl x - 2 1 |

;;;lu,

l

"-+;l

"-;;

712

I N F I N I T ES E R I E S

The given series then will be absolutely convergent if lx - 2l equivalently,1 1x (-3. equivalently,-L < x-2 When x : l, the series is

jsu"

+oo

# 0. When x:3, the seriesis 2 n, which is alsodivergentben=l

cause lim un * 0. Therefore, the interval of convergence is (1, 3). So the ll-*'@

given power series defines a function having the interval (L, 3) as its domain.

EXAMPLE5: Determine the interval of convergence of the power series +6 Sl

yn J+

t,-ffi

n:l-

SoLUTIoN: The given series is x,x2,x3l

Applying

|

'

2t, 1zT 2+22-

2+y-

ry,?t

'

l * , - ,

2*nz'

Xn+L

2+ (n*'1,)2

I

the ratio test, we have

2*nz ,., r. --Tl: ltl ri- l1*l : fim l-, T'*l ^. .2*-n2l n-+-tun | ,-*-lz+ @+ty ,li* 2ffi:lxl So the given series will be absolutely convergent if lrl < L or, equivalently, -l < x < 1. When x:1, we have the series L,L,L ' 2+12' 2+22' 2+92 __I

BecauseU (2 + n2)< 7ln2for all positive integersn, and,because ,fu, f is a convergent p series, it follows from the comparison test that the given power series is convergent when r : L. When x: -1, we have the series +@

>

(-t)"1(2*

n), which is convergent becausewe have just seen that

liti, convergent. Hence, the interval of convergence of the given"Urot.rtely power seriesis [-1, 1].

Exercises L6,7 In ExercisesL through20, find the interval of convergence of the given power series. +@

1.P(-1)n+'fu1, *2n_l

4.X(-1)"# n:l

r.)(-lvffi*_, +6

1 6 . 8D I F F E R E N T I A T I O ON F P O W E RS E R I E S 7 1 3 +@

9.

t*-11n (-1)n-r-tT

+oo

10.

n:l

n:l $co

*co

11.

12. LlI

( sinh 2n) x" n:0

n:l

+@

( -1\^ ' z+1

L3.

\

n:2 +@

15. n:l +co

17. n:l

+@

xn

1,4.

n(ln n)z

n:l

xn

ln(n + 1) (x * 5)z-t n2

n:l +@

nlxn nn

1,6. n:l

ln n(x - 5)"

xn nn

+@

18.L/s n"(x - 3)

n+l

lI:1 +@

+@

19.

(x* 2)" (n * 1)2

2'4'6'.

. .'2n

20.

xzn+l

n:1

( - 1 ) n + r 1' 3 ' 5 ' 2'4'5'.

. . . ' (zn-l) . '2n

xn

21. Prove that if a power series convergesabsolutely at one endpoint of its interval of convergence,then the power series is absolutely convergent at each endpoint. 22. Prcve that if a power series converges at one endpoint of its interval of convergenceand diverges at the other endpoint, then the power series is conditionally convergent at the endpoint at which it converges. 23. prove that if the radius of convergence of the powercerie, j

is {r. 2ru,*2n 24.Provethat if lim +M - L (L + 0), thenthe radiusof

unxnisr, then the radius of convergenceof the series

+!p

convergence of the power series

unx'is LlL. n:l

A power series 2 cnx" defines a function whose domain is the interval 16.8 DIFFERENTIATION N:O OF POWER SERIES . of convergence of the series. o rLLUsrRArrow1: Consider the geometric series with a:1 +o

which is )

and r:x,

r". By Theorem 16.3.6 this series converges to the sum

- )c)if ltl 1.1(1,

)cndefines the func-

tion f forwhich f (x)- 1l(1 - x)and ltl

we can write

1+ x+x2+),3+ ' ' '+ xn+ ' ' ':

1 1- x

if lrl

The series in (1) can be used to form other power series whose sums can be determined. o rLLUSrRArroN2: If in (1) we rePlace x by -*,

1-x+x2-x3+

+ (-1)"x"* ' ' '

we have 1

L*x

if lrl

714

I N F I N I T ES E R I E S

Letting )c: x2 in (1), w€ get 1 + )cz+ xa * xG+ . . . + x2' *

. . .

if lrl

(3)

lf x is replaced by - x2 in (1) we obtain 1- x2+x4-x6+

' ' ' + (-1)'x'"+

if lrl

In this section and the next we learn that other interesting series can be obtained from those like the above by differentiation and integration. We prove that if R # 0 is the radius of convergence of a power series which defines a function /, then / is differentiable on the open interval (-R, R) and the derivative of / can be obtained by differentiating the power series term by term. Furthermore, we show that / is integrable on every closed subinterval of (-R, R), and the integral of f is evaluated by integrating the power series term by term. We first need some preliminary theorems. +@

L5.8.1 Theorem

If ) cnx, i s a power series having a radius of convergence of R ) 0, then Eo +co the series LI ncnxn-l also has R as its radius of convergence. n:l

This theorem states that the series, obtained by differentiating term by term each term of a given power series, will have the same radius of convergenceas the given series. pRooF: Let r be any number in the open intewal (-R, R). Then lrl < R. Choose a number r, so that lrl < lrrl < R. Becauselxrl < R, j

corrois

convergent.Hence,

rn:0. So if we take e : L in Oefiniiln A.t.t, ]!I_rn there exists a number N > 0 such that lcn*rnl< 1

whenevern >N

Let M be the largestof the numbers Icfirl , lcrxrrl, lrr*rtl, Then lrnrrnl = M

for all positive int egerc n

, lcNxrNl,1. (5)

Now

: lnc,x'-' |: lrr,.# . xrnl " W l;l*' From (5) and the above equatiorr, we get

="#l;l' lncnx,-,|

(5)

16.8 DIFFERENTIATION OF POWERSERIES 715

Applytng the ratio test to the series M t{ lr lo-1 ri )l n l:l lxrl #-r lrrl

(7)

we have

,,_ l z,*rl:_ llm ,:_ l( n+ 1) lxl'. lr ,l.' - tl llm l-l

,il'i!*| u" | ;].i; I :

lr'1"

nlxl"-r1

-n * L

l r l llrl ,. l-t

lrrl n_+-

n

: l _l =r ll ( 1 lrrl Therefore, series (7) is absolutely convergenf so from (6) and the comparison test, the series )

ncnxn-ris also absolutely convergent. Because

r is any number i" t-nl-ntl, it follows that if the radius of convergenceof +@

> R. \ ncnx"-ris R', then R' n=t To complete the proof we must show that R' cannot be greater than R. Assume lhat R' > R and let 12 be a number such that R < lr2l < R'. Becauselrrl > R, it follows that +@

(8) n'-o

Becausel*rl ( R', it follows that i

ltcnx2n-Lis absolutely convergent.

Furtherrnore, +@

*rc

l*rl and so from Theorem 16.3.8 we may conclude that +@

(e)

positiveinteger "", (10) Itn*rnl= nlcnxr"l- lncnxr"l From statement (9), inequality (L0),and the comparison test it follows that

If n,

+@

)

+@

lc,xr"l is convergent.Therefore, the series 2 ,n r" is convergent, which

that R' > R is false. Iot,o"Ur",, statement (8). Hence, ttre assffition Therefore, R' cannot be greater than R; and because we showed that I R' ) R, it follows that R' : R, which proves the theorem.

716

I N F I N I T ES E R I E S

. rLLUsrRArroN 3: We verify Theorem 16.8.1.for the power series S

tn*t

_-,f

?^@*:'*T*e

+d+

*

.

xn+r ,n*, r_. +@T+G+'/r+'

_L

. .

To find the radius of convergence,we apply the ratio test.

,- ln'* 2n* 1,1 - r"r l : Hml@+ t!?*+:.1 lxl ::T-17;+ 4n+ 4l : lrl ,-*l l@lWl

rio,l

n-+*| iln |

Hence, the power series is convergent when lxl < 1., and so its radius of convergenceR: L. The power series obtained from the given series by differentiating term by term is $(n+1)r':t{_j'

.

x.f

*4Try:,17"+t:r+r+T*

.fr...r

++''

n*t + nx+nt +, x; + 2+'''

Applyirg the ratio test for this power series,we have

*,L) !n+tt

:- - ln+ r l hm l( F l'l n-J; ;-i;l @+z)*l: I* lffil: l'l l |

l i m lwl: un

This power series is convergent when lrl vergenceR'- 1. BecauseR - R', Theorem 16.g.lis verified. 1.6.8.2Theorem

If the radius of convergence of the Power series

of cono

+@ n:O

is also the radius of convergence of the series

X n(n- 1)cnx,-r.

n:2

+co

pRooF: If we apply Theorem 16.8.1to the series ncnxn-l, w€ have the desired result. n:l I We are now in a Position to prove the theorem regarding term-byterm differentiation of a power series.

1'6.8.3Theorem

Let ) coxnbe a power series whose rad.iusof convergenceis R > 0. Then tr 1ir-irr" function defined by +€

f(x)

( 1 1)

' f (x) exists";revery r in the open interval (-R, R), and it is given by +@

f'(x)

SERIES 717 OFPOWER 16,8DIFFERENTIATION pRooF: Let r and a be two distinct numbers in the open interval (-R, R). Taylor's formula (formula (9) in Sec.15.5),with n: L, is (" (l\

('(o\

f(x): f(a\+Lff (x- a)+'-f,a k- a)' Using this formula with f (x) : xn, we have for every positive integer z (12) { : nn* non-r(x- a) + in(n - l) ((")"-2(x a)z where f, is between a and r for every positive integer z. From (11)we have

f(x) - f(a) :2

+@

+00

2 cna" n=o "n*" n-0

: co*5 ,-*- ce-5 ,,o" n:l n-l +@

:)cn(x"-a") n=l

(becausex*

Dividing by x-a

+@

a) and using (12)' we have from the

n - z ( x- a ) ' f c n l n a n - t ( -r a ) + + n ( n 1 ) ( f , )

n:l

+@

+@

ncnan-r++(x-a) n:l

n(n - 1)c"(tn)"-'

(13)

n:2

Because a is in (-R, R), it follows from Theorem 16.8.1that )

ncnan-r

is absolutely convergent. K> 0 Becauseboth a and x are in (-R, R), there is some number "l'6.8'2 that Theorem suchthat lal < K < R and lrl < K < R. It follows from +@

is absolutely convergent. Then because ln(n-

L)c,(€*)"-'l < ln(n L)cnK-'l

for each €n, we can conclude from the comparison test that +@

,,

";;utely

conversent.

(14)

SERIES

It follows from (13) that lf(x)-f(a\ t# x-a I

ro

.l I

n:r

l. I

+@ . n:2'\'?

However, from Theorem 1-,6.6.T we know that if vergent, then Itg

.

L,vna

I I

*o

un is absolutely conn:l

+-

|

l',1 l},""l=p,

Applying this to the right side of (15),w€ obtain

-f@) ll M ' * -J c - a

I

{ { n c r a ".-l r=l + l * - - ' t + @ > 'trv ol

#,

I

(16)

"1:,

From (14) and (16) we get

(x)- f-(n)lf t A , n(n- 1)lc,lKn-, +lx - watj ; ncnan-,1= I x-a | A "n

(r7)

where 0 < K < R. Becausethe series on the right side of (L7)is absorutely convergent, the limit of the right side, as r approaches a, is zero. Therefore, from (17) and Theorem 4.3.3 it follows thit

y ^ f @ ) - f ( a ) - *' \-' n c n a n - r c'a

x-A

or, equivalently, +@

f'(a):

\

ncna"-r

and becausea may be any number in the open interval (-R, R), the theorem is proved. I

ExAMrLE 1: Let b" the function f defined by the power series of Illustration 3. (a) Find the domain of f; (b) write the power series which defines the functi on , and f find the domain of f ,.

The domain of f is the intervar of convergenceof the power series. In Illustration 3 we showed that the radius ofof *re pou/er series is 1; that is, the series converges when "or,rr"rg"n"e lrl < rl we now consider the power serieswhen lrl : 1. When-r: 1, the seriesis

1+ l+!r*

719

OF POWERSERIES 16.8 DIFFERENTIATION

which is convergentbecauseit is the p serieswithp:2. +@

we have the series > (-1)'*Y(n*2)2,

When x:-L,

which is convergentbecauseit

is absolutety converg:.1',t.Hence, the domain of f is the interual [-1, 1]. ' (b) From Theorem15.8.3it follows that f is defined by

f'(x)-$+ +1 *?:^n

(1s)

and that f '(x) exists for every x in the open interval (-1, L). In Illustration 3 we showed that the radius of convergenceof the Power series in (18) is L. We now consider the power series in (18) when x +1. When x: !, the series is

' . '+' n * \1=*"' 1+****1* z 3 4 which is the harmonic series and hence is divergent' When t: series is 1,-

r , L- 1 , i;rs

-1, the

+ (-1vftr+

which is a convergent alternating series. Therefore, the domain of f the interval [ - 1 , 1 ) .

is

Example 1 illustrates the fact that if a function / is defined_by a power series and this Power series is differentiated term by term, the resulting ',has the same radius of convergence but power series, which defines f not necessarily the same interval of convergence. ExAMPrn2: obtain a Powerseries representation of

solurroN:

if ltl

+'/,,-1*x*x2*13*...+)cn+ x

L

@

From (1) we have

using Theorern 1.5.8.3,differentiating on both sides of the above, we get L

ffi-1*2x*3x2* EXAMPT,n 3:

Show that

solurroN: +6

+@

vsr--

q2fl

S + n!

#-,

:L* for all real values of x.

I

* nxn-r +

if ltl

In Example 2 of Sec. \6.7 we showed that the Power series

x"lnl is absolutely convergent for all real values of r. Thereforc, 7f.f is

lil rrrr,.tior,definedby (1e)

I N F I N I T ES E R I E S

the domain of / is the set of all real numbers; that is, the interval of convergence is (-rc , +m). It follows from Theorem 16.8.3 that for all real values of x

f'(x):S+n! "1

Becausenln!:

(20)

- l)1, (20) can be written as U (n

,*'-'. f'(*):S #, (n L)I or, equivalently,

f'(x):fSo n+!

(21)

Comparing(19)and (27),we seethat f ' (x) : f (x) tot all real valuesof x. Therefore,the function / satisfiesthe differentialequation du

fr:y for which the general solution is y: Cec. Hence, for some constant C, f(x) : Ce'. From (19)we seethat/(0) : 1. (Rememberthat we take r0: L even when r: 0 for convenience in writing the general term.) Therefore, C : 7, and so f (x) : ,','and we have the desired result. ExAMPtn 4: Use the result of Example 3 to find a power-series representation of s-t.

SOLUTION: e &: - 4

If we replac e x by -x in the series for er, it follows that n2

ng

1- )c+n-fr+

vTI

+ (-r)"\n ! +

for all real values of )c. EXAMPLE5: Use the series of Example 4 to find the value of e-t correct to five decimal places.

solurroN:

Taking x - 1 in the series for e-r, w€ have

,1 -3.r'f8ff - | - 1 + 0.5- 0.1.66667 - 0.008333 + 0.041667 + 0.001389 - 0.000198 - 0.000003 + 0.000025 + 0.0000003 We have a convergentaltemating seriesfor which lur*rl < lnrl. So if we usethe first ten termsto approximatethe sum,by Theorem16.5.4the

OF POWERSERIES 16.8 DIFFERENTIATION

errof is less than the absolute value of the eleventh term. Adding the first ten terms, we obtain 0.357880.Rounding off to five decimal places gives e-r - 0.36788 In computation with infinite series two kinds of errors occur. One is the error given by the remainder after the first n terms. The other is the round-off error which occurs when each term of the series is approximated by a decimal with a finite number of places.In particular, in Example 5 wewanted the result accurateto five decimal places;so we rounded off each term to six decimal places.After computing the sum, we rounded off this result to five decimal places. Of course, the error given by the remainder can be reduced by consideriirg additional terms of the series, whereas the round-off error can be reduced by using more decimal places.

L6.8 Exercises exerciie do the following: (a) Find the radius of In Exercises1 through 8, a function / is defined by a power series.In each series which defines the function f' and the (b) write of domain the and Power power series f; convergence of the given Theorem 15.8.1);(c) find the domain of /'' find its radius of .orr',rerg"nceby using methods of Sec. 16.7 (thus verifying +@

+co

2' f(x)

L.f(x) n:l +co

s. f (x)

4. f(x)

yn

3. f (x) --

n

,:| +@

2#"

XZn-t

l\-

n:2

+co (x _

7.f(x):ZT

+@

8. f(x)

1)"

n:2

- x)3' 9. Use the result of Example 2 to find a power-series representation of U(1 of e€. 1.0.Use the result of Example 3 to find a power-series representation series (2) term by term' 11. Obtain a power-series representation of U(l l- x)2 if lrl < r by differentiating series (4) term by term' 12. Obtain a power-series representation of fl\ + *)2 it lxl < 1 by differentiating decimal places' 13. Use the result of Example 4 to find the value of u {i correct to five M. rt f (x):

j n=u

{-r)'

$,

ma/'(*)

correctto four decimal places'

of (a) sinh x and (b) cosh r' 15. Use the results of Examples 3 and 4 to find a power-series representation 15 can be obtained from the other by term-by-term 15. show that each of the power series in parts (a) and (b) of Exercise differentiation. 17. Use the result of ExampIe Zto find the sum of the series ;

n:l

#. -

- 1)lx' 18. (a) Find a power-series rePresentation for (e" (b) By differentiating

term by term the power series in part (a), show that

I N F I N I T ES E R I E S

19. (a) Find a power-series representation for fe-c. (b) By differentiating term by term the power series in part (a), show t h a t S ( _ 2 ) r + 1" \ 2 : n! f=,

n. +@

20. Assume that the constant 0 has a power-series representation

cnxn,where the radius of convergence R > 0. Prove n:o

that cn: 0 for all n.

21..Supposeafunctionfhasthepower-seriesrepresentation!

cnro,wheretheradiusof convergenceR) O.lf f,(x):f(x)

and/(O) : 1, find the power seriesby using only propertrlitf

po*"r reries and nothing about the exponential function. 22. (a) Using only properties of power series, find a power-series representation of the function / for which /(r) > 0 and '(x) :2xf (x) for all r, and f /(0) : 1. (b) Verify your result in part (a) by solving the differential equation D,y :2xy having the boundary condition y: 1 when r: 0.

15.9 INTEGRATION The theorem regarding the term-by-term integration of a power series OF POWER SERIES is a consequenceof Theorem 76.8.9. 16.9.1 Theorem

fet i

coxnbea power series whose radius of convergenceis R > 0. Then

if 1 ir=tU""function defined by +@

f(x):2

cnx"

n=0

/ is integrable on every closed subinterval of (-R, R), and we evaluate the integral of f by integrating the given power series term by term; that is, if r is in (-R, R), then +@ fc -dt: ' S cn ,ni-r l- 'ro \ ' ' Jo fton+l*

Furthermore, R is the radius of convergenceof the resulting series. pRooF: Let g be the function defined by tr,rn*, .s(r):$ flon + l Becausethe terms of the power-series representation of f(x) are the derivatives of the terms of the power-series representation of g(r), the two series have, by Theorem 16.8.']-., the same radius of convergence.By Theorem 16.8.3it follows that for every r in (-R, R) f (x) '1,6.8.2, By Theorem it follows that /'(x): g,, (r) for every r in (-R, R). Because/ is differentiable on (-R, R) , / is continuous there; consequently, / is continuous on every closed subinterval of (-R, R). From Theorem g'(x):

SERIES 723 OF POWER 16.9INTEGRATION 7.6.2ilt follows that if r is in (:R, R), then fr IJ o -f ft) itt: s@)- s(o): s(x)

or, equivalently, ' [' nl $ -h- ,n*r t t , t *dr: *Lon*L-

r

Jo

Theorem 15.9.1 often is used to comPute a definite integral which cannot be evaluated directly by finding an antiderivative of the integrand. Examples 1 and 2 illustrate the technique. The definite integral j{ t-o dt appeaing in these two examples rePresentsthe measure of the area of a tegiot under the "notmal probability curve'" EXAMPLE1: Find a Power-series representation of fr

I e-t' dt

Jo

SoLUTIoN: In Example 4of Sec.'1.6.8we showed that H

€-0:

)'-

(-l)nxn n!

"A

for all values of )c.Replacing x by t2, we get

+#- fi*''' e-t'-1- 1z

+ (-1Y#*

for all values of. t

we integrate term by term and obtain Applying Theorem 1,6.9.1, fx

J,

e-t'dt:

f

lzn

ft

x3,

x5

'2! '5 3

-LJ-

x7

3!'7

nZn*L

'

+(-l)"ffi+

The power series represents the integral for all values of x. ExAMPLE2: Using the result of Example L, comPute accurate to three decimal Places the value of frl2

I e-t' dt Jo

SOLUTION:

Replacing x by t in the power series obtained in Example L,

we have f rt2 ' ' ' IJ O t-" d t = + - # + # - ; = b a +

: 0 . 5 - 0 . 0 4 1 . 7 + 0 . 0 0 3-10 . 0 0 0 2 + ' ' ' We have a convergent alternating series with lao*tl < lu"l' Thus' if we use the first three terms to approximate the sum, by Theorem 15.6.4 the error is less than the absolute value of the fourth term. From the first three terms we get [t'' ,-o dt - 0.461 Jo

I N F I N I T ES E R I E S

ExAMPLE 3: Obtain a powerseries representation of ln(1 * r).

solurroN: Consider the function / defined by f (t) : U (l + t). A powerseries representation of this function is given by series (2) in sec. 16.g, which is

+ (-1)"t"+

1z-t3+

#-1-t+

if lr l

Applying Theorem 16.9.1,we integrate term by term and obtain

f' .d, _i{

r

Jo'].+t f,u.,

(- 1)"t" dt

and so

rn(r +r): x-$*t-f;*

iflrl ; ( b ) ( 0 , - 5 ) ;

(c) (1,-2>.

soLUrIoN: The position representation of each of the vectors in (a), (b), '1.7 'J.7 and (c) is shown in Figures 17.7.6, ."1. .7, and .'J..8,respectively. (a) tan 0 -L so 0 - tn; (b) tan 0 does not exist and a2 (c) tan e - -2; 0 - tan-l (-2) * 2n.

0:

tan-t (- z)

F i g ur e 1 7 . 1. 7 Figure 17.1.6 -2) (0, - 5)

F i g u r e1 7 . 1 . 8

If the vector A: (ar, ar), then the representation of A whose initial point is (x, y) has as its endpoint (x * ar,A * ar).Inthis way a vectormay be thought of as a translation of the plane into itself. Figure 17.1.9illustrates five representations of the vector A : (nr, a2). In each case, A translates the point (xi, yr) into the point (xi I a1,yi * ar). v (at,,az)

(tt

*

(xn *

at,Ar._* or)

frt,U+ 1, or)

(*n, y n)

(xr,y,)

(xt, y t)

(xr, yr)

F i g ur e 1 7 . 1. 9

The following definition gives the method for adding two vectors. 17.1..4Definition

The sum of two vectors A: defined by

(nr, arl and B:

(br, br) is the vector A + B,

A + B : ( a r l b 1 ,a 2 * b 2 l . rLLUsrRArroN 3: If A:

A+B:(3+

(3, -1) and B : (-4,5), then

(-4),-1+5): and B : ($, -3), then

A-B: - (- 2, L,

.12 Figure 1 7 . 1

To interpret the difference of two vectors geometrically, let the rePresentations oi the vectors A and B have the same initial point. Then the directed line segment from the endpoint of the representation of B to the endpoint of the iepresentation of A is a representation of the vector A B. This obeys the parallelogramlaw B + (A - B) : A (seeFig.17'1"72)' Another operation with vectors is scalarmultiplication.A scalaris a real number. Following is the definition of the multiPlication of a vector bv a scalar.

750

VECTORSIN THE PLANE AND PARAMETRICEQUATIONS

17.1.7 Definition

If c is a scalar and A is the vector (ar, ar), then the product of c and A, denoted by cA, is a vector and is given by cA: c(ar, a2l: (car, ca2l o rLLUsrRArroN5: If A:

(4, -5), then

3,4': 3(4, -5) - (12, -15) ExAMprn 2: If A is any vector and c is any scalar, show that 0(A)-0andc(0):0.

solurroN:

From Definition 77.1,.7it follows that

0 ( A ) - O ( a r ,n z ) - ( 0 , 0 ) : 0 and c(0) : c(0, 0) - (0, 0) : 0

We computethe magnitudeof the vectorcA as follows. cL:lGir)@

: lFG,4i7l :l? \/ii-+ a,, : lcllAl Therefore, the magnitude of cA is the absorute varue of c times the magnitude of A. The geometric interpretation of the vector cA is given in Figs. 17.1,.1g and 17.1.14.If c ) 0, then cA is a vector whose representationhai a length c times the magnitude of A and the same direction as A; an example of tlis is shown in Fig. 17.1.13,where c:3. If c ( 0, then cA is a vector whose representation has a length which is lcl times the magnitude of A and a direction opposite to that of A. This is shown in Fig. 1r.1.'t4,where

c:-t.

F i g ur e 1 7. 1. 1 3

F i g u r e1 7 . 1 ,14

Exercises L7.1 In Exercises I through 6, draw the position representation of the given vector A and also the particular representation through the given point P; find the magnitude of A.

17,2PROPERTIES OF VECTOR ADDITION AND SCALAR MULTIPLICATION 1.A- (3,41;P- (2,1) 4 . A - ( 4 , 0 > ;P : ( 2 , 6 )

2. A'-(-2,5);P:(3,-4)

751

; P : ( 4 , - \ n )

In Exercises7 through 12,find the vectorA havingPQ asa representation. Draw PQ and the position representation of A. 7.P: (3,7);Q: $,4) 1 0 .p : @ , 6 ) ; g : 1 2 , 3 6 )

8 .P : ( 5 , 0 ; Q : Q , 7 ) r t . p : ( - 5 , - 3 ) ; p : ( 0 ,3 )

9 .P : ( - 3 , s ) ; Q : e 5 , - 2 ) 12p . : t-t/1,0); e: (0,0)

R3 ur" eachrepresentations of the samevector. In Exercises13through 15,find the point S so that pi ""a 14.P:(-r,D;Q:e,-3);R:(-s,-2) 73.P:(2,5);Q:0,6);R:(-3,2) ts.P:(0,3);Q:(s,-z);R:(7,0)

15.P:(-2,0);Q:e3,-4);R:(4,2)

In Exercises17 through22, frnd.the sum of the given pairs of vectorsand illustrategeometrically. 1 9 .( - 3 , 0 ); ( 4 , - 5 )

1 8 .( 0 ,3 ) ;( - 2 , 3 > 2 r .( 0 ,0 ) ;( - 2 , 2 >

1 7 .( 2 , 4 1(;- 3 , 5 ) 2 0 .( 2 , 3 ) ;( - \ n , - 1 )

23 through28,subtractthe secondvectorfrom the first In Exercises 2 4 .( 0 ,5 ) ; ( 2 , 8 > 2 3 .( 4 , 5 ) ;( - 3 , 2 >

2 2 .( 2 , s ) (; 2 , 5 > and illustrate geometrically.

2 7 .( 0 , \ 6 ) ; ( - t D - , 0 >

2 5 .( l , e ) ; ( - 3 , 2 e 1

25.(-3, -4>; (6, 0) 2 8 .( 3 , 7 > (; 3, 7 >

29. Given A: (2, -5); B: (3, 1); C: (-4,2). (a) Find A + (B * C) and illustrate geometrically.(b) Find (A + B) + C and illustrate geometricallY. In Exercises30 through 35, let A - , B (4, -3) and C (-3, 2>. 3 0 .F i n d A + B 33. Find lc - Bl 3 6 .G i v e nA = ( 9 , 2 > ;C : 37. Lett?

3 1 .F i n d A - B

32.Find lCl

34. Find 2A + 38

35. Find 17A- Bl

(8,8); A + B: C; find lBl.

U" a representation of vector A, Q? be a representation of vector B, and RS b" u representation of vector C.

A=n,and RT are sides of a triangle, then A * B * C:0' 38. Prove analytically the triangle inequality for vectors lA + Bl < lAl + lBl' Prove that t&,

17.2 PROPERTIES OF VECTOR ADDITION AND SCALAR MULTIPLICATION

The following theorem gives laws satisfied by the operations of vector addition and scalar multiplication of any vectors in V2.

L7.2.1 Theorem

If A, B, and C are any vectors inVr, and c and d are any scalars,then vector addition and scalar multiplication satisfy the following properties: (commutative law) (i) A + B : B * A (associativelaw) (ii) A + (B + C) : (A + B) + C (iii) There is a vector 0 inV, for which (existence of additive identity) A * 0: A (iv) There is a vector -A in V, such that (existenceof negative) A + (-A) :0

EQUATIONS VECTORSIN THE PLANEAND PARAMETRIC

(v) (vi) (vii) (viii)

(associativelaw) (cd)A - c(dL) (distributive law) c(A + B) - cA * cB (distributive law) (c * d)A: cA + dA (existenceof scalarmultiplicative identity) 1(A) - A

pRooF: We give the proofs of (i), (iv), and (vi) and leave the others as exercises (see Exercises 16 through 19). Let A : (at, a"l and B : (bt, b"l. PROOFOF ( i ) : By the commutative law for real numbers, ar * br: and flz * b z : b, * az, and so we have

A+ B-

b1* a,

(ar, arl + (br,br) (at * br, a, * br) (b, * flr, bz * azl (bt, brl + (ar, qrl

B+A pRooF or (iv): The vector -A A + (-A)

is given by Definition 17.1.5 and we have

:

(ar, azl * (-au-azl

:

(at *

(-at) , a, *

(-ar)l

- (0,0) -0 PRooF oF (vi):

c ( A + B ) - c ( ( a r , n z l+ ( b r , b r l ) c ( (a t * b r ,a r + b r ) ) ( c ( a r * b , , ) ,c ( a r * b r ) l (ca, * cbr,caz* cbz) (car, caz)+ kbr, cbrl c(ar, nzl* c(br, brl cA* cB '1.: Verify (ii), (iii), (v), EXAMPLE (vii), and (viii) of Theorem 17.2.1

SOLUTION:

A+(B+C):

if A: , c - ( 5 ,- 3 ) , c : 2 , a n dd - - 6 . (A+B)*C:

(3,4> + ( ( - 2 ,1 )+ ( 5 ,- 3 ) ) (3,4) + < 62, > ( ( 3, 4 >+ ( - 2 ,1 ) )+ ( s ,- 3 )

OF VECTORADDITIONAND SCALARMULTIPLICATION 753 17,2 PROPERTIES

: (1,5)+ (5,_3)

: (6'2> A + (B + C) : (A+ B) * C, and so (ii) holds. Therefore, A + 0 : \ 3 , 4 l + ( 0 , 0 ) : ( 3 ,4 ) : A Hence,(iii) holds. (cd)A: [(2)(-6)](3,4)

: (_12)(3,4> : (_96,_49) c(dl ) :2(-6< 3' 4> ) : 2(-18, -24) : (_36, _49, Thus, (cd)A:

c(ilA), and so (v) holds.

(c+ d)A : 12+( - 5) l( 3,4): ( - 4) ( 3,4;: ( - 12' - 16l cA * dA: Z(9,4)+ (-6) (3,4l : (5,8) + (-78, -24>: \-12, -15> Therefore, (c + d)A:

cA * ilA, and (vii) holds.

1 A : 1 ( 3 ,4 ) : ( ( 1 )( 3 ) , ( 1 )( 4 )) : ( 3 , 4 ) : A and so (viii) holds.

Theorem 17.2.':.isvery important becauseevery algebraic law for the operations of vector addition and scalar multiplication of vectors in Vr can be derived from the eight properties stated in the theorem. These laws are similar to the laws of lritirmetic of real numbers. Furtheruror€r ill linear algebra, a "real vector space" is defined as a set of vectors together with a sel of real numbers (scalars)and the two operations of vector addition and scalar multiplication which satisfy the eight properties given in Theorem 17.2.1.Following is the formal definition' 17.2.2 Defrnition

A real oectorspaceV is a set of elements, called z)ectors'together with a set of real numbers, called scalars,with two operations called aectot addition and.scalarmultiplication such that for every pair of vectors A and B in V and for every scalar c, a vector A + B and a vector cA are'defined so that properties (i)-(viii) of Theorem 17'2"1'are satisfied' From Definttion 77.2.2 and Theorem 17.2.1 it follows that v, is a real vector space.

754

VECTORSIN THE PLANEAND PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS

We now take an arbitrary vector in V, and write it in a special fbrm. A:

\ a r , a " l : ( a r , 0 ) + ( 0 , a r l : a r ( L , 0 )* a r ( 0 ,L )

Becausethe magnitude of each of the two vectors (1, 0) and (0, 1) is one unit, they are called unit aectors.we introduce the following notations for these two unit vectors: ( 1 ,0 ) a n d i : ( 0 , t ) The position representation of each of these unit vectors is shown in Fig. Because 17.2.1.. i:

F i g u r e1 7, 2 . 1

: arii- ari (ar, ar): a1(1,01* ar(O,'!,) it follows that any vector in v, can be written as a linear combination of the two vectors i and j. Becauseof this the vectors i and j are said to form a basis for the vector space vr. The number of elemenis in a basis of a vector spaceis called the dimensionof the vector space.Hence, v, is a twodimensional vector space. . rLLUsrRATrow L: We expressthe vector : (2)(-+) + (_3)(4): _13

.

The following dot products are useful and are easily verified (see Exercise 5). i.i:L

(1)

i .i - L i'i:o

(2) (3)

17.3 DOT PRODUCT

757

The following theorem states that dot multiplication is commutative and distributive with respect to vector addition. 17.3.2 Theorem

If A, B, and C are any vectors in V2, then (i) A. B: B . A (ii) A' (B+C) :A.

(commutativelaw) (distributivelaw) B+A.C

The proofs of (i) and (ii) are left as exercises(see Exercises5 and 7). Note that becauseA. B is a scalar, the expression (A . B) ' C is meaningless. Hence, we do not consider associativity of dot multiplication. Some other laws of dot multiplication are given in the following theorem. 17.3.3 Theorem

If A and B are any vectors in V2 and c is any scalar, then (i) c(A. B) : (cA)'B; (ii) 0'A:0i (iii) A' A: lAl'. The proofs are left as exercises(seeExercises8 through 10). We now consider what is meant by the angle between two vectors, and this leads to another expression for the dot product of two vectors.

17.3.4 Definition

Let A and B be two nonzero vectors such that A is not a scalarmultiple of B. If O-Fis the position representation of A and O? is the position rePresentation of B, then the angle betweenthe aectorsA and B is defined to be the angle of positive measure between O? and OQ imerior to the triangle POQ.If A: cB, where c is a scalar,then if c > 0 the angle between the vectors has radian measure 0; if. c < 0, the angle between the vectors has radian measure ?r. It follows from DefinitionL7.3.4 that if a is the radian measure of the angle between two vectors, then 0 < d. < z. Figure 17.3'1 shows the angle between two vectors if A is not a scalar multiple of B. The following theorem is perhaps the most important fact about the dot product of two vectors.

F i g u r e1 7 . 3 . 1

17.3.5Theorem

If a is the radian measure of the angle between the two nonzero vectors A and B, then A . B:

l A l l n l c o sa

(4)

thepositionrePreari* ariandB :bi*b2i'LetOFUe sentation of A and oQ be the position representation of B. Then the angle

pRooF: LetA-

THE PLANEAND PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS

Q(br, bz) P(or, a z)

between the vectors A and B is the angle at the origin in triangle POQ (see Fi9.77.3.2); P is the point (ar, ar) and Q is the point (01,b2).In triangle OPQ, lAl is the length of the side OP and Inl is the length of the side Oe. So from the law of cosines we obtain lvog-------=_-

l A l ' + l B l -, l P Q l , 2lAllBl

_ (arz+ ar2)I (brz* br2).-. .l(a, - br)z* (a, - br)zf

2lAllBl

Figure17.3.2

_ 2arb,* 2arbz

2lAllBl

_ lrbr * arb,

lAllBl

Hence, cosa:

,A;, B,

lAllBl

from which we obtain

A . B : l A l l n lc o sa

r

Theorem L7.3.5states-thatthe dot product of two vectors is the product of the magnitudes of the vectors and the cosine of the radian measure of the angle between them. o rLLUsrRArroN2: If A : 3i - 2i, B :2i * i, and a is the radian measure of the angle between A and B, then from iheorem 17.3.5,we have

cosc: I 'l B, lAllBl GX2) + (-2)(1)

\M\M

6-2 ____,V13 V5

:+y65

0

we leamed in sec. 17.2 that if two nonzero vectors are scararmultiples of each other, then they have either the same or opposite directions. We have then the following definition. 17.3.6 Definition

Two vectors are said tobe parallel if. and only if one of the vectors is a scalar multiple of the other. . rLLUsrRArrow3: The vectors ; B : ( - 4 , 3 > 3 .A - 2 i - i ; B : i * 3 i 5 . S h o wt h a ti . i : 1 . ; i , i : l ; i 8. Prove Theorem 17.3.3(i).

2 .A - ( + , - + ) ; B(:* , * > 4.4--2i;B--i+i .

i:0.

6. ProveTheorem17.3.2(i).

7. Prove Theorem 17.3.2(ii).

9. ProveTheorem17.3.3(ii).

10. Prove Theorem 17.3.3(iii).

17.4 VECTOR-VALUED FUNCTIONSAND PARAMETRICEQUATIONS

In Exercises11 through 14, if. a is the radian measure of the angle between A and B, find cos a. 1 1 .A :

(4,31;8: (1,-1)

1 2 .A :

1 3 .A : 5 i - 1 2 j ; B : 4 i * 3 i

(-2,-31;8:

(3,2>

1 4 .A : 2 i + 4 j ; B : - 5 i

15. Find k so that the radian measure of the angle between the vectors in Example 1 of this section is *a. 16. Given A:

ki-2i

and B:

17. Given A:5i-ki;B:ki+5j, are parallel.

ki* 6i, where k is a scalar.Find k so that A and B are orthogonal. where k is a scalar.Find (a) k so that A andB are orthogonal;(b) k so thatAandB

18. Find k so that the vectors given in Exercise15 have opposite directions. 19.GivenA:5i+12j;B:i*kj,wherekisascalar.Findksothattheradianmeasureof

theanglebetweenAandBislzr.

20. Find two unit vectors each having a representation whose initial point is (2,4) and which is tangent to the parabola Y : 12 there' 21,.Find two unit vectors each having a representation whose initial point is (2, 4) and which is normal to the parabola Y - 12 there' 22. If A is the vector ari.| arj, find the unit vectors that are orthogonal to A. 6i, frnd the vector projection of A onto B. 23. If A: -8i * 4i and B:7i24. Find the vector projection of B onto A for the vectors of Exercise23. 25. Find the component of the vector A : 5i - 6i in the direction of the vector B:7i

+ i. direction of vector A. 25. For the vectors A and B of Exercise 25, find the component of the vector B in the

27. A vector F represents a force which has a magnitude of 8 lb and *z as the radian measure of the angle giving its direction. Find the work done by the force in moving an object (a) along the r axis from the origin to the point (5, 0) and (b) along the y axis from the origin to the point (0, 6). Distance is measured in feet. 28. Two forces represented by the vectors F1 and F2 act on a particle and cause it to move along a straight line from the point (2, 5) to the point (7, 3). If Fl : 3i - i and F2: -4i + 5j, the magnitudes of the forces are measured in pounds, and distance is measured in feet, find the work done by the two forces acting together. 29. If A and B are vectors, prove that

( A + B ) ' ( A + B ): l ' '

A+2A' B+B'B

30. Prove by vector analysis that the medians of a triangle meet in a point. 31..Prove by vector analysis that the line segment joining the midpoints of two sides of a triangle is parallel to the third side and its length is one-half the length of the third side. 32. Prove by vector analysis that the line segment joining the midpoints of the nonparallel sides of a trapezoid is parallel to the parallel sides and its length is one-half the sum of the lengths of the parallel sides. 33. Prove that two nonzero vectors are parallel if and only if the radian measure of the angle between them is 0 or z.

17.4 VECTOR-VALUED FUNCTIONS AND PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS

We now consider a function whose domain is a set of real numbers and whose range is a set of vectors. Such a function is called a "vector-valued fimction." Following is the precise definition.

17.4.1 Definition

Letl and I be two real-valued functions of a real variable f. Then for every

764

VECTORS IN THE PLANEAND PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS number f in the domain common to / and g, there is a vector R defined by

R(f):f(f)i+s(f)i

(1)

and R is called a aector-aalued function. o ILLUSTRATToNL: Suppose

R(f): \Fi+

(t- 3)-'i

Let a n dg ( f ) : ( t - 3 ) - '

f (t): \F

The domain of R is the set of values of f for which both /(t) and g(f) are defined. The function value /(t) is defined for f * 2 and g(f) is defined for all real numbers except 3. Therefore, the domain of R is

{tlt-z,t+S}.

.

If R is the vector-valuedfunction defined by (1), as f assumesall values in the domain of R, the endpoint of the position representation of the vector R(f) haces a curye C. For each such value of f, we obtain a point (x, y) on C for which

x-f(t)

and y-sG)

(2)

The curve c may be defined by Eq. (1) orEqs. (2). Equation (1) is calleda aectorequationof c, and Eqs. (2) are called parametricequationsof C. The variable t is aparameter.The curve C is also called a graph; that is, the set of all points (x, y) satisfying Eqs. (2) is the graph of the vector-varued function R. A vector equation of a curve, as well as parametric equations of a curve, gives the curve a direction at each point. That is, if we think of the curye as being traced by a particle, we can consider the positive direction along a curve as the direction in which the particle moves as the parameter f increases.In such a caseas this, f may be taken to be the measure of the time, and the vector R(t) is called the positionaector.sometimes R(f) is referred to as the radius aector. If the parameter f is eliminated from the pair of Eqs. (2), we obtain one equation in r and y, which is called a cartesianequationof c. It may happen that elimination of the parameter leads to a cartesian equation whose graph contains more points than the graph defined by either the vector equation or the parametric equations. This situation occurs in Example 4. EXAMPLE

Given the vector

equation R(f)

cos ti + 2 srn ti

SOLUTION: The domain of R is the set of all real numbers. We could tabulate values of x and y for particular values of t. However, if we find the magnitude of the position vector, we have for ev ery t

l R ( f )-l t / 4 c o s z i + Z ; i p i _ 2 m _ z r

(a) draw a sketchof the graph of

17.4 VECTOR-VALUED FUNCTIONSAND PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS

this equation,and (b) find a cartesian equation of the graph. v P(2 cost, 2 sin t)

Therefore, the endpoint of the position representation of each vector R(f) is two units from the origin. By letting f take on all numbers in the closed interval 10,2nl, we obtain a circle having its center at the origin and radius 2. This is the entire graph becauseany value of f will give a point on this parametric equations of circle. A sketch of the circle is shown in Fig. 17.4.1,. the graph are x,:2cosf

and y:2sint

A cartesian equation of the graph can be found by eliminating f from the two parametric equations, which when squaring on both sides of each equation and adding gives 17.4.1

* + Yz:4 As previously stated, upon eliminating f from parametric equations (2) we obtain a cartesian equation. The cartesian equation either implicitly or explicitly defines y as one or more functions of r. That is, if x: f (t) andy : g(f), then y : h(x).lf.h is a differentiable function of r and / is a differentiable function of.t, it follows from the chain rule that DtA: (D"y)(Dtx) or

g,G): (h,(x))(f,(t)) or, by using differential notation, dy :dy dx dt dx dt If. dxldt # 0,we can divide on both sides of the above equation by dxlilt and obtain

(3)

Equation (3) enables us to find the derivative of y with respect t o x directly from the parametric equations.

ExAMPun2: Given x:3t2 and y -- 4tB, find dy ldx and dzyldxz without eliminating t.

solurroN:

APplying (3), we have

EQUATIONS VECTORSIN THE PLANEAND PARAMETRIC

d(y') dt dx dt Becausey' :2t,

d(y')ldt:2;

thus, we have from the above equation

dry dx2

ExAMPrn 3: (a) Draw a sketch of the graph of the curye defined by the parametric equations of Example 2, and (b) find a cartesian equation of the graph in (a).

solurroN: Becauser:3P, we conclude that r is never negative. Table gives values of r and y for particular values of f. BecauseDry:2t, 17.4.1, we see that when t:0, Dry: 0; hence, the tangent line is horizontal at the point (0,0). A sketch of the graph is shown in Fig. 17.4.2.From the two parametricequationsr:3f2 and y:4t3, we getf :27F andy2:'),6f . Therefore,

*"-a'

6 5 4

27

or, equivalently, 15xs- 27y'

3 2

16

which is the cartesianequation desired.

T

o

T a b l e7 7 . 4 . 1

-1_

-2 -3

000

-4

24'

-5

134 21232

-6 Figure17.4.2

131

+*-+

-L -2

-4 -32

3 12

o rr,lusrru,rrox 2: If in Eq. (4) we differentiate implicrtly, we have 4gx2 -

dlt

s4y -d*

and solving for dyldx, we get dV _ 8*' dx 9y

17.4VECTOR-VALUED FUNCTIONS ANDPARAMETRIC EQUATIONS767 Substituting for r and y in terms of t fuom the given parametric equations, we obtain -dy :-: dx

8(3t2)2 9(4ts)

'''

which agreeswith the value of dyldx found in Example 2. ExAMPrn 4: Draw a sketch of the graph of the curue defined by the parametric equations x-coshf

and y:sinhf

(5)

Also find a cartesian equation of the graph.

.

solurroN: Squaring on both sides of the given equations and subtracting, we have * - y': cosh2f - sinlf f From the identity cosh2t - sinh2 f : 1, this equation becomes (5)

f-y':l

Equation (5) is an equation of an equilateral hyperbola. Note that for f any real number, cosh f is never less than 1. Thus, the curve defined by parametric equations (5) consists of only the points on the right branch of the h;nperbola.A sketdr of this curve is shown in Fig. 17.4.3.A cartesian equationis * - A2:1, where x >'1..

Figure17.4.3

The results of Example 4 can be used to show how the function values of the hyperbolic sine and hyperbolic cosine functions have the samerelationship to the equilateral hyperbola as the trigonometric sine and cosine functions have to the circle. The equations x-cosf

and y-sinf

(7)

are a set of parametric equations of the unit circle becauseif f is eliminated from them by squaring on both sides of each and adding, we obtain

Figure17.4.4

f * Y': cos2f * sin2f: 1 The parameter f in Eqs. (7) can be interpreted as the number of radians in the measure of the angle between the r axis and a line from the origin to P(cos f, sin f) on the unit circle. See Fig. 17.4.4 Becausethe area of a circular sector of radius r units and a central angle of radian measure f is

768

VECTORSIN THE PLANE AND PARAMETRICEQUATIONS

cosh f, sinh f

given by *r2f square units, the area of the circular sector in Fig. 17.4.4 is +t square units becauser: 1. In Example 4 we showed that parametric equations (5) are a set of parametric equations of the right branch of the equilateral hyperbola f -U2:1. This hyperbola is calledtheunit hyperbola.LetP(cosh f, sinh l) be a point on this curve, and let us calculatethe areaof the sectorAOP shown in Fig. 17.4.5.The sector AOP is the region bounded by the x a>-b.lf-th" origin is at the center of tne fixea circle, f is the number of parameter and the circles, two the of of tangency point moving is the tact with the fiied circle, B are hypocycloid of the equations parametric that ptove AOB, angle radians in the

x:(a-b)cosf*bcos+, and

y:(a-b)sinf -bsn+t of this cuwe are x: 24. If a : 4b in Exercise 23, we have a hypocycloidof f our cusps.Show that parametric equations : t. y a sirts 4 cossf and of four cusps, and draw a 25. Use the parametric equations of Exercise24 to find a cartesian equation of the hypocycloid equation. resulting of the graph sketch of the

26. Parametric equations for the ttactfix arc

x : t - a t a n hi

,:o"""hl

Draw a sketchof the curve for a:4' intercept of the tangent line. 27. provethat the parameter t in the parametric equations of a tractrix (seeExercise26) is the r line from the point 2g. Show that the tractrix of Exercise26 is a curve such that the length of the segment of every tangent to a' and equal constant is r axis of tangenry to the point of intersection with the (16). 29. Find the area of the region bounded by the r axis and one arch of the cycloid, having Eqs. 30. Find the centroid of the region of Exercise29.

772

VECTORS IN THEPLANEANDPARAMETRIC EQUATIONS

17.5 CALCUTUS OF VECTORVALUED FUNCTIONS !7.5.1 Definition

We now discuss limits, continuity, functions.

and derivatives of vector-valued

Let R be a vector-valued function whose function values are given by

R(f) -- f(f)i + s?)i Then the limit o/ R(t) as t approaches tr is defined by

rimR(f): tt

+ [ln fuli [n,

(f)]t

and g@ bothexist. 1tTf@ 1T

o rr.r.usfRArroN L: If R(f) : cos fi + 2t j, then

lim R(r;: (ti3 cosf)i + (liT 2e,)i: i+ zi 17'5'2 Definition

The vector-valued function R is continuousat trifand only if the following three conditions are satisfied: (i) R(fr) exists; (ii) lim R(f) exists; t-tr

(iii) lim R(f) : R(r,). 2-tr

From Definitions 17.5.'Land']-,7.s.2,it fonows that the vector-valued functio-nR, defined uy n(t-) : f (t)i + g(t)i, is continuous at f, if and onry if / and g are continuous there. In the following definition the expression R(f+Af)-R(r) At is used' This is the division of a vector by a scalarwhich has not yet been defined. By this expression we mean 1 6 tntt+ ar) R(r)l

L7'5'3 Definition

If R is a vector-valued function, then the deivatiae of R is another vectorvalued function, denoted by R, and defined by R ' (t ) : l i m

R(t + Af) - R(f)

^t

ir thistimit I:,,. The notation DrR(t) is sometimes used in place of R'(f).

FUNCTIONS773 17.5CALCULUS OFVECTOR-VALUED The following theorem follows from Definition 17.5.3and the definition of the derivative of a real-valued function. 17.5.4 Theorem

If R is a vector-valued function defined by (1)

R(f):f(f)i+s(f)i then

R ' ( f )- f ' ( t ) i +

g'G)i

if f ' (t) andg' G) exist. PRooF: From Definition

17.5.3

R(f+af)-R(f) R ' ( t ) : lim Lt A/-0

-lim

lf ( t + af) i+ s( t + At) il [/( t) i + s( t) i] t

A/-0

:lim

i+lim Af -O

Af - 0

: f,(t)i+g,(f)i

I

The directionof R'(f) is given by d (0 < e < 2n), where dy dt _ dY e'(t) tan d: dx dx f'(t)

E

From the above equation, we see that the direction of R'(f) is along point the tangent line to the curve having vector equation (1) at the

tation of R(f) as f assumesall values in the domain of R. Let OP be the position representation of R(f) and OQ be the position replesentation of

F i g u r e1 7 . 5 . 1

sentations tangent to the curve C at the point P.

VECTORSIN THE PLANEAND PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS

o rt,t,usrnerron 2: If R(f) - (2 * sin f)i + cos fj, then R'( t) : cos tr - sin fj Higher-order derivatives of vector-valued functions are defined as for higher-order derivatives of real-valued functions. so if R is a vectorvalued tunction defined by R(f) : f (t)i + g(t)j, the secondderivative of R, denoted by R"(t), is given by R"(f) : Dr[R'(f)] We also have the notation DrrR(t) in place of R,,(t).By applying Theorem 17.5.4to R'(t), we obtain

R " (f) : f" ( t) i* g" G) i if f" (t) andg"(f) exist. o rLLUsrRArroN3: rf R(r): (ln f)i + (]) i, tr,""

R',(t):lt-ii and

- -+i+ ii R"(t) 17.5.5 Definition

A vector-valued function R is said to be differentiableon an interval if R'(f ) exists for all values of f in the interval.

The following theorems give differentiation formulas for vectorvalued functions. The proofs are based on Theorem 17.5.4 and theorems on differentiation of real-valued functions. 17'5'6 Theorem

If R and Q are differentiable vector-valued functions on an interval, then R + Q is differentiable on the interval, and

D,[R(r)+ Q(r)] : D,R(r)+ D,Q(f) The proof of this theorem is left as an exercise (see Exercise 16). EXAMPLE 1:

If

R(f) -tzi+ (t-L)i and Q(f) : sin fi + cos fi verify Theorem 77.5.6.

SOLUTION:

D'[R(t) + e(r)] :Dt(Jtzi+ (t- 1)i] + [sin ti+cos ti]) : DtlG, * sin f)i + (t - 1 + cost)il - (2t+ cosf)i + (1 - sin f)j D'R(r) + DIQG): Dtltzi+ (r - 1)il * D,(sinfi + cosri)

FUNCTIONS 17.5 CALCULUSOF VECTOR-VALUED

: (zti + i) + (costi - sin fi) - ( 2 t + c o s f ) i + ( 1- s i n f ) i D'[R(f)+ Q(f)l- DrR(f)* D'Q(t). Hence, 17.5.7 Theorem

If R and Q are differentiable vector-valued functions on an intervd, then R' Q is differentiable on the interval, and

D , [ R ( r ) .Q ( r ) ] : [ o , n ( t ) ] ' Q 0 ) + R ( t ) ' [ D ' Q ( t ) ] and Q(f) :f2!)i+8r(t)i' Then by PRooF:Let R(f) :flt)i+8,(t)i Theorem17.5.4 DE(f) : fl (t)i+8,'(t)i and D'Q(f): fz'G)i+ 82'G)i

R(f). Q(f): 11,(t)l lf,(t)l + [s'(t)][s'(t)] So

.Q(r)] D,[R(r) + [s'(f)][g,'(t)] : lfr'(r)lt/r(f)l + t/,(r)llf,'(t)l* [8,'(t)]lsr(t)] - {lf,'(r)lt/2(r)l + {[/,(t)]lf,'(t)l+ [s'(t)][g"(t)]] * [8,'(r)]ts,(r)l] I : [P'n(t)]' Q(t)+ R(t)' tD'Q(f)l EXAMP:n2: Verify Theorem 17.5.7 for the vectors given in Example 1.

SOLUTION:

R ( r ) ' Q ( t ) : f 2s i n t + ( t - 1 ) c o sf '

Therefore,

Q ( f ) l - 2 f s i n t + f 2 c o st + c o s t + ( f t ) ( - s i n f ) D,[R(r) Q ( f ) l - ( f + 1 ) s i n t + ( f 2 + 1 ) c o sf

D,[R(f)

Because

D,R(r)- D,ltzi+ (t - 1)il - zti+ i [D,R(f)] . Q(t) : (2ti+ i)' (sin fi + cosfi) - 2 t s i n t + c o sf Because D,Q(t) : D,lsin fi + cos til:

cos ti- sin fi

R ( f ) . [ D , Q ( f ) ] : [ t z i + ( t - 1 ) i ] ' ( c o st i - s i n f i ) : t2 cos t - (f - 1) sin f Therefore, : (2t sin t + cosf) tD,R(f)l . Q(f) + R(f) ' [D'Q(f)] + [f2 cost-

(f - 1) sin f]

VECTORSIN THE PLANEAND PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS

Thus, [D,R(f)]. Q(f) + R(r) . [ D , Q ( f ) ] : ( f + 1 ) s i n f + ( t 2 + L ) c o s f (3) ComparingEqs. (Z) and (3), we see that Theorem 17.5.T holds. 1'7.5.8Theorem

If R is a differentiable vector-valued function on an interval and f is a differentiable real-valued function on the intenral, then

Dilf@ltR(f)ll:

[D,/(f)]R(t)+ f(t) D,R(f)

The proof is left as an exercise(seeExercise1Z). The following theorem is the chain rule for vector-valued functions. The proof which is left as an exercise (see Exercise 1g) is based on Theorems 2.6.6 and 3.6.1, which involve the analogous conclusions for realvalued functions. 17'5'9 Theorem

Suppose that F is a vector-valued function, h is a real-valued function such that 6: h(t), and G(f) : F(/r(O).If ft is continuous at f and F is continuous at h(t), then G is continuous at f. Furthermore, D1s if and DoG(f) exist, then D$(t) exists and is given by D$(t):

lDoG(t))Dt6

we now define an indefinite integral (or antiderivative) of a vectorvalued function. 17.5,10 Definition

If e is the vector-valued function given by

Q(f):f(t)i+s@i then the indefinite integral of eG) is defined by f.

lr

d t : i f G )d t + i s @a t J a(r) J J

(4)

This definition is consistent with the definition of an indefinite integral of a real-valued function because if we take the derivative on both sides of (4) with respect to f, we have rff

D , Jq ( t )d t : i D t f @ d t + i D t s @ a t J J which gives us f

D, Q@ itt:if(t) + wG) J For eachof the indefinite integrals on the right side of (4) there occurs an-arbitrary scalar constant. when each of theJe scalarsis muttiplied by either i or i, there occurs an arbitrary constant vector in the sum. so we

17,5 CALCULUSOF VECTOR-VALUED FUNCTIONS

have f

I Q(f) dt _ R(f)

+c

J

where DrR(t) : Q(f) and C is an arbitrary constant vector.

ExAMPrr3: Find the most general vector-valued function whose derivative is

If D'R(t) - Q(t), then R(t; : ,l"Q(f)dt, or

SOLUTION:

ff

R ( r ; : i I sin t dt - 3i' J I cosf dt J

Q(f) : sin ti- 3 cos fj

i(-cos t+ C') -3i(sin t+cr) -cos ti - 3 sin ti + (C,i - sCri) -cos ti- 3 sin ti+C

EXAMPTu 4: Find the vector R(0 for which DB(t):

solurroN:

-t dt+i a a, I

R(f)

So

e-ti* e'i

and for which R(0) : i + i.

R(f) - i (-e-' * C') + i k' + Cr) Because R(0) : i + i, we have i + i: i(-1 + C') + i(1 + Cr) So Cl -L:1

and

Cr*1.:1.

Therefore, Cr: 2

and

Cz: 0

So

R(t;: (-e-,+2)i+eti

The following

l7.5.ll

Theorem

theorem will be useful later.

If R is a differentiable vector-valued function on an interval and lR(t)l is constant for all t in the interval, then the vectors R(t) and DrR(f) are orthogonal. pRooF: Let lR(01: k. Then by Theorem 17.3.3(iii),

R (t)' n1 4:12 Differentiating on both sides with respect to f and using Theorcm17.5.7

VECTORSIN THE PLANEAND

PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS we obtain

. R(r)+ R(r). [D,n1r;1 :s [D,R(r)] Hence, 2R(f)'D'R(t):0 Becausethe dot product of R(f) and DlR(f) is zero, it follows from Definition 77.3.7that R(f) and D1R(f)are orthogonal. I Df R(f)

The geometric interpretation of Theorem 17.5.1.7is evident. If the vector R(t) has constant magnitude, then the position representatiotr OF of R(t) has its terminal point P on the circle with its center at the origin and radius k. So the graph of R is this circle. BecauseDrR(t) and R(f) are +

orthogonal, OP is perpendicular to a representation of DE(t).

Figrre

17.5.2shows a sketch of a quarter circle, the position representation OP of R(t), and the representationPB of DE(f).

Figure 17.5.2

Exercises 77.5 In Exercises L through 4, find the indicated limit, if it exists.

1 . R ( f )- ( t - 2 ) i +

2. R ( f ) - e t + t i+ l f + 1 . l i ; t i m R ( f )

=i,rr,gR(r)

3. R(f) - 2 sin fi * cos,t,

4. R(f):

) l:nR(f In Exercises 5 throughL0,find R'(f ) and R" (f ). t-L.

t-2.

s. R(f) : (t2- 3)i + (2t+ r)i

6 .R ( f ) : f i i + i i,

8. R(f) : coszti + tan fi

9. R(f) : tan-r ti + zti

In Exercises11 and 12, find.D,lR(f) l. (2-t)i 1 1 .R ( t ) : ( f - l ) i +

12-2t-3.,t2-5t+6.1

fi:i

+

timR(f) f _ 3i i;

7. R(f) : szti+ ln fi

1 0 .R ( t ; : \ t r t + r i + ( t - l ) ' i

1 2 .R ( f ) : ( e t * l ) i + ( e ' - l ) j

In Exercises13 through 15, find R'(t) . R"(t). 1 3 .R ( t ) :

(2P- l)i+ (f +3)i

15. Prove Theorem 17.5.5.

1 4 .R ( t ) : - c o s

2ti*sin2ti

17. Prove Theorem 17.5.8.

ls. R(t):ezti+e-zti 18. Prove Theorem 17.5.9.

In Exercises19 through 22, find, the most general vector whose derivative has the given function value.

t s .t a n r- i+ i

20.hi-+t,i

sint fi + 2 coszti, andR("t) :0, find R(f). 24. If R'(f) : et sin ti+ et cos ti, and R(0) - i - i, find R(f). 23. If R'(t):

2t. ln fi + Pi

22. }ti - zti

17.6 LENGTHOF ARC

25. Given the vector equation R(t) : cos fi * sin fj. Find a cartesian equation of the curve which is traced by the endpoint of the position representationof R'(f). Find R(t) . R'(t). Interpret the result geometrically. 26. Given R(t):zti+ find Dp(t).

(tz -1)j

and Q(t):3ti.

lf. a(t) is the radian measureof the angle between R(t) and Q(f),

27. Suppose R and R' are vector-valued functions defined on an interval and R' is differentiable on the interval. Prove D ' [ R ' ( t ) . R ( t ) ] : l R ' ( t ) | ' z+ R ( t ) ' R " ( t ) 28. If lR(t) | : h(t) , prove that R(t) . R'(t) : lh(t)llh' (t)1. 29. If the vector-valued function R and the real-valued function / are both differentiable on an interval and /(t) * 0 on the interval, prove that Rff is also differentiable on the interval and

(r)- /'(f)R(f) _ /(r)R', l] fRC)..l -'LfG) lf@l' J 30. Prove that if A and B are constant vectors and / and g are integrable functions, then fff

+ Bs(t)litt: A f@ at+n s@ d.t J J tA/(t) J (nrNr: Express A and B in terms of i and i.)

17.5 LENGTH OF ARC

In Sec.8.10 we obtained a formula for finding the length of arc of a cunre having an equation of the form y : f (x).This is a special kind of cunre becausethe graph of a function /cannot be intersected by a vertical line in more than one point. We now develop a method for finding the length of arc of some other kinds of curves. Let C be the curve having parametric equations x-f(t)

and y:g(f)

(1)

and suppose that / and g are continuous on the closed interval [a, b]. We wish to assign a number L to represent the number of units in the length of arc of C from t: a to t: b. We proceed as in Sec.8.10. Let A be a partition of the closedintenral [a, b] formed by dividing the interval into n subintewals by choosing n - L numbers between a and,b. L'et fo: a and tn: b, and let tr, tz, . . . , tn-r be intermediate numbers: to1t, The dth subinterval is [/i-1, t1] and the number of units in its length, denoted by Llt,is \- f6-r,where i: L,2, . . . , n. Let llAllbe the norm of the partition; so each A/ = llAll. Associatedwith each number f1is a point P{f (t),9(4)) on C. From each point P1-, draw a line segment to the next point P1 (see Fig. 77.6.7). The number of units in the length of the line segment from P1-, to P; is denoted by lPprPTl. From the distance formula we have

IFFIP{l :

e)

780

VECTORSIN THE PLANEAND PARAMETRICEQUATIONS

v Pi(f(t),s(f ;))

P"(f(b),s(b))

Pi-t(f (t i-t), s$ r-r))

F i g u r e1 7 . 6 . 1

The sum of the numbers of units of lengths of the n hne segments is n

(3) t-l

Our intuitive notion of the length of the arc from f : a to f : b leads us to define the number of units of the length of arc as the limit of the sum in (3) as llAllapproacheszero. 17.5.1 Definition

Let the curve C have parametric equations r : /(t) and y : g!).Then if there exists a number L having the property that for any € > 0 there is a E>0suchthat ln

I

l) lP,_rPiI-Ll l?_r'| for everypartition A of the intenral la, bl for which llAll

L- lim i lml s f:1

(4)

llall-

and L units is called the length of arc of the curue C from the point (f (a), g@)) to the point (f (b), g(b) ).

The arc of the curve is rectifiable if the limit in (4) exists. If f ' and g' are continuous on la, bl, we can find a formula for evaluating the limit in (a). We proceed as follows. Because/' andg' are continuous on [a, bl,lhey are continuouson each subinterval of the partition A. So the hypothesis of the mean-value theorem (Theorem 4.7.2) is satisfied by f andg on each lti,_r,tl; therefore, there are numbers zi and ari in the open interval (tr_r, f1) such that

' f (t,) - f (tr) - f (2,) Aot

(s)

gG) - s1r-) - g'(w) L,t

(6)

and

17.6LENGTHOF ARC

781

Substituting from (5) and (5) into (2) , we obtain

tmt: or, equivalently, (7)

Lit

lffil:

inthe openintervil (to-r,tu).Thenfrom (4) and (7),if where z.land,wieltE the limit exists, n

L-

(8)

lim ' l l a l l - of i

The sum in (8) is not a Riemann sum becausezi and wl N€ not necessarily the same numbers. So we cannot apply the definition of a definite integral to evaluatethe limit in (8). Howevet, there is a theorem which we can apply to evaluate this limit. We state the theorem, but a proof is not given becauseit is beyond the scope of this book. You can find a proof in an advanced calculus text. 17.6.2 Theorem

If the functions F and G are continuous on the closed interval la, bl, then the function \/FtTtr, is also continuous on la,bf , and'if A is a partition I tr, < ti < o f t h e i n t e r v a fl a , b l ( A , a: : t o I t , I ' ' ' (f1-1, f1), then in and z1 artd wl are any numbers Lit:

['

dt

(e)

' Applytng (9) to (8), where F is f and G is g', we have

t:

fb

J"

dt !lf,(t)1,+ 18,G)12

We state this result as a theorem. 17.5.3 Theorem

Let the curve C have parametric equations r: l(t) and y : 8G), and suppose that f' andg' are continuous on the closed interval [4, D]. Then the length of arc L units of the curve C from the point (/(a), g(a) ) to the point (f (b), S(b) ) is determinedby (10)

EXAMPLE1: Find the length of the arc of the curye havingParametric equations x: f 3 and y : 2t2 in each of the following cases:(a) from t - 0 to t - 1; (b) from t--2tot-0.

sor,urroN: A sketch of the curve is shown in Fig. L7.6'2' (a) Letting a n d l e t t i n gy : 8 G ) , 8 ' ( t ) : D , Y : 4 f ' s o f r o m x: f(t), f'(t):Dp:3P; Theorem L7.6.3,if L units is the length of the arc of the curve from f : 0 to t:1,

VECTORSIN THE PLANEAND PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS fr

:l

t\ffidt

JO l1

: + . ? ( g t r + 1 5 ) 3 / 21 lo

-;r[(25)Btz - (16)3/2] -L0-8-6-4-Z

F i g ur e 1 7. 6 . 2

-+(12s-64) -n61 -

(b) If L units is the length of the arc of the curye from we have from Theorem 17.6.3

L-l

fo

f0

I \F\ffi J-z

ffidt:

J-z Because -2 < t S 0, \F ro

L- | -t\ffi J-z

-2tot:0

dt

- -t. So we have

dt

- -;?

lo (9t' + I6)st2 | J-z

- -;r

[ (16)3t2

(50) 3/2]

-;r(2s0 \D - 64) : 10.7

The curve C has parametric equations (1). Lets units be the length of arc of C from the point (f(t),g(tr)) to the point (/(r), gG)), and let s increase as f increases.Then s is a function of f and is given by ft

s- l Jto

du

(11)

From Theorem 7.6.1, we have

A vector equation of C is

R(t):f(f)i+ s?)i

(13)

Because

R'(t):f'(t)i+ g'U)i we have (14)

17.6 LENGTHOF ARC

783

Substituting from (14) into (12),we obtain

(1s)

lR'(f)l

From (15) we conclude that if s units is the length of arc of curve C having vector equation (13) measured from some fixed point to the point (f (t), SG)) where s increasesas f increases,then the derivative of s with respect to f is the magnitude of the derivative of the position vector at the point (/(f),9(f)). If we substitutefrom (14) into (10), we obtain f : "ljlR'(t)ldf. So Theorem 17.5.3 can be stated in terms of vectors in the following way. 17.6.4 Theorem

Let the curve C have the vector equation R(t) : f (t)i + SG)i, and suppose thatf'andg' are continuous on the closed interval [a, b]. Then the length of arc of C, traced by the terminal point of the position representation of R(f) as f increases fuom a to b, is determined by (15)

EXAMPrn 2: Find the length of the arc traced by the terminal point of the position rePresentation of R(f) as f increases from L toAtf R(f) : et sin fi + et cos ti

sorurroN: R'(t) : (e'sin t + et cost)i + (et cos t et sin t)i. Therefore, -2

l R ' (t ) l : e '

sin f cos t*

stnz t

-- et{z From (16) we have

f,et dt: nr)^r-- \D,(en- e)

An altemate form of formula (10) for the length of an arc of a curve C, is obtained by reand y:8(t), having parametric equations x:f(t) placing f'(t) by dxldt and g'U) by dyldt.Wehave dt

(r7)

Now supposethat we wish to find the length of arc of a curve C whose (x, y) is the cartesianrepresentationof a polar equation is r:F(0).If. point P on C and (r, 0) is a polar rePresentation of P, then x-rcose

and y-rsrn0

(18)

Replacirg r by F(0) in Eqs. (18), we have x - F(0) cos 0

and

F(0) sin 0

(le)

VECTORSIN THE PLANEAND PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS

Equations (19) can be considered as parametric equations of c where 0 is the parameter instead of f. Therefore, if.E' is continuous on the closed interval fo-,Ff , the formula for the length of arc of the curve c whose polar equation is r:F(d) is obtained from (12) by taking f :9. So we harre d0

(20)

From (18) we have dx dr UE-r d0_cos

sin0 and

du dr d0:sin0 dn*rcos0

Therefore,

ffi: * 2r sin 0 cosd

EXAMPLE3: Find the length of the cardioid r - 2(1 + cos A).

fi*

r2 cosz 0

solurroN: A sketch of the curve is shown in Fig. 17.6.9.To obtain the length of the entire curve, we can let d take on values from 0 to 2zr or we can make use of the symmetry of the curve and find half the length by letting 0 take on values from 0 to z. Becauser:2(l * cos d), drld|: -2 sin 0. Substitutinginto (21), integrating from 0 to z, and multiplying by 2, we have frr

L-'J,

dE de

: 4 ! 7- f n | t / t + c o s e a e JO

Figure 17.6.3

To evaluatethis integral, we use the identity cos2*g:+(1+ cos 0), which gives vT +cos 0 : V2 lcosggl.Becauseb = 0 = 7T,0 0. To each value of s there corresponds a unique point P on the curve C. Consequently, the coordinates of P are functions of s, and s is a function of f. In Sec.17.6we showed that lD'R(f) | : Dts

(7)

Substituting from (7) into (1), we get

T(f):ry D,R(t) : DrsT(f) If the parameter is s instead of f, we have from the above equation, by taking f : s and noting that Dp : L, D-R(s) : T(s) This result is stated as a theorem. 17.8.3Theorem

If the vector equation of a curve c is R(s) : /(s)i + g(s)i, where s units is the length of arc measured from a particular point Poon C to the point P, then the unit tangent vector of C at P is given by

Now suppose that the parametric equations of a curve C involve a parameter f, and we wish to find parametric equations of C, with s, the number of units of arc length measured from some fixed point, as the

AND ARC LENGTHAS A PABAMETER AND UNITNORMALVECTORS 17.8THEUNITTANGENT

parameter.Often the operations involved are quite complicated. However, the method used is illustrated in the following example. ExAMPLE2: Suppose that parametric equations of the cunre C a r ex - f 3 a n d y : t 2 , w h e r e f > 0 . Find parametric equations of C having s as aparameter, where s is the number of units of arc length measured from the point where t:0.

solurroN: If Peis the point where t:O,Po is the origin. The vector equation of C is R(f) : tsi+ t2i BecauseD6s: lDlR(f)1, we differentiate the above vector and obtain DrR(t):3t2i+2ti So

lD,R(r)l: y9FT@ : {F 6FTT Becauset > 0, lF

: f. Thus, we have

l D ' R (lr:) t @ + + Therefore, Dos,:115P14 and so ft

s: I u\/9uz*4 du JO

- * J, fot t8u\m

du

: iv (9u,+ 4rt,r]. We obtain (S)

t:419t2*47ttz-* Solving Eq. (8) for f in terms of s, we have (9f+.41"r':27s*8 9p + 4: (Z7s* 8;zra Becauset > 0, we get

t:t{@iT?ryEZ Substituting this value of f into the given parametric equations for C, we obtain ,:fi1(27s*8)za-4ltrz

and y:*l(27s*8)ztr-n,

(9)

Now becauseD"R(s) : T(s), it follows that if R(s) : x(s)i + y(s)i, then T(s) : (Drr)i + (Dry)i. And becauseT(s) is a unit vector, we have (10) ( D , r )z 1 ( D ,y ) ' - 1

796

VECTORSIN THE PLANEAND PARAMETRICEQUATIONS

Equation (10) can be used to check Eqs. (9). This check is left as an exercise (see Exercise 11).

Exercises 17.8 In Exercises1 through 8, for the given curve, find T(f) and N(f ), and at f : fr draw a sketch of a portion of the curve and draw the representationsof T(tr) and N(fr) having initial point at t: h. 1. x:*t3-t,y:F;tr:2 2. x:itz,y:+f;tt:l 3. R(f) : etiI e ti;

\:0 4 . R ( t ) : 3 c o sf i * 3 s i n 4 ; h : t r 5. r : cos kt, y : sin kt, k > 0; tr: nlk

6 . x : t - s i n f , y : | - c o sf i \ : n 7. R(t) : ln cos fi * ln sin ti,0 < t < tn; tt: ir 8. R(t) : f cos fi * f sin ti; \:0 9 . I f t h e v e c t o r e q u a t i o n o fc u r v e C i s R ( f ) : 3 t 2 i * ( t t - 3 t ) i , vectorsR(2) and T(2).

f i n d t h e c o s i n e o f t h e m e a s u r e o ft h e a n g l e b e t w e e n t h e

10. If the vector equation of curve C is R(f ) : (4 - 3P)i + (ts - 3t)i, find the radian measure of the angle between the vectorsN(1) and D,'?R(l). 11. Check Eqs. (9) of the solution of Example2 by using Eq. (10). In Exercises12 through 15, find parametric equations of the curve having arc length s as a parameter, where s is measured from the point where f : 0. Check your result by using Eq. (10). 72. x: e cost, !:

a sin t

1 3 .x : 2 * c o st , y : S * s i n f 1 4 . x : 2 ( c o s f * f s i n t ) , V : 2 ( s i n t - f c o sf ) l.5. One cusp of the hypocycloid of four cusps:R(t) : a cossfi * a sin3 ti, 0 - t =tr. 16. Given the cycloid x:2(t-sin from the point where f : 0.

f), l:2(1-cos

t), expressthe arc length s as a functionof t, where sismeasured

L7. Prove that parametric equations of the catenary y : a cosh (xl a) where the parameter s is the number of units in the lengthofthearcfromthepoint(0,a)tothepoint(x,y)and.s=0whenx=0ands(0whenx(0,are )c-asinh-r!

and y-\m

17.9 CURVATURE

Let @ be the radian measure of the angle giving the direction of the unit tangent vector associated with a curve C. Therefore, S is the radian measure of the angle from the direction of the positive r axis counterclockwise to the direction of the unit tangent vector T(f ). See Fig. 17.9.1,.

17.9CURVATURE BecauselT(t)l:

L, it follows from Eq. (1) in Sec.l7.2 that

T(f) : cos 0i + sin rfi

(1)

Differentiating with respect to Q, we obtain DoT(f)

(2)

0i + cos,fi

- 1 , D a T ( t ) i s a unit vector. B e c a u s leD r T ( t ) l : that BecauseT ( f ) has constantmagnitude it follows from Theorem 17.5.11 DoT(t) is orthogonalto T(f). Replacing-sin f by cos(*n*d) and cos f by sin(*zr*f), we write (2) as F i g u r e1 7 . 9 . 1

,

(3)

DoT(f)- cos(ln + 0)i + sin(tn + 0)i

From (3) and the previous discussion, the vector DoT(f) is a unit vector orthogonal to T(t) in the direction*zr counterclockwise from the direction of T(t). The unit normal vector N(t) is also orthogonal to T(f). By the chain rule (Theorem 17.5.9),we have D;I(t):

(4)

[Dor(f)]DtQ

Becausethe direction of N (f ) is the same as the direction of.D it (t), we see from (4) that the direction of N(t) is the sameas the direction of DoT(f) if D# > 0 (i.e., if T(f) turns counterclockwiseas f increases),and the direction of N(t) is opposite that of D6T(t) if D# < 0 (i.e., if T(f) tums clockwise as f increases). Becauseboth D6T(f) and N(t) are unit vectors, we conclude that

Dar(r): t_N[t] D,6>o

ifD#>0 ifD$ 0, and in c and d,DtO < 0. The positive direction along the curve C is indicated by the tip of the arrow on C. In each figure are shown the angle of radian measure { and representations of the vectors T(f),

D,6( o F i g u r e1 7 . 9 . 2

VECTORSIN THE PLANE AND PARAMETRICEQUATIONS

DoT(t), and N(f). The representation of the unit normalaectorN(f) is always on the concaaesideof the curT)e. o Consider now DrT (t) , where s units is the arc length measuredfrom an arbitrarily chosen point on C to point P and s increasesas f increases. By the chain rule D,T(r) - DaT(t)D,o Hence,

: lDrT(f)|lD,dl lD,T(r) | : lDrT(f)D,dl But becauseD6T(f) is a unit vector, lDrT(f) | :

thus, we have

lD,T(r)l:lD,4l

(5)

The number lD-dl is the absolute value of the rate of change of the measureof the angle giving the direction of the unit tangent vector T(f) at a point on a curve with respect to the measure of arc length along the curve. This number is called the curaatureof the curve at thJpoint. Befo.e giving the formal definition of curvature, let us see that taking it as this number is consistent with what we intuitively think of as theturvature. For example, at point P on C, { is the radian measure of the angle giving the direction of the vector T(f ), and s units is the arc length from a poi"t po on c to P. Let Q be a point on C for which the radian measureof the angle giving the direction of T(f * Af) at e is d * A@and s * As units is the arc length from Poto Q. Then the arc length from p to e is As units, and the ratio AdlAs seemslike a good measure of what we would intuitively think of as the aaeragecurvature along arc PQ. o ILLUsrRArroN2: See Fig. 17.9.3a,b, c, and d: In a, A0 > 0 and As > 0; in b, Af ) 0 and As ( 0; in c, A{ ( 0 and As > 0; and in d, 46 ( 0 and As

tr: tn

REVIEWEXERCISES f = 0, find parametric equations having the 31. Given the curve having parametric equations x:4t, y:*(2t*l1srz, measure of arc length s-al a parameter, where arc length is measured from the point where f : 0. Check your result by using Eq. (10)of Sec.17.8 32. Find the radian measure of the angle of elevation at which a gun should be fired in order to obtain the maximum range for a given muzzle speed. 33. Find a formula for obtaining the maximum height reached by a projectile fired from a gun having a given mazAe speed of vn ftlsec and an angle of elevation of radian measure tr. 34. Find the position vector R(f) if the accelerationvector 1

A(r): fi- ui andV(1) : i, and R(1) : -*i + +i. 35. Proveby vectoranalysisthat the diagonalsof a parallelogrambisecteachother. : *V(AT); V(Ei) : 36. Given trianglez{BC,points D, E, and.F are on sidesAB, BC, andAC, respectively,and V(.D)

v(Al) + v(ti) + v(cE): o. *v(rZ);v(ai) :*vtc?l. Prove In Exercises37 and 38, find the velocity and acceleration vectorq, the speed, and the tangential and normal components of acceleration. 37. R(f ) : cosh zti + sinh 2fi

38. R(t; : (2 tan-r s - f)i + ln(1 + t')i

39. An epicyctoidis the curve traced by a point P on the circumference of a cirde of radius b which is rolling extemally on a fixed circle of radius a. If the origin is at the center of the fixed circle,A(a,O) is one of the points at which the given point p comes in contact with the iixed circle, B is the moving point of tangency of the two circles, and the Parameter 1 ir the radian measure of the angle AOB, prove that parametric equations of the epicycloid are

x-(a*b)cosf-bcos+, and

y : ( a t b )s i nt - b s i n f f t

Vectors in three-dimensionalspace and solid analytic geometr

NUMBER SPACE 811 18.1tr, THETHREE-DIMENSIONAL 19.1 Rt, THE In Chapter 1 we discussed the number line Rl (the one-dimensional THREE-DIMENSIONAL number space) and the number plane R2 (the two-dimensional number NUMBER SPACE space).we identified the real numbers in Rl with points on a horizontal axis and the real number pairs in R2with points in a geometric plane. In an analogous fashion, we now introduce the set of all ordered triples of real numbers. L8.1.L Definition

The set of all ordered triples of real numbers is called the three-dimensional numberspace and is denoted by Rt. Each ordered triple (x, y, z) is called a point in the three-dimensionalnumber sPace. To represent R3 in a geometric three-dimensional spacewe consider the directed distances of a point from three mutually perpendicular planes.The planes are formed by first considering three mutually perPe,ndicular lineJwhich intersect at a point that we call the origin and denote by the letter O. These lines, called the coordinate axes,are designated as the r axis, the y axis,and the z axis.Usually the r axis and the y axis arc taken in a horizontal plane, and the z axis is vertical. A positive direction is selected on eachaxis. If the positive directions are chosen as in Fig. 18.1.1,the coordinate system is called a right-handedsystem.This terminology follows from the fact that if the right hand is placed so the thumb is pointed in the positive direction of the r axis and the index finger is pointed in the posiiive direction of the y axis, then the middle finger is pointed in the positive direction of the z axis.If the middle finger is pointed in the negative direction ofthe z axis, then the coordinate system is called lefthanded. A left-handed system is shown in Fig. 78.1.2. In general, we use a righthanded system. The three axes determine three coordinate planes: tl]rexy plane containing the x and y axes,the xz plane containing the r and z ixes, and the yz plane containing the y and z axes.

F i g u r e1 8 . 1 . 1

Figure 18J.2

An ordered triple of real numbers (x, y, z) is associated with each point P in a geometricthree-dimensional space.The directed distance of P

812

VECTORSIN THREE-DIMENSIONAL SPACE AND SOLID ANALYTICGEOMETRY

v (o,2, o)

(

G , o ,o )

from the yz plane is called the x coordinate,the directed distance of p from the xz plane is called the y coordinate,and the z coordinateis the directed distance of P from the xy plane. Thesethree coordinates are called the rectangularcartesiancoordinates of the point, and there is a one-to-onecorrespondence (called a rectangularcartesiancoordinatesystem)between all such ordered triples of real numbers and the points in a geometric threedimensional space. Hence, we identify R3 with the geometric threedimensional space, and we call an ordered triple (r, A, z) a point. The point (3, 2,4) is shown in Fig. 18.1.3,and the point (4, -2,-S) is shown in Fig. 18.1,.4.The three coordinate planes divide the space into eight parts, called octants.The first octant is the one in which all three coordinates are positive. z A

F i g u r 1e 8 . 1 . 3 (4, 0, 0)

-5) ;*tl(o,0,

(4,

F i g u r 1e 8 . 1 . 4 A line is parallel to a plane if and only if the distance from any point on the line to the plane i s the same. O ILLUSTRATION

1.: A line parallel to the yz plane, one parallel to the xz plane, and one parallel to the xy plane are shown in Fig. 18.1.5a,b, and c, respectively.

at'

aa'

Figure 18.'1 .5

AU L M B E RS P A C E 1 8 . 1 R 3 ,T H E T H R E E - D I M E N S I O NN

813

We consider all lines lying in a given plane as being parallel to the plane, in which casethe distance from any point on the line to the plane is zero. The following theorem follows immediately. 18.1.2 Theorem

,

18.1.3 Theorem

( i ) A line is parallel to the yz plane if and only if all points on the line have equal x coordinates. ( i i ) A line is parallel to the xz plane if and only if all points on the line have equal y coordinates. (iii) A line is parallel to the xy plane if and only if all points on the line have equal z coordinates.

In three-dimensional space,if a line is parallel to each of two intersecting planes, it is parallel to the line of intersection of the two planes. Also, if a given line is parallel to a secondline, then the given line is parallel to any plane containing the second line. Theorem 18.1.3follows from these two facts from solid geometry and from Theorem 18.1.2. (i) A line is parallel to the r axis if and only if all points on the line have equal y coordinates and equal z coordinates. (ii) A line is parallel to they axis if and only if all points on the line have equal r coordinates and equal z coordinates. (iii) A line is parallel to the z axis if and only if all points on the line have equal r coordinates and equal y coordinates. . rLLUsrRArroN2: A line parallel to the x axis, a line parallel to the y axis, 'l'8.1.6a, b, and c, reand a line parallel to the z axis are shown in Fig. ' sPectivelY.

18.1.6 Figure The formulas for finding the directed distance from one point to another on a line parallel to a coordinate axis follow from the definition of directed distance given in Sec.1.4and are stated in the following theorem.

lII

VECTORS IN THREE-DIMENSIONAL SPACEAND SOLIDANALYTIC GEOMETRY (i) If A(xr,y, z) and B(xr,y,z) are two points on a line parallelto

18.1.4 Theorem

the r axis, then the directed distancefrom Ato B, denoted by B, is given by AB:xz-x1 (ii) If C(x, At, z) and D(x, Az,z) are two points on a line parallelto W V axis, then the directed distance from C to D, denoted by CD, is given by CD: Uz- Ar (iii) If E(x, y, z) and F (x, y, zr) aretwo points on a line parallel to the

z axis, then the directed distance from E to F, denoted by EF, is given by EF: zz- zr o rLLUsrRAtroN3: The directed distancePQ from the point P(2,-5,-4) to the point Q(2, -3, -4) is given by Theorem 1S.1.4(ii).We have

The following theorem gives a formula for finding the undirected distance between any two points in three-dimensional space. 18.1.5 Theorem

B(xr,Ar,zrl Pt (xt , At, Zr) i-..

A(x2, Uz, zt)

The undirected distance between the two points Pr(xr, yr, zr) and Pr(xr, Az,z) is given by

pRooF: Construct a rectangular parallelepiped having Pr and P, as opposite vertices and faces parallel to the coordinate planes ( see Fig. '/-,8.'J-,.7). By the Pythagorean theorem we have

INF;P:ITEI'+ I7F,I'

(1)

Because

lmP: lF,fl,+l$l, ,)-----/-,/

F i g u r e1 8 . 1 . 7

Pz(x2,yr,zr)

----) / ,/

(2)

we obtain, by substituting from (2) into (l) , Applying Theorem 18.1.4(i),(ii), and (iii) to the right side of (3), we obtain ffpr-;z : (xr- xr), I (Ar- yr), * (zz- zr)z So and the theorem is proved.

I

AU L M B E RS P A C E 1 8 . 1 F ' , T H E T H R E E - D I M E N S I O NN

l.: Find the undirected distance between the points P (-3, 4, - 1 ) a n d Q ( 2 , 5 , - 4 ) . EXAMPLE

815

soLUTroN: From Theorem 18.L.5, we have

(5 - 4)'

:m-{gs

Note that the formula for the distance between two points in R3 is merely an extension of the corresponding formula for the distance between two points in R2 given in Theorem 1-4.I- It is also noteworthy that the undirected distance between two points x2 and x1 in Rl is given by

lxr-rrl:@ The formulas for the coordinates of the midpoint of a line segmentare derived by forming congruent triangles and proceeding in a manner analogous to the two-dimensional case.These formulas are given in Theorem and the proof is left as an exercise(seeExercise15). 18.'/-..6, 18.1.6 Theorem The coordinates of the midpoint of the line segment having endpoints Pr(xr,Ur,zr) and Pr(xr,Az,z2)aregiven bY

18.1.7 Definition

The graph of an equationin RBis the set of all points (x, y, z) whose coordinates are numbers satisfying the equation. The graph of an equation in RBis called a surface.One particular surface is the sphere, which is now defined.

18.L.8 Definition

A sphere is the set of all points in three-dimensional space equidistant from a fixed point. The fixed point is called the centerof the sphere and the measure of the constant distance is called t}:retadius of the sphere.

18.1.9Theorem An equation of the sphere of radius r and centet at (h, k,l) is (4)

pRooF: Let the point (h, k,l) be denotedby C (seeFig. 18.1.8).The point P(x, y, z) is a point on the sphere if and only if

lcnl: t or, equivalently, @:7 Squaring on both sides of the above equation, we obtain the desired I result.

816

VECTORS IN THREE-DIMENSIONAL SPACEAND SOLIDANALYTIC GEOMETRY

c(h,k,l)

If the centerof the sphereis at the origin, then L :k:l: equation of this sphere is * + y'l

0, and so an

22: 12

If we expand the terms of Eq. (a) and regroup the terms, we have * * y' * z2- Zhx - 2ky - 2lz * (h2+ P + 12- rz) : 0 This equation is of the form x2 + y',+ 22 + Gx * Hy * lz + I - 0 P(*, v, z)

x F i g u r e1 8 . 1 . 8

(5)

where G,H,l, and/ are constants.Equation (5) is called the general formof an equation of a sphere, whereas Eq. (4) is called the center-radiusform. Becauseevery sphere has a center and a radius, its equation can be put in the center-radius form and hence the general form. It can be shown that any equation of the form (5) can be put in the form

( x - h ) , + ( y - k ) , + ( z- t ) , : K

(6)

where

h--*C

k--tU

l:-iI

K-+(Gr+H2+tz-41)

It is left as an exerciseto show this (see Exercise 16). If K > 0, then Eq. (5) is of the form of Eq. (4), and so the graph of the equation is a spherehaving its center at (h, k,l) and radius l'R.lt K: 0, the graph of the equation is the point (ft, k, l). This is calledapoint-sphere. If K < 0, the graph is the empty set becausethe sum of the squaresof three real numbers is nonnegative. We state this result as a theorem. 18.1.10 Theorem

The graph of any second-degree equation in r, y, and z, of the form *+y,+22+Gx*Hy*tz*J:g is either a sphere,a point-sphere, or the empty set.

EXAMPLE2: Draw a sketch of the graph of the equation x2+y'+22-6x-4y+22-2

solurroNt Regrouping terms and completing the squares,we have f - 6x -t 9 -f y2 - 4y + 4 * z2* 2z * l: 2 * 9 + 4 + l ( r - 3 ) ' + 0 - 2 ) 2* ( z * 1 ) 2: 1 5 So the graph is a spherehaving its centerat (3,2,-1) and radius 4. A sketch of the graph is shown in Fig. 18.1.9.

F i g u r e1 8 . 1 . 9

SPACE 817 NUMtsER 18.1 R',THETHREE-DIMENSIONAL

3: Find an equation of EXAMPT,n the sphere having the Points A ( - 5 , 5 , - 2 ) a n d B ( 9, - 4 , 0 ) a s endpoints of a diameter.

solurroN: The center of the sphere will be the midpoint of the line segment AB. Let this point be C(7,y,2).By Theorem 78.'l'.6'we get -4+6-a 9-5 ^ z=:--0- -: 2 - L- - . . L i:-::z t:T: So C is the point (2,1,-l).

The radius of the sphere is given by

rTherefore, from Theorem 18.L.9,an equation of the sphere is ( x - 2 ) ' + Q - r ) ' ,+ ( z * r ) 2: 7 5 or, equivalently, x2 + y', + z2- 4x - 2y * 2z - 69 : 0

18.1 Exercises parallelepiped, hawing its faces In Exercises 1 through 4, the given points A and B are opposite v,ertices of a rectangular the coordinates of the other sii find p"r*"r to the coordin"t" ptunlr. In each problem 1a)drari a sketch of the figure, 1b) vertices, (c) find the length of the diagonal AB. 2 . A ( I , 1, l ) ; B ( 3 ,4 , 2 ) 1 . A ( 0 ,0 , 0 ); B ( 7, 2 , 3 ) 4. A(2, -1, -g); B(4, 0, -l)

3 . A ( - 1 , l , 2 ) ; B ( 2 ,3 , 5 )

th9 first comer. (a) Draw a sketch 5. The vertex opposite one comer of a room is 18 ft east, 15 ft south, and 12 ft up from (c) find the coordinates of all eight vertices, joining opposite two diagonal of the length of the figure, (b) determine the vertices of the room. In Exercises 6 throu gh g,find segment joining A and B. 6. A(3, 4, 2); B(1,6,3) -5) 8. A(4, -3, 2); B(-2, 3,

(a) the undirected distance between the points A and B, and (b) the midpoint

of the line

7 . A ( 2 , - 4 , 1 ) ;B ( t , 2 , 3 1 9. A(-2, -L,5); B(5,1, -4)

-1,3) , (2, L,7) , and,(4,2,6) are the verticesof a right triangle, and find its area' 10. prove that the three points (7, of the points on this 11. A line is drawn through the point (6,4,2) perpendicular to the yz plane. Find the coordinates (0,4,0)' point the from 10 units of line at a distance 12. Solve Exercise11 if the line is drawn perpendicular to the ry plane. distancefonnula' 13. Prove that the three points (-3,2,4), (6,1,2), and (-12,9,5) are collinear by using the (0,3,4)' 14. Find the verticesof the triangle whose sides have midpoints at (3,2,3), (-1,1,5), and 15. Prove Theorem 18.1.6' 1 5 . S h o w t h a t a n y e q u a t i o no f t h e f o r m * * y " * z 2 l G x ' l H y * l z + 1 : 0 * (z- I)': X.

can be putin theform (x-h\"+

In Exercises17 through 21, determine the graph of the given equation. L8. x2+ y', + 22- 8y * 5z - 25 : 0 17. x2+ y' + 22-8r * 4y * 2z -4 : 0

(y-k)'

1 9 .x 2 + y ' + z , 2 - 6 2 * 9 : 0

818

VECTORSIN THREE-DIMENSIONAL SPACE AND SOLID ANALYTICGEOMETRY

2L. x2+ y' + zz- 6x * 2y - 4z *L9 : 0

20. x 2 + y ' + 2 2 - x - y - 3 2 * Z - - 0

In Exercises22 through 24, find, an equation of the sphere satisfying the given conditions. 22. A diameter is the line segmenthaving endpoints at (6,2,-5) and (-4,0,2). 23. It is concentric with the sphere having equation f * y, * z2- 2y I 8;z- ) : g. 24. It containsthe points (0,0,4)', (2,1,2),and (0, 2,6) and,hasits centerin the yz plane. 25. Prove analytically that the four diagonals joining opposite vertices of a rectangular parallelepiped

bisect each other. 26. I!!: Q'4, S are four points in three-dimensional space and A, B, C, and D are the midpoints of pe, T{ eR, RS,and SP, respectively, prove analytically that ABCD is a parailelogram.

18'2 VECTO_RSIN The presentation of topics in solid analytic geometry is simplified by the THREE-DIMENSIoNAL SPACE use of vectors in three-dimensional ,p".". irr" a"fir,itions and theolms given in Secs.17.1 and17.2 for vectors in the plane are easily extended. 18.2.1Definition

A aector in three-dimensional spaceis an ord.eredtriple of real numbers (x, y, zl . The numbers tt, y, and z are called the componezlfs of the vector

(x,y, zl.

(r * ar,y * or,z *

as)

(x, v, z)

x F i g ur e 1 8 . 2 . 1

We let Vs be the set of all ordered triples (x, y, zl for which x, y, and.z are real numbers. In this chapter, a vector is always in v3 unless otfrerwise stated. Just as forvectors inv2, a vector in v, can be representedby a directed line segment. If A : (ar, a2, asl, then the directed line segmeni having its initial point at the origin and its terminal point at the polnt (ar, ar, af,)is the position representationof A. A directed line segment travinf its :{tdinitial point at (x, y, z) and its terminal point at (x * ar, y * a2,z+ ar) is also a representationof the vector A. SeeFig. 1g.2.1. The zeroaectoris the vector (0, 0,0) and is denotedby 0. Any point is a representation of the zero vector. - The magnitudeof a vector is the length of any of its representations.If the vector A: (ar, ez, fls), the magnitude of A is denotei by lAl, and it follows that

Wl: t/ar'177 t, og The directionof anonzero vector in v, is given by three angles, called the direction anglesof the vector. 18.2.2 Definition

The direction anglesof a nonzero vector are the three angles that have the smallestnonnegative radian measuresa, B, andT measuied from the positive x, A, and z axes, respectively, to the position representatio' o] the vector. The radian measure of each direction angle of a vector is greater than

SPACE 18.2VECTORSIN THREE.DIMENSIONAL

819

or equal to 0 and less than or equal to zr.The direction angleshaving radian meaiu"es ot,F, andT of the vector A: (ar, az, asl are shown in Fig' 18'2'2' In this figure the components of A are all positive numbers, and the direction angles of this .r"itot all have positive radian measure less than *2. From thl figure we see that triangle POR is a right triangle and

a1 lml loPl lAl

COSC:__:_

It can be shown that the same formula holds if. Ln = q. < 7r.Similar formulas can be found for cos B and cos 7, and we have (1) Figure18.2.2

The three numbers cos a, cos B, and cos 7 are called the directioncosinesof vector A. The zero vector has no direction angles and hence no direction cosines. . rLLUsrRArroN1: We find the magnitude and direction cosines of the vector A : (3, 2, -6>.

:!9T4+35:t/4s -7

lAl: m From Eqs. (1) we get

cosa-+

cosy:-+

cosF:?

If we are given the magnitude of a vector and its direction cosines,the vector is uniqud determined becausefrom (1) it follows that (2) n s : l A l c o s7 n z : l A l c o sB n r : l A l c o sa The three direction cosines of a vector are not independent of each other, as we see by the following theorem' 1'8.2.3Theorem

If cos a, cos B, and cos 7 are the direction cosines of a vector, then coszc*cos2F*cosz7:1 pRooF: If A : (a1,az,a.), then the direction cosinesof A are given by (1) and we have

y:ffi*#i.ffi d+cosz cos2 P+cos2

-1

I

VECTORSIN THREE-DIMENSIONAL SPACEAND SOLID ANALYTICGEOMETRY

o rLLUsrRArroN2: we verify Theorem1.8.2.3 f.orthe vector of Illustration 1. We have 'cos2 a+ coszB+ aG i:

The vector A: (ar, ar, a"l is a unit vector if lAl : t, and from Eqs. (1) we see that the comPonents of a unit vector are its direction cosines. The operations of addition, subtraction, and scalar multiplication of vectors in Vs are given definitions analogous to the corresponding definitions for vectors in V2. 18.2.4Definition IfA: bv

(ar,nz,ar)andB:(br,br,brl,thenthesumof thesevectorsisgiven

A+ EXAMPLE1: Given A - (5, -2, 6> and B - (8, -5, -4), find A + B.

(a, * br, flz * br, fls * br)

solurroN: A * B:

(5 + 8, (-2) + (-S),5 + (-4)) : (13,-7,2>.

The geometric interpretation of the sum of two vectors in v3 is similar to that for vectors in Vr. See Fig. 18.2.3.If p is the point (x, y, z), A: (a1, a2, ar) and tr a representation of A, then e is the point "? (x * ar, A * az,z * ar).Let B : (br, br,b3) and let e? be a representation of B. Then R is the point (r * (a1*br), A-f @r*br), z* (ar*b")). Therefore, p? is a representation of the vector A + B, and the parallelogram law holds.

x

L8.2.5 Definition

Figure18.2.3

lf A: (ar, ar,ar), then the vector(-ar,-az,-ar) tioe of.A, denoted by -A.

is definedto be thenega-

SPACE 18.2VECTORSIN THREE-DIMENSIONAL

18.2.6 Definition

821

The difierenceof the two vectors A and B, denoted by A B, is defined by A-B:A*

(-B)

: From Definitions 18.2.5and 1'8.2.6it follows that if A (ar, ar, asl and B : ( b r , b r , b " l ,t h e n - B : ( - b r , - b 2 , - b " l a n d A - B : \ a r - b 1 ,a 2 - b 2 ,a s - b s l

ExAMPrn 2: For the vectors A and - B. B of Example 1, find A

SOLUTION:

A-B-(5,

-4>

6 >- ( 8 ,

5 , 4>

- ( 5 , - 2 , 6 >+ : (-3 , 3, 10)

The difference of two vectors in Vais also interpreted geometrically as it is in vz. see Fig. 1,8.2.4.4representation of the vector A B is obtained point. by choosing representations of A and B having the same -initial segment line Tilen a ,"pi"r"-t t"tion of the vector A B is the directed point of from the terminal point of the representation of B to the terminal the representation of A. o rLLUsrRAuoN3: Givgl the points P(L,3,5) and Q(2,-L, a)' Fig- 19"2'5 shorys p-i as well as O-Pand O0. We see from the figure that V(PQ): V(OQ) - v(OP). Hence,

x

5): (L,-4, -L> v(t[) : (2,-1, 4>- , (1, 1, 0), and (1, 1, 1) by doing the following: (a) Verify that the vectors are independent by showing that their position representations are not coplanar; (b) verify that the vectors form a basis by showing that any vector A can be written

1 8 . 3T H E D O T P R O D U C Tt N V 3

825

(6)

r ( 1, 0 , 0 ) * s ( 1, 1 , 0 ) + t ( ' l . , l , l > where r, s, and t are scalars.(c) If A : ,Fz: The scalarprojection of v(a-F) onto V(Ai)

is then

v(,4Ft. v(aEr_ (-4,-2, 4) . (-6,-6, g') v36+ 36+e V(;;) | 24+12+ 12

x

Figure 18.3.2

\ET

_+1 Thus,r^r): :ffi -6\ffi :3\ffi The definition of parallel vectors in V3is analogousto Definition17.3.6 for vectors inV2, and we state it formally. 18.3.5 Definition

Two vectors in V3 are said to be parallel if. and only if one of the vectors is a scalar multiple of the other.

828

SPACEAND SOLID ANALYTICGEOMETRY VECTORSIN THREE-DIMENSIONAL

The following theorem follows from Definition 18.3.5and Theorem 18.3.4.Its proof is left as an exercise(seeExercise16). 18.3.6 Theorem

Two nonzero vectors in Vs are parallel if and only if the radian measure of the angle between them is 0 or zr. The following definition of orthogonal vectors in Vr corresponds to Definition 17.3.7f.orvectors in Vr.

18.3.7 Definition

If A and B are two vectors in Vs, A and B are said to be orthogonal if and onlvifA.B:0.

ExAMPln3: Prove by using vectorsthat the pointsA(4,9 , L) , B ( - 2 , 5 , 3 ) , a n d C ( 6, 3 , - 2 ) a r e the vertices of a right triangle.

solurroN: Triangle CAB is shown in Fig. 18.3.3.From the figure it looks as if the angle at A is the one that may be a right angle. We shall find

B(- 2,6,9)

V(AB) and V(AC), and if the dot product of thesetwo vectorsis zero,the angle is a right angle. -+

-+

v(AB)-v(oB)-v(oA) - ( - 2 , 6 , 3 )- ( 4 , 9 , ' ] . , > : (_5,_3, 2>

v(A?)-v(oa)-v(o?) A(4, 9, L)

- ( 6 , 3 , - 2 )- < 4 , 9 , ' j . , > : (2,-5, -3)

C(6, g, - z) F i g u r e1 8 . 3 . 3

v ( f r ) . v ( f r ) - F 6 , - g ,2 >. < 2 , - 6 , - g-) - 1 2+ Therefore;V(AB) and V(;E) angle CAB is a right angle.

L8- 6 - 0 are orthogonal,and so the angle at A in tri-

1-8.3 Exercises 1. Prove Theorem 18.3.2(i).

2. Prove Theorem 18.3.2(ii).

3. Prove Theorem 18.3.2(iii).

4. Prove Theorem 18.3.2(iv)and (v).

InExercises5through14,letA:(-4,-2,4r,8:, from (2) and the above equation we obtain a ( x - x s )+ a Q - A ) * c ( z - z o ): 0 which is the desired equation.

F i g u r e1 8 . 4 . 1

ExAMPLEL: Find an equation of the plane containing the point (2, 1, 3)and having 3i - 4i + k as a normal vector.

(3) I

sot,urroN: Using (1) with the point (xo, Uo,zo)- (2,I, 3) and the vector (a, b, cl : (3,-4,']-.>,we have as an equation of the required plane

3(x-2)-4(v-1)+

(z- 3):0

or/ equivalently, 3x-4y*z-5:0 L8.4.3 Theorem

If. a, b, and c are not all zero, the graph of an equation of the form ax*by * cz* d:0

(4)

is a plane and (a, b, cl is a normal vector to the plane. PRooF: Supposethatb * 0. Then the point (0,-dlb,0) is on the graph of the equation becauseits coordinates satisfy the equation. The given equation can be written as /s\ a(x- o)+ b \a + t) + c(z- o): 6 which from Theorem 18.4.2is an equation of a plane through the point (0, -dlb,0) and for which (a, b, cl is a normal vector.This provesthe theorem if b # 0. A similar argument holds if b:0 and either a * 0 or c#0. r Equations ( 1) and (4) are calledcartesianequationsof a plane.Equa-

18.4 PLANES

831

tion (1) is analogousto the point-slope form of an equation of a line in two dimensions. Equation (4) is the general first-degree equation in three variables and it is called a linear equation. A plane is determined by three noncollinear points, by a line and a point not on the line, by two intersecting lines, or by two parallel lines. To draw a sketch of a plane from its equation, it is convenient to find the points at which the plane intersects each of the coordinate axes. The r coordinate of the point at which the plane intersectsthe r axis is called the x interceptof the plane; the y coordinate of the point at which the plane intersectsthe y axis is called the y interceptof the plane; and the z interceptof the plane is the z coordinate of the point at which the plane intersectsthe z axis. . rLLUsrRArroN 1: We wish to draw a sketch of the plane having the equation 2 x- l 4 Y * 3 z : 8 Figure 18.4.2

By substituting zero for y and z, we obtain .x: 4; so the r intercept of the plane is 4. In a similar manner we obtain the y intercept and the z intercept, which are 2 and $, respectively. Plotting the points corresponding to theseinterceptsand connectingthem with lines, we have the sketch of the plane shown in Fig. 18.4.2.Note that only a portion of the . plane is shown in the figure. I rLLUSrRArrox2: To draw a sketch of the plane having the equation 3x*2Y-62:0

F i g u r e1 8 . 4 . 3

Figure 18.4.4

we first notice that because the equation is satisfied when r, y, and z are all zero, the plane intersects each of the axes at the origin. If we set r: 0 in the given equation, we obtain y - 32: 0, which is a line in the yz plane; this is the line of intersection of the yz plane with the given plane. Similarly, the line of intersection of the xz plane with the given Drawing a plane is obtained by setting A:0, and we get r-22:0. sketch of each of these two lines and drawing a line segment from a point on one of the lines to a point on the other line, we obtain Fig. 18.4.3. . In Illustration 2 the line in the yz plane and the line in the xz plane used to draw the sketch of the plane are called the tracesof the given plane in the yz plane and the xz plane, respectively. The equation r : 0 is an equation of the yz plane becausethe point (x, y , z) is in the yz plane if and only if r : 0. Similarly, the equations y : 0 and z:0 areequationsof the xz plane and the xy plane, respectively. A plane parallel to the yz plane has an equation of the for:n x: k, where k is a constant. Figure 18.4.4shows a sketch of the plane having the equation x: 3. A plane parallel to the xzplarrehas an equation of the form A : k, and a plane parallel to the xy plane has an equation of the form

832

VECTORSIN THREE-DIMENSIONAL SPACEAND SOLID ANALYTICGEOMETRY

z: k. Figures 1.8.4.5and 18.4.6show sketchesof the planes having the equationsy: -5 and z- 6, respectively.

F i g u r e1 8 . 4 . 5

18'4'4 Definition

F i g u r e1 8 . 4 . 6

The anglebetweentwo planesis defined to be the angle between the nonhal

vectors of the two planes.

EXAMPTB 2: Find the radian measure of the angle between the two planes5x- 2y * 5z- l2:0 and 2x*y-72* 11:0.

solurroN: Let N1 be a normal vector to the first plane and N1 : Si-2i * 5k. Let N, be a normal vector to the second plane and N2 : 2i + - 7k. i By Definition 78.4.4the angle between the two planes is the angle between N1 and N2, and so by Theorem 18.3.4if d is the radian measureof this angle, c o so -

N' 'N' :

lN,llN,l ffiffi

-27

1

542

Therefore,

o- &n 18'4'5 Definition

Two planes are parallel if and only if their normal vectors are parallel. From Definitions 18.4.5 and 18.3.5, it follows that if we have two planes with equations arx*bry+cfi+dt:0

nzx+ bzA* c2z* dr- 0

18.4 PLANES

and normal vectorsNr : (4r, bt, ct) and Nz: (az, br, crl, respectively,then the two planes are parallel if and only if N1 : kN2

where k is a constant

Figure 18.4.7shows sketchesof two parallel planes and representations of some of their normal vectors.

L8.4.6 Definition

Two planes are perpendicularif and only if their normal vectors are orthogonal. From Definitions L8.4.6and 18.3.7it follows that two planes having normal vectors Nr and N, are perpendicular if and only if N1'N2:0

3: Find an equation of ExAMPLE the plane pe{pendicular to eachof the planesx- y + z - 0 and 2x* Y - 4z- 5 - 0 and containing the point (4, 0 , -2) .

Q)

soLUrIoN: Let Mbe the required plane and (a,b, cl be a normal vectorof M.Let Mr be the plane having equation te- y + z: 0.By Theorem18.4.3a normal vector of.Mr is . Because (4, 0 , -2) is a point in M, it follows from Theorem "1,8.4.2 that an equation ofMis

a ( x- 4 ) + z a ( y- 0 ) * a ( z+ 2 ) or, equivalently, x*2Y*z-2:0 Consider now the plane having the equation ax * by + d: 0 and the xy plane whose equation is z:0. Normal vectors to these planes are (a, b,0) and (0, O, 1.>,respectively. Because(a, b,0) ' (0, 0, 1):0, the two planes are perpendicular. This means that a plane having an equation with no z term is perpendicular to the xy plane. Figure 18.4.8 illustrates this. In a similar manner, we can conclude that a plane having an equation with no r term is perpendicular to the yz plane (see Fig. 1'8.4.9),and a plane having an equation with no y term is perpendicular to the xz plane (see Fig. 18.4.10). An important application of the use of vectors is in finding the undirected distance from a plane to a point. The following example illustrates this.

F i g u r e1 8 . 4 . 8

Figure 18.4.9 EXAMPI^.S4:

Find the distance

from the plane 2x - y + 2z * I0 - 0 to the point (l , 4, 5) .

F i g u r e1 8 . 4 . 1 0

soLUrIoN: Let P be the point ('1,,4,5) and choose any point Q in the plane. For simplicity, choosethe point Q as the point where the plane intersectsthe r axis, that is, the point (-5, 0, 0). The vector having QP as a representation is given by

v(a?):6ir 4i+ 6k A normal vector to the given plane is

N:2i-i+zk

18.4 PLANES P ( 1 ,4 , 6 )

The negative of N is also a normal vector to the given plane and -N: -2i+ i- 2k We are not certain which of the two vectors, N or-N, makes the smaller angle with vector V(QIF). Let N' be the one of the two vectors N or -N

-5r0,0)

which makes an angle of radian measure 0 * -

(5)

k

+2

y-?z+&

1 8 . 5 L I N E SI N R 3

from which we get 2x-3Y*42*3:0

x-2

-1 For the line of intersectionof these two planes, find (a) a set of sym- or, equivalently, metric equations and (b) a set of y-+ x-2 parametric equations. -3 2

z-0

which is a set of symmetric equations of the line. A set of parametric equations can be obtained by setting eachof the above ratios equal to f, and we have

y:&+2t

x:2:3t ExAMPrr 3: Find the direction cosines of a vector whose rePresentations are parallel to the line of Example 2.

4; Find equations of the ExAMPLE line through the Point (L, t , !) , perpendicular to the line

solurroN: From the symmetric equations of the line in Example 2, we see that a set of direction numbers of the line is [-3,2,3]. Therefore, the vector (-g,2,3) is a vector whose representationsare parallel to the line. The direction cosines of this vector are as follows: cos a:-3llD'

cosY : 3l\8.

cosF:21 \8,

solurroN: Let la, b, cl be a set of direction numbers of the required line. The equations 3r : 2y : z can be written as

x-0

y-0

x*Y-z:0

z-0

1 2

\x:Zy-z and parallel to the Plane

z:3t

which ares;rmmetricequationsof a line. A setof directionnumbersof this line is lt,t, tl. Becaus6the required line is perpendicularto this line, it follows that the vectors(a, b, cl and (*, *, 1) are orthogonal'So

( a , b , c > ' ( + ,1+),: 0 or, equivalently,

ta**b+c:0

(5)

Anormal vector to the plane r * y z:0 is ' ( L , l , - 1 ) - 0 or, equivalently, a+b-c-0

(7)

Solving Eqs. (6) and (7) simultaneously for a and b in terms of- c we get fl : gc and b - -8c. The required line then has the set of direction

SPACEAND SOLID ANALYTICGEOMETRY VECTORSIN THREE.DIMENSIONAL

numbers l9c, -8c , cl and contains the point (1, metric equations of the line are x - " 1 ._ y + I %-8cc

1). Therefore,sym-

_r-L

or, equivalently, x-l 9-8

- . t -

ExAMPrn 5: If I, is the line through A(L, 2,7) and B(-2,3, -4) and lrts the line through C (2, -'J,, 4) and D (5 , 7 , -3) , prove that I, and 12 are skew lines (i.e., they do not lie in one plane).

u*l

z-L

sor-urroN: To show that two lines do not lie in one plane we demonstrate that they do not intersect and are not parallel. Parametric equations of a line are x-

xs* ta

y-yo+tb

z- zs* tc

where.[a,b, cf is a setof directionnumbersof theline and (16,Ao, zo)is any point on the line. BecauseVta7l: (-3, l, -!'!,>, a set of direction numbersof It is l-3, 1, -111. TakingA as the point Po,we haveas para-

metric equations of h x-l-3t

y-2+t

z-7-ILt

(8)

Becausev(C-D) - (3,8, -7>, and Iz containsthe point C, we have as parametric equations of lz x-2*3s

y--1

*8s

z-4-7s

(e)

Becausethe setsof direction numbers are not proportional, l, andl2are not parallel. For the lines to intersect, there have to be a value of f and a value of s which give the samepoint (xr, Au zr) in both setsof Eqs. (8) and (9). Therefore, we equate the right sides of the respective equations and obtain l-3t:2*3s 2* t: -1* 7 -llt:4-7s

8s

Solving the first two equations simultaneously, we obtain s: f7 and t: -tl.This set of values does not satisfy the third equation; hence, the two lines do not intersect. Thus, l, andl, are skew lines.

18.5 Exercises In Exercises 1 throu gh 5, find parametric and symmetric equations for the line satisfying the given conditions. L. Through the two points (I,2, t) and (5, - L , l ) .

1 8 . 5 L I N E SI N R 3

841

2. Through the point (5,3,2) with directionnumbers 14,t, -1]. 3 . Through the point (4,-5,20) and perpendicularto the plane x*3y - 5z-8 - 0 . 4. Through the origin and pe{pendicular to the lines having direction numbers 1 4 , 2 , " 1a. n 1 d[ - 3 , - 2 , l f . 5 . Through the origin and perpendicular to the line i@ - L0) - *y - tz at their intersection. 5 . Through the point (2,0,-4)

and parallelto eachof the planes2x* y - z:0

and r * 3y * 5z:0.

7. Show that the lines

ry

- a * = 4: ' = 2 a n d ) c- 2- 35

y+1,4

2-53

z-8 -3

are coincident. 8. Prove that the line r * t:

-t(y - 6) : z lies in the plane 3x * y - z: 3.

The planes through a line which are perpendicular to the coordinate planes are called the projecting planesof the line. In Exercises9 through 72, find equations of the projecting planes of the given line and draw a sketch of the line. 1 0 .x * y - 3 2 * ' 1 . : 0 2x- y -32*'l'4:0

9.3x-2yI5z-30:0 2 x * 3 y - 1 0 2- 6 : 0

72.2x-y-tz-7:0 4x- y *32- 73:0

1 7 .x - 2 y - 3 2 * 6 : 0 x I y * z-l:0

*4, and x:y*7, 13. Find the cosine of the measureof the smallestangle between the two lines r:2yl4,z:-y 2y:y12. 14. Find an equation of the plane containing the point (6,2,4) and the line *(r - 1) : t@ + Z) : i(z- 3)In Exercises15 and 16,find an equation of the plane containing the given intersecting lines.

) c - Z - - 4y: -+ 3

1 L6 v'4-L3

z+2

- (3x+2ylz+2-0 and )c-y+22-L:o t

x u-2 r5.;:T:

x z-"1, and L 1

y-2 -L

z-1 1.

L7. Show that the lines

Fx-Y-z:0 _0 L8x-2y-32*t

and

[x-3y+z+3:0 L3r-y-z+5:0

are parallel and find an equation of the plane determined by these lines. 1 8 . F i n d e q u a t i o n s o ft h e l i n e t h r o u g h t h e p o i n t ( 1 , - 1 , 1 ) , p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e l i n e S x : 2 y : z , a n d . p a r a l l e l t o t h e p l a n e x+y-z:0. 19. Find equationsof thelinethroughthepoint (3,5,4),intersectingthezaxis,andparalleltotheplanex- 3y *52-6:020. Find equations of ttre line through the origin, perpendicular to the line x : A.- 5 , z : 2y - S, u;iintersecting the line !:2xt1'z:x*2. 21,. Find the perpendiculardistancefrom the point (-1,3, -1) to the line x-22:7,Y:1. 22. Find the perpendicular distance from the origin to the line

x:-2-ltt

y:7-it

z:4*trt

23. Prove that the lines

!=:L:Jl: 5-2-or-J2

un4'-2:y+:ry

are skew lines. 24. Find equations of the line through the point (3, -4, -5) which intersects each of the skew lines of Exercise23.

842

SPACEAND SOLID ANALYTICGEOMETRY VECTORSIN THREE-DIMENSIONAL

Let A and B be two nonparallel vectors. Representations of these two vectors having the same initial point determine a plane as shown in Fig. 18.5.1.We show that a vector whose representations are perpendicular to this plane is given by the vector operation called the "cross product" of the two vectors A and B. The cross product is a vector operation for vectors in Vr that we did not have for vectors in Vr. We first define this operation and then consider its algebraic and geometric properties. F i g u r e1 8 . 6 . 1

L8.6.LDefinition

If A : (ar.,ar, a3) and B : (bt, br, b"l , then the crossproducfof A and B, denoted by A x B, is given by - atbs, fltbz -

arbtl

(1)

Becausethe cross product of two vectors is a vector, the cross product also is called the aectorproduct.The operation of obtaining the crossproduct is called aectormultiplication. . rLLUsrRArroul.: If A : (2, 1,,-3, and B : (J,-1,4), then from Definition 18.6.1we have A X B : (2, 1, -3) X

18.6 CROSSPRODUCT

whose representations are Perpendicular to the plane through the points P, Q,,and R.

B- (0- (-1),5- (-2),r- (-3)): (L,7,4> p0 and Pl, The plane through P, Q, and'R is the plane formed by any Therefore, and B. A vectors which are, respectively, representationsof plane. to this x perpendicular representation of the vector A B is

A x B : (-i + 3i + 3k) x ( i+ 7i + 4k): - 9i+7i- 10k The desired vector is a unit vector parallel to A X B. To find this unit vector we apply Theorem 18.2.9and divide A x B by lA x Bl, and we obtain 7 9_rAXB _ ri__10

lffiI:-n5-r+

ExAMPln3: Find an equation of the plane through the Points P ( 1 ,3 , 2 ) , Q ( 3 , - 2 , 2 ) , a n d R(2,L,3).

1\/m-t-16-x

solurroN: v(6) : -i * 3i + k and v(PR) : i- ?i + k. -A normal vectorto the requiredplaneis the crossproductVtp?) x V(p?)' which is (-i+ 3i + k) x (i- 2i+ k) : si + 2i - k Soif Po: (1,3,2) and N: (5, 2,-ll, equation of the required Plane

from Theorem18'4'2we have as an

5 (r- 1 ) + z( V- 3) - ( z- 2) : 0 or, equivalently, 5x*2Y-z-9:0 A geometric interpretation of the triple scalar product is obtained by consideringa parallelepipedhaving edgesPn,Frt.,and fi, and letting A: V(P?), B:V(PR), and C:V(PS). See-Fig'18'6'5'The vectorA X B is pA. fne vector-(A X B) is also a a normal vector to the plane of p0 and normal vector to this plane. we are not certain which of the two vectors,

PA F i g u r e1 8 . 6 . 5

(AxB)or_(AxB),makesthesmalleranglewithC.LetNbetheoneof radian ti\e two vectors (A x B) or (A x B) that makes an angle of their having C N and of representations the Then < with C. measure0 tn FR as shown F0 plane of of the initial points at P are on the same side "",{ in Fig.'18.5.5.The area of the base of the paralletepiped i9 lA X Bl square unitsl If h units is the length of the altitude of the parallelepiped, and if V cubic units is the volume of the parallelepiped,

v-lAxBlh

(8)

"l'8.3.4,N . C _ Considernow the dot product N ' c. By Theorem B e c a u sNe is either l N l l g l c o s0 . B u th - l C lc o s0 , a n ds oN ' C : _ l N l h . -(A Hence,we have x nl. x B), it followsthat lNl lR. tA r b) ot (e) N.e:lAxBlh

VECTORSIN THREE.DIMENSIONAL SPACEAND SOLID ANALYTICGEOMETRY

Comparing Eqs. (S) and (9) we have N.C:V It follows that the measure of the volume of the parallelepiped is either (A x B) ' c or - (A x B) ' c; that is, the measure of the volume of the parallelepiped is the absolute value of the triple scalarproduct A X B . c. ExAMPLE4: Find the volume of the parallelepiped having vertices P ( 5, 4 , 5 ) , Q ( 4 , 1 , 0 ,6 ) , R ( ' ! . 9 , ,7) , a n d S ( 2 , 6 , 9 ) a n d e d g e s& , , P ? ,

solurroN: Figure 18.6.6shows the parallelepiped.Let A: V(pQ) : ( - 1 , 6 , 1 ) , B : V t p ? ) : ( - 4 , 4 , 2 ) , a n dC, : V ( p 3 ): ( - 3 , 2 , 4 ) . T h e n A x B : (-i + 6i + k) x (-4i + 4i +2k) : 8i- 2i+ 20k

andu;

Therefore, ( A x B ) . C : ( 8 ,- 2 , 2 0 > . ( - 9 , 2 , 4 l : - 2 4 -

4 * g0:52

Thus,the volume is 52 cubic units. s (2,6,9)

R (1,9,7)

Q @ , T O6, ) P (5, 4, 5)

F i g u r e1 8 . 6 . 6

EXAMPLE5: Find the distance between the two skew lines, /, and 12,of Example 5 in Sec. 18.5. N

solurroN: BecauseIt and /, are skew lines, there are parallel planes p, and Pt containing the lines l, and 12,respectively.see Fig.1,g.6.7. Let d

units be the distancebetweenplanesp, and pr. th" distaice between/, andl, is also d units. A normarvectorto the two planesis N: vterti x v(cD). Let u be a unit normarvector in the direction of N. Then

x v(c-i; u: v(a-B) x v(6) | lv(a-B) Now we taketwo points,onein eachplane(e.g.,BandC). Thenthe scalar projectionof V(CT) on N is V(CTI . U, and

d: lv(c?)- ul: Ittcll . v(AE)x v(cB)| I

lv(AB)x v(cD) | I

Performing the computations required, we have

v(rt):-3i+i-llk F i g u r e1 8 . 6 . 7

v(cB)-3i+Bi-rk

18.6 CROSS PRODUCT

851

kl -rrl: zr(3i- 2i- k) -7 1

-?i-zi-k

u-

\n,

Finally,vtdBl : -4i + 4i- 8k, and so

tI|: # d-lv(c?)'

l-D- 8+8|: h:

+ ffi

1'8.6 Exercises

- 1 ) , C : ( - 5 , - 3 , 5 ) , p - ( - 2 , L , 5 ) , E- < 4 ' O ' - 7 > ' a n d F t, ihe cross as increase ellipse of the semiaxes 2: k is an ellipse and the lengths of the lkl increases. The cross sectionsof the surfacein the planes x: k arethe hyperbolas ,z1sz- y2lb2: l. * k2| a2whose transverseaxesare parallel to the-z axis' In a : similaifashion, the cross sections in the planes A k arc the hyperbolas axesare also parthe transverse given by z2lc2 f la2: 1 * Plbz forwhich allel to the z axis. If.a : b, the surfaceis a hyperboloid of revolution in which the axis is the line containing the transverse axis of the hyperbola' Each of the above three quadric surfacesis symmetric with respect to each of the coordinate planes and symmetric with respect to the origin' Their graphs are called ienttal quadricsand their center is at the origin. The graph of any equation of the form

Figure 18.8.3

+t*Y'*z' a2-

b2-

-1 c2

where a, b, and c ate Positiv€, is a central quadric.

nls.rvrptE L: Dra* asketch of the graph of the equation

4x2-y'+

soLUTIoN: The given equation can be written as

100

and name the surface.

which is of the form of Eq. (2) with y and z interchanged. Hence, the sur-

SPACEAND SOLID ANALYTICGEOMETRY VECTORSIN THREE-DIMENSIONAL

face is an elliptic hyperboloid of one sheet whose axis is the y axis. The cross sectionsin the planesy : k arethe ellipses*125 + z2l4: | + k21700. The cioss sectionsin the planes x: k are the hyperbolasz2l4- y'1100: l-k2125, and the cross sections in the planes z:k anethp hyperbolas fl25 - y21700: ! - kzl4. A sketch of the surfaceis shown in Fig. 18.8.4.

F i g u r e1 8 . 8 . 4

ExAMPLE2: Draw a sketch of the graph of the equation 4x2-25y2-22:100 and name the surface.

solurroN:

The given equation can be written as

!--t-,'l_:1. 25 4 100 which is of the form of Eq. (3) with r and z interchanged; thus, the surface is an elliptic hyperboloid of two sheetswhose axis is the r axis. The cross sections in the planes x:k, where lkl >5, are the ellipses yzl4 - 1. The planes x = k, where * 221100:k2125 lkl < 5, do not intersectthe surface. The cross sections in the planes A:k are'the hyperbolas fl2| - 221100:1* k214,and the cross sections in the planes z:k are the hyperbolasf 125- U'14:1 + k,/100.The required sketchis shown in Fig. 18.8.5.

F i g u r e1 8 . 8 . 5

18.8QUADRIC SURFACES The following two quadrics are called noncentral quadrics. The elliptic p araboloid

fuzz

7* w:;

F i g u r e1 8 . 8 . 6

G)

where a and b are positive and c * 0. Figure 18.8.5 shows the surface if c>0. Substituting k for z in Eq. (4), we obtain *laz * y'lb' : k/c. When k: 0, this equation becomes *laz * y2lb2-- 0, which represents a single point, the origin. If. k + 0 and k and c have the same sign, the equation is that of an ellipse. So we conclude that cross sections of the surface in the planes z: k,where k and c have the samesign, are ellipses and the lengths of the semiaxesincreaseas lkl increases.If k and c have opposite signs, the planes z: k do not intersect the surface.The cross sections of the surface with the planes x: k and y : k arc parabolas' When c ) 0, the parabolas open upward, as shown in Fig. 18.8'6; when c < 0, the parabolas open downward. lI a: b, the surface is a paraboloid of revolution. The hyperbolicparaboloid -u2 - - : - )c2 z

(s)

b2n2c

F i g u r e1 8 . 8 . 7

ExAMPLE3: Draw a sketch of the graph of the equation

where a and b are positive and c * 0. The surface is shown in Fig. 18.8.7 forc>0. The cross sections of the surface in the planes 2: ft, where k # 0, ate hyperbolas having their transverse €xes parallel to the y axis if k and c v t the samesign and parallel to the r axis if k and c have opposite signs. ""e The cross section of the surface in the plane z: 0 consists of two straight lines through the origin. The crosssectionsin the planesx: k ateparabolas opening upward if c > 0 and opening downward if c < 0. The cross sectionsin the pl".t"t y: k areparabolas opening downward if c ) 0 and opening upward if c < 0.

solurroN:

The given equation can be written as

3y'*1222:"1.6x and name the surface.

which is of the form of Eq. (4) with r and z interchanged. Hence, the graph of the equation is an elliptic paraboloid whose axis is the r axis. The -f crois sections ir, the planes x: k ) 0 are the ellipses y2lL6 zz| 4: kl3, and the planesx: k 10 do not intersectthe surface.The crosssectionsin the planes y : k are the parabolas L2z2:16x - 3k', and the cross sections in

SPACEAND SOLID ANALYTICGEOMETRY VECTORSIN THREE-DIMENSIONAL

the planesz : k arethe parabolas3yz: L5x- Ue. A sketchof the elliptic paraboloidis shov,rnin Fig. 18.8.8.

F i g u r e1 8 . 8 . 8

EXAMPLE4: Draw a sketch of the graph of the equation 3y'-

1222: l6x

and name the surface.

solurroN:

Writing the given equation as

-tlz - - : - 22 x 1643 we see it is of the form of Eq. (5) with x artd z interchanged. The surfaceis therefore a hyperbolic paraboloid. The cross sections in the planes x: k * 0 are the hyperbolas y'lL5 - z2l4: k/3. The cross section in the yz plane (r: 0) consistsof the two lines y : h ffid y - -2z.In the planes z: k, the cross sections are the parabolas 3A, : L6x * l2t9; in the planes A : k, the clrosssections are the parabolas l2z2 : 3k2- t6x. Figure 1g.g.9 shows a sketch of the hyperbolic paraboloid.

z

Figure18.8.9

The elliptic cone

5.#-$:o

F i g u r e1 8 . 8 . 1 0

(6)

where a, b, arrdc are positive (see Fig. 18.8.10). The intersection of the plane z: 0 with the surface is a single point, the origin. The cross sections of the surface in the planes z: k, *hete k * 0, are ellipses, and the lengths of the semiaxesincreaseas k increases. Cnr-ssse-ctionsin the planes x: 0 and,y: 0 are pairs of intersecting lines. In the planes x: k arrd U: k, where k * 0, the cross sections a"e hyperbolas.

18.8 QUADRICSURFACES

ExAMPLE5: Draw a sketch of the graph of the equation

soLUrIoN: x2

4xz - yz * 2522- 0 and name the surface.

The given equation can be written as

25 which is of the form of Eq. (6) with y and z interchanged. Therefore, the surface is an elliptic cone having the y axis as its axis. The surface intersectsthe xz plane (y : 0) at the origin only. The intersection of the surface with the yz plane (r : 0) is the pair of intersecting lines U : +52, and the intersection with the xy plarre (z: 0) is the pair of intersecting lines y:-+zx. The cross sections in the planes A:k+ 0 are the ellipses f 125+ z2l4:WlL00.In the planesx:k * 0 and z:k # 0, the crosssections are, respectively, the hyperbolas y2lt00-z'14:l&125 and y21100 - f IZS: k214.A sketch of the surfaceis shown in Fig. 18.8.11.

F i g u r e1 8 . 8 . 1 1

The general equation of the second degree in x, y, and z is of the form af -t byz * czz* dxy * exz + fyz + gx * hy * iz * i : g where a,b, . . . , j areconstants. It can be shown that by translation and rotation of the three-dimensional coordinate axes (the study of which is beyond the scope of this book) this equation can be reduced to one of the following two forms: Axz*By',*Czz+l-0

(7)

A* + Byz* lz:0

(8)

or Graphs of the equations of the seconddegree will either be one of the above six types of quadrics or else will degenerateinto a cylinder, plane, line, point, or the empty set. The nondegenerate cur:vesassociatedwith equations of the form (7) are the central quadrics and the elliptic cone, whereas those associated with equations of the form (8) are the noncentral quadrics. Following are examples of some degeneratecases: f - y ' : 0 ; t w o p l a n e sx, - Y : 0 a n d r * Y = o

ANDSOLIDANALYTIC GEOMETRY IN THREE-DIMENSIONAL SPACE VECTORS

864

z2:0;

one plane, the ry plane

* * Y': 0; one line' the z axis f * y'l z2:0; a single Point, the origin f -t y' I z?* 1 : 0; the empty set

1.8.8 Exercises In ExercisesL through 12, draw a sketch of the graph of the given equation and name the surface. t.4*+9y2lz2:36

2.4*-9yz-"2-*

3.4*+9y2-*:36

4.4*-9y2**:36

s.f:Vz-2z

6.f:y,+2,

,.***:n,

a,.fi+{:+

,"2

9.

,2

1 0 .f : 2 y * 4 2

re-*:gy

1 7 .f + 7 6 2 2 : 4 y 2 - 7 6

13. Find the values of k for which the intersection of the plane x + W: y'- * - z2:1 is (a) an ellipse and (b) a hyperbola.

12.9y2-4z2t t8r:0

1 and the elliptic hyperboloid of two sheets

L4. Find the vertex and focus of the parabola which is the intersection of the plane y :2 y' _x" _1 1649

with the hyperbolic paraboloid

15. Find the area of the plane section formed by the intersection of the plane y : 3 with the solid bounded by the ellipsoid f7f22 *1 9254

:

*_:1

16. Show that the intersection of the hyperbolic phraboloid yzlbz- * I a, : zl c and the plane z : bx I ay consists of two intersecting straight lines. 17' U1e the method of parallel plane sectionsto find the volume of the solid bounded by the ellipsoid rfl a2+ y17 * zzlcz: l. (The measure of the area of the region enclosed by the ellipse having semiaxesi and,b is nab.)

1'8.9 CURVES IN R3 We consider vector-valued functions in three-dimensional space. 18.9.1 Definition

Let f u fzi and1" be three real-valued functions of a real variable f. Then for every number f in the domain common to fr, fz, and fs there is a vector R defined by

R(r): fJt)i+ f,(t)i+ fr(t)u

(1)

and R is called a aector-oalued function. The graph of a vector-valued function in three-dimensional spaceis obtained analogously to the way we obtained the graph of a vector-valued function in two dimensions in sec. 17.4. As f assumes all values in the domain of R, the terminal point of the position representation of the vector R(f) traces a curve C, and this curve is called the graph of (l). A point on the curve C has the cartesian representation (r, a, z) , where

18.9 CURVESIN R3

865

(2) y: fr(t) z: fr(t) Equations (2) are called parametricequationsof C, whereas Eq. (L) is called a aectorequationof.C. By eliminating f from Eqs. (2) we obtain two equations in x, y , and z. Theseequations are called cartesianequationsof.C. Each cartesian equation is an equation of a surface, and curve C is the intersection of the two surfaces. The equations of any two surfaces containing C may be taken as the cartesian equations defining C. x: fr(t)

o rLLUsrRArroN 1: We draw a sketch of the curve having the vector equation R(f) : a cos fi * b sin fi + tk Parametric equations of the given cuwe are ' x:acost z:t A:bsint To eliminate f from the first two equations, we write them as f : a2 coszt

and A2: V sinz t

from which we get x2 ;:

cosz t

and

Adding correspondingmembersof thesetwo equations,we obtain f a2

+a' :1 b2

Therefore, the cuwe lies entirely on the elliptical cylinder whose directrix is an ellipse in the xy plane and whose rulings are parallel to the z a> as a normal vector.

EI4

IN THREE-DIMENSIONAL VECTORS SPACEAND SOLID'ANALYTIC GEOMETRY

EXAMPLE3: Find an equation in cylindrical coordinates for each of the following surfaces whose equations are given in cartesian coordinates and identify the surface: (a) xz + !' : z; (b) x2-A':2.

F i g u r e1 8 . 1 0 . 6

ExAMPrn 4: Draw a sketch of the graph of each of the followirrg equations where c is a constant: (a) p:c, and c >0; (b) 0_ c; (c) 6-c,and0

F i g u r e1 8 . 1 0 . 7

solurroN: (a) The equation is similar to Eq. ( ) of Sec. 18.8,and so the graph is an elliptic paraboloid.lf. * * y2 is replaced by r', the equation becomesf : z. (b) Ttre equation is similar to Eq. (5) of Sec.18.8with x and y interchanged. The graph is therefore a hyperbolig paraboloid having the z axis as its axis. When we replacex by r cos 0 and y by t sin 0, the equation becomesrz cosz0 - rz sinz 0 : 4 andbecause cosz0 - sinz 0: cos 20,we can write this as z:12 cos20.

In a spherical-coordinatesystemthere is a polar plane and an axis perpendicular to the polar plane, with the origin of the z axis at the pole of the polar plane. A point is located by three numbers, and the spherical-coordinate representationof a point P is (p, 0,S), where p : lOPl, I is the radian measure of the polar angle of the projection of P on the polar plane, and @is the nonnegative radian measure of the smallest angle measured from the positive side of the z axis to the line OP. SeeFig. 18.10.6. The origin has the spherical-coordinaterepresentation(0,0,6), where 0 and $ may have any values. If the point P (p, 0, @) is not the origin, then p > 0 and 0 < 6 < zr, where Q:0 if P is on the positive side of the z axis and 6: r if P is on the negative side of the z axis.

soLUrIoN: (a) Every point P(p, 0, S) on the graph of p: c has the same value of p, 0 rnay be any number, and 0 = Q = zr.It follows that the graph is a sphere of radius c and has its center at the pole. Figure 18.1,0.2 shows a sketch of the sphere. (b) For any point P (p, 0, Q) on the graph of 0 : c, p may be any nonnegative number, d may be any number in the closed interval 10,nf , and 0 is constant. The graph is a half plane containing the z axis and is obtained by rotating about the z axis through an angle of c radians that half of.the xz plane for which r > 0. Figure 18.10.8shows sketchesof the half planes for 0:ir,0: & r r , 0 : t r r , a n dg : - * 2 .

1 8 . 1 0C Y L I N D R I C AALN D S P H E R I C A C L O O R D I N A T E S 875

(c) The graph of 6: c contains all the points P(p,0, d) for which p is any nonnegative number, 0 is any number, and S is the constant c. The graph is half of a cone having its vertex at the origin and the z axis as its axis. Figure 18.10.9aand b each show a sketch of the half cone for 0 < c < *n and izr < c < zr, respectively.

o: :27 0 , B : ( - 5 , 7 , 2 ) , a n d C - ( 4 , 6 , - 1 ). 1 9 .B . A - C 1,9.A+B.C 20.A.BC 21,.A8.C 24. If A is any vector, prove that A -

22.AXB.CXA (A. i)i+ (A . i)i + (A . k)k.

23.AxB.A+B-C

25. Find an equation of the sphere concentric with the sphere * * y, + zz+ 4x + 2y - 6z * 10 : 0 and containing the point (-4, 2,5). 26. Find an equation of the surface of revolution generated by revolving the ellipse 9* * 422: 36 in the xz plane about the r axis. Draw a sketch of the surface. Determine the value of c so that the vectors 3i * ci - 3k and 5i - 4i * k are orthogonal. ShowthattherearerepresentationsofthethreevectorsA:5i+i-3k,B:i*3i-2k,andC:-4i+2i*kwhich form a triangle. 29. Find the distance from the origin to the plane through the point (-6,3,-2) and having 5i - 3j + 4k as a normal vector. 30. Find an equation of the plane containing the points (1,7 , -3) and (3, 1, 2) and,which does not intersect the r axis. 3r. Find an equation of the plane through the three points (-1,2,l) , (1,4, 0), and (1,-1,3) by two methods:(a) using the cross product; (b) without using the cross product.

REVIEW EXERCISES 879

32. Find two unit vectors orthogonal to i - 3i * 4k and whose representations are parallel to the yz plane. 33. Find the distancefrom the point P(4, 6,-4) to the line through the two points A(2,2,1) and B(4,3,-1'). 34. Find the distancefrom the plane 9r - 2y 'f5z * 44: 0 to the point (-3, 2, 0). * 5kfindcos 0 intwo ways: i+ kandB:4i-3i identity. and a trigonometric product cross producf (b) using the by dot the (a) by using

35. I f 0 i s t h e r a d i a n m e a s u roef t h e a n g l e b e t w e e nt h e v e c t o r sA : 2 i + 36. Prove that the lines +2 _x_- l_ : 2 : a2

z-2

. x-2 Y and-n-:3:---

-S

z-5

are skew lines and find the distance between them' to each of the lines of 32. Find symmetric and parametric equations of the line through the origin and perpendicular Exercise36. - 3k and 5i * 4k' 38. Find the area of the parallelogram two of whose sides are the position representationsof the vectors2i -1, 3) , (-2,2' -1), and (-1,l' 2) ' 39.Find the volume of the parallelepipedhaving verticesat (1, 3, O), (2,

40. Find the length of the arc of the curve y:tsint

l:fcost from f: 0 to t:

z:l

itr.

vector, and the speed at 4r. Aj-particle is moving along the curve of Exercise40: Find the velocity vector, the acceleration and acceleration t tn. Draw a sketch of iportion vectors there.

of the curve at t:

Ln and draw the representationsof the velocity

curve having the vector equation r12. Find the unit tangent vector and the curvature at any point on the R(t):

eti* e-tiI2tk

: equations: (a) (r * !)2 + t : z; (b')25* r +yz 1gg' 43. Find an equation in cylindrical coordinates of the graph of eachof the - 4y2 of the equations: (a) r' i Y'+ 422:4; (b) 4f 44. Find an equation in spherical coordinates of the graph of each l9z2:36' with respect to f exist, prove that 415.If R, e, and W arethree vector-valued functions whose derivatives D,[R(r).e(r)xw(f)]:D,R(f).Q(f)xw(t)+R(t)'DrQ(t)xw(t)+R(t)'Q(t)xD'w(t)

Differentialcalculus of functions of severalvariables

19.1 FUNCTIONSOF MORE THAN ONE VARIABLE

I9.I FUNCTIONS OF MORE THAN ONE VARIABLE

1r9.L.1Definition

19.1.2 Definition

In this section we extend the concept of a function to functions of n variables,and in succeedingsectionswe extend to functions of n variables the concepts of the timit of a function, continuity of a function, and derioative of a function. A thorough treatment of these topics belongs to a course in advanced calculus. In this book we confine most of our discussion of functions of more than one variable to those of two and three variables; however, we make the definitions for functions of n variables and then show the applications of these definitions to functions of two and three variables. W" utto show that when each of these definitions is applied to a function of one variable we have the definition previous$ given. To extend the concept of a function to functions of any number of vari' ables, we must first consider points in n-dimensional number space.Just as we denoted a point in Rl by a real numb et x, apoint in R2by an ordered pair of real numterc (x, y), and a point in R3 by an ordered triple of real numbers (x, y, z), we rePresent a point in n-dimensional number sPace' : R", by an'oriered n-taple of real numbers customarily denoted by P ( x ' y ) ; n:2'P: ( r r , * r , . . . , r n ) . I n p a r . t i c u l a irf,. n : 7 , w e l e t P : x i i f if.n: g, P : (x, y, z)t if.n: 6, P : (xr.,x2,xg,xa,x5,x6). The set of all ordered z-tuples of real numbers is called the n'dimensional xr, . ' , xo) numberspace andis denoted by R'. Eachordered n-tuple (1,r, space' number is called a point in the n-dimensional Afunctionofnaariablesisasetoforderedpairsoftheform(P-.al)inwhich P is a point in ,ro t"o distinct ordered pairs -rpu." have the same fiist element. set of all The number' real and w is a n-dimensional numbe, the set and function, the p"rriUi" values of P is called the domain of function' ff ail possible values of w is called the rnnge of the of.n variFrom this definition, we see that the domain of a function or, numbers feal of a set ables is a set of points in R" and that the range is of one function a have we of points in Rl' When rt: L' equivalently, " ""t -of variable;thus,thedomainisasetofpointsinRlor'equivalently'asetof real numbers' Hence' we see that a set is range the and real numbers, .1..7.L d specia-icaseof Definition 19.1..2.lf.n:2, wehave a is Definition and the domain is a set of points in R3or, equivvariables, two of function is a set of a set of ordered pairs of real numbets (x' y)' The range ;iliit, real numbers. variables r and y be the set . rLLUsrRArroN1: Let the function f of two that such (P, z) of all ordered pairs of the form

z: {zs777l

y) for which 25 - * The domain of I is the set of all ordered pairs (x' I * Az:25 y, > o.This is tire set of all points in_the xy plane on the circle and in the interior region bounded by the circle'

CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES DIFFERENTIAL

Becausez: ry'F=@Tfr, we see that 0 < z < 5; therefore, the range of / is the set of all real numbers in the closed interval [0, 5]. In Fig. 19.1.1we have a sketch showing as a shaded region in R2 the set of points in the domain of /. o . rLLUsrRArron2: The function g of two variables r and y is the set of all ordered pairs of the form (P, z) such that \/F t 7 -,5 F i g u r e19 . 1. 1

v The domain of g consists of all ordered pairs (r, y) for which * + yz - 25 and y # 0. This is the set of points, not on the r axis, which are either on the circle * * y, :25 or in the exterior region bounded by the circle. Figure 19.7.2is a sketch showing as a shaded region in R2the iet of points in the domain of g. o

F i g u r e1 9 . 1. 2

F i g u r e1 9 . 1. 3

o rllusrRArror.r 3: The function F of two variables x au';rd, y is the set of all ordered pairs of the form (P, z) such that

z:yG+f,-2s lf y:0, then z -- 0 regardlessof the value of r. Howeveg iI y # 0, then f * y'- 25 must be nonnegative in order for z to be defined] Therefore, the domain of F consists of all ordered pairs (r, y) for which either y = g or rP * y' - E > 0. This is the set of all points on the circle rp * yr-:25, all points in the exterior region bounded by the circle, and all poitrts on the r axis for which -5 . r < 5 In Fig. 19.1.3we have a sketclishowing as a shaded region in R2 the set of points in the domain of F. o o rr,r,usrRArror.r4: The function G of two variables r and y is the set of all

19.1FUNCTIONS OF MORETHANONEVARIABLE ordered pairs of the form (P, z) such that z-

'

ffi

v

lf y:0, then z:0 provided that * * y'- 25 + 0. lf. y # 0, then 12* y' - 25 must be positive in order f.orz to be defined. Hence, the domain of G consists of all ordered pairs (x, y) for which x' * y' - 25 > 0 and those for which 3r: 0 and x # +-5. These are all the points in the exterior region bounded by the circle 12* y' :25 and the points on the r axis for which -5 ( r < 5. Figure 19.1.4is a sketch showing as a shaded region in R2 o the set of points in the domain of G. If f is a function of n variables, then according to Definition 19.'1"2' / i s a s e t o f o r d e r e d p a i r s otfh e f o r m ( P , w ) , w h e r e P : ( x r , x 2 , . - . , x n ) is a point in R" and ar is a real number. We denote the particular value of ar, which corresponds to a point P, by the symbol f (P) or f (xr, h, . . , xo). In particular, 7f.n:2 and we let P : (x, A) , we can denote the function value by either /(P) or f(x,y). Similarly, if.n:3 and P: (*, y, z), we denote lhe function value by either /(P) or f(x, y, z). Note that if n: l, P : xi hence, if f is afunction of one variable, f (P) : /(r). Therefore, this notation is consistent with our notation for function values of one variable. A function f of.n vaiables can be defined by the equation

F i g u r e1 9 . 1. 4

w:f(\,x2,.

.

,xn)

The variablES X1,Xz, . . ., xn ate called the independentaariables,arrd w is called tl:.edependentaariable. o ILLUsrRArron 5: Let / be the function of Illustration 1; that is,

f(x' Y): \/8=7f (9,

-4) -

f (-2, r) : f (u, 3a) : EXAMPLE1: The domain of a function I is the set of all ordered triples of real numbers (x, Y, z) such that

g(x, y, z)

Sxz* yz'

Find (a) S(1, 4, -2); (b) S(2a, -b, 3c); (c) 8(x', y', z'); (d) Sg, z,-x).

:ffi-g :ffi-2\E _ffi

SOLUTION:

( a )8 ( 1, 4 , - 2 ) (b) B(2a,

: 1 2 - 5 ( 1 ) ( - 2 ) + 4 ( - Z ) ' : 1 ' + 1 0+ 1 6 : 2 7 3c) - (2a)2- 5(2a)(3c) + (-b) (3c)' : 4a2- 30ac- 9bc2

rc4- 5x222* y'zn (c) g@r, Ar, zr) : (x')2 - 5(x')(z') + (y')(z')2: : yz - Sy(-r) * z(-r)2 : y' + Sxy * xzz (d) SQ, z, -)c)

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

19.1.3 Definition

If / is a function of a single variable and g is a function of two variables, then the compositefunction f ' I is the function of two variables defined by

(f ' s)(x,y) : fQ@'y)) and the domain of f " I is the set of all points (x, y) in the domain of g such that g@, y) is in the domain of /. EXAMPTr2: Given f (t) - ln f a n d g @ , y ) - x 2* y , f i n d h ( x , y ) if h - f o S, and find the domain of. h.

SOLUTION]

h(x,y) : ( f " il@, y) : f k@' y) )

: 1 1 *+ y ) :ln(*

I y)

The domain of g is the set of all points in R2,and the domain of / is (0, +.;. Therefore, the domain of h is the set of all points (r, y) for which f*y>0. Definition 19.1.3 can be extended to a composite function of n vaiables as follows. 19.1.4Definition

If / is a function of a single variable andg is a functionof.n variables, then the compositefunction f " g is the function of.n vartables defined by U"il(xr,xr,.

. . ,x):f(g@r,x2,.

. , ,xn))

and the domain of f " g is the set of all points (x1, x2, . . .,r,) domain of g such thatg(rr, x2, . . . , x,\ is in the domain of f. EXAMPLE 3:

Given F(r) - sin-l r

and G(x, A, z) find the function F o Q and its domain.

,

in the

(F.c)(x, y,z) :ii:##_r,

SOLUTION:

: sin-l tp+f+Za The domain of G is the set of all points (x, y, z) in Rs such that I * y, * zz - 4 > 0, and the domain of F is [-1, 1]. So the domain of F. G is the set of all points (x, A, z) in R3 such that 0 0 suchthat l x * k x l < e w h e n e v e r0 < l r l < 6 The 6 is, in fact, elll + kl. But I

rl

I

rl

+ kr) sin:l : lx + kxl lsinjl = lr * kxl. L l(r lxllxl Hence, for any e ) 0 there exists a 6 > 0 such that |

1l

l(x+kx)sinjl 0 for any € > 0 such that

lf(x,v) - ol which will prove that

(15)

lim

(c,a)-(o'o)

f (x, A) :0

We distinguish two cases:

a n dx + 0 .

r:0

CasL e : I f x - 0 , l f ( * , V ) - 0 l = l 0- 0 l

which is less than e for any

6>0. Cqse2: lf x

+ 0 , l f( * , y )- 0 l: l ( r + V) sin(Ur)l.

: V+vt lI ( x+ v ) sin*l 1""11 I

CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES DIFFERENTIAL

:zvf

+ y2

Then |

1l

+ v) sinjlx l < z .*e whenevero < lTf l@ l'

< te

So take 6: te. Therefore, in both caseswe have found a E > 0 for any e ) 0 such that lim f(x, y):0. that (16)holds, and this proves (c,g)-(o,o)'

The limit theorems of Chapter 2 and their proofs, with minor modifications, apply to functions of several variables. We use these theorems without restating them and their proofs. o rLLUsrRArrow4: By applying the limit theorems on sums and products, we have lim G,il-Gz,r)

(r'* 2*y - y' + 2):

(-2)' + 2(-2)'(1,) - (1)' * 2:7

o

Analogous to Theorem 2.6.5 fot functions of a single variable is the following theorem regarding the limit of a composite function of two variables. l9.2.l0 Theorem

If g is a function of two variables and

!i+

.g@, y):b,

and f is a

tunctionof a singlevariable continuous "gi?;tfi:"rl . l i + . ( f "d @ , y ) : f ( b ) (;rll)-(co,aol

or, equivalently,

fQ@, D) :/(",,1iT".,", s@,v)) ,",,IiT".,u The proof of this theorem is similar to the proof of Theorem 2.6.5 and is left as an exercise (see Exercise20). ExAMPtn6: Use Theorem to find lim ln (xy - 1). 19.2.10 (t,u) - ( 2,1)

soLUrIoN: Let g be the function such that g@, y) - ry - 1, and / be the function such that f(t):ln t. lim (w L\ :'t G,i-(z,i

-

and because/ is continuous at 1, we use Theorem 19.2.10and get

- t) : t"(,,.11T.,, (v - t)) rn(xv ",ll%,,, -lnL -0

19,2 LIMITSOF FUNCTIONSOF MORE THAN ONE VARIABLE

Exercises19.2 In ExercisesL through 6,establish the limit by findi.g a 6 > 0 for any e ) 0 so that Definition 1,9.2.5holds. 1. lim (3x - 4V) - 1 2. lim (5x- 3y) - -z 3. lim (x' * A') :2 (c,u)-(g,z)

4.

lim

(c,u)-(z.g)

(x,u)-(2,4\

(2x' - yz) : -L

5. li-

(r,g)-(1,1)

(x'*2x-y):4

5'

(t,g)-(2,4)

(x' + yz- 4x * 2y) : -+ ,r,jt-T,-r,

In Exercises7 through 12, prove that for the given function f ,,r,llTo,o,f (x,y) doesnot exist.

V1 7.f (x,A):.?x'+y'

8 .f ( x , a ) :xJ' + y '

xa*3*'y'*Zxyg

L 0 .f ( x ,A ) :

11.f (x,A): , =t'n * (x' + yn)t

(x' * y')'

L3through15,provethat,",llTo, @,U) exists. In Exercises orf * Yt :*t u. f(x,y) x'+ y'

13. f(x,a):ffi (,

1 5 .f ( x , a ) : l

L

L

( r +. y )\ s i n 2 s r n ' =r f x + 0 a n d y + 0 if eitherx:0 or y - 0

L0

r c . f @ , y ) : l x[f

i" (xy) \ '.

lv

if x+0 rf.x-0

In Exercises17 through 19, evaluatethe given limit by the use of limit theorems. 17.

lim (c,u)-(2$)

(3x' * xy - 2y')

18. lim v+m (c,a)-(-2,E)

lg.

e* * eu Iim (a,s)-(o,o) COSX * Sin y

20. Prove Theorem 19.2.10 In Exercises2L through 23, show the application of Theorem 19.2.L0to find the indicated limit. 21.

lim

u

tan-l 1

22.

X

(c,y)-(2,2'1

lim (t,s)-(-2,g)

[5r + ty'\

23.

tl r lim \'l (x,u\-(t,2, g* - +V

In Exercises24 through 29, determine if the indicated limit exists.

24. lim

(c,s)*(o,o>f

!'a' =

25. lim

!'a' , * Yn

.L sln x

i f x + 0-1h

ti" zs.f (x,a):{t i* '

.1 sln -

t f x + L a n d ' la * 0

L0

lim

sin(r + y)

(c,u)-(2,-2)

X+ y

22. tim

*: + Y=

(c,s)-(o,o)X' + y2

-l

f-*v- + 28f(x,a):wtv .

x

26.

lim

f(x,y) (e's)-(o'o) if x - 0J

if either x:0

I lim f(x,y) I (c'a)'(o'o) : or y o)

30. (a) Give a definition, similar to Definition 19.2.5, of. the limit of a function of three variables as a point (x, y, z) approaches a point (xo, yo, zo). (b) Give a definition, similar to Definition 19.2.7,of the limit of a function of three variables as a point (x, y, z) approachesa point (xo, yo, zs) in a specific set of points S in R3. 31. (a) State and prlove a theorem similar to Theorem 19.2.8f.or a function / of three variables. (b) State and prove a theorem similar to Theorem 19.2.9for a function f of three variables.

VARIABLES CALCULUS OFSEVERAL OF FUNCTIONS 9OO DIFFERENTIAL 30 and 31 to proveanu,,",r,ltTo,o @,A, z) does In Exercises32 through 35, use the definitions and theoremsof Exercises ,orf not exist. g2. f (x, y, z) '/ -f

* Yx,'* z2x2 f + Yn* zn

*+y2-22

33.f(x,v,"):FTFr,

g5. f(x,y,z):Fffi

u . f ( x , A z,' ') : , O . *! " f + Y'+zn

In Exercises36 and 37, use the definition in Exercise30(a)to provethat

f @, y, z) exists. ,,.r.1l1o.o.o,

96.f (x,A,z) : *r!l;r-( ,, ;): {e*y*z) L0

r i r ,1 r i r ,1 i f x + o a n d , y + o if eitherx :0 or y : 0

19.3 CONTINUITY OF FUNCTIONS OF MORE THAN ONE VARIABLE 19.3.1 Definition

We define continuity of a function of.n variables at a point in Rz

Suppose that / is a function of n variables and A is a point in R". Ttren / is said to be continuousat the point A if and only if the following three conditions are satisfied: (i) f(A) exists; (ii) lim /(P) exists; P.A (iii) lim f(P):f(A). If one or more of these three conditions fails to hold at the point A, then / is said to be discontinuousat A. Definition 2.5.1 of continuity of a function of one variable at a number a is a special caseof Definition 19.3.1. If / is a function of two variables, A is the point (re, ys), and.P is a point (r, y), then Definition 19.3.1becomes the following.

19.3.2 Definition

The function f of. two variables r and y is said to be continuousat the point (rs, ye) if and only if the following three conditions are satisfied: (1) f(xo, yo) exists; (ii) y) exists; lim f(x, (t,il-(so,ud

(iii) _ !i+ . f(x, y) : f (xo,y). (a,i-(h,sd' soLUrIoN: We check the three conditions of Definition 19.3.2 at the point (0, 0).

+ (0,0) - (0,0)

(i) f (0, 0) : Q.Therefore,condition (i) holds.

19.3 CONTINUITY OF FUNCTIONSOF MORE THAN ONE VARIABLE

determine If f is continuous at ( 0 ,0 ) .

(tt) f(r, v):,",llTo,o, ,,.11%,, ffi:0,

901

whichwasproved in Ex-

ample 3, Sec.19.2.

(ttt),".ll1, u): /(0,o). rf(x' So we conclude that / is continuous at (0, 0). EXAMPLE 2:

LCt

the function f

be defined by

f*Y f(*,a):|Tf Lo

solurroN: following.

Checking the conditions of Definition "1.9.3.2,we have the

(i) f (0, 0) - 0 and so condition (i) holds. ( i i ) W h e n ( x , y ) + ( 0 , 0 ) , f ( x , U ) : x y l ( x ' + y ' ) . I n Example 2, Sec. '!.9.2, + y') does not exist and so we showed that ,r,llT, ,rr*Al@' lim f (x,y) doesnot exist.Therefore,condition (ii) fails to hold.

if (x, y) + (0, 0) i f ( x , y ) - ( 0 ,0 )

Determine tf.f ts continuous at ( 0 ,0 ) .

(t,a)-(o,o)

We concludethat / is discontinuousat (0, 0).

If a function f of.two variables is discontinuous at the point (ro, yo) tim f(x, -y) exists, then / is said to have a remoaabledisconti(r,u)-(co,ui' nuity at (xs, !) becauseif f is redefined at (xo, /o) so that f(xo, y): . li* f (x, y), then / becomescontinuous at (xs, y). It the discontibut

(t,il-(co,uo)

nuity is not removable, it is called art essentialdiscontinuity. * yz), then g is discontinuous o rLLUsrRArron1: (a) If g(r, y):3x'yl(f at the origin becauseg(0, 0) is not defined. Howevet, in Example 3, Sec. * y'):0. Therefore, the discon19.2, we showed an"a or3*yl(xz ,,,11T0, tinuity is removable if g(0, 0) is defined to be 0. (Refer to Example 1.) (b) Let h(x, y):xyl(xz *y2). Then ft is discontinuous at the origin because h(0, 0) is not defined. In Example 2, Sec. 79.2, we showed that lim xyl(x2 * y) does not exist. Therefore, the discontinuity is essential. k,u)-(0,0)

(Refer to Example 2.)

o

The theorems about continuity for functions of a single variable can be extended to functions of two variables. 19.3.3 Theorem

If f andg are two functions which are continuous at the point (16,yo), then (i) / + g is continuous at (xo, Y); (ii) / - g is continuous at (xo, Y); (iir) /S is continuous at (ro, yo); (iv) fl7 is continuous at (ro, /o), provided that g(xo, yr) * 0. The proof of this theorem is analogous to the proof of the corresponding theorem (2.6.1)for functions of one variable, and hence it is omitted.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

19.3.4 Theorem

A polynomial function of two variables is continuous at every point in R2. PRooF: Every polynomial function is the sum of products of the functions defined by f (x, y) : x, g@, y) : y, and h(x, y): c, where c is a real number. Becausef , g, and ft are continuous at every point in R2,the theorem follows by repeated applications of Theorem 19.3.3, parts (i) and (iii). I

19.3.5 Theorem

A rational function of two variables is continuous at every point in its domain. pRooF: A rational function is the quotient of two polynomial functions f and g which are continuous at every point in R2 by Theorem 1,9.9.4.If. (xo, y) is any point in the domain of flg, then g(ro, y) # 0; so by Theorem 19.3.3(iv)f lS is continuous there. I

EXAMPTT3: Let the functi on f be defined by

f (x, y) : [ r ' * y ' L0

ifx2*y, rfxz*y,

0.Thenthefunctionhisthecompositefunctionf"gand'byTheorcmlg.3.T,iscontinuousatallpoints(x,y)inR2forwhichxy-L)0or' region of equivalently , xy > 1.. The shaded region of Fig. 19.3.1 is the ' continuity of h' soLUrIoN: This is the same function as the function G of lllustration 4 in sec. 19.1. we saw there that the domain of this function is the set of all and the points in the exterior region bounded by the circle rc *y',:25 -5 < < x 5' points on the r axis for which The function / is the quotient of the functions g and h for which The tunction g is a polynomial g@, y) : y and h(x, V): \/FW=E irnction and therefore is continuous everywhere. It follows from Theorem 19.3.7that h is continuous at all points in xP for which * * y2 > 25. Therefore, by Theorem 19.3.3(iv) we conclude that / is continuous at all :25' points in the exterior region bounded by the circle f * y' -5 < r < 5, that is, Now consider the points on the x axis for which -5 I a < 5. If Sr is the set of points on the line the points (a, 0) wherl x: a, (a, 0) is an accumulationpoint of Sr, but

f(x'Y):tu#x *.}T,r, (P tn Sr)

gO4

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS OF FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES

which does not exist becauseyl{ffi is not defined if lyl = \E-. Therefore,/ is discontinuousit *re points on the r axis for which -5 ( r < 5. The shadedregion of Fig. 19.3.2is the region of continuity of /.

Figure19.3.2

Exercises19.3 In Exercises 1 through 6, discuss the continuity of /.

t+

1. f (r, V) : ]{Ff t0 (x'y

2 .f ( x , a ) : | f f i f.0

3 .f ( x , a ) : t # L0

ir @,y)+ (o,o) if (x,y) : (0,0)

i. r ( x ' Y *) ( o o' ) if (x, y) : (0, 0)

(nrNr: SeeExample 4, Sec.19.2.)

i f @ , v+) ( oo, )

(x, y) + (0,0) ( x , y ) : ( 0 ,o )

if (x, y) : (0, 0)

(ry

ir (x'Y)+ (o'o)

L0

i f ( x , y ) : ( 0 ,0 )

5.f(x,a)={lffiT

lnrNr: SeeExercise13,Exercises19.2)

if (x, y) + (0, 0) if (x, y) : (0, 0)

7. ProveTheorem19.3.7. In Exercises 8 through 17, determine the region of continuity of I and draw a sketch showing as a shaded regron in R2the region of continuity of /.

L1..f ( x , a ) :

W

L3. f (x, A) : r ln (xV')

19.4PARTIAL DERIVATIVES 905 L4. f (x, A) : sin-l (xy)

15. f (x, A) : tan-r L + sec-r(xV)

(* - y' l-i f".-x' r* y 16.f(x,D:lx-y ifx:y Lx-y

rsin(x* u) ifx+y+O 1 t zj .. ft (_x ,"y.), :_t l, # x - t y ifx*y:g U

v

In Exercises18 through 27,provethat the function is discontinuousat the origin. Then determineif the discontinuityis removableor essential.If the discontinuityis removable,define/(0, 0) so that the discontinuityis removed. 1 9 f. ( x , A ) : ( x + y ) s i n l

v

2 1f.( x , A ) : Y

xu*yn

22. (a) Give a definition of continuity at a point for a function of three variables, similar to Definition 19.3.2.(b) State theorems for functions of three variables similar to Theorems 19.3.3and 79.3.7.(c) Define a polynomial function of three variables and a rational function of three variables. In Exercises23 through 25, use the definitions and theorems of Exercise22 to discuss the continuity of the given function.

23.f (x, A, z) :

24. f(x, y, z) : ln(36 - 4x2- y2 - 9z')

W Sxyz

(

2 5f.( x , y , z ) : ] W L0

if ( x , y , z ) # ( 0 , 0 , 0 ) if ( x , y , z ) : ( 0 , 0 , 0 )

I9.4 PARTIAL DERIVATIVES

19.4.1 Definition

' I xz-v'

25.f (x, A,z) - fr' * y' * z2 L0

if

( x , y , z ) + ( 0 ,0 , 0 )

if

(x,y,z)- (0,0,0)

We now discuss differentiation of real-valued functions of n variables. The discussion is reduced to the one-dimensional caseby treating a function of n variables as a function of one variable at a time and holding the others fixed. This leads to the concept of a "partial derivative." We first define the partial derivative of a function of two variables. Let / be a function of two variables, r and y. The partial deriaatitseof f with respect to x is that function, denoted by Dtf , such that its function value at any point (x, y) in the domain of / is given by (1) if this limit exists.Similarly, the partial deriaatiaeof f u)ith respectt o y r s that function, denoted by Drf , such that its function value at any point (x, y) in the domain of / is given by (2)

The process of finding a partial derivative is called partial differentiation.

FUNCTIONS OFSEVERAL VARIABLES Drf is read as "D sub t of f ," and this denotes the partial-derivative function. Drf (*, y) is read as '? sub L of.f of.x and yi' and this denotes the partial-derivative function value at the point (x, y). Other notations for the partial-derivative functionDrf arefr, f ,, and O/dr. Other notations for the partial-derivative function value D/(r, A) arc fr(x, A), f ,(x, y), and |f(x, y)lax. Similarly, other notations for Drf are fz, fa, and Aflay; other notations for Dd@, y) are fr(x, y), fu(x, y), and \f(x, V)laV.It z : f (x, A) , we can write 0zl0x for D rf (r, y) . A partial derivative cannot be thought of as a ratio of 0z md Er becauseneither of these symbols has a separate meaning. The notation dyldx can be regarded as the quotient of two differentials when y is a function of the single variable r, but there is not a similar interpretation for 0zl0x. SOLUTION:

find Drf (x,y) and Drf (x,y) by applying Definitio n'!.9.4.1.

-Drf(r,/) r/\.-'"' : lim f@

+ ax'Y.)- f(x' Y)

4* * d^r1|'-2(x+ ax)y* y, - (g* - 2ry-!n-

: ;;

Ar

An-o

: lim 3f*6x Ax+3(Ax)2-2ry:2y Lx+y2-3f+zry-yz Ax

Ar-o

: :

- 2u a'x 5xLx+ 3(4t!)2 ^tlll j lim (Gx+ Lx-2y)

Ao-0

:6x - 2A Drf(x,/) : lim f @'v + AY) f(x' v) aa-o

Ly

: tim 3* Zx(y+ AV)+ (y * Ay),- (gf - 2ry * yr) au-o

Ly _ r.^ 3* 2xy 2x A,! * y2'* 2y Ay + (Ay)z- 3* I 2xy - yz Au-o

: lim '

Ly

-2x LY + 2YLY + (LY)z

aa-o

Ly

: lim (-2r + 2y + Ay) Aa-O

:-2x * 2A If (xr, y)

is a particular point in the domain of /, then

(3)

19.4 PARTIALDERIVATIVES

if this limit exists, and (4)

if this limit exists. o rLLUSrRArroNL: We apply formula (3) to find Drf(3,-2) for the function / of Example 1.

D,f(3,-2):ll* At + ^x'-fI- f@'-2\ :,::, + L2+ 4 Lx * 4- 43 : lim 27+ LBAr * 3(Ax)'? Ax

Ar*o

:lim

(18+3 Lxt4)

A.r-0

:22 Altemate formulas to (3) and (4) for Drf (xo, ys) and Ozf(n,/o) given by

o are

(s) and (5)

if this limit exists. -2) for the function o rLLUSrRArrow2: We apply formula (5) to find Drf(3, f of Example 1.

D,f(3,-2):n^t@AFA x- 3 "'t

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

o rLLUsrRArrON3: In Example 1, we showed that Drf (x, V) :6x - 2y Therefore, Dtf(9,-2) :18 + 4 :22 This result agreeswith those of Illustrations 1 and 2.

o

To distinguish derivatives of functions of more than one variabre from derivatives of functions of one variable, we call the latter derivatives ordinary derioatiaes. comparing Definition 19.4.1with the definition of an ordinary derivative (3.3.1),we see that Drf (x, y) is the ordinary derivative of if is f f considered as a function of one variable x (i.e., y is held constant), and Drf (r, y) is the ordinary derivative of.f if/ is considered as a function of

ExAMPrn2: Given f(x, A) : 3x3 - 4x'y * 3xyz a Tx - By, find D r f( x , y ) a n d D r f( x , y ) .

soLUTroN: Considering f as a function of r and holding y constant, we have Dtf (x, A) :9*

- *ry + 3y2+ 7

Considering / as a function of y and holding r constant, we have Drf (x, A) : -4* * 5ry - 8

solurroN:

+ (0,o) : ( 0 ,0 )

(a)f '(0,

(b)f ,(x, 0).

(a) If y # 0, from (5) we have

f@' Y) - f(o' Y) /,(0, y)- lim r-0

19.4 PARTIALDERIVATIVES 909

If y:

0, we have

f /'(0,0):l-iT

:tTT-0

Because/, (0, y) - -y i f y + 0 a n d / ' ( 0 , 0 ) : 0 , - -y for all y. /t (O, y) (b) lf x * 0, from (5) we have

we can conclude that

' fr ( x ,o ) : t J T - lim A'0

: lim U-0

x3 x:2

If x:

0, we have

f ( 0 , y ) - f ( 0 , 0 )_ lim fr(O,o) - lim y-0 U-0 Becausef ,(x, o ) : r , i f x # 0 a n d fr(O, 0) :0, f r ( x , 0 ) - x f o r all x.

we can conclude that

Geometric interpretations of the partial derivatives of a function of two variables €uesimilar to those of a function of one variable. The graph of a function f of two variables is a surfacehaving equation z:f(x,U). If y is held constant (say,y : yo),then z : f (*,yo) is the equation of the trace of this surface in the plane y: yo. The curve can be represented by the two equations (a) x

a:ao

and z-f(x,y)

(7)

becausethe curve is the intersection of these two surfaces. Then Dtf(rq, /o) is the slope of the tangent line to the curve given by Eqs. (7) at the point P6(16,Ao,f (xo,yo)) in the plane A : Ao.In an analogous fashion, Drf (xs, ye) represents the slope of the tangent line to the curve having equations x:xo (b) x Figure19,4.1

and z:f(x,y)

at the point Po in the plane r:xe. Figure L9.4.Laand b shows the portions of the curves and the tangent lines.

910

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

EXAMPIE4: Find the slope of the tangent line to the curye of intersection of the surface

SOLUTION:

(2,2, \E).

-x

0z

z-+@withthe planey:2at

The required slope is the value of 0zl0x at the point

thepoint

( 2 , 2 ,\ E ) .

A partial derivative can be interpreted as a rate of change. Actually, every derivative is a measure of a rate of change. lf. is a r,ri.tio'of the f two variables r and y, the partial derivative oi1*iit respect to r at the point P1(ro, /o) gives the instantaneous rate of change, at ps, of f(x, y) per unit change in r (r alone varies and y is held fixed at ye). similariy, the partial derivative of / with respect to'y atpo gives the instantaneous rate of change,at Po,of f(x,y) per unit changein y. EXAMPTn5: According to the ideat gaslaw for a confined gars, if P pounds per square unit is the pressure, V cubic units is the volume, and T degrees is the temperature, w€ have the formula

PV: kT

(8)

where k is a constant of proportionality. Suppose that the volume of gas in a certain container is 100 in.3 and the temperature is 90o,andk:8. (a) Find the instantaneous rate of change of P per unit change in T if V remains fixed at 100. (b) Use the result of part (a) to approximate the change in the pressure if the temperature is increased to 92". (c) Find the instantaneous rate of change of V per unit change in P if T remains fixed at 90. (d) Suppose that the temperature is held constant. Use the result of part (c) to find the approximate change in the vol-

soLUrIoN: SubstitutingV:100, T:90, andk:8 in Eq. (g),we obtain P : 7.2. (a) Solving Eq. (8) for P when k : 8, we get

Therefore, -a: P -8 aTv When T:90 and V: l0o,lPl0T:0.08, which is the answerrequired. (b) From the result of part (a) when T is increased by z 1ind,v rep is 2(0.09) :0.16. We conclude, mains an approximate increase in {ixed) then, that if the temperature is increased from 90" to 92", the increase in the pressure is approximately 0.1,6lblin.z (c) Solving Eq. (8) for V when k: 8, we obtain

Therefore,

_av : AP

8T P2

WhenT-90andP-

t25

19.4 PARTIALDERIVATIVES 9 1 1

ume necessary to produce the same change in the pressure as obtained in part (b).

which is the instantaneous rate of change of V per unit change in P when T: 90 and P :7.2 if T remains fixed at 90. (d) If P is to be increased by 0.L6 and T is held fixed, then from the result of part (c) the change in V should be approximately (0.16) (-435) : -#. Hence, the volume should be decreasedby approximately # in.3 if the pressureis to be increasedfrom 7.2lblin.z to7.36lblin.'z. We now extend the concept of partial derivative variables.

19.4.2Definition

to functions of n

x) be a point in R', and let f be a function of the n Let P(xt, x2, . variables x1r x2t . . . , xn. Then the partial derivative of f with respect to *2t

.

.

o

i

*nl

lv'\-

1

I/Ltrr|'L

IIr

rV

sraY

rvL

/

I

xk is that function, denoted by D rcf, such that its function value at any point P in the domain of f ,t given by Duf@t, x2, lim

.

.

,Xn):

(xr,

(x1, X2, . .

Lxrc

A'ro-6

if this limit exists. In particular, If f is a function of the three variables r, y, and z, then the paftLalderivatives of f are given by D t f( x , U , z ) : l i m

f(x + L x , y , z ) - f ( x , y , z ) Ar

and

if these limits exist. EXAMPtn 6:

Given

-f (x, y, z) x'U * Yz' * zg verify that xf t(x, Y, z) * yfr(x,y, z) t ,ft(x,Y, z) : 3f(*,y,2).

soLUTroN:

Holding y and z constant, we get

f t(x, v, z) :2xY Hotding x artdz constant,we obtain fr(x,Y,z):f+z' Holding x and y constant,we get f"(x, y, z) :2Yz * 3z' Therefore, ) A ( * * z 2 *) z ( 2 y z * 3 z z ) x f { x , y , z )+ y f r ( x , y , z )+ z f r ( x , A , z ) : x ( 2 x 1 +

912

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS OF FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES

:' 2x2A* r'y * yz' * 2yz2* 3zg -3(x'y*yzr*zt) : 3f (x, y, z)

Exercises19.4 In ExercisesL through 6, apply Definition '!.g.4.'!, to find each of the partial derivatives. 1. f(x, A) :6x * 3y -7; Drf(x,y) Z . f ( x , A ) : 4 x z - 3 x y ;D r f ( x , y ) 3. f (x, A) : 3xy* 6x - Ar;Drf(x, y) 4 . f ( x , A ) : r y z S y * G ; D r f( x , y ) 5.

6.f (x,a):#,

f(x,a): ffi';Drf(x,y)

D,f(x,y)

In Exercises7 through 10, apply Definition 1,9.4.2to find each of the partial derivatives. 7 . f ( x , y , z ) : f y - 3 x y ,* 2 y z ;D r f ( x , y , z ) 8. f (x, y, z) : x2* 4y, * 9zz;Drf (x, y, z) 9. f(x, !, z, r, t) - xyr * yzt * yrt * zrt; Dnf@, z, r, t) !,

70.f (r, s, t, u, o, 7u): 3rzstI spa- 2tup2- tow * 3uutz; Dsfe, s, t, u, o, w) LL. Givenf (x, y) - x! - 9y2.Find Drf (2,1) by (a)apglyrng formula (3);(b) apptnng formula(S);(c)applyrngformula (t) and then replacingx and,y by 2 and 1, respectively. 12' For the tunction in Exercise11,find Drf (2,11by tul applyrr,g*formula (l); (b) applying formula(5);(c) appryingformula (2) and then replacingx and,y by-2'and't,i"#"tii"iy. "

llrtil::'.Hl?i[::?l#

j1fi,1i,'*fted

13.f(x, A) :4yt + ffir;

partialderivatives bvholdinsaltbutoneorthevariables constant andappry-

Drf (x,y)

L 4f.( x , A )=: &@, i ; D r f ( x , Y )

15.f @, Q) : sin 3d cos2g; Dzf@, O) 1 7 .z - s a t r :

0z

t" " v' uv

1,6.f (r, 0) : r2 cos0 - 2r tan 0; Drf (r, 0)

L8.r: e-ocos(0 + e); ! a0

21..f (x, A, z) : 4xyz * ln(2xyz); fs(x, y, z)

29.f (x, y, z) : suuz * tan-t!,

19.u - (x' + y, + rr1-t,r.4

dz

22. f(x, y, z):

2A.u - tan-r(xyzut), #

stu sinh 2z- eru cosh2z;fr(x, A, z)

fr(x,y, z)

2 4 -f ( r , 0 , 0 ) : 4 r z s i n 0 * s e 'c o s0 s i nr f - 2 c o s @ ;f r ( r , 0 ,o ) In Exercises25 and 25, find fr(x,y) and fu(x,y). 25. f(x, A) :

fu

J, l n

s i nt d t

27.Givenu -sin * h'-. v"nfyt +, | ff #:

26.f (x, A) : fu e"*t dt Jr

o.

2 8 . G i v e n r p - * y + y , z I z z x . V e r i f yU + @ , d u )- , "y AxWnE:(r+y*z),

AND THE TOTAL DIFFERENTIAL 913 19.5 DIFFERENTIABILITY

It+ u' if (x'Y)+ (o'o) :1ffi (x, 29.Given f u) rf (x, y) : (0, 0) L0 Find (a\ f'(0, 0); (b)fr(O,0).

^r (\"x,y)+ ( 0,o) , \ :1 l-,' +t-yl if 30. Givenf(x, A) if (x, y) _ (0, 0) L0 Find(a)f'(0,y) if y * 0; (b)/,(0, 0).

31. For the tunction of Exercise30 find (a) fr(x,0) if r + 0; (b) fr(O,0). - 9yz + 4z2* 36: 0 with the plane 32. Find the slope of the tangent line to the curve of intersection of the surface 36f -3). t/tZ, partial (t, as a derivative. this slope Interpret x:1 at the point 33. Find the slope of the tangentline to the curve of intersection of the surfacez: * * y2 with the planey: (2, 1,5). Draw a sketch. Interpret this slope as a partial derivative.

l atthepoint

34. Find equations of the tangent line to the curve of intersection of the surface * * y'* z2:9 with the plane y: 2 at the point (1,2,2). - 4y2. lf. distance is measured in feet, 35. The temperature at any point (r, y) of a flat plate is T degrees and 7 : S+ W along the plate in the directions of the find the rate of change o1 the temperature with respect to the distance moved (3, 1). point positive r and y axes, respectively, at the 36. Use the ideal gas law for a confined gas (seeExample 5) to show that

v-_ .{. e!_:-r aT dP dV g7.lf.V dollars is the present value of an ordinary annuity of equal payments of $100 Per year for f years at an interest rate of 100i percent Per Year, then

11-(1+t)-'l V : 1 0 0l -

til result of part (a) (a) Find the instantaneous rate of change of V per unit change in i if f remains fixed at 8' (b) Use the time remains to 7vo and the 6vo from changes rate interest if the io find the approximate change in the lresent .raloe (d) Use the at 0'06'' fixed remains if I in f change per unit oIV fixed at 8 years. (c) Find the instantaneous rate of change and T.years 8 to from decreased is time the if value present tlie in change result of part (c) to find the approximate the interest rate remains faed at 6Vo.

19.5 DIFFERENTIABILITY AND THE TOTAL DIFFERENTIAL

In Sec.3.6 in the proof of the chain rule we showed that if I is a differentiable function Of the single variable r and y : f (x), then the increment Ay of the dependent variable can be expressedas Ay: f' (r) Ar * q Lx -+ 0' where 4 is a function of Ar and q -+ 0 as Ax From the above it follows that if the function / is differentiable at ro, the increment of.f at ro, denoted by Lf (xs)' is given by A / ( x o )- f ' ( x o ) A r * n L x

where r: O. ligo

For functions of two or more variables we use an equation colTesponding to Eq. (1) to define differentiability of.a function. And from the almition we determine criteria for a function to be differentiable at a

I

914

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

poinl we give the details for a function of two variables and begin by defining the increment of such a function. 19.5.1Definition If /isafunctionof twovariablesxand !,thentheincrementof fatthe point (ro, ye), denoted by Lf(xs, AJ, is given by (2)

Figure 19.5.1illustratesEq. (2) for a function which is continuous on an open disk containingthe points (xo, yo) and (16* Lx,ys+ Ay). The figure shows a portion of the surface,J f(*, y). Af(xo,iJ : ffn, is (16 the point * M,yo!.Ly, f(xo,'y))-ana'i isihe point lvhere^Q ( x s * L x , A o *N A , f @ o +A x , y o + A y ) ) . z

(xo,yo,f(xo,VJ)

z: f(x,y) \

(ro * ax,uo* Lv,f@o* ax,ys+ av))

+ Ay)

o)

F i g u r e1 9 . 5 . 1

o rLLUsrBArrow1: For the function defined by /

f(x, y) :3x - xaz we find the increment of at any point (xn, ys). / Lf (xo,Ai : f (xr* M, yo+ Ail f Go, yo) :3(ro * Ar) - (ro * Lx)(yo+ Ay), _ (3ro _ xoAoz) : 316* 3 Ar - xeiloz_ AozLx _ 2*oyoAy _ 2yoAx AV - xo(Ay), - Ax(Ay)z _ 3xs * x6ysz : 3 Ax Ao2Ax ZxoyoLy 2ys Ax Ay _ xs(Ay), _ ArlAyy, . 19'5'2 Definition

rf f is afunction of two variables x and y and the increment of f at (xo, yo) can be written as Af (xo, y) : Drf(xo,Ui Ax * Drf (xs, A) Ly * e1Ar + ez Ly.

(3)

AND THE TOTAL DIFFERENTIAL 915 19.5 DIFFERENTIABILITY

where e1and e2are functions of Ar and Ay such that e1-+ 0 and €z+ 0 as (M, Ly) - (0,0), then/is said tobe differentiable at (xs,ys). . rLLUsrRArrou 2: We use Definition 19.5.2 to Prove that the function of Illustration 1 is differentiable at all points in R2. We must show that for all points (xo, yo) in R2 we can find an e1 and an e2 such that

Af(xo,y) - Dtf(xo,U) Lx - D"f(xo,y) Ly: e1Ar I e2Ay and e1-+ 0 and €z+ 0 as (Ar, Ay) -+ (0,0). Because f(x, y):3x- rA2, Drf(xo,y) :3 - voz and D"f(xo,ao): -2xoyo Using thesevaluesand the valueof Lf (xo'yd from IllustrationL, we have Lx-Drf (xo,yi AA:-xo(N)'-2ys Lx LV- Lx(LV)' Lf (xo,yo)-Dtf(xo,Uo) The right sideof the aboveequationcanbe written in the followingways: l-2yo Ay - (AV)'l Ar * (-ro Ay) LV or (-2y, Ly) Ar * (-Ar Ly - xo LY) LV or [-(Ay)'] Lx* (-2ysAr-re Ly) LV or 0'Ax*

f - Z y oA r - L x L y xs Lyl Ly

So we have four possible pairs of values for €1 efld €21 €1: -2yo Ly - (Lv)' and €2: -xo LA or €r : -2yo Ly

and

G2: -Lx Ly - xo LU

€1: - (Ly)'

and

€z: -2Yo Ax - xo LA

€r:0

and

€z: -2Yo Lx - Lx LY - xo LU

or or For each paut,we see that lim

(Lr,au)-(o,o)

€r:0

and

lim

(ar,Lu)-(o,o)

€z:0

It should be noted that it is only necessary to find one pair of values o for e1 and e2.

L9.5.3 Theorem

If a function f of two variables is differentiable at a point, it is continuous at that Point.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

pRooF: If / is differentiable at the point (ro, a), it follows from Definition 19.5.2that f(xo+ Ax, yo+ Ay) - f (xo,yi : Drf(xo,y) Lx * Drf(xo,y) Ly *erAri-e2Ly where €r + 0 and e2+ 0 as (Lx, Ly) -t (0,0). Therefore, f (xo+ Ax, Ao+ Ay) : f (xr, ys) * Dlf @s,U) Ax * Drf (xo,y) Ay *erAr*ezLA

Taking the limit on both sides of the above as (Lx, Ly) -

(0, 0), we obtain

l i m . , f ( x o * A x ,A o * A y ) : f ( x o , A o )

(4)

(Ar,ag)-(o,o)'

If we let xo* Ax:, -?n!yoi- AA:y,,'(Ax, Ay) (0,0)" is equivalent to "(x, y) t (xo, yo)." Thus,we have from (4)

y) : ,,,,1\T,*rf(x' f(x" yo) which proves that / is continuous at (xs, ys).

r

Theorem 19.5.3 states that for a function of two variables difierentiability implies continuity. However, the mere existence of the partial deriv.ativr D'! Drf at a point does not imply differentiability at that -ya point. The following example illustrates this. ExAMpLE 1.: Given

f(x,y)

SOLUTION:

-

f - ( 0 ' 0 )- t i m 0 - 0 0

if (x, y) # (0,0)

D r f ( 0 , 0 -) t i m f k ' 0 )

if (x, y) : (0,0)

(0,a'r): D,f ; t*' t, l,l''g: ; &],

prove that Dl(0, 0) and Dd@, 0) exist but that f is not differentiable at (0, 0).

u'0

Y-0

u-0 Y

\

Therefore,both Drl(0, 0) and Drf(0,0) exist. In Example2 of Sec.L9.2we showedthat for this function lim f(x, -a) (.r,g)-(o,o)'

does not exist; hence,/ is not continuous at (0,0). Because/is not con_ tinuous at (0, 0), it follows from Theorem 19.5.3that is not differenti/ able there. ... P"f9f stating a theorem that gives conditions for which a tunction will be differentiable at a point, we Jonsider a theorem needed in its proof. It is the mean:value t*reoremfor a function of a single variaule appli"d to function of two variables. "

AND THE TOTAL DIFFERENTIAL 917 19.5 DIFFERENTIABILITY

19.5.4 Theorem

Let / be a function of two variables defined for all r in the closed interval la, bl and all y in the closedinterval lc, d). (i) If.D1f@,/o) existsfor some yoinlc, d] and for all xinfa, b], then there is a number f, in the open interval (a,b) such that

f(b,y) - f(a,AJ: (b- a)D'.f(t',A)

(s

(ii) lt Drf (xo,y) existsfor somexoin la, bl and for all y in lc , dl , then there is a number f, in the open intewal (c, d) such that (5) : f (xo,d) f (xo,c) (d c)Drf(xo, tr) Beforeproving this theorem, we interpret it geometrically. For part (i) refer to fig. tS.S.i, which shows the portion of the surface z:f(x,y) above the rectangular region in the xy plane bounded by the lines x: a, x: b,y -- c, and y : d: The plane y : yo intersects the surface in the curve represlnted by the two equations y: /o and z: f(x, y). The.slopeof the line through the points A(a, yo,f@, y)) and B(b, Ao,f(b, /o)) is

f (b,v)

- f(a' Yo)

b-a Theorem 19.5.4(i)statesthat there is some point (tt, Ao,fGr, yJ ) on the curve between the points A and B where the tangent line is parallel to the secantline through A and B; that is, there is some number (1in (a, b) such - a), and this is illustratedin that D/(f1, yJ: lf (b, y) - f(a, y)ll(b the figure, for which Drf (€t, /o) < 0. Figure 19.5.3illustrates part (ii) of Theorem 19.5.4.The plane x: xo interseits the surface,: f (x, y) in the curve rePresentedby the two equaslope of the line through the points tions r:xo ;lfld z:f(x,y).The D(*o, d, f (ro, d))

z:

(tr,ao,fGr,Yo))

f(o,y)

-

(ro, tr, f(xo' tr)) -

f(b,vo)

z: f(x,Y B(b,Ao, f (b, yo))

Figurc 19.5.2

f(x,Y)

F i g u r e1 9 . 5 . 3

f ( x o ,c )

918

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

C(xo,c,f (xo,c)) and D (xs,d,f (xo,d) ) is [f (xo,d) - (xo,c)]tG- c), and f Theorem 19.5.4(ii) states that there is some point (xo, tr, f(A, €")) on the curve between the points c and D where the tangent tine is parallel to the-secantline through c and D; that is, there is som-enumber in {, 1c,d,1 such that Drf (xo, €r) : lf (xo,d) - f (xo,c)llG - c). PRooFoF THEoREM19.5.4(i): Let g be the function of one variable r defined by g(r): f(x,yo) Then 8'(r) : Drf(x, yo) Because-Daf (x, y) exists for arl r in fa, bl, itfoflows thatg'(r) exists for alr x in fa, bf, and therefore g is coniinuous on [a, bl. so u]' ir," mean-varue theorem (4.7.2) for ordinary derivatives there exiits a number (, in (a, b) such that

8'(f') or, equivalently, (b' Yo)- f (o' Yo) Drf (€r,Ao)- f a-a from which we obtain f(b, yr) - f(a, Ao): (b - a)Dl(€r, Ao) The proof of part (ii) is similar to the proof of part (i) and is left as an exercise(seeExercise11). I Equation (5) can be written in the form

f(xo+ h, Ui - fko, A) : yDJ(€r, Ur)

(7)

where f1 is befween xe and xs * h and h is either positive or negative (see Exercise 12). Equation (6) can be written in the form f (xo, yo+ I() - f(xo, yr) : lDrf (xo, €r) (8) is between yo and ao * 11andk is either positive or negative (see Yh"r" f, ExerciseL3). EXAMPIr 2:

f (x, y)

Given

SOLUTION:

By Theorem "l'9-5.4,there is a number f1 in the open interval

(2, 5) such that

f (s'4) - f (2,4) : (s- z)Dl(€,,4)

ANDTHETOTALDIFFERENTIAL9 1 9 19.5DIFFERENTIABILITY find a fr reguired by Theorem 19.5.4if x is in 12,5l a n d y : 4 .

So Fr6,^24 c5:J

(3+fJ

972

5-re-|F (3+ t)':40 Therefore,

3+ fr: +2\m sign and obtain

But because2

€r:z\rc - 3

The following theorem states that a function having continuous partial derivatives at a point is necessarily differentiable at the point. 19.5.5Theorem

Let/be a function of two variablesx andy. SupposethatDtf NrdDrf exist on an open disk B (Po;r), where P6is the point (16,y6). Then if Dtf andD2f are continuous at Ps,f is differentiable at Pq. pRooFr Choose the point (xs* Lx, yo* Ly) so that it is in B(Po; r). Then Lf(xo, y) : f(x, * Lx, ys + LV) - f(xo, yo) Subtractingand adding f (xo+ Lx, lJ to the right side of the above equation, we get Lf (xo,y) : lf (xoi- Lx, ys+ LV) - f (xo* A,x,yr)f

, + l f ( x o* A r, A ) - f ( x o a)l

(e)

Because Drf and Drf exist on B(Po; r) and (ro * Lx, Ao* Ly) is in B (Po; r) , rt follows from (8) that f ( x o * A , x ,A o * A y ) f ( x o * L x , y ) :

( A V ) D r f( x 0+ L x , t r )

(10)

where fr is between lo and Ao* Ly. From (7) it follows that f (xo* Lx, ys) f (xo,Ao) (Ar)D'f (€', Ao)

(11)

where fr is betwe€n .rs and xo * A,x. Substituting from (10) and (11) in (9), w€ obtain L f ( x o , A o )- ( L y ) D r f ( r o * L x , t )

+ (Ar)D'f (€r,Uo)

(12)

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

Because(ro * Lx,Ao* Ly) is in B(Po;r),€zisbetweenyoandAo* Ly, and Drf is continuous at P0,it follows that lim.-

,Drf (Ar,Au)-(o,o)

(xo* Lx, (r) : Drf (xo, Uo)

(13)

and, becausef, is between xs and xo* Lx and Drf rs continuous at Po, it follows that l i m . , D r-'f ( h , A ) (Ar,As)- (o,o)

: D r f( x o , A o )

(14)

If we let er: Drf(tv y) - D,,f(xo,yr)

1rs)

it follows from Eq. (14)that lim €r -' :0 ta',lir[to,ot

(16)

and if we let e2: Dd(xs * Ax, {r) - Drf (xr, yJ

Gz)

it follows from Eq. (13) that (18)

,. li+.-..G2:0 (AJ',au)-(o,o) Substituting from Eqs. (15) and (12) into (12), we get Lf (n, yd : LylDd@o, yi * erl * AxlDi@s, yo) * erl from which we obtain Lf (xo, yi : Drf (xo, Ao)Lx * D2fks, y) Ly * e1Ar * e2Ay

(19)

From Eqs. (15), (18), and (19) we see that Definition 19.5.2holds; so is differentiable at (xo, Ai. / I A function satisfying the hypothesis of Theorem 19.5.5is said to be continuouslydiferentiable at the point po. ExAMpu 3: Given f :x2u2 | -r

.t ir(x,y)*

f(x,A):1r'*y'-if (x,y): t 0

(0,0) (0,0)

use Theorem 1.9.5.5to prove that f is differentiable at (0, 0).

solurroN: To find Drf we consider two cases: (x, (x,y) * (0,0). If (x,y): (0,0), w€ have Dl(0,0) -lim

f(x,O)-f(0,0)

: t T, .; - 00 - 0

(0, 0) and

A

lf. (x, y) * (0, 0) , f (x, y) : *yrl(* * yr). To find Drf (x, y) we can use the theorem for the ordinary derivative of a quotient and consider y as a constant. We have Drf(*, r, -2rY'z(xz !!'z) :-?x(fY2) (* * y')'

AND THE TOTAL DIFFERENTIAL 921 19.5 DIFFERENTIABILITY

2xyn

:

1x4 11'

The function Dtf is therefore defined by

2*Yn | D r f( x , A ) : l ( * ' * y ' ) ' Lo

+ ( 0,0) if ( x , y) - ( 0,o)

rir^ (x, y)

In the same manner we obtain the function Drf defined by

, t , ry:^, ir(x,y)+ (o,o)

Drf (x, y) : ](x2 - y t

L0

1f.(x, y) : 10,0)

Both D/ and Drf exist on every open disk having its center at the origin. It remains to show that Dtf and D2f are continuous at (0, 0). BecauseDrf(O,0) :0, Drf will be continuousat (0,0) if lim

D'f(x, U):O

(e,s)-(oo)

Therefore, we must show that for any e ) 0 there exists a 6 > 0 such that | |

'r*ol4 ^nJ

I

l(* *'r1'l

. A o ' e whenever

- ^/-

- , l , l y-n, = n W f W ) ^ l, ?*!n (x'+Y')' lry| " r r l @'* y')':

(20)

- 2\W

Therefore, | I

7rt14 tnl

|

l(x'+fuI "u

o whenever

So if we take 6 : !e, we have (20).Hence, Dt;f is continuous at (0,0)' In the same way we show that D2f is continuous at (0' 0). It follows from Theorem 19.5.5that f is differentiable at (0,0). If we refer back to Eq. (3), the expression involving the first two terms on the right side, Dgf(ro, A) Lx * D2f(xs, yr) NA,is called the principal part of.Lf (xs, yq) or ttre "total differential" of the function/ at (n, y). We make this as a formal definition' 19.5.5Definition lf f isafunctionof twovariables xandy,and/isdifferentiableat(x,y), ttren the total differential of f is the function df having function values given by

(2r) Note that df is a function of the four variables x, y, Lx,and Ly.If

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

z: f(x, A), we sometimes write dz in place oI df(x, y, Lx, Ay), and then Eq. (21) is written as (22) If in particularf (x, y) : x, then z : x, D 1f(x, y) : 1, and D2f(x, y) : 0, and so Eq. Q2) gives dz: Ar. Becausez: /, we have for this function dx: Ax.In a similar fashion,if we take/( x,U) : y, then z: U,Drf (x,y) : 0, and Drf (x,A) : l, and so Eq. Q2) givesdz: Ay. Becausez: y, we have for this function dy : Ay. Hence, we define the differentials of the independent variables as dx: Ar and dy : Ly. Then Eq. e2) can be written as d z - D r f( x , y ) d x * D r f( x , y ) d y and at the point (xo, Uo), we have dz - Drf (xo, A) dx * Drf (xo, U) dy In Eq. (3),letting Lz: Lf (xo,U), dx: Lx, and dy:

(23)

(24)

Ly, we have : Az Drf (xo, Ao)dx + Ddjco, Ao)dy + e1dx * e2dy (25) Comparing Eqs. @a) and (25), we see that when dx (i.e., Ax) and dy (i.e., Ay) are close to zero, and becausethen e, and eralso will be close to zero, we can conclude that dz is an approximation to Az. Becausedz is often easier to calculate than az, we make use of the fact that ilz - Az incertain situations. Before showing this in an example, we write Eq. (23)with the notation 0zl0x and 0zlOyinsteadoLDlf(d, y) and Drf(x, yl, respectively: (26)

ExAMPrn 4: A closed metal can in the shape of a right-circular rylinder is to have an inside height of 5 in., €ln inside radius of 2 in., and a thickness of 0.1.in. If the cost of the metal to be used is L0 cents per in.t, find by differentials the approximate cost of the metal to be used in the manufacture of the can.

solurroN: The formula for the volume of a right-circular cylinder, where the volume is V in.8, the radius is r in., and the height is h in., is V - nrzh

(zz7

The exact volume of metal in the can is the difference between the volumes of two right-circular rylinders for which r : 2.'!.,h: 6.2, and,r : 2, h: 5, respectively. AV would give us the exact volume of metal, but becausewe only want an approximate value, we find dV instead. Using (26), we have

dv: ff a,+{, an

(28)

From Eq. (27) it follows that av _ ^_-.t- _,_r av and ;:2nrh ffi:

q, Trrz

t

AND THE TOTAL DIFFERENTIAL 923 19.5 DIFFERENTIABILITY

Substituting these values into Eq. (28) gives dV :Znrh dr * nrz dh B e c a u s er - 2 , h : 6 , d r 0 . L , a n d d h : 0 . 2 ,

w€ have

dV :2n(2) (5)(0.1)* n(2)'(0.2)

- 3.2Tr Hence, AV : 3.2rr, and so there is approximately 3'2rr in'8 of metal in the ' : can. Becausethe cost of the metal is 10 centsper in.3and 1.0 3.2tt:32tr manufacture the in used 100.53,the approximate cost of the metal to be of the can is $1.

we conclude this section by extending the concepts of differentiabilitv and the total differential to a function of n variables. 19.5.7 Definition

L9.5.g Definition

point If l is a function of the n variables x1'11z" " ' xn' antdP is the by given P is at of (xi, xr, . . . 'r'), then the increment f (29) f(P) Af(P) : f(x'+ Lx1,ir* Lx2,. . - ' ?n* Lx) If f is a functio_n of the n variables x1, x2, as f at the Point P can be written

. . , xn, and the increment of

' . . +D"f(P) Axn Lf (P) : D'f (P) Ar, + Drf(P) Lx2* * er Lxt * e z L x 2 * " ' + e n L x n

w h e r e € 1+

(30)

0r€z-)0, . . ' ,€n--+Q'a;s

(Arr,Lx2,...

,Lxr) +(01 0,

"

,0)

then f ," said to be differentiableat P '

Analogously to Theorem 19.5.5,it can be proved that sufficient conditions foia functio n f of.n variables to be difflrentiab-le at a point P are that Df , Drf , . . . , bnf all exist on ar-ropen ball B(P; r) and that D/' Dzf, .-. . ,-'Dnf are all continuous at P. As was the case for functions of" two variabies, it follows that for functions of n vatiables differentiability implies continuity. Howevet, the existence of the partial derivatives Drf, Drf, . . ., Dof ata point does not imply differentiability of the function at the Point. 1.9.5.9Definition

If f isafunctionof thenvariables xy,x2,. . . 'xnarrd/isdifferentiable values at,P, then the total difierential of / is the function df havtng fu nction. given bY df(P,Lxr,Lx2,""Aro):Dl(P)Lx11-D2f@)Mz*"'+DJ(P)Ar"(31)

92/T

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

Letting w: f (xr, x2, . . . , xn), definingdx, : Lxt, dxr: L,x2, . dxn: Lx, and using the notation 6w| 0x; instead of D1f(P), w€ can Eq. (31)as (32)

EXAMPTn5: The dimensions of a box are measured to be 1o ln., 12 in., and 15 in., and the measurements are correct to 0.02 in. Find approximately the greatest error if the volume of the box is calculated from the given measurements. Also find the approximate percent error.

solurroN: Letting V in.3 be the volume of a box whose dimensions are tr in., y in., and z in., we have the formula

xyz The exactvalue of the error would be found from LV; however, we use dV as an approximation to LV. Using Eq. (32) for three independent variables,we have

av,,av da*{a, dx dy v d z

dV:+- dxt+ and so

dV:yzdx*xzdy+xy

dz

(33)

From the given information lArl < 0.02,lAyl < 0.02, and lArl = 0.02.To find the greatest error in the volume we take the greatest error in the measurementsof the three dimensions. So taking dx:0.02, dy:0.02, dz: 0.02,and r : 10,! : 12,z:1.5, we have from Eq. (33) 6y: (12)(1s) (0.02)+ (10)(15)(0.02)+ (10)(12)(0.02) -9 so, AV - 9, and therefore the greatest possible error in the calculation of the volume from the given measurements is approximately 9 ins. The relative error is found by dividing the error by the actual value. Hence, the relative error in computing the volume from the given measurementsis LVIV;= ilVlV:r*o:zfo:0.005. So the approximatepercent error is 0.57o.

Exercises 19.5 1'. If f(x, A) : 3x2* 2xy - A', Ar - 0.03,and Ay : -0.02, find (a) the increment of ar ( 1 , 4) and (b) the total differential f off at (1,4). 2. It f(x, y) : xye"u, Ax: -0.1, and Ay : 0.2, find (a) the increment oI at (2,-4) f (2,-4). 3. If f(1, y, z): xy *ln(yz), Ax:0.A2, Ay:0.04, and &:-0.03, total differential of f at (4, 7, S).

and (b) the total differential of f at

find (a) the incrementof / at (4, I , 5) and (b) the

AND THE TOTAL DIFFERENTIAL 925 19.5 DIFFERENTIABILITY

4. If f (x, y, z) - x'y * Zxyz- z.3,Lx: 0;0L, Ay: 0.03, and the total differential of f at (-3 , 0, 2) .

find (a) the increment of f ut (-3 , 0, 2) and (b)

In Exercises5 through 8, prove that / is differentiable at all points in its domain by doing each of the following: (a) Find Lf (xo, y) for the given function; (b) find an e1and an €2so that Eq. (3) holds; (c) show that the et and the e2found in part (b) both approachzero as (Lx, Ay) --, (0,0). 6. ( x ' y ) - 2x2i 3y' 5. (x, : x'Y- 2xY

f

f

U)

8'f ( x , y ) vx

7.f (x,,) :i s. Given f (x,a) :

Y- 2

{;.

;l:}'r;i;t.

,

and,D2f(1,1) exist, but / is not differentiable at (1, 1).

Prove that Dl[,l)

-' (x,d . l3!I- ir \-" r ' + @,0\ 10. Given f (x, y) : 1f + Vn it (x, y\ : (0, 0) l0 Prove that DlQ, 0) and D2f(0,0) exist, but / is not differentiable at (0, 0). 11. Prove Theorem 19.5.4(ii). 12. Show that Eq. (5) may be written in the form (7) where {1 is between 16 and xs I h. 13. Show that Eq. (6) may be written in the form (8) where {2 is between yn and lo * k. In Exercises14 through 77, use Theorem19.5.4 to find either a f1 or a f2, whichever applies.

14.f(*, a) : x2+ 3xY- Y';r is in [1, 3]; Y - 4 16.f(x, A) :h,

y LSin l-2, 2f;x : 4

15.f (x, y) : xs- y'; x is in 12,61;y - 3

tr. f (x,y):'ffi;

y LsLnlo,4l;x- Z

\'-' y) + (0, o) , \ | ?:Y:i ir (x, L8.Givenf (x, A) : 1*' + y' rf (x, y) : (0,0) L0 This function is continuous at (0, 0) (see Example 3, Sec. 19.2, and Illustration L, Sec. L9.3). Prove that Drf (0,0) and Drf (0,0) exist but Dtf and Drf are not continuous at (0, 0).

?ve-n if: (x' Y) + (o'o)

rs.Givenf (x,a) : I # L0

tf (x, y) _ (0, 0)

Prove that f is differentiable at (0, 0) by using Theorem 19.5.5. In Exercises20 and 21, prove that / is differentiable at all points in R3by doing each of the following: (a) Find, Af (xo)ys, zn); G2,and e3,so that Eq. (30) holds; (c) show that the e1,e2,and e3found in (b) all approach zero as (Ax, Ly, Lz) (b) find drr G11 approaches(0, 0, 0). 21,.f (x, y, z) : )cy- xz * z2 20. f (x, A, z) :2x22 - 3yz'

|*"

i I(x'v'z)+ (0'0' 0)

L0

it (x, y, z) : (0, 0, 0)

22 .G ivefn( x , y , z ) : Vi fu

(a) Show that D1l(0, 0, O), D2f@, 0, 0) , and D"f (0 , 0, 0) exist; (b) make use of the fact that differentiability implies continuity to prove that / is not differentiable at (0, 0, 0).

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES (

xttzz

if (x'v'z) * (0,0,0) if (x,y, z): (0,0, 0)

23. G i v e n / ( r!,, 2 ) : l 7 T 7 I 7

|.O

Prove that / is differentiable at (0, 0, 0). 24. Use the total differential to find approximately the greatest error in calculating the area of a right triangle from the lengths of the legs if they are measured to be 6 in. aid 8 in., respectively, with i possible error of 0.1 in. for each measurement. Also find the approximate percent error. 25. Find approximately, by using the total differential, the greatesterror in calculating the length of the hypotenuse of the right triangle from the measurementsof Exercise24. Alio find the approximate percent error. 26' If the ideal gas law (see Example 5, sec. 19.4) is used to find P when T and,v are given, but there is an error of 0.37o in measuring T and an error of 0.8voin measuring V, find approximately the greatlst percent ertor in p. 27. The specific gravity s of an object is given by the formula A -S : A-W where A is the number of pounds in the weight of the object in air and W is the number of pounds in the weight of the object in water. If the weight of an obiect inair is read is 20 lb with a possible error of 0.0i lb and its weighiin water is read as 12 lb with a possible enor of 0.02.1b,find approximately the ligest possible ertor in calculating ifrom these measurements.Also find the largest possible relative error. 28' A wooden box is to be made of lumber that is 3 in. thick. The inside length is to be 5 ft, the inside width is to be 3 ft, the inside depth is to be 4 ft, and the box is to have no top. use the total differential to find the approximate amount of lumber to be used in the box. 29' A- company has contracted to manufacture 10,000closed wooden crates having dimensions g ft, 4 ft,and 5 ft. The cost of the wood to be used is 5c per square foot. If the machines that are used to cut the pieces of wood have a possible eror of 0'05 ft in each dimension,-find approximately, by using the total differential, the greatest possible error in the estimate of the cost of the wood. In Exercises30 through 33, we show that a function may be differentiable at a point even though it is not continuously differentiable there' Hence, the conditions of Theorem 19.5.5are sufficient but not necessaryfor differentiability. The function / in these exercisesis defined bv

f (x,y)

.1 sin

u76,

if (x, Y) + (0,o) if (x, y) : (0, 0)

30. Find A/(0, 0).

31. Find Drf(x, y) and Drf (x, y).

32. Prove that / is differentiable at (0, 0) by using Definition 19.5.2and the results of Exercises 30 and 31. 33. Prove that D1f and.Drf arc not continuous at (0, 0).

19.6 THE CHAIN RULE

In Sec.3.6 we had the following chain rule (Theorem 3.d.1) for functions of a single variable: rf y is afunction of a, defined by y : (u) , and,Dzl exists; f and z is a function of x, definedby u: g(x), anaoru exists; their y is a function of x, and D"y exists and ii given by Dry : D;y Dru

1 9 . 6T H E C H A I NR U L E

or, equivalently, da "/ dx

dy du du dx

(1)

We now consider the chain rule for a function of two variables, where each of these variables is also a function of two variables. 19.6.1 Theorem The Chain RuIe

and lf. u is a differentiable function of x and y, defined by u:f(x,y)' x: F(r, s) , U : G(r, s), and \xlEr, \xl0s, 0yl0r, and Eyl0sall exist,then u is a function of r and s and

pRooF: We prove (2). The proof of (3) is similar. If s is held fixed and r is changed by an amount Ar, then r is changed by an amount Ar and y is changed by an amount Ay. So we have (4) Lx: F(r * Ar, s) - F(r, s) and L y : G ( r * L r ,s ) - G ( r , s )

(5)

Because/ is differentiable, (6) Lf (x, y) : Drf (x, y) A'x* Drf (x, v) Ay * e1Ar * e2Ly where er and e2both approach zero as (Lx, Ly) approaches(0, 0). Furthermore, we require that e1:0 and €z:0 when Ax: Ly:0' We make this requirement so that e1and er, which are functions of Ax and Ly, will be continuousat (Ax, Ly\: (0,0). If in (6) we replaceLf (x, y) by Lu,Drf (x, V) by \ul6x, andDzf G, U) by \ulay and divide on both sides by Lr (Lr * O), we obtain Lu Lr

-:-

0u Lx 0x Lr

Ly A'x , 0u La - T € r - - : - T 'Lr Cr.Lr 0Y Lr

Taking the limit on both sides of the above as Ar approaches zero, we get

li$fl vt li$# * ,1i*1.,) Hql # +(1iq.,) H # :#rin ^+,.H Becauseu is a function of r and y and both r and y are functions of r and s, a is a function of r and s. Becauses is held fixed and r is changed by an

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

amount Lr, we have lim

A,r - O

L u _ r : _ u ( r * A r ,s ) - u ( r , i l _ O , 'm Lr or

(8)

Also, Lx _ r:_ F(r * Lr,s) - F(r,s)

Lr: ll$

: 0x a,

l i mr y : hAm r-o

ay

lim

Ar - 0

(e)

and Ar-o Lf

0r

(10)

Because 0xl0r and 0yl6r exist, F and G are each continuous with respect to the variable r. (rorr: The existence of the partial derivatives of a function does not imply continuity with respect to au of the variables simultaneously, as we saw in the preceding section, but as with functions of a single variable it does imply continuity of the function with respectto each variable separately.) Hence, we have from (4) lim tF(r + L,r,s) - F(r, s)]

lim Ar:

Ar-0

Ar-0

: F(r, s) - F(r, s)

-0 and from (5) lim AY: lim lc(r + Lr, s) - G(r, s)f

Ar-0

Ar-0

: G(r, s) - G(r, s) -0 Therefore, as Ar approacheszero, both Ar and Ay approach zero. And becauseboth e1and e2approachzeroas (Lx, Ay) approaches (0,0), we can concludethat €z: 0 li-^ €r : 0 and Alim r-0

( 1 1)

Ar-0

Now it is possible that for certain values of Lr, Lx: Ly:0. Becausewe required in such a case that er:€2:0, the limits in (11,)are still zero. Substituting from (8), (9), (10), and (1.1)into (Z), we obtain

.(,H(y) #:(,H(#)

which proves (2), EXAMPLE

].:

u-ln@

GiVCN

0u

ay

0x

__ a V

dr

p8

19.6THECHAINRULE x : T€r,and y : f o-r, find 6ul0r

and oulos.

929

0x E:"r From (2) we get 0ux

Ar:W From (3) we get 0u:ffi(rer)+ffi(-rt-r)-W x U , ^\ / .. _c\ r(xes ye-r) ds

As mentioned earlier the symbols 0ul0r,0ul0s, Eul\x,0ul0y' and so forth must not be considered as fractions. The symbols 0u, 0x,,and so on have no meaning by themselves. For functions of one variable, the chain rule, given by Uq. (t), is easily remembered by thinking of an ordinary derivative as-the quotient of two differentials, but there is no similar interpretation for partial derivatives. Another trouLlesome notational problem arises when considering u as a function of x and y and then as a function of r and s.lf. u: f (x, y) , x: F(r, s), and y: G(r, s), then u: f(F(r, s), G(r, s)). [Note that it is incorrect to write u : f (r, s).1 1: In Example 1, o rLLUsTRArroN

u: f(x, y) :lnty'p +V x: F(r, s) : re" A : G ( r ,s ) : r e - " and so

L t - f G ? , s ) , G ( r ,s ) ) : l n f f i ff(r, s): 6tffi

+ u'f

If we let f(E(r, s), G(t, s)):h(r, written resPectivelYas

s), then Eqs. (2) and (3) can be

hr(r, s) : f ,(x, y)Er(r, s) + fr(x, Y)Glt, s) and hr(r, s) : fr(x, A)F"(t, s) + 1r@,Y)Gr(r' s) In the statement of Theorem 19.6.1 the independent variables are r antd.s, and,u is the dependent variable. The variables r and y can be :alled the intermediate variables. We now extend the chain rule to z intermediate variables and m independent variables. 19.6.2 Theorem Suppose that u is a differentiable function of the n variables.rr, x2t . . . , ChainRule xn,' ind each of these variables is in turn a function of the m variables TheGeneral

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

Ar, Uz, . . ., A*. Supposefurther that each of the partial derivatives A x iAl y j ( i : 1 , 2 , . . . , n ; j - 1 , 2 , . , m) exists. Then u is a function

ffi(,H #,:mGH.(#: (,HW) )+

dz\ )xr/

,)

*

:

#--(,Hffi).(,H(,H. (.9 The proof is an extension of the proof of Theorem 19.6.1.. Note that in the general chain rule, there are as many terms on the right side of each equation as there are intermediate varia-bles.

EXAMPLE

Given

solurroN:

u-xy+xz*yz X: r, A - r cos t, and Z: find 0ul0r and 0ul0t.

r stn t,

By applying the chain rule, we obtain

#:e;e).w)(,*).(Hff) : (y * z)(1) + (x I z) (cosf) * (r * y) (sin f) : y * z * r cos t * z cos f * r sin t i- y sin t : / cosf * r sin f * r cosf * (r sin t)(cos t) * rsinf * (rcos f)(sin t) :2r(cos f * sin t) + r(2 sin f cos f) : 2r(cos f * sin t) * r sin 2t

.ffi)(y).ffie,) #:(rJ(#J : (y * z) (O) + (x *-z) (-r sin r) + (s * y) (r cos f) : (r* r sin f)(-r sin t) + (r* r cosf)(r cosf) :-r2 sin f - rz sinzt * 12 cost I rz coszt : r2(cosf - sin t) * rz(coszf - sin2f) : rz(cos I - sin t) + 12 cos2t

Now suppose that z is a differentiable function of the two variables r and y, and both r and y are differentiabre functions of the single variable f. Then z is a function of the single variable t, and so instead of the partial derivative of z with respect to f, we have the ordinary derivative

1 9 . 6T H E C H A I N R U L E

given by

of. u

(12) we call duldt given by Eq. (12) the total deiaatiae of u with respect to f. If u is a differentiable function of the n variables x1, x2, . . ., xn and each ri is a differentiable function of the single variable t, then z is a function of f and the totdl derivative of a with resPectto f is given by

EXAMPLE

Given

u-x2+2xy*y' )c: f cos t, and y : t sin t, find duldt by two methods: (a) using the chain rule; (b) expressing u in terms of f before differentiating.

solurroN: (a) 6uldx: 2x * 2y, \ul0y - 2x * dyldt: sin t + f cos f. So from (12)we have

dxldt: cos t- t sin

( 2 x * 2 y ) ( c o s t - f s i n f ) + ( 2 x * 2 y ) ( s i n t + t c o st )

#:

-2(r*

il(cos t- f sint+ sint+ f cosf) : / ( t c o s t + f s i n f ) ( c o st - f s i n t + s i n t + f c o s f ) : 2 t ( c o s 2 t - f s i n f c o st + s i n f c o st + f c o s 2t + s i n f cos t - t s i n 2t + s i n 2t + f sin f cos f) - 2 t [ 1 + 2 s i n f c o st + f ( c o s 2 t- sin2t)] :2t(1 + sin 2t + t cos2t) (b) u : (f cos t)' + 2(t cos t) (t sin f ) + (t sin t)2 - szcos2t + t'(2 sin f cos f ) + t2 sinz f : t2 + tz stnZt

4:2t dt

+ 2t stn2t + Ztz cos2t

4: lt f is a differEXAMPLE soLUTroN: Let u - tbxz - *ay'. We wish to show that z f (u) satisfies the given equation. By the chain rule we get entiable function and a and b z: that prove are constants, a n d *ay: + Ydu: ay f ' ( u )( - n y ' ) !*a'lE \f Gax'- *ayt) satisfiesthe Partial 0x du 0x J' differential equation

Y:+Y:f'(u)(bx)

Therefore,

' 0 2* b x * : a'Y' dy ax

a y z l f ' ( u ) ( b x )*l b x l f ' ( u ) ( - a y ' ) l: 0

which is what we wished to Prove.

gilI

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

EXAMPLE5:

Use the ideal gas law (see Example 5, Sec. "1,9.4) with k - 10 to find the rate at which the temperature is changing at the instant when the volume of the gas is L20 in.3 and the gas is under a pressure of 8 lb/in.2 if the volume is increasing at the rate of 2 in.t/sec and the pressure is decreasin g at the rate of 0.1.lb/in.2 per sec.

soLUTroN: Let t - the number of seconds in the time that has elapsed 7Tr

T D-

Tf -

PV:

since the volume of the gas started to increase; the number of degreesin the temperature at t sec; the number of pounds per squareinch in the pressure at t sec; the number of cubic inches in the volume of the gas at t sec. F^ PV

L0T and so

r:1o

At the given instant, P : 8, V - !20, dPldt: -0.1, and dvldt- 2. Using the chain rule, we obtain

-d: T - aTdP.aTdv dt aPift'avdt : y d P _' L u 70 itt t0 dt :1#(_0.1) + fo(Z) :-1.2* 1.6 :0.4 Thereforethe temperatureis increasingat the rate of 0.4 degreeper second at the given instant.

Exercises19.6 In Exercises1 through 4, find-the indicated partial derivative by two methods: (a) Use the chain rule; (b) make the substitutions for r and y beforc differentiating.

1. u- xz- y'; x: 3r- s;y : r * 2s;#ry, 3. u - sutc'x:2r

cost; A : 4r sint, !, U 0r' at

2. u - 3x2 * )cy- 2y,+ 3x- y; x: 2r- 3s;y : r * s;#, 4 . u - x 2+ y , ; x : c o s hr c o st ; A : s i n h r s i n t ; U = O u or' at

In Exercises 5 through 10, find the indicated partial derivative by using the chain rttle.

5. Lt: sin-l(3r* il; x: rler;y : sin rs; #, X

5. u - xe-o; )c- tan-r (rst); y : ln(3rs

7. u -cosh * : 3r2s; y : 5se'; X, #r#

8 . u : , c y + x z * A z ;x :

9. u- xzI y' + 22;x - rsin @ cos0; y :r 10. u - x'yz; )c-!;

ou. ou V : res;z re-'r; 0r' ds

' ott ou ou sin @sin o; z: r cos a;

*; ao,M

r s ;y : r z - s 2 ;

X

19.6 THE CHAIN RULE

(b) make the substitu-

In Exercises L1 through 14, find the total derivative duldtby two methods: (a) Use the chain tions for x and y or fiorx, y, and z before differentiating' 12. u : l n x: cos f; y - sin f LL. u: ye' + )cea; 13.u-

x:

W;

t*

In ExercisesL5 through 18, find the total derivative duldt by using the chain differentiating.

x - rnt; a - et 1s.u -tan-r e), L 7 u. - Hy t,

xy+y';x:et)y: er

1,4.u : - . t ; x : 3 y-e'

t a n t ; y - c o sf ; z - s t n t ; 0 < t < L n

933

e-t

sin t; A:

lnf

do not expres s u as a function of t before

1 , 6u. - x y + x z +

f cos

f sin

18. u- ln(xz* y'+ t2);x - f sin t; U: cos f

x : l n f ;y : t " 1

In Exercises1"9through 22, assumethat the given equation defin es z as a function of x and y. Dlfferentiate implicitly to find 0zl0x and 0zlAy. 19. 3x2+ y'+

z2 - 3xy * 4xz - 15 0

20. z-- (x'*

yz) sin xz

Zg. If f is a differentiable function of the variable u,let u: a(azlAx) + b(azlay) : 0, where a and b ate constants.

21. ye*o" cos 3xz - 5

bx - ay and prove that z:

24. If.f is a differentiable function of two variables u arrd.o,let u: satisfiesthe equation 0zl6x* Azl0y 0.

- ay) satisfies the equation f (b*

x - y and a : ! - r and prove that z: f (x - y ' y ')

ZS.If f rs a differentiablefunction of x and y andu- f (x,A), x- r cos 0, and 0u dx

22. zeazI Zxe*' - 4e'o : 3

r sin 0, show that

0u ^ 6usin0 cost--A0 r 0r----

0u 0u ^ ducos0 srn0+ ae r a": ar 2 6 .| f f a n d g a r e d i f f e r e n t i a b l e f u n c t i o n s oxfa n d y a n d u : f ( x , i l -dvl}x, then if x: r cos0 and'y: r sin 0, show that 'l,. | 0u 0o 6v du

ar:V N

anda: g(x,V),suchthat dulax:|oldyandaul|y:

and ar:-7 ao

27. Supposefis a differentiablefunction ofr and y and.u: f(x,y). Then ifx: 6ul0p and duldw in terms of 0ul0x and 6ul6y.

cosh 7)cosToandy:

sinh o sin at, exPress sin 0, and

r sin d 2 8 . S u p p o s e / i s a d i f f e r e n t i a b l e f u n c t i o nxo, yf , a n d z a n d u : f ( x , V , z ) . T h e n l f x : r s i n @ c o s 0 , and |ul0z' \ul0y, of. |ul6x, terms in arrd aulae 6ul0Q, ,:, {, expressdul0r, "o" the 29. At a given instant, the length of one leg of a right triangle is 10 ft and it is increasing at the rate of 1 ftlmin and lengti of the other leg of tie right triangle is 12 ft and it is decreasing at the rate of 2 ftlmin. Find the rate of change of the measure of the acute angle opposite the leg of length 12 ft at the given instant'

the 30. A vertical wall rnakes an angle of radian measure Sa with the ground. A ladder of length 20 ft is leaning against ladder, by the formed triangle the area of is the How fast ftlsec. rate of 3 at the wall doiyn tne wall and its top is sliding the wall, and ihe g"orttJ changing when the ladder makes an angle of ta'radians with the ground? which 31. A quantity of gas obeys the ideal gas law (see Example 5, Sec.19.4) with k: 12, and the gas is in a container lb/in'2 and is 5 pressure is is being heated at a raie of 3o per second. If at the instant when the temperature is 300o,the instant. that at the volume of decreasing at the rate of 0.1 lb/in.'z per second, find the rate of change

9:II

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS OF FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES

ZZ. l'tater is flowing into a tank in the form of a right-circular cylinder at the rate of *z fd/min. The tank is stretching in such a way that even though it remains cylindrical, its radius is increasing at the rate of 0.002ftlmin. How fast is the surface of the water rising when the radius is 2 ft and the volume of water in the tank is 20z-fp?

19'7 HIGHER-OR_DER If f is a function of two variables, then in general Drf and.D4f are also PARTIAL DERIVATIVES functions of two variables. And if the pa*iil derivatives of these functions exist, they are called second partial derivatives of. In contrast, f. Dtf and D"f are called first partial derivatives of f. There are four second partial derivatives of a function of two variables. If f is a function of the two variables r and !, the notations

Dr(Dl)

Drrf

f ,,

f *o

Arf 0y 6x

all denote the second partial derivative of /, which we obtain by first partial-differe_ntiating/ with respect to r and then partial-differentiating the result with respect to y. This second partial derivative is defined bi ft(x,U):lim

r

(1)

Ly

Au-O

if this limit exists. The notations

Dr(Drf )

Drrf

fn

f ,,

Arf 0xz

all denotethe secondpartial derivativeof /, which is obtainedby partialdifferentiatingtwice with respectto r. we have the definition r (x * Ax,y) fr(x, y)

fu@,y):lntr

e)

if this limit exists. we define the other two second partial derivatives in an analogous way and obtain frr(x, a) : lim

(3)

f'@' Y * LY)- fr(x' Y) f ,r(x, a) : lim ay

(4)

and As-0

if these limits exist. The definitions of higher-order partial derivatives are similar. Again we have various notations for a specific derivative. For example,

Drrrf

frr"

f rcu

atf av axax

tlay$

all stand for the third partial derivative of which is obtained by partial/, differentiating twice with respect to r and then once with respect to y.

PARTIALDERIVATIVES 935 19,7 HIGHER-ORDER

Note that in the subscript notation, the order of partial differentiation is from left to right; in the notation 03f l0y 6x 0r, the order is from right to left.

EXAMPLE

f (x,u) :

Given e* sin

find: (a) D'f (x, (c) atfli.x oyz.

SOLUTION:

y+lnxy (b) D 'rf (x,

Drf (x, Y)

.,1 s r n '/u t -

)cy

er stn V +*

So (a)Dr,;f(r,A) : e" siny - Ll*; and (b) Drrf (x, y) : s" cos y. (c) To find AsflaxAy2,we partial-differentiate twice with respect to y and then once with respect to x. This gives us .L slnut' - -,

cos

y'

a'f 6x 0y2

sin y

Higher-order partial derivatives of a function of n variables have definitions which are analogous to the definitions of higher-order partial derivatives of a function of two variables. lf f is a function of n variables, there may be n2 second partial derivatives of f at a particular point. That is, for a function of three variables, if all the second-order partial derivatives exist, there are nine of them: /rr, f ,r, fr", frr, frr, fr", f"r, 1"r, and flr.-

EXAMPLE

Given

f (x, A, z) - sin(xy * 2z) findDrtf(ic,y,z).

SOLUTION:

D'f (x, A , z ) - y c o s ( x y * 2 2 ) D"f (x, y , z) - -2y sin (xy * 2z) D t r r f( x , y , z )

EXAMPLE

Given

f ( x , a ) : f Y - y cosh xy find: ( a) Dt, f (x, U); ( b ) D r , , (f * , y ) .

sin (xy * 2z) - 2xy cos(xY * 2z)

SOLUTION:

(a) Drf (x,y) - 3x2U- Y2 srnh xY Drrf(x,Y) :3x2 - 2Y sinh xY - xY' coshxY (b) Drf (x,Y) : x3- cosh )cY- xY sr'.h xY Dr,,f(x,y):3x2 - y sinh xy - y sinh xy xy'cosh xy :3)c2 - 2y sinh xy - xy' cosh ry We see from the above results that for the function of ExamPle 3 the "mixed" partial derivatives Dtrf (x, y) and Drrf(x, V) are equal. So for with this particular functioh, when finding the second partial derivative This immaterial. is differentiation respect to x and then !, the order of examPle following the However, condition holds for many functions' shows that it is not alwaYs true.

93G

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUSOF FUNCTIONSOF SEVERALVARIABLES

ExAMPLE4: Let f be the function defined by t.

\ x2-7rz

f ( x , a ) : l ( xfvf )i Lo

i r( x , Y ) ( 0 ,0 ) if (x,y)

( 0 ,0 )

Find frr(0, 0) and frr(0, 0).

solurroN: In Example3, Sec. 19.4,we showed that for this function - -y for all y f '(0, Y) and for allx fr(x,O) : r From formula (1) we obtain ft (0, o) : lim Ag-0

But from (5),f ,(0, Ly) Ay andf ,(0, 0) and so we have -O{,, O: lim (-1) : -1 frr(0,0): lim Au-o

ay

Au-o

From formula (3), we get

f'(o * Lx' o) - fr(o' o) frr(o,o) : lim A,x From (5),fr(Lx,0) : Ax and fr(0,0) :0. Therefore,

lim#: f r , , ( oo,) : Aal-0 AI

hm L: l Atr_Q

For the function in Example 4 we see that the mixed partial derivatives/tr(r, y) and frr(x, y) are not equal at (0,0). A set of'conditions for yo):fu(xo, ye) is given by Theorem 1g.7.'!., which follows. thi+ ft(xo, The function of Example 4 does not satiify the hypothesis of this theorem becauseboth f' and fn are discontittuou" at (0, 0). It is left as an exercise to show this (see Exercise20). 19.7.1 Theorem

*qp::g that / is a funcrion of rwo variables x and y defined on an open disk B((16, yJ; r) and f*, fu, f,r, ^d fu, also are aefinea on B. Furthermore, suppose that f ,u and fu, are continuous on B. Then f ,u(h, uo): fo,(xo, yo1 pRooF: consider a square hgifg its center at (xs, yo) and the length of its side 2lhl such that 0 < frlhl < r. Then ail the ioi"t, in the interior 9f the square and on the sides of the square are irithe open disk B (see F i g . . l 9 . 7 . l _S)o. t h e p o i n t s ( x r * h , y o * h ) , (xr*h,yo), ind 1xo,yoih1 are in B. Let A be defined by A: f(xo* h,yo+ h) - f@o+ h, y) f ( x o , V o +h ) + f ( x o , y o ) ( z ) Consider the function G defined by

Figure

c(r) - f(x, Ao* h) - f(x, yr)

(8)

PARTIAIDERIVATIVES937 19.7HIGHER.ORDER Then

G(x+h)- f(x+h,Ao+h)- f(x+h,Ar) So (7) can be written as A-G(ro+h)-G(ro) From (8) we obtain (10) G' ( x) : f"(x, Uo+ h) - f"(x, yo) Now, becausefr(x, Ao*h) and fr(x, Ao) are defined on B, G'(r) exists if r is in the closed interval having endpoints at re and xn*h. Hence, G is continuous if r is in this closed interval. By the mean-value theorem (4.7.2)there is a number c, between xq and xs1' h such that

G ( r o+ h ) - G ( r o ) : h G ' ( c ' )

(11)

Substituting from (11) into (9), we get A - hG'(ct)

(r2)

From (12) and (10) we obtain * h) - f,(ct, U)f A - hlf " ( c r ,U o Now Lf I is the function defined bY

s @ )- f " ( c r , Y )

(13)

(14)

we can write (L3) as

A - hls@o+ h) - s(yo)l

(ls)

From (L4) we obtain 8'(Y) - f"o(h,a)

(15)

Becausef,u(cr, y) is defined on B,g'(y) exists if y is in the closed interval having endpoints at yq and AoI h; hence, g is continuous if y is in this closed interval. Therefore, by the mean-value theorem there is a number d1 between Ao and Ao* h such that (J7) g\o + h) - sg) : h7'(d') Substituting from (1,7)into (15),we get A:h2{ lows that L:

hzf,o(ct,dt)

(dr); so from (16) it fol(18)

for some point (c1,d1)in the open disk B. We define a function { by (1e) QQ) : f (xo+ h,y) f ( x o ,V ) + h ) . T h e r e f o r cQ, ) c a n b e and so Q@+h):f(xo*h,y+h\-f(xo,A written as

a - 6 u o + h )- f u o )

(20)

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS OF FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES From (19) we get

Q ' @ ): f o ( r o* h , Y ) - f o 7 o , Y )

(2r)

{'exists if y is in the closed interval having yo and Ao*h as end.points because by hypothesis each term on the right side of (21) exists on B. Therefore, Q is continuous on this closed interval. so by the meanvalue theorem there is a number d2 between ye and * h such that ao

Q Q o +h ) - A Q J = h O ' @ , ) From (20),(2L),and (22)it follows that A - hlfr(ro * h, dr) - fr(xo, dr)f

(22)

(23)

Define the function 1 by

x(r) : fo@,k)

e4)

and write (23)as A : h l y ( x 6 +h ) - x ( r o ) l From (24)we get x'(x) : fo,@, d")

(2s)

e6) and by the mean-valuetheoremwe concludethat there is a number c2 betweenxoand xs* h suchthat x ( r o+ h ) - X @ ) : h x ' ( c r ) e7) From (25),(26),and e7) we obtain A: h2fnr(c2,dr)

(2S)

Equating the right sides of (1g) and (2g), we get hzf,n(cr, ilr) : hrfur(cz, ilz) and becauseh # 0, we can divide by hr, which gives fru(cr, d):

fnr(cr, dr)

eg) where (cr, dr) and (c2,d) arc in B. Becausec, and c, are each between ro and xs * h, we can twite c, : xs*e1h, where 0 ( e, < L, and cz:xo*e2h,wheie0 ( e, < 1. Similarly, becauseboth i\ and d2,arebetween youia!o*h,*".1n iit" d,r:yo ,"h, where 0 ( es 0 and f ,,(a, b) > 0, and we wish to prove that f(a, b) is a relative minimum function value. Becausefr, f ,n, and,fuo are continuous onB((a,b);r), it follows that f is alsocontinuous on B. Hence, there existsan open disk B' ((a, b); r' ), where r' = r,such that Q@,y) > 0 and f",(x, A) > g for every point (r, y) in B'. Let h and k be constants, not both zero, such that the point (a + h, b + k) is in B'. Then the two equations x:a*ht

and y:b+kt

0 0) such that their product is as great as possible. L8. Prove that the box having the largest volume that can be placed inside a sphere is in the shape of a cube. 19. Determine the relative dimensions of a rectangular box, without a top, to be made from a given amount of material in order for the box to have the Sreatest possible volume. run, and classB 20. A manufacturing plant has two classifications for its workers, A and B. Class A workers earn $14 Per salaries of the workers, the to in addition that is determined run, it production certain workers eam $15 p", *tt. For a ifrclassAworkersandyclassBworkersareused,thenumberofdollarsinthecostoftherunisys*f-Bry+600' workers of How many workers of each class should be used so that the cost of the run is a minimum if at least three each class are required for a run? :1. If T degrees-is the temperature at any 21. A circular disk is in the shape of the region bounded by the circle I I y' points on the disk' coldest and hottest the yi tind point 1r, y) of the disk and i:2xz + !, distance. 22. Find the points on the surface yu - xz:4 that are closestto the origin and find the minimum and the plane x- 4y - z:0 that are 23. Find the points on the curve of intersection of the ellipsoid I + 4y2* 422:4 closest to the origin and find the minimum distance' the material for the bottom of the box 24. A rectangular box without a top is to be mad,eat a cost of $10 for the material. If find the dimensions of the box of foot, costs l5c per square foot and the material for the sides costs 30g per square greatest volume that can be made. The cost of the material for the top 25. A closed rectangular box to contain 16 ff is to be made of three kinds of material. per !f , and the cost of the material 8c is back and the front for the material and the bottom is 99 per ff, the cost of the of the materials is a minimum' cost the that so box the of dimensions the Find per f8. is 6c for the other two sides f * y" I zz : 4' andT:700xy22'Find 25. Suppose that T degrees is the temPeratufe at any point (x, y, z) o1 the sphere where the temperature is the least' points the also and the points on the sphere where the temperature is ttre greaiest Also find the temperature at these points. * * y'* z2 wilh the two constraintsx-y + z:0 and 27. Find the absolutemaximum function value of f it f(x,y,z\: = multipliers' 25f + 4y2+ 20z,2 100' Use Lagrange 3 y 2 * 2 z 2 w i t h t h e t w o c o n s t r a i n t sx - 2 y - z : 6 28. F i n d t h e a b s o l u t e m i n i m u m f u n c t i o n v a l u e o ff i t f ( x , a , z ) : * - 1 multipliers. Lagrange 4. Use 2z: and x 3y *

20.4 SOME APPLICATIONS OF BARTIAL DERMTMS TO ECONOMICS

In Sec. 5.6 we discussed a demand equation giving the relationship between x andp, where p dollars is the price of one unit of a commodity when r units are demanded. In addition to the price of the given commodity, the demand often will depend on th9 prices of other commodities 1."1ut"dto the given one. In particular, let us consider two related commodities for wiich p dollars is the price per unit of r units of the

DERIVATIVES, AND LINEINTEGRALS APPLICATIONS OF PARTIAL GRADIENTS, DERIVATIVES, DIRECTIONAL

first commodity and 4 dollars is the price per unit of y units of the second commodity. Then the demand equations for these two commodities can be written, respectively, as

o(x,p,q)-0

and FU, p,q):0

ot, solving the first equation for x and the second equation for !, as

x - f(p, q)

(1)

y - s ( p ,q )

(2)

and

Figure 20.4.1

Figure 20.4.2

The functions / and g in Eqs. (1) and (2) are the demand functions and the graphs of these functions are surfaces. Under normal circumstancesx, A, p, and q are nonnegative, and so the surfacesare restricted to the first octant. These surfacesare called demandsurfaces.Recalling that p dollars is the price of one unit of r units of the first commodity, we note that if the variable 4 is held constant, then r decreasesas p increasesand r increasesas p decreases.This is illustrated in Fig. 20.4.1,,which is a sketch of the demand surface for an equation of type (1) under norrnal circumstances.The plane 4 : b ,intersectsthe surface in section RST. For any point on the curve RT, q is the constant b. Referring to the points M(pr, b, rt) andN(pr,b, xr),we seethatr, ) xrif.andonly if p, < pr;that is, r decreasesas p increasesand r increasesas p decreases. When 4 is constant, therefore, as p increases,I decreases;but y may either increase or decrease.If y increases,then a decreasein the demand for one commodity correspondsto an increasein the demand for the other, and the two commodities are said to be substitutes(for example,butter and margarine). Now if, when 4 is constant, y decreasesas p increases,then a decreasein the demand for one commodity corresponds to a decreasein the demand for the other, and the two commodities are said to be comolementary (for example, tires and gasoline). o rLLUsrRArror L: Figures 20.4.2 and 20.4.3 each show a sketch of a demand surfacefor an equation of type (2). In Fig.20.4.2, we seethat when q is constant, y increases as p increases,and so the two commodities are substitutes. In Fig. 20.4.3 the two commodities are complementary because when 4 is constant, y decreasesas p increases. .

Figure 20.4.3

Observe that in Figs.20.4.1 and20.4.2,which show the demand surfaces for equations of types (1) and (2), respectively, the p and q ixes are interchanged and that the vertical axis in Fig. 20.4.1is labeled x and in Fi9.20.4.2 it is labeled y. It is possible that for a fixed value of q, y may increasefor somevalues of.p artd decreasefor other values of p. Fot example,if the demand surface of Eq. (2) is that shown in Fig. 20.4.4,then for q:b,whenp:auy is increasing, and when p : az, y is decreasing. This of course means that

TO ECONOMICS 20,4 SOME APPLICATIONS OF PARTIALDERIVATIVES

-

4

if the price of the second commodity is held constant, then for some prices of the first commodity the two commodities will be substitutes and for other prices of the first commodity the two commodities will be complementary. These relationships between the two commodities that are determined by the demand surface having equation y : 8(p, q) will correspond to similar relationships determined by the demand sur. face having equation x: f(p, q) for the same fixed values of p and q' An economic example might be one in which investors allocate funds between the stock market and real estate. As stock prices climb, they invest in real estate. Yet once stock prices seem to reach a crash level, investors begin to decreasethe amount of real estate purchases with any increase in stock prices in anticipation of a collapse that will affect the real estate market and its values. The demand functions are now used to define the (partial) "marginal demand."

20.4.4 Figure

20.4.1 Definition

Let p dollars be the price of one unit of x units of a first commodity and 4 dollars be the price of one unit of y units of a second commodity. suppose that / and g are the respective demand functions for these two commodities so that x: f(p, q) and y: g(p, q) Then (i) *gives dp"

the (partial) marginal demandof x with respectto p;

(ii) + gives the (partial) marginaldemandof x with respectto q; dqAu (iii) = gives the (partial) marginal demand of y with respect to p; dp

,.,0a (i") i

gives the (partial) marginal demandof y with respectto q'

Becausein normal circumstancesif the variable 4 is held constant, I decreasesas p increasesand r increasesas p decreases,we conclude that AxlAp is negative. Similarly, AylAq is negative in normal circumstances. Two commodities are said to be complementary when a decreasein the demand for one commodity as a result of an increase in its price leads to a decreasein the demand for the other. So when the goods are complementary and. q is held constant, both dr/Ep < 0 and AylAp < 0; and when p is held constant, then Oxl0q< 0 aswell as AyI Aq < 0. Therefore,we can conclude that the two commodities are complementary if and only if both 6xl0q and aylaP are negative'

970

GRADIENTS, APPLICATIONS DERIVATIVES, OF PARTIAL DERIVATIVES, AND LINEINTEGRALS DIRECTIONAL

When a decreasein the demand for one commodity as a result of an increasein its price leads to an increase in the demand for the other commodity, the goods-are substitutes. Hence, when the goods are substitutes, because\xldp is always negative, we conclude that Ayl\p is positive; and becauseAylAqis always negative, it follows that 0xl0q is positive. Consequently, the two commodities are substitutes if and only If. 0xl6q and dyl6p arc both positive. If. Axl\q and AylAp have opposite signs, the commodities are neither complementary nor substitutes. For example,lf. dxl\q < 0 and 0yl0p > 0, and because 0xl6p and AylAq are always negative (in normal circumstances),we have both 0xl0q ( 0 and AylAq < 0. Thus, a decreasein the price of the second commodity causesan increasein the demands of both commodities. Because0xl0p < 0 and AylAp ) 0, a decreasein the price of the first commodity causesan increasein the demand of the first commodity and a decreasein the demand of the second commodity. EXAMPLE1: Suppose that p dollars is the price per unit of x units of one commodity and q dollars is the price per unit of y units of a second commodity. The demand equations are

solurroN: given by

If we use Definition 20.4.1,.the four marginal demands are

_^ a _ _/) dp

Y -3 aq

a Y- 1 op

Because0xl0q > 0 and AylAp > 0, the two cot'nmoditiesare substitutes. A sketch of the demand surface of Eq. (3) is shown in Fig. 20.4.5.To )c--2p*3q+L2 (3) draw this sketch we first determine from both equations the permissible and values of.p and 4. Becausex and y must be positive or zero, p and must 4 y:-aq*p+8 ( 4 ) satisfy the inequalities -2p * 3q * 12 > 0 and-Aq * p * I > 0. Also, p and q are each nonnegative. Hence, the values of p and q are restricted to the Find the four marginal dequadrilateral AOBC. The required demand surface then is the portion in mands and determine if the comthe first octant of the plane defined by Eq. (3) which is.above AOBC. This modities are substitutes or comis the shaded quadrilateral ADEC in the figure. In Fig. 20.4.6we have a plementary. Also draw sketches of the two demand surfaces.

Figure 20.4.5

Figure 20.4.6

TO ECONOMICS OF PARTIALDERIVATIVES 20.4 SOME APPLICATIONS

sketch of the demand surface defined by Eq. (4). This demand surface is the shaded quadrilateral BFGC,that is, the portion in the first octant of the plane defined by Eq. (4) which is above the quadrilatenl AOBC. For nonlinear demand functions of two variables, it is often more convenient to represent them geometrically by means of contour maps than by surfaces.The following example is such a case. ExAMPLE 2: If p dollars is the price of one unit of x units of a first commodity and q dollars is the price of one unit of y units of a second commodity, and the demand equations are given by

8 pq

solurroN: Let the two demand fudctions be / and g so that x: f (p , q) : Slpq and y:g(p, q):l2lpq.sketches of the contour maps of f and g showing the level curves of these functions at the required numbers are shown in Figs. 20.4.7 and20.4.8, respectively. pq2

and

ay ap

L2 p'q

Because\xl 0q < 0 and aylAp ( 0, the commodities are comPlementary. q

q

draw sketches of the contour maPs of the two demand functions showing the level cun/es of each function at 6,4,2,1, and*. Are the commodities substitutes or com-

v:+

plementary? y--6

Figure20.4.8

Figure 20.4.7

EXAMPLE3: The demand equations for two related commodities are *c-Ae-pq and

y:8eo-q

Determine if the commodities are complement dr4, substitutes, or

SOLUTION: 6x - -4Pe-P(t

aq

and

#-

8e--q

Because0xl0q< 0 and aYIAP ) 0, the commodities are neither comPlementary nor substitutes.

neither.

If the cost of producing r units of one commodity alnd y units of another commodity is given by c(x, y), then c is called a ioint'cost function.Thepartial d"rin"ti*'"t of c are called marginal costfunctions.

AND LINEINTEGRALS DERIVATIVES, OF PARTIAL APPLICATIONS GRADIENTS, DERIVATIVES, DIRECTIONAL

suppose that a monopolist produces two related commodities whose demand equations are)c: f (p, q) and y : g(p, q) and the joint-cost function is C. Because the revenue from the two commodities is given by px * qy, then if S is the number of dollars in the profit, we have S : p x * q y - C ( x ,y ) To determine the greatest profit that can be earned, we use the demand equations to express S in terms of either p and q or r and y alone and then apply the methods of the preceding section. The following example illustrates the procedure. EXAMPLE4: A monopolist Produces two commodities which are substitutes having demand equations

x- 8- p + q and

y--9+p-Sq where 1,000runits of the first commodity are demandedif the price is p dollars per unit and 1000y units of the secondcommodity are demandedif the price Lsq dollars per unit. It costs$4 to produce eachunit of the first commodity and $2 to produce eachunit of the secondcommodity. Find the demands and prices of the two commodities in order to have the greatestprofit.

solurroN: When 1000runits of the first commodityand 1000yunits of the secondcommodityareproducedand sold,the numberof dollarsin the and the numberof dollarsin the total cost totalrevenueis 1000pr* L000qy, of production is 4000r*2000y. Hence,if S dollarsis the profit, we have S:L000px+1000qy- (4000r+2000y) - p -r 4) + 10004(9 S : 1000p(8 + p - 5q) - 4000(8- p * q) - 2000(e+ p - 5q) S : 1000(-p' * Zpq- 5q' * l0p + LSq- 50)

$dp:

r o o o l - 2*p2 q + t 0 )

9dq: 1 0 0 0 ( 2 p - 7 0 + q7 5 )

Setting 0Slap:0 and 0Sl6q: 0, we have -2p*2q*70:0 and 2p-10q *15:0 from which it follows that p:ga

and q:T

Hence, (3F, +) is a critical point. Because

-2ooo ?'l : -1o.ooo S-: 2ooo +?: dpdq' dq dp we have

azsazs_ ( a'S ,' : (-2000)(-10'000)- (2000)2 >0 0p, 0q, \aq ap) /\

Also, 02Sl0p'10, and so from Theorem 20.3.8(ii)we concludethat S has a relative maximum value at (S, +5). Becausex, U, p, and q must be nonnegative, we know that 8-p*q>0

Figure 20.4.9

9*p-5q-0

p>0

q>0

From these inequalities we determine that the region of permissible values is that shaded in Fig. 20.4.9.It follows that S has an absolutemaximum

TO ECONOMICS OF PARTIALDERIVATIVES 20.4 SOME APPLICATIONS

value at the point (6F, ?), and the absolute maximum value of S is '1,4,062.5. From the demand equations we find that when p : $a and q: T, x:3 andy:t. is attained We therefore conclude that the greatestprofit of.$14,052.50 at produced and sold are commodity $8'12*per when'3000units of the first produced and sold at are commodity unit and 1500 units of the second $3.12+per unit. o rl-I.usrnArrox 2: In the preceding example, if the demand equations are solved for p and 4 in terms of r and y, we obtain

p - + ( 4 9- u r - y ) a n d q : + ( L 7- x - Y ) Becauseq and p must be nonnegative as well as x and y, we know that 17 - x- y > O,49 - 5x- y > 0, x = 0, andy > 0. From these four inequalities we determine that the region of permissible values is'that shaded in Fig.20.4.10.The problem can be solved by considering r and y as the in. dependent variables. You are asked to do this in Exercise 12.

Figure 20.4.10

Suppose that in the production of a certain commodity, r is the number of machines, y is the number of man-houts, and z is the number of units of the commodity produced, where z depends on r and y, and z : f (x, y) . Such a function / is called a productionfunction. Other factors of production may be working capital, materials, and land. Let us now consider, in general,a commodity involving two factors of production; that is, we have a production function f of two variables. If the amounts of the inputs are given by r and y, and,z gives the amount of the outlrut, then z : f(x, y). Suppose that the prices of the two inputs are a dollars and b dollars per unit, respectively, and that the price of the output is c dollars (a, b, and c are constants). This situation could occur if there were so many producers in the market that a change in the outPut of any particular producer would not affect the price of the commodity. Such a market is called a perfectly competitiaemarket.Now if P dollars is the total profit, and becausethe total profit is obtained by subtracting the total cost from the total revenue, we have P:cz-(ax+by) and becausez: f(x, y), P: cf(x, y) - ax- bY It is, of course, desired to maximize P. This is illustrated by an example.

ExAMPLE5: Suppose that the production of a certain commodity depends on two inPuts. The

soLUrIoN:

If P dollars is the proftt,

P - e(1002) - 4(100r) - L00y

974

APPLICATIONS DERIVATIVES, AND LINEINTEGRALS GRADIENTS, OF PARTIAL DERIVATIVES, DIRECTIONAI-

amounts of theseare given by 100r and L0Ay,whosepricesper unit are,respectively,$4 and $L.The amount of the output is given by 1002,the price per unit of which is $9. Furthermore,the production functi on f has the function values - Llx- UY.Determine f (x, A) :5 the greatestprofit.

Letting z - f(x, y), we get

- Looy - oox P -eoo(s- +x -+) y/ \ x and y arc both in the interval (0, +o). Hence,

AP 0x

:ry-4ooand g:dy

9oro _ 1oo y'

Also, a2P 0xz

1800 x3

azP

1800

V

T

a2P

n

ayax:u

Setting APlAx - 0 and API 0y - 0, we have

ry-4oo:oandry-loo:o from which we obtain 5 : $ and y : 3 (we reject the negative result becausex and y must be positive). At (t,3) -^^^, azP azP / a2P \2 /1800\ /

;a' ar- \i*) :- (F/

\-T)-

(o)'>o

From the above and the fact that at (*, 3) azPlaf < 0, it follows from Theorem 20.3.8(ii)that P has a relative maximum value'at (8,3). Because x and y are both in the interval (0, +-1, and P is a negative number when x and y are either close to zero or very large, we conclude that the relative maximum value of P is an absolutemaximum value. Becausez: f (x, V), the value of.z at (*,9) is f(2,3) -5 - B - *:4. Hence, from Eq. (5) P , n o: 9 0 0 ' 4 - 4 0 0 ' 8 - f O O ' 3 : 2 7 0 0 The greatest profit then is 92700.

EXAMPLE6: Solve Example 5 by the method of Lagrange multipliers.

solurroN: We wish to maximize the function P defined by Eq. (5) subject to the constraintgiven by the equationz :5Ux- 1/y,which we can write as g(x, y, z) -1+1*z-5-o

xy

F(x,A, z, ),)- P(x, y, z) * Ig(x, y, z) - 9002- 400x- I00y + I We find the four partial derivatives F, Fs, F, and F1 and set them equal to zero.

TO ECONOMICS OF PARTIALDERIVATIVES 20.4 SOME APPLICATIONS

F*(x, A , z, Ir)

F,(x,

Fo( x, A,z,) ,): - 100

--4oo-):o

r)

h-

975

0

F ^ ( x , A , z ,) ' ) - L + 1 * z - 5 - o lcy

Solving these equations simultaneously, we obtain z:4 x:8, )r: -900 A:3 The values of x, y,and z agreewith those found previously, and P is shown to have an absolute'maximum value in the same way as before. In some applications of functions of several variables to problems in economics, the Lagrange multiplier )t,is related to marginal concepts, in particular marginal cost and marginal utility of money (for details of this you should consult referencesin mathematical economics).

20.4 Exercises In Exercises1 through 9, demand equations for two related commodities are given. In each exercise,determine the four partial marginal demands. Determine if the commodities are complementary, substitutes, or neither. In Exercises1 through 6, draw sketchesof the two demand surfaces. 2. x- 5-2p*q,y-6*p-q 1. x- 14- P-2q, Y:L7 -2P - q 4 . x : 9 - 3 p * q , y : L 0- 2 p - 5 q 3 . x - - 3 p + 5 q + 1 5 ,A : 2 P - 4 q * I 0 6 . x - - p - 3 q* 6 , y - - 2 q - p + 8 5. x-6-3p-2q,y-2*P-2q 8. pqx - 4, p'qy : L5 7. x - P-o'4qos, A Po'4q-rs 9. px: q, qy: p' 10. From the demand equations of Exercise8, find the two demand functions and draw sketchesof the contour maps of these functions showing the level curves of each function at5,4,3,2,1,+,+. 11. Follow the instructions of Exercise 10 for the demand equations of Exercise 9. 12. Solve Example 4 of this section by considering x and y as the independent variables. (Refer to Illustration 2.) 13. The demand equations for two commodities that are produced by a monopolist are

and y:7+p-q

x:6-2p+q

where 1.00r is the quantity of the first commodity demanded iI the price is p dollars per unit and l00y is the quantity of the second commodity demanded if the price is q dollars Per unit. Show that the two commodities are substitutes. If it costs $2 to produce each unit of the first commodity and $3 to Produce each unit of the second commodity, find the quantities demanded and the prices of the two commodities in order to have the greatest profit. Take p ar.d q as

the independent variables. 14. Solve Exercise 13 by considering r and y as the independent variables. 15. The production function f for a certain commodity has function values

f(x,v):4-;

R

DIRECTIONAL DERIVATIVES, GRADIENTS, APPLICATIONS OF PARTIAL DERIVATIVES, AND LINEINTEGRALS The amounts of the two inputs are given by 100r and 100y, whose prices per unit are, respectively, gl0 and $5, and the amount of the output is given by 7002,whose price per unit is $20.Determine the greatestprofit by two methods: (a) without using Lagrange multipliers; (b) using Lagrange multipliers. 16. Solve Exercise15 if

f(x'v):x**y -*f-

*y'-*

the prices per unit of the two inputs are $4 and $8 (instead of $10 and $5, respectively), and the price per unit of the output is $16.

20.5 OBTAINING A FUNCTION FROM ITS GRADIENT

We consider the problem of how to obtain a function if we are given its gradient; that is, we are given

Yf(*, y) : f ,(x, y)i + f u(*,y)i

(1)

and we wish to find f (x,y). o TLLUSTRATTON 1.: Suppose

Yf(*, A) : (y, * 2x * 4)i + (Zxy* 4y - 5)i

(2)

Then because Eq. (1) must be satisfi€d, it follows that

f"(x,y):y2*2x+4

(3)

and

fok,y) :zxy * 4y 5 By integratingboth membersof Eq. (3) with respect to x, we have f (x,y) : yzx* x2* 4x * g(V)

(4)

(s)

Observe that the "constant" of integration is a function of y and independent of r because vve are integrating with respect to r. If we now differentiate both members of Eq. (5) partially with respectto y,we obtain f oG, y) :2xy + g'(y)

(5)

Equations (4) and (6) give two expressionsfor fu@,y).Hence, 2xy*4y-5:2xy+g'(y) Therefore, - 5 8 ' ( Y ): 4 Y g(Y) :2Y2 - 5Y * c Substituting this value of g(y) into Eq. (5), we have -l4x*2y'-5y + C f(x, y) y'x* * EXAMPLE

'1,:

Find f (x, y) it

vf(x, V) : gu2cos xi + Zyeu'sin xl

SOLUTION:

Because Eq. (1) must hold, w€ have

f "(x, y) : guzcos r

o

FROMITSGRADIENT 977 A FUNCTION 20.5OBTAINING and f o@,y)

- Zye" sin r

Integrating both members of Eq. (8) with respect to A, we obtain -- su2sin x * S(x) f (x, y) where S@) is independent of y. We now partially differentiate both bers of Eq. (9) with respect to r and get f*(x,Y)

: s u 2c o s x * 8 ' Q )

(10)

By equating the right members of Eqs. (7) and (10), w€ have eu' cos x:

ea' cos x * 8' @)

g ' ( r )- o s(r) c We substitute this value of g(r) into Eq' (9) and obtain f (x,y)

: s a 2s i n x * L

gradients' All vectors of the fotm M(x,y)i * N(r' y)i atenot necessarily as shown in the next illustration' such that o rLLUsrRArroN2: We show that there is no function f (11) 2xi

Vf(x, U)

3Yi-

that Assume that there is such a function. Then it follows

f *(x, Y) - 3Y

(12)

-2x f o @ , Y :)

(13)

and and obtain we integrate both members of Eq. (12) with respect to r f (x,y)

- 3 x A* g Q )

Wepartiallydifferentiatebothmembersofthisequationwithrespecttoy and we have

fo@,Y):3x+g'(Y)

(14)

w€ obtain Equating the right members of Eqs. (13) and (14),

- 2 x : 3 x * g 'Q ) _ S x : g ,( a ) with resPect to )c, it If both members of this equation are differentiated must follow that -5:0

978

DIRECTIONAL DERIVATIVES, GRADIENTS, APPLICATIONS OF PARTIAL DERIVATIVES, AND LINEINTEGRALS

which, of course, is not true. Thus, our assumption that 3yi - 2xi is a gradient leads to a contradiction. . we now investigate a condition that must be satisfied in order for a vector to be a gradient. Suppose that Mu and N' are continuous on an open disk B in R2. If

M(x, y)i + N(r, y)i

(15)

is a gradient on B, then there is a function / such that and

f "(x, y)

- M(x, y)

(16)

fu?,y) : N(x, y) G7) for all (x,y) in B. Because Mu@,y) existson B, thenfrom Eq.(15)it follows that MaQ, y) : f ,uQ, y)

(18)

Furthermore, becauseNr(x, y) exists on B, it follows from Eq. (17) that N"( x, y) : f *ok, y) (1e) BecauseMn and N, are continuous on B, their equivalents cu and, are f'that f o, also continuous on B. Thus, from Theorem 1.9.7.1 it follows f ,u(i, y1: fo'@' y) at all points in B. Therefore, the left members of Eqs. 1rs) and 119) are equal at all points in B. we have proved that if M, and N, are continuous on an open disk B in R2,a necessarycondition for vector (15)to be a gradient on B is that Mo(x, y) : N,(x, y) This equation is also a sufficient condition for vector (15) to be a gradient on B. However, the proof of the sufficiency of the condition involves concepts that are beyond the scopeof this book, and so it is omitted. we have then the following theorem. 20.5.L Theorem

Suppose that M and N are functions of two variables x and.udefined on an open disk B((xo,yr); r) in R2, andMu and N, are continuorrr o'B. Then the vector M(x, y)i + N(x, y)i is a gradient on B if and only if Mo(x, y) : N,(x, y) at all points in B. . rl-I.usrRArrorrr3: (a) we apply Theorem 20.5.1to the vector in the right member of Eq. (2) in Illustration 1. Let M(x, y): y, * 2x * 4 and N(r, yj:

20.5 OBTAININGA FUNCTIONFROM ITS GRADIENT 979

2xy * 4y - 5. Then Mak, y) - 2Y and N,(x, Y) 2Y Thus, Mo(x,a): Nr(r, a), and thereforethe vector is a gradient. (b) If we apply Theorem 20.5.1to the vector in the right member of : -2x, we obtain Eq. (11)in Illustration2, with M(x,a):3y and N(r, A) -2 Ma(x, y) - 3 and N"( x, Y) o Thus, Mo(x,y) + N*(x,a), and so the vectoris not a gradient. rn 2: Determine if the EXAMP following vector is a gradient Yf (*, A), and if it is, then tind

f@,v)t (e-o - 2x)i - (xe-o * sin V)i

solurroN:

-2x and N(r' y) : We apply Theorem 20.5.1.Let M(x, U): e-u

-xe-a - sin y. Then MaQ,y) : -e-u

and

N " ( x , Y ) : -e-U

Therefore, Mo(x, A): N'(r, Yf (x, y). Furthermore, f

"(x,

Y)

,given Y), and so the

vector

is a gradient

: s-u - 2x

and f o@,y)

x e - a- s i n Y

(20)

(21)

to x, we obtain Integrating both members of Eq' (20)with resPect (V) : f (x, y) xe-a )cz* g differentiate both where S(fi is indePendentof x' We now partially have we bers of Eq. (22)with resPectto A, and : -xe-a + g'(Y) f,(x, y) (21) and get we equate the right members of Eqs. (23) and -xe-a * 8' Q) : -xe-a - sin Y g' (Y) : -sLn Y SQ):cosY+C (22) and we have We substitute this exPression for g(y) into Eq. +C : f (x,Y) xe-a xz* cosY of three variables' we can extend Theorem 20.5.1 to functions

20.5.2Theorem

x' y' and z defjned on an Let M,N, and R be functions of three variables M"' N'' N" R'' and R' are conopen ball B((xo,yo, zo);r) inf,-11d Ma' z)i I ru(r' y' z)i + \!*'v' z)k is tinuous on B' Then iii,el,"cto' M(x, y' M"(x'y'z): y; z):N'(x'y'z)' a e r a d i e n to n B i f u r r ao " i y ' t i u 7 - , : ' z) Ru(x,Y' I.l!, y, z) , and N"(x, Y, z)

980

DIRECTIONAL DERIVATIVES, GRADIENTS, APPLICATIONS OF PABTIALDERIVATIVES, AND LINEINTEGRALS

The proof of the "only if" part of rheorem 20.5.2is similar to the proof of the "only if" part of rheorem 20.5.1and is left as an.exercise(seeExer-

cise 23).The proof of the 'tif" part is beyond the scope of this book.

ExAMPlr 3: Determine if the following vector is a gradient Yf (x, A, z), and if it is then find f (x, U, z): (e' sin z * Zyz)i + (2xz+ 2V)i + (e* cosz * Zxy * 322)k

solurroN: We apply Theorem 20.5.2.Let M(x, y, z): e, sin z*2y2, N(x, y, z) : 2xz * 2y, and R(x, y, z) : e, cos z * 2iy * 322.Then Mu(x, y, z) :22

Mr(x,y,z)-sr

N"(r, y, z) :22

N r ( x ,y , z ) : 2 x

R*(x, y, z) : e, cosz * 2y

Ro(x,U, z) : 2x

c o sz t 2 y

Therefore,Mo(x, y, z) - At(r , y, z), Mr(x, y, z)- Rr(r, A, z), andNr(r, A, z) : Ro(x,y, z). Thus, the given vector is a gradient Yf (x, A, Z).Furthennore, : y, z) sr sin z * 2yz f *(x,

(24)

f u ( x ,y , z ) : 2 x z * 2 y

(25)

f"(x, y, Z) : e'cos z * 2xy * 3zz

e6) Integrating both members of Eq. e4) with respect to x, we have : f(x, y, Z) e, sin z * 2xyz* Sg, z) ez) *-Ett g(y, z) is independent of r. we partial differentiate both members of Eq. (27) with respect to y and,obtain fu(x, y, z) : 2xz * gu(y, z) (28) Equating the right members of Eqs. (2g) and (25), we have 2xz * gn(y, z) :2xz * 2y S o ( Yz' ) : 2 Y we now integrate both members of this equation with

respectto y, and get

gQ, z) : yz+ h(z)

(2e) where h is independent of tr and y. Substituting from Eq. (zg)into Eq. (27), we obtain f(x, y, z) : sr sin z + 2xyz * y, + h(z) (30) We now Paftial differentiate with respectto z bothmembers of Eq. (30). We get fr(x, U, Z) - er cosz + 2xy + h,(z) Equating the right membersof Eqr. (31)and (26),we have et cosz + 2xy + h, (z) sr cos z + 2xa * jzz h' (z) :

(31)

322

h(z):23+C

(32)

20.6LINEINTEGRALS 981

We substitutefrom Eq. (32) into Eq. (30), and we obtain -f (x, y , z) sr sin z * 2xyz * v' * 2 3 + C

Exercises 20.5 In the following exercises, determine if the vector is a gradient. If it is, find a function having the given gradient

1. axi- 3yi 3. (6x- sy)i - (5r - 6V')i

4. (4y' * 6xy- 2)i + (3x'* 8xY+ l)i

5. (6x'y' - l4xy + 3)i + (4xty '7xz - 8)i

6 . 3(2x2* 6xy)i + 3(3x2+ 8V)i

7. (Zxy* y'+ L)i + (x' * Zxy + r)i

8.

2. y'i + lx'i

-)l +(ry\. s (L*1)r \ yo \7Y'

2x-L. , x-x2. 'y' I y

1 0 . (2x* rn y)i + (y' +i) i yl \L2. (sin 2x - tan y)i - x seczyi

,',

11. (2x cosy - l)i - x2 sin Yi 13. (eu- Z*y)i * (xeo- x')i 15. (2V - Sz)i + (2x * 8z)i - $* - 9Y)U

1,4.4 x 3 i 1 - 9 y ' i - Z z k - Ay)U 1,6.(Zxy * 7zs)i+ ( xz + 2y' - 3z)i + (21'xz2

17. (4xy * 3yz - 2)i + (2x' * 3xz - Szz)i+ Gxy l}yz * 1 ) k L8. (2y + z)i * (2x - 3z * 4yz)i + @ - 3y * 2y')U 19. z tan yi + xz seczyi + x tan Yk 20. e' cosri + z sin yi + (e" sin x- cos y)k ZL. e,(e, - ln ili+ (eoln z- e'A-t)i + (s'+" * tu7-r)k t - x-z ' x+a y+z i- (y+4'zt-ffiK

22.

23. Prove the "only tf" part of Theorem 20.5.2.

20.d LINE INTEGRALS

In Chapter 7 we used the concept of area to rnotivate the definition of the definite integral. To motivate the definition of an integral of a vectorvalued function, we use the physical concept of work. We have seenthat if a constant force F moves an obiect along a straight line, then the work done is the product of the component of F along the line of motion times the displacement.We showed in Section 17.3that if the constant force F moves an object from a point A to a point B, then if W is the measure of the work done,

W:F'V

@3)

(1)

982

DIRECTIONAL DERIVATIVES, GRADIENTS, APPLICATIONS OF PARTIALDERIVATIVES, AND LINEINTEGRALS

suppose now that the force vector is not constant and instead of the motion being along a straight line, it is along a curye. Let the force that is exerted on the object at the point (x, y) in some open disk B in R2be given by the force vector F(x, y) : M(x, y)i + N(x, y)i where M and N are continuous on B. The vector-valued function F is called a force field on B. Let C be a curve lying in B and having the vector equation R(f):f(t)i+S@i

a*a, these two sums approach the definite integral:

I"

l M ( f( t ), s ( t ) ) f ' ( t )+ N ( f ( t ), s ( f )) s ' ( f I) d t

We therefore have the following definition. 20.5.L Definition

Let C be a curve lying in an open disk B in R2for which a vector equation of C is R(0:/(t)i+g(f)i, where f' andg'are continuousonfa, b]. Furthermore, let a force field on B be defined byF(x, y) : M(x, y)i +N(x, y)i, where M and N are continuous on B. Then if W is the measure of the work done by F in moving an object along C from (/(a), g(n)) to

( f ( b')s ( b )')

(8)

or, equivalently, by using vector notation,

( M ( f ( t ) , g ( t ) ) , N ( / ( t ) , g ( f )) ) . ( f ' ( t ) , 9 ' ( f ) ) d t

(e)

or, equivalently,

. R'(f) dt

(10)

DIRECTIONAL DERIVATIVES, GRADIENTS, APPLICATIONS OF PARTIAL DERIVATIVES, AND LINEINTEGRALS ExAMPLEL: Suppose an object moves along the parabola y : x2 from the point (-1 , 1) to the point (2, 4).Find the total work done if the motion is caused by the force field F(x,A) : @' * y')i + 3x'yi. Assume the arc is measured in inches and the force is measured in pounds.

sot,urroN:

Parametric equations of the parabola are

x:t

-1 -f

(€uru Pt)LoV

(1)

Refer to Fig. 2'1,.6.L,which shows the rectangular parallelepiped together with the ith box. The norm llAll of the partition is the length of the longest diagonal of the boxes. The sums of the form (1) will upproach a limit as (ot,bt,ct)

the norm of the partition approaches zero for any choices of the points (€r, ^yr,lr) if f is continuous on S. Then we call this limit the triple integral of f on R and write n

lim Il a Il ' o i : l

x F i g ur e 2 1 . 6 . 1

EXAMPLE

Ai if(€,, Tt, 1-ci')) L,V

ft\ X,,Y , z ) d v T f(

-ite: Analogous rs; ttoo a d orubl urble in l l beiing equal to a twice :-) eratted jin rntegral, the tri Ple l int int egral i s e qluat thri ice-iterated integral. v tl Whhenr S i rs; lthe re rectangular pa arall elepilped d a rbove, and f is con'titinu e d (des scribed uouus u s o n SS, , we have

Evaluate the triple

SOLUTION:

integral sl^n yz

sin yz dV

dv:rff r'' *,sin yz dz dy dx ava* [-'cosv"]i'

if S is the rectangularparallelepiped bounded by the planes ,c-- zr,'U : tr , z -- *o, and the coordinate planes.

x(l - cos*nV) dy dx

:

o* f ,(r-*sin t*)lno''

: .(T-""sin T) * f

21.6 THE TRIPLEINTEGRAL

1035

x2

2

- 47r

z: Fz@'Y)

\

9 l

x,0

F i g ur e 2 1. 6 . 2

Y : 6z@)

We now discuss how to define the triple integral of a continuous function of three variables on a region in R3 other than a rectangular parallelepiped. Let S be the closed three-dimensional region which is and x:b, the cylindets y: dr(r) and bounded by the planes x:a : and the surfaces z F = r(x, y) and z : Fr(x, /), where the funcA 6r(x), tions @1,6r, Ft, and F2 are smooth (i.e., they have continuous derivatives or partial derivatives). See Fig. 21,.6.2.Construct planes parallel to the coordinate planes, thereby forming a set of rectangular parallelepipeds that completely cover S. The parallelepipeds which are entirely inside S or on the boundary of S form a partition A of S. Choose some system of numbering so that they are numbered from L to n. The norm llAllof this partition of S is the length of the longest diagonal of any parallelepiped belonging to the partition. Let the measureof the volume of the ith parallelepiped be {V. Let f be a function of three variables which is continuous on S and let (fi, Ti, F) be an arbitrary point in the ith parallelepiped. Form the sum

2 f rci,Tr,F) A,V

(2)

i:l

If the sums of form (2) have a limit as llAllapproacheszero, and if this limit is independent of the choice of the partitioning planes and the choices ofthe arbihary points ((u yu pi) in each parallelepiped, then this limit is called the triple integral of / on S, and we write (3)

It can be proved in advanced calculus that a sufficient condition for the limit in (3) to exist is that / be continuous on S. Furthermore, under the condition imposed upon the functions 6r, 6r, Fr, and F2 that they be smooth, it can also be proved that the triple integral can be evaluated by the iterated integral

H,::I:::

f(x, y, z) dz dy dx

just as the double integral can be interpreted as the measure of the area of a plane region when /(r, U): L on Rr, the triple integral can be interpreted as the measure of the volume of a three-dimensional region. If

r1036

MULTIPLEINTEGRATION

f (x, y , z) :, 1 on S, then Eq. (3) becomes lim llall-o and the triple integral is the measure of the volume of the region S.

EXAMPTN 2:

Find by triple inte-

If V cubic units is the volume of the solid, then

solurroN,

gration the volume of the solid of Example 3 in Sec.2L.2.

lim llall-o

where S is the region bounded by the solid. The z limits are from 0 (the value of z on the ry plane) to f * 4yz (the value of z on the elliptic paraboloid). Th" y limits for one-fourth of the volume are from 0 (the value of y on the xzplane) tot:y'T=P (the value of y on the cylinder). The rlimits for the first octant are from 0 to 2. We evaluate the triple integral in (4) by an iterated integral and obtain

Hence,

(x' * 4y') dy dx

V:4

(s)

The right side of Eq. (5) is the same twice-iterated integral that we obtained in Example 3 in Sec. 2'1..2,and so the remainder of the solution is the same.

E1AMpLE3: Find the volume of the solid bounded by the cylinder x2+ y' :25, the plane x + y + z - 8 and the xy plane.

solurroN: The solid is shown in Fig. 21,.6.3.The z limits for the iterated integral are from 0 to 8 - x- y (the value of z on the plane). The y limits are obtained from the boundary region in the xy plane which is the circle * + y':25. Hence, the y limits are from -\/25=7 to t/x=E The r limits are from -5 to 5. If V cubic units is the required volume, we have

v- l rim a,u:Jfffl * l a l l - offi

:f,ml:-"-"dzdvdx fs

f\ffi

:

- -'*-,, (8 x Y)dYdx J-rJ

:

l rE"e - x)y- tr,)_*ud* J_,L(r fb

f

21.6 THE TRIPLEINTEGRAL

(8- itffi

:16 f

J-s

:

1037

dx

\E4dx*

f

J-s

\84(_2x)

dx

+ z*sin-r Ex) + |eS - xzr',r]:,

L6(ix\84

:200n The volume is therefore 200n cubic units.

F i g u r e2 1 . 6 . 3

EXAMPLE4: Find the mass of the solid above the xY Plane bounded by the cone 9xz * z2: Y' and the Plane Y : 9 if the measure of the volume densitY at any point (x, y , z) in the solid is proportional to the measure of the distance of the Point from the xy plane.

((i,yi,

solurroN: Figure 2']-..5.4shows the solid. Let M slugs be the mass of the solid, and let the distance be measured in feet. Then the volume density at any point (r, y, z) in the solid is kz slagslfts,where k is a constant. Then if (tr, yt, p1) is any point in the ith rectangular parallelepiped of the partition, we have

M-

lim Zkp

l l a l l - oi : 1

fs fals h@ifr

:ZkJ,J,

J,

zdzdxdY

pi)

: z ek [ n v ' d y - T k Jo -

The mass is therefore ryk slugs.

Figure 21.6.4

1038

MULTIPLEINTEGRATION

Exercises 21,.6 In Exercises1 through 4,evaluate the iterated integral. -

1'

f

fF*f+uz

JrJ, Jr"

r x dzdYdx

a 2'

12fu,frnr

dzdxdY JrJ"J, Ye'

"or!

dy dx dz

4 fff'#dxdzdy

In Exercises 5 through 10, evaluate the triple integral.

5.

rrf JJJ

y dV if S is the region bounded by the tetrahedron formed by the plane t2x + 20y * l5z:

50 and the coordinate

oiur,ur.

6. @z+22) dvirsis the Iil

same region as in Exercise 5.

ltl 7. | | | z dV if S is the region bounded by the tetrahedronhaving vertices (0, 0, 0), (7,1, O), (1, 0, 0), and (1, 0, 1). JJJ

i,, i,,

8. | | | -yz dV if S is the same region as in Exercise7. JJJ 9. llt JJJ

( n + 3 2 ) d V i t S i s t h e r e g i o nb o u n d e db y t h e c y l i n d e rf l z 2 : 9

a n d t h e p l a n e sx * y : 3 ,

z:0,

and y:0,

s above the ry plane.

rft 10. lf f xyzi[V, if S istheregionboundedbythecylinders JJJ

tr, Uir.ire,

**y":4

and f Iz2:4.

11 through 21.,use triple integration.

11. Find the volume of the solid in the first octant bounded below by the xy plane, above by the plane z: y, andlaterally by the rylinder y': r and.the plane x: 1.. 12. Find the volume of the solid in the first octant bounded by the rylinder f + z2: 16, the plane r * y:2, coordinate planes. 13. Find the volume of the solid in the first octant bounded by the cylinders * * yr: ordinate planes. 14. Find the volume of the solid bounded by the elliptic cone 4* I9y" - 3622:0

and the three

4 and x2 + 2z: 4, and.the three co-

and the plane z : 1.

15. Find the volume of the solid above the elliptic paraboloid 3* * y2: z and below the cylinder f * z:4. 15. Find the volume of the solid enclosed by the sphere * * y, * 22: a2. 17. Find the volume of the solid enclosed by the ellipsoid *u222 _l__: _ +L a2 b2 c2

1

18. Find the mass of the solid enclosedby the tetrahedron formed by the plane 100r + 25y * 762: 400and the coordinate planes if the volume density varies as the distance from the yz plane. The volume density is measured in slugs/ftr. L9, Find the mass of the solid bounded by the rylinders x: z2 andA: *, and the planesx:l,y:0, andz:0. The volume density varies as the product of the distances from the three coordinate planes, and it is measured in slugslfd.

COORDINATES 1039 AND SPHERICAL IN CYLINDRICAL 21.7IHE TRIPLEINTEGRAL 20. Find the mass of the solid bounded by the surface z: 4 4xz !2 and the xy plane. The volume density at any point of the solid is p slugs/ff and p:3"111' 2L. Find the mass of the solid bounded by the sutf.acez - xy, and the planes r: L, y 1,,and z 0. The volume density y2. p: 3V* + at any point of the solid is p slugs/ff and

2I.7 THE TRIPTE INTEGRAL If a region S in R3has an axis of symmetry, triple integrals on S are easier IN CYLINDRICAL AND to evaluate if cylindrical coordinates are used. If there is symmetry with SPHERICAL COORDINATES respect to a point, it is often convenient to choose that point as the origin and to use spherical coordinates. In this section we discuss the triple integral in these coordinates and apply them to physical problems. To define the triple integral in cylindrical coordinates we construct ( , , , 0 ,, , , ) a partition of the region s by drawing planes through the z axis, planes perpendicular to the z axis, and right-circular cylinders having the z axis ls axis. A typical subregion is shown in Fig. 2L.7.1.The elements of the constructed partition lie entirely in S. We call this partition a cylindrical partition. The measure of the length of the longest "diagonal" of any of the subregions is t:nenorm of the partition. Let n be the number of subI 1 I regions of the partition and A1v be the measure of the volume of the ith 0 zn subregion. The measure of the area of the base is li L1rA,60,whete 7i: t?r * ri-). Hence, if.A,Ais the measureof the altitude of the lth subregion, x F i g ur e 2 1 . 7. 1

L1V-

L4r A^i0 Liz

Let f b" a function of r, 0, and z, and suppose that / is continuous on S. Choosea point (Vr,0r, Zi) in the i th subregion such that 0r-r, = 0i = 0i and zr-t < Zi s zr Form the sum n i:l

f Gr, 0r, 2r) LrV

n

f (7r, 0i, 2r)7, A^1rLi? Aiz

(1)

i:l

As the norm of A approaches zeto, it can be shown, under suitable conditions on S, that the limit of the sums of form (L) exist. This limit is called the triple integralin cylindricalcoordinatesof the function f on s, and we write (2)

(3)

Note that in cylindrical coordinates, dV - r dr d0 dz. We can evaluate the triple integral in (2) and (3) by an iterated integral. For instance, : suppose that the region S in R3 is bounded by the planes 0 a and

1O4O

MULTIPLEINTEGRATION

0:B, with a 2; (d) f

27. (a)f ,(r) - \E=

'r(x)-

9, domain:

-9)-trz, domain: lxl > 3; (e)

x = 4; fr(x)_

(x - z)-ttz,

- \FPT|

i;

* 2, domain:

-2 I x 1a; (e) x ) ( 8 - x 2+ Z x ) - t n , d o m a i n ; - 2 1 x < - 4 ; ( x - 1 ) ( 8 - x 2* ' 2 x ) - t r zd, o m a i n: =; v

( f) y - 5 :

y +7:0 Exercises3.9 (Page153) 1. (a)8.6;1b)8.3;(c)8.1;(d) 8 (b) not profitable

s. oa:-E

3. (a)-'t, -*; (b) -rlr, -*

5. (a) 18,750gallmin; (b) 17,s00gallmin

7. (a) profitable;

11.2.7mi/min

3.10 (Page1,56) Exercises T. f r,lr". ftlmin 5. ftlsec a. * *ftlmin 3 1.5.rta(3\E + 97) ftlsec- 0.65ftlsec L7. 22 ff lmtn L

s.

#ftlmin

11. 1800 lblft2 per min

L3.

'1.4 ftlsec

0,

A.22

EXERCISES TO ODD.NUMBERED ANSWERS

Exercises 3.L7 (Page160) 3 . 9 ' ( s ) : 8 s 3 - 1 2 s 2 + 7 ; S " ( s ) : 2 4 s 2 - 2 4ss. f ' ( x ) : x ( i ? + 1 ) - t t 2 ' t. f'(tc):5f-6**7;f"(r):20f-12x 7 . F ' ( x ) : W 2 5 . F " ( x ):tlarrz 9 . G ' , ( x ) : - 2 x ( 3 + 2 x 2 ) - 3 t 2 . G " ( (x8) r: r - 5 ) ( 3 + 2 x 2 ) - 5 t 2 + 1 1 t r , f,,(x):(f 15.D,ay: *(+trt2 | lsstz - tx-ttz1 19.D,2y: -lstxly-z 21,.-t;5 L3.D,8f(x): 6(3+ r) (t - a;-s 11.D,1y: ll,y - L z t + 8 ; a : 0 w h e nf : 0 a n dt : 4 i t o w a r dt h eo r i g i n : 2 < t < 4 ; a w a yf r o mt h eo r i g i n : 0< t < 2 2 3 .v : t 3 - 6 P + 8 t ; a : 3 f and t > 4

25.t; #; -+

27. sr;tfi;

31. f '(r) - 4l.fl, domain: (-*, +*) ) f " (x) + (f ' " g) (x)g" (x)

ReviewExercises for Chapter3

domain:(-*, +*) ; f " (x) : r4rdomain: (-*, o) u (0,+*; x'

2 9 .f ' ( x )

?\re

(--, + o )

domain:

3 3 .f " ' ( x ) : 2 4 l x l

(Page161)

str(**+)'(#) (xn* x)'l'l3x' * 2(xa* r) (4xt + 1) I lefq when t:

3 5 .h " ( x ) - (f" " s)(r) (g'Q))'

"1,-2x3 n o'' " gxzts(xt* '!.)+rt \F@15. (a) t : 3 a n d f : 8 ; ( b ) w h e n t : 3 ,

8, o: 40, and particle is moving to the right

z|x+1l- l'l, (ffi-fr) 21,.

zs.(b)0;(c)0

3 1 .a : - L ; b : t

445-1,80\/2, lZ. jffiknots

#t lblft' per min

a 1 .( f . s ) ' ( 0 ) : 2

11 x(4x2 13)\F \F> \E__4 7 )- - 1 5 , a n d particle is moving to the 1,

17. 5x - 4y - 6: 0; 4x + 5y - L3 : 0

2s.-1,

27.

0)

79.

29. (a) 32 ftlsec; (b) 255

E1t 37. -?units/sec frU.in./sec 4 3 .f ( x ) : l x l , s k ) : x , M. p'(r) - 10.6knots

l

35.

l

2

\Fg (c) 7 sec;(d) -128 ftlsec

39. decreasing at a rateof

4.1 (Page170) Exercises 1.?

3.0

s.1

7.+

9. 0

11. 0

13. f o

23. f is discontinuousat 0

4.2 (Page173) Exercises 1 .x : 5 ; y - 0 1 1 .y - - 3 , A : 3

3.x--2;y-0 5 .x : - 6 , x : 1 ; y : 0 1 3 .x - - \ n , x - f i . 1 5 .x - t i y - &

7.x=3,x:-3;y-4 17.y--1,y-1

9. x:-2,x:2;y:0 t9.x-3;y--L,y:1

27.

4.4 (Page180) Exercises 1. continuous; discontinuous; discontinuous; continuous; discontinuous; continuous 3. continuousi continuous; continuous; 5. continuous; discontinuous; discontinuous; discontinuous; continuous 7. continuous; continuous; continuous; discontinuous continuous; continuous; discontinuous; discontinuous 9. continuous; discontinuous; discontinuous; discontinuous 11. discontinuous; continuous; continuous; continuous; discontinuous; discontinuous; discontinuous; continuous 73. (-a,-21' (-2,2); (2,+a1 (-1,1); (1,+o) 15. (-o,-31; [4,+oo) L7. (-a,-l); 19. continuouson (0, 1) and all intervalsfn,n+']..) wheren is anyintegerexceptzero

ZZ.-!.continuousatalxin vx- z at all r in (0, L) and (1, +o1 29. 5

Zt. t/F;continuousatalltin (0,+-;

continuous at all r in (0,4) and (4, +o1

ZZ. !!],continuous lx- l' 33. no; / will be continuouson la, cf iflim g(r) existsand is equal to h(b). Exercises 4.5

(2,+o) 31.

25.::-, !x-2' and k:

4

(Page 188)

13. no absolute extrema 1. -5, * 3. -3, -L,1 5. 0, 2 7. -2,0,2 9. no critical numbers 1.1.abs min: l(2) : -2 : 2 : 1 1 5 . a b sm i n : / ( - 3 ) : 0 1 7 . a b sm i n : f ( S ) : L 1 9 . a b sm i n : f ( + ) 2 L . a b s m a x :f ( 5 ) 23. abs mint f (2) - 0 -6; -1p : : : : 25. abs min: l(-3) 29. abs min: f (21'.:0; abs max: abs max: /(-1) 27. hbs min: /(-2) 0; abs maxt f (-4) LM 3 1 .a b s m i n : / ( - 1 ) : - 1 ; a b s m a x : f ( 2 ) : l 35. abs min: /(-3| -- -13; 3 3 . a b s m i n : / ( - l ) : 0 ; a b s m a x : / ( 1 ) - VE f(3):25 :7 abs max:f (3)

TO ODD-NUMBERED EXERCISES A.23 ANSWERS 4.6 (Page194) Exercises 5. From Ato P to C, where P is 4 miles down the river from B.

3. * in.

1. 2500 ftz

height - GtQ.in.

11. (a) 3.a units; (b) 9.4 units

10

.

t

5

..

13. 225

15. 400

T. g mi

r s17. (a) radius of circle

g. radius _ 3tD.in., 5 ft and length of side of G+a)

r.r

square:#fU(b)radiusofcircle-5ftandthereisnoSquare. 7T

i

4.7 (Page200) Exercises (a,t \fr) or *(2- rt) 1. 2 3:".. 11.+(3+ 4\E) 7. + s. #

5. 1-t,-*),c:-t-t.VD;.t8,+f I:-r1+t/6 B. r. 1s. (0, (ii), (iii) satisiied; (c) (*, -*v6)

satisfied

21. (b) (ii) not satisfied

satisfied

33. (ii) not satisfied

23. (b) (i), (ii), (iii) satisfied; (c) (0, 9)

25. 4

orc:-1 -trt/w;(-+,+),':-r+*t/e 19. (b) (i) not 17. (b) (ii) not satisfied 'Zz. 31. (i) not zs. *+\/39 s + '\\/,

(Page 202)

ReaiewExercises f or Chapter4

,/x=1'

continuous at all r in (1, +o;; continuous on the closedinterval 13.absmax: 11.absmin:l(-5):6 9.(f "S)(r):sgn(f-1);continuousatallrealnumbersexcept-1 andl [1,+-1 l e n g t h : 1 8 o i n . ; w i dth:depth: 1 9 . L 7 . 6 a n d 6 1 5 .a b s m a x : / ( 5 ) : 3 5 1 ; a b s m i n : f ( V 6 ) : 0 f(O):9;absmin:/(3):o ( a ) ( x ) : s g n r ; 2 9 ' n e a r e s t A 2 7 . 1 2 l o r fr ri o m p o i n t o n b a n k x:-L f 2 5 .y : 2 , y : - z ; x : 7 , *in.

L. 4

Z. -i

( b )/ ( x ) :

5. y:5;

x:2,

x:-2

7. (f . ilQ):

( x r f x< L [ x i f r < 0 2,pt.of.infl.at (2,i*),infl. tangent:3x-3v+14:0 1 1 .( a ) 3- * x ; ( b ) 3 x - * * ; ( c ) 3 - * r

e. (a)c(r):3r*rt00;

1 3 '( a ) P ( r ) : t / F a ; & ) R ( r ) : r 0 0 x { f i = 7 ;

A.26

ANSWERS TO ODD-NUMBERED EXERCISES

( c ) R ' ( r ) - 3 5 0 0 - 2 0 0' f ',-r . 1 ) $ 1 8 0 01 5 .( a ) S ( r :) - ? f y36- *

+ t 6 x - 2 ; ( c ) $ 3 0 0 0 ; ( d ) R , :( 1r )4 - 2 x , C , ( x ) : 2 a - 2

(b) R'(r) : 3x2-32x * 64;C' (r) - 18 - 2x; (c)+(15- tffil Reaiew Exercisesfor Chapter S .1.t E 7 F ;

- t.Bg

19. (a) 1625; (b) 67.5 cents; (c) $3Zg.tZ

1 2 .( a ) [ 0 , 8 ] ; 21,. g7.S cents

(Page 240)

5. B sec;velocity of horizontal particle -'!. ftlsec;velocity of vertical particle - 3 ftlsec

f(4):0, relmin;pts.of infl. atx:-2andr:*(g-+S\/6);fincreasingon ( _ o o , T la n d [ a , * * ) ; / d e c r e a s i n g o n [ g , 4 ] ; g r a p h concaveupward lor-2 < r < *(8 -316) and g(8 +lt/6,1 < x < +o; graph concavedownward for_o ( x 1_2and, *(8 - 3V6) < r < *(8 + g\/6) 9. no relative extrema; pt. of infl. at x:3;/ increasing on (-o, 4o); graph concaveupward for3 ( I < +€; graphconcavedownward for-e < r < 3 15. (a) increasingata rate of$10100 peryear; (b) increasingat a rate of $800peryear 77. radius:*rin.; alritude:3ft in. 19. (a) p(r) :TY;15) R(r) -3600t:400x2.

(c)R,(r) : - aoo(r+ 9)(x 3). (d) 12oo (x * 3)2

23. (hut t7 ,zrz)stz f1

21,. 1000, $11

Exercises6.1 (Page248) 1. (a)3x2Ax * 3x(Ar)2+ (Lx)t; (b)3xzAx;(c)3x(Ar),+ (Ar)t

3. 1a) ffi

- fr; b) #;

(c)- (ztfil-,(\E _ tmi,

5 . ( a )( 5 r f* 6 x ) A x + ( 6 x + 3 ) ( A r ) , + z ( L x ) B ; ( b ) ( G*f6 x ) L , x ; ( c()5 r + 3 ) ( A x ) , +2(Lx)s z. @)0.030e;(b)0.03;(c)0.0009 9. (a)-0.875;(b)-1.5; (c)0.625 11. (a)-0.00248; (b)_0.00250; (c)0.00002 rg. O.tzS 15. 3.009 77.O.Oggg lg. .!,h 21. (a)6.75in.3;(b) 0.3in.2 23.Io ff 25. 10fts 27.4Vo Exercises6.2

(Page 252) 1. 6(3x 1) (3x'- 2x + 1)2dx

3. ""(7x,* 9x)(2x* 3)-zrsn*

5 . ( x - 1 . ) - r r z ( x* l ) - s n O ,

9x2-Zxy*2y2-6x i^rtrr vr ' x2-4xy*gyr-i

11. -yttzx-rtz

17. Lgf5_ 55t3+ 3g,

7. 2(x' + 1) -st2dx

t e . ( 2 t - 1 ) [ 1- 9 ( y z - t + A ) - u z f

2 1 , .6 t s - 4 t B- 2 t - 9 t ( t 2 + 1 ) r t z+ 6 t ( t z * l ) - u z Exercises 6.3

7.Ert+C

(Page 260)

3.*tt-t2+gt+C

1/ 1 \3/2 1 3 -. i ( l + i r l +c

L 3 5.F 5 x- p - ; +

1 5 -. t r r sl - f x . - g a s * # r , +

+ # ( 3 - x ) s r z - u r t -x ) s r z * c

7.e\E - {zx+ C

c

c

2 1& . .( f + 3 f * l y r z * c

2 7 .( a ) 2 f + 4 f + 3 * * x ' l C ; ( b ) i Q x + 1 ) 4 +

C

s . B ( x ' - 1 ) B t+z C

t 7 . 2 [ + ( r + 3 ) 3 / , - 3 ( r + 3 )+uc, ]

1 1 .+ \ A F + 1 + C

19. -+(3 - x)zrz

2 3*. ( 3 _ y 1 n r " _ 1 8 ( 3 _ y ; v : 1 625. t(r',t +

2)5+ C

z g .g i s n o t d i f f e r e n r i a b l e o n ( -11),

Exercises5.4 (Page264) 1.!:xB*x2-7x+C *3. i*ry+Cyt2:0 '1.1. 13. !:3xa * 4x3* 2x2* 2x ,x2:4y' 21.rcz+2y,-C, Exercises6.5

(Page 268)

l. o:2I5t-

t 2 ;s : 2 t * * P - + t t

9. a2:-64s+iooo,24ftlsec

: ixz + C. 7. I2y - Sxa* 6x2* Crx * C2 5. z\fTtr 9.3Y:13 -3x2-12x+ 18 : 15. a x2 3x * 2 L7. 3y :-2x3 * 3x2* 2x * 6 19.12y - -€c4*.5x2 - 20x+ 2Z

3 . 1 6 0 0:so 2 * 1 2 0 0 11. i&ftlseC

Exercises5.6 (Page272) 1. R(r) -'1.2x- *x, 3. px(x+ 5) _ - L8x- 4xz

5 . * s e c ; 2 0 f t l s e c ; * s e c?;f t

13. r*sec;r#!it

rs.

7 . 3.4 sec; 99 ftlsec

$f2minr

5. x in [0, 4]; R(r) :'!.6x-

x 3 ;p - 1 6 -

xz

7. C(r):13*4x2*4x*6

9. $32s

EXERCISES A.27 TO ODD-NUMBERED ANSWERS

ReoiewExercisesfor Chaptet 6 (Page 272) g. *(2+3f1srz*c 5 . a # / G x + 3 ) s D ( 3 0 r P - 7 8 x 1 - 7 9 ) + cz ' t Q ' - 1 ) - t : x - r + C t. -gx-uat(

13'y:rux-2* -e

11.(a)-0.15;(b)-0.64

t'' #:W=t )(W) "

ls' 0

ftlsec 23.'tsec;80

.y:#(x* 4)it2+*(6- s2\/r)x--#(75-na\/r) 21..

* c

" Olf;+{+f

9.Y*Y-t--x (f+1)3 , -. *L; 19.(a) g

25. 25\tr sec: 43.3 sec a

29' anerrorof approximatelyn2l'l'6L0tsec33' R(x):-h-

27. anenoroffain.allowed

cxia;p:

Exercises7.1 (Page280) 7 7 '1 0 , 4 0 0 1 9 ' 1 0 ( 1 0 " - 1 )

l. &

5. +

S .i +

1.51

+C

').

Exercises7.2 (Page287)

2

3. 15 sq units 1. I sq units L5. +h(bt + b) sq units Exercises 7.3

ZS. gzn_ +(3-rn) - #n - I

2 3 'n a - I n 3 - 3 n ' - t n

2 1 '+ 8 +

x+b

5. fl*a units

7' 9 sq units

9' B tq units

1,1,.* tq units

13. tm(b' - a') sq units

(Page 295) 19. 38" sq units

t'W3.+#985,0'8352.&s.aF11'.661r3.415.20squnits17.*squnits

23.f' *x ' o* Jo

21.f' *' d* Jo

Exercises7.4 (Page305) g. 0; 64

11.0; 27

13.0; 576

L5'-3; *

L7' 0; 6

7.5 (Page 310) Exercises l. c :

3. c : -4

tr(1+ \G)

-2 5. / discontinuous at

7.6 (Page319) Exercises 7. 2- ffi. 3. t+s 5. -8 1. zy 25. # sq units

2g. ? sq,units

Reuiew Exercisesfor Chapter 7

19.4\fr =

13.o

17.rr

15.32t;32

t. -+

s. +\730 11.-2 + \8.

7. f drscontinuous at L

3. 4,100,656,5607. I:

dx = e

\ffi

g. t€

27. +(40\tr - 20) sq units

17."#

15.+

13' +\n

11.+

+(3- \n)

2e. *;

19. \m

21'.

2

3*xz

3s 35.$4,s3s

31.ry

(Page 320)

g. ?$m-

\D

zL. L8sq units

22=9-4 25.

23.%" sq units

ls. s+s

13. +t

11' h21\m + +) bv'

175

zs.$tre6.6z

Exercises8.1 (Page 329) t3. +8 sq units 11. # sq units L. # rq units 3. %zsq units 5. * tq units 7.9 tq units 9' StfZ sq units t?e sq units 27. (a) ttp' sq units; units 25. 64 sq 23. 12squnits 21. 19.3 sq units L7.++ sq units 15.# sq units (b) 32

2e.- -qm4

(Page335) atrancu units 7. a$€ozr cu 1. 64ncu units 3. zfn cu units 5. 19. #n tffen cu units 1804r 17. 15.#n cu units cu units 13. 8) Exercises

units

9. trr'

cu units

1,1.L+s?r cu units

cu units

Exercises8.3 (Page340) 9. tn cu units

11.#n cu units

13. 8zr cu units

15. #rr cu units

L7. #nAB crt units

19. tn cu units

21,.#n

cu units

A-28

ANSWERS TO ODD-NUMBERED EXERCISES

Exercises8,4 (Page344) 1. *tfgrg cu units

3. 8r3cu units

5. tabccu units

7. l9M in.8

9. trt in.t

Exercises8.5 (Page547) 1. 180in.-lb

3. 12,000 in.-lb

5. 6562.5w ft-lb

7. 256nw ft-lb

9. 100,000ft-lb

11. 5500ft-lb

13.Ztfr tt

15. #84,l sec

Exercises8,6 (Page350) 1. 320wlb

3. 64utlb

T. r+r! w lb

5. 2.2\atlb

9. 96w lb

L1,.1,L,250fiw lb

lg. 2SO\@w lb

Exercises 8.7 (Page355) 1. 4 44

20

3. 6 o

5. 171slugs;5.92in. from oneend

7. 25 slugs; 5.33 ft from left end

9. 16 slugs;#ft from one end

r

11. *'slugs/ft fi Exercises8.8 (Page365)

1. (2,+)

s. (0,g)

7. (0,+)

11.(+,-*)

e. (+9,t+)

1s.*p

rS.2.25w rb

17.100,000p ft_lb

23' The point on the bisecting radial line whose distance from the center of the circle is 4/3zr times the radius.

Exercises8.9 (Page371) 1,.(0,g, o) 3. (+,o, o) 5. (+, o,0) 17. on axis , th units from vertex

7. (2,+, O)

9. (0,t, 0)

1 1 .( 0 ,+ , 0 )

13.(#, +,o1

19. ({q, o, o;

tg. (2,0) 2s. tr"(n + *)

15. (2,Ep, 0)

Exercises 8.10 (Page375) 1. +A

5. #(gT',,- tzl)

3. +8

Reaiew Exercisesfor C.hapter I l. i# ,q units

3.

'1,024 in.s

g.8a' - (q'*-??')'t'

7. tz (Page 379)

5.

13'900 wn ft-lb

7. 8 tq units

17.28 slugilI:f 1 9 .T n c u u n i t s 21.90ftg 29. 756lb 31. *nrzh cu units 33. (0, +) Exercises9.L

8x ,t.771#;

11.4{g _ *

8(a' - bz)

23. Wwn

11.+q\6

9. 3n cu units ft-lb

25. 400 ft-lb

13.(+9,i+)

1s.(9,+)

- +(1,0999)3/21 27. B#ot Q251,)3t2

(Page 390)

, -x 3. 4=e

q 1+lnl xlnx

,..

13.*(3r+a)[(x+1,)(x*2)]-srz tu. ffif 23.*ln83r*C

25.*+4lr.lf-41 +C

jr, f +t

-4f tt. t(x1+ t)-6/5(8xg

9. +(1+ laly'r

.#

v.-##

27.tnl

+ 151+ t0)

re.lnl3-2xl-uz*, 21.ln

fC

29.ttn*

Exercises 9.2 (Page395) 1 1 .2 - 2 | n 2 - x - 2 A

1 3 .l n 4 s q u n i t s

1 5 .2 0 0 l0n 2 l b l f t z

17.ln x - -+

19.ln 1,6slugs; ;:

,'fr

- f

ExercisesI .3 (Page 404) l. f-t(r) -ffx;

domain: (--, +*)

3. no inverse

9. (a)f'(r) : t/9=7; f"(x) : -{T-x';

(-*,0)u (0,+-;;(")D,v:-X,o"r:-i

5. f-t(r) :r=;

1

domain: (-rc, 2; U (2, +ay

(b) neitherhasan inverse;(c)D,y : -i,o"r:

-X

T. no inverse

,r. _t,

#

25' n

\\

-t.

''

1'3. 0

11. divergent

9. divergent

7. divergent

5. divergent

3. divergent

L9. *rr

17.0

L5. divergent

)

-

(, + 1)t

Exercises75.5 (Page656) E @ - t r ) a ,{ b e t w e e n } z a n d r 3 . P n ( r ) : x * t x 3 ; 1 .p 3 ( r ) : t + i t / j ( x - * z ) - i ( r - * z ) ' - # l i ( r - * z ) ' ; & ( r ) : # s i n 1 ) ' + + ( t - l ) 3 ; R r ( r ) : - + t - 4 ( x - l ) n , t b e t w e e1n' a n d x P s ( r ) : x 1 . * ( x 5 . R o ( r ) : r , r o c o s h f rf;b, e t w e e n 0 a n d r *seC (\(x-*t)a' f between*zandr_ p s ( x ) : l n 2 t / i ( x 1 " i l 2 ( x i n ) " + V g ( r * z ) 3 ; R s ( r ) : a r e s e C {tan2f 7. 9.ps(x):t+8x+*x,-*ri;&(r):a*E(1 lerrorf< a+"6\/2

2L.x:

* { ) - s r z y , ( b e t w e e n 0 a n d r 1 ' 1 . 2 . 7 7 8 2 81 3 . 0 . 5 1 5 1 5 . 0 ' 1 8 2 3 t t ' f f i

#6

ReoiewExercises for Chapter75 (Page657) 11. 1 9. 0 Z. | 5. +3. + 1. +o

13.e

25.PuQ):1-ixz-rtaxn-ttrl;&(r):o-#osinfrT 37. $152,500 39. (b) 0 35. # sq units

17.+

15. divergent

19. divergent

23. divergent

27.tr

27.f'(0):+

2 9 ' ( a ) n o ; ( b ) 0 3 1 ' l R 3 ( + 0 Exercises18.2 (Page824) z. 7 19. removable; /(0,0) : O 21. essential 23. continuous at every point (r, y, z) in Rs for which rz * y2 * zz ) 1. 25. continuous at all points in Rl Exercises 19.4

1.6

(Page 912)

3.3x-2y 5.ffi

t.#(rt"i-.) (b) 1

Ls.ffi

31, (a) -2; (b) 0

,-,,5000ln L.06.(d) ,r, (c, ; -(1J6X

7 . x z - 6 x y * 2 2s . x y + y t * z t

33. 4

z r . + x y + |z sxzetuz . . 35. -4 d,eglft;-g deglft

5000ln 1.06- -57 ..

t5. -2 sin 30 sin 2f

1 1 .4

&

25.-ln sin x; ln sin y

zg. (a) 1;

sr(")# l##' -'], tu)0,#36 -'] - -24 4; t#e

ExercisesL9.5 (Page924) 1. (a) 0.5411; (b) 0.54 3. (a)0.21,47; (b)0.214 5. (a)2(nyo-vo) Lz* (h2-2xo) Ly+.(wLx+ Lx6y) ax*2(xsa,x_ax) ay; M + yo(Lt)-.',-n'. Lt : (b) e, aoLx + Lx Ly; e2:2(ro Ar - Ar) 7. 1^72nyo

--i7+ ti-;@) e': vo ##q, e:Af;ffi!

1 5 .6 r - * v 1 5 6 17. Ez:\/s-r 2 r . ( a )( y s - a ) u * 4 L y * es: Az 25. 0.L4 in.; l.4%o 27. tt#;0.325Vo 29. $1200 (^--, x l sm 1

37.D,f(x,il:1"

[O

@t-

G,l:lcosvFfi

( 2 z o - r o )& -

if (x'v)# (0'0) if ry: (0, 0)

LzLx*ArAy*

LzLz;(b).r--M,ez:Lr,

ANSWERS TO ODD-NUMBERED EXERCISES A.41 (LY1

-lzv sin6,-Gifr*'tm D,f(x,y) [o

if ( x , y ) *

(0,0)

ir ( x , y ) :

( 0 ,o )

19.6 (Page932) Exercises

'$ r. ff: 6'16x-2y;(b)16r- ros;ff:@)-2x- 4y;(b)'r0r- 6s a. ff: 1a) 0; (-e, 1o; 13. all (r, y) suchthat lrl > lVl;[O,tr) 11. all (r, y) such that lrl > *{-y;[0,+-) 0 23. continuousatevery (--, 21. andequals limitexists 19. 6:min(l,ele) **) 77. alI(x,y,z) excepty:!z; all points (r, y) (x, 27. continuous at lines x:!2y y) R2 not on the in 25. continuousat all points point in R2 : 73 cents 31' (2n z are any integers + L,2m I 7),where n and in P except (x, y) Exercises 20.1

(Page 951)

1. 2{Lx + stfzy

13.(a)(-12,2,'!.4>;(b)+

17.#n * ?;*ffi

25.(a)directior,of nfur-fri;{b)

-

5. -42

3. 3x * fry * 4z

7. -2

11. (a) (-4, -4h (b)-2 - 2\f3 3 29.(a)-1; (b) -i; 2 21,.o : tan-r

9. -3enlacos#n

19.-?t; \n

JTIi

L

at20l2ftPerft;(d)direction.f climbingat50ft perft; (c)descending fti*

nfui

1.3.

\m'-tmf

Exercises20.2 (Page956)

1 .2 x - 2 Y + 3 2 : 1 7 ; + : Y # : +

3. 4x*8y +32*22:0'

x+2 a + 4 : - -z5- -6 :=g 4

5. ex-A:0;

x-'/., n-e :T,z:0 _e

o,

EXERCISES ANSWERSTO ODD-NUMBERED

A-42

e .x ! 2 y r 2 z - 8 : 0 , ' : r 4: + : +

7 .x - y - 3 : 0 ; + : f f , " : z

. , ^x - 2 : - y + 2 -1

x+8_y-27:r-! -326

z

4

1 5 .x : 4 , A : 1 6

20

1 13. x - 2 y - 6 2 * 8 4 : 0 ;

17. surfaces are tangent

Exercises 20.3 (Page955'S 1. no relativeextrema;(1,-2) a saddlepoint (0,}) and (0,-|) saddlepoints 7. (t, -il 2 1 .h o t t e sat t ( ' + + a E . - * )c; o l d e s t a( t0 , 1 )

3. t\/5, rel maxat (*r,*n);-t1:/?., relmin at (*zr,*zr) 9. (0,0) and (0,4) 11. (+,-+, +) 17.+N,+N,*N ( 0 ,- # , h ) , ,

z z .( 0 , f r , - # ) * a

5. no relativeextrema; L9.l:w:h: r:7:* 2 7 .s *

zs.2rtbysftby2ift

Exercises20.4 (Page975)

''- A x *:-t, Av

#:

t,

-Ax

-AV

_AV

Au

#:

-r, neither ,

Exercises 20.5

substitutess.

Ox

6x

*:-l;fi:-z;

1 3 . 2 5 0 u n i t s o ff i r s t s o l d a t $ 7 . 5 0 p e r u n i t a n d 3 0 0 u n i t s osf e c o n d s o l d a t

(Page 981) 3.f(x,V):3*-Sxy-t2y3*c

Exercises 20.6 (PageI88) 1.+o 3.s s.-# 7 .1 25. 27i_in.-lb

5.f(x,y):2x"y'-7*y

11.f(x,y):x2cosy-x+C

='V]"-'*C .2nt2

7 7 .f ( x , y , z ) - - 2 f y * 3 x y z - S y z z - 2 x * z * C

23. 20* in.-lb

w:z;fi:-+;

15. $2000

1.f(x,y):2f-tyz+C g.f(x,y):'f

AA

-0.4p-t.tqo.s.o.rr".,u-"", -r.rr,.,u-2.5; substitute s s. -qp-2ip-t; #o:0.4p-o.sq-'r.s. fi: fl:

#:

2 p q - t ; - p " q - " ;s u b s t i t u t e s ' 1 , 1x.: q p - ' , y : p ' q - t

per unit, $11..50

AV

_Atc _0x l. uu:-r, complementary *:-l;i:u,

aq:-2, ur:-,,

9. 8n

1 3 .f ( x , i l : x e u - x 2 y l C

1 9 .f ( x , ! , 2 ) : x z t a n y * C

11.+

13.+

27. #naa * a2in.-lb

+3x-8y+C

15.#+

29. 3 in.-lb

7. notagradient

1,5.f(x,y,z):2xy-Sxz18yz*C

2 1 .f ( x , y , z ) : e z + z + e v l n z - e " l n y * C

2 e ( e 2+ 1 )

1 7 .3 n

1.9.8

31. (e, + e4+ e8- 3) in.-lb

2 1 , *. i n . _ t U

33. 2* in.-tb

Exercises20.7 (Page996) 1 .p ( x , y ) : r y + C 3.p(x,y):e,siny*C 5.p(x,y):fy, x y s + 2 y + C 7 . g ( x , y , z ) : * r s * L z ' - x y * 3 y z+ C 9.q(x,y,z):*cosy-yzz-3xi2z*C Lt.2 B.e 75.-4 lZ.lS l g . -1,4 21,.+ 23. 4 25. 0 27. 3 n.4 Reoiew Exercisesfor Chapter20 (Page998'S t. -€

3.+(1+V3)

9. rel maxat (-1, -1) -

tt6

Ie. 2\/3 x'-f

x zt/5

5.notagradient T.2y+Sz-L2:0;x:2,|:+ 11.!*- 3, tr/i,+t

21.(a)- -i-

13.sFin.-lb

15. 9e2- I

17.-5i - 14i+ 26k

perin.; (b)f2 vI3 aegrees degrees perin. in thedirection-

3

ifut

-

2

ifrt

23. 350units of the first commoditysold at $3 and 150units of the secondcommoditysoldat g1.75 25.9@,y, z): yzel"+ zz tanx + 27. (9,11,15),rel max 29. squarebaseand a depthwhich is one-halfthatof the lengthof a sideof the base Exercises21.1 (Page1007) 1. 50

3. 1358

s.704

7. 'F

9. 1376

71. 68.6

17.tr

13.sts

Exercises 2L.2 (Page1014) 1. 42

S. *

5. +

7. +

9. 1ta

15.5l2cu units

21.fi squnits 23.72squnits * k I:J:'::ffivm=wz=W

17.!$cu units

oaa, I

19. (ttt- lt) cu units.

27.(b\&at;nr,i ffif

ex+ y) dxdy

TO ODD-NUMBERED EXERCISES A.43 ANSWERS 29. # cu units

31. I - cosL

Exercises21.3 (Page1021) e. * sluss;(f, 9) sruss; e'#) rla slug-ff Lg.trpa4 slug-fP 15. **p slug-fP 1.7.(a) {a slug-ff; (b) 54 slug-fP;(c)l ViS fU il. 9p slug-ft, #r)k slug-fP 21. lzb\/6 ft 19.(a)#nk slug-ft'z;(b) $r(2zr' - 3)k slug-fP;(4 *lo ft; (d) (]zd

1. 12sluss;(2, B)

3. 1#tksluss;(88,1*)

5. 3ka3sluss;(&a(2 + n) , &a(2 + zr))

7.

f,tcn

Exercises 2L.4 (Page1027) 5 . ( 4 r + 1 2 \ 6 ) s q u n i t s 7 . 4 2 ' c u u n i t s S . r 8 s ( 3 r - 4 ) c u u n i t s 1 1 'I z c u u n i t s 3 . * a 2 ( 8 * z r )s q u n i t s l.6zsqunits 21'.&tur slug-ft'z 17.+k slugs;(B*,rifetzr) 19. tj3tk slugs;(0, -#) 15.Ykr slugs;(-*1,0) 13.*ztkslugs; (0, ?6) 27. zre(eg-L) 23.I*knaaslug-ft2 25.+\/fr ft Exercises21.5 (PageL033) l. V6 sq units 73. 12trsq units

5. 8z sq units 7. 122sq units 3. 9 sq units 15.+12 + \A h(l + {2)l sq units

9. fiIFTT

sq units

LL. 2na2(L- e-r) sq units

Exercises21.6 (Page1038) 9.6*! 7. lz 3. fu- 1 5. tr' l. + 1) slugs 19.2!k slugs 21.tQlr-

1.L.*cuunits

13.*zrcuunits

15.4acuunits

17.ttabc cuunits

Exercises21-.7 (Page7045) 7. t abnkslugs 5. tnat 3. nA\ f . ia" "1.8n 21. #nQfi79. 17. ffna}k slug-ft2

9. l250nk slug-ftz 1)

1 , 1 ,(.0 , 0 , ? a )

1 3 .t * t < s l u g - f t z

15. (0,0,+)

Reaiew Exercisesfor Chapter 21, (Page 1046)

17.32r 19.*squnits 11.t 1 3 . L n l n z 1 5 . ! ( 1- c o s 1 ) 9.+ 5.Eea-Iez+e-* 7.*r 3.*z 1.t (2, 7) 31. a+P 29. *(7ea+ 1) slug-ff 27. il rtr?r 25. (*zr $) sq units cu units 23. 18sq units 21. 37. 65kn slugs 99.#Tk slug-fP 33.k(zr4€) slug-ft'z 35.2ktr slug,ff; +\/G ft

Index Abscissa, 22 Absolute extrema of functions, 185, 956-966 on a closed interval, applications in- . volving, 189-795 problems involving, 213-219 Absolute maximum value, 185 of functions of two variables,956 Absolute minimum value, L85 of functions of two variables,957 Absolute value, t4-21 Absolutely convergent infinite series, 70L Acceleration, instantaneous, 158, 786 normal component of, 805 tangential component of, 805 Acceleration vector, 786, 870 Accumulation point, 893 Addition,4 of vectors, 748, 820 Additive identity, existence of for vectors, 75'1.,822 Additive inverse, 5 Algebraic function, 60 differentiation of, 130-137 Altemating series, 697 Alternating-series test, 698 Analytic geometry, 21,-55 Angle, 431 between two curves, 465 between two lines, 462-463 between two planes, 832 between two vectors, 757, 826 direction of a vector, 818 of inclinatron, 46'1. Antiderivative, 253 253 -260 Antidifferentiation, application of to economics, 269-272 chain rule for, 257-258 and rectilinear motion, 265-268 Apollonius, 588 Arc, of a curye in R3, 868 length of ,779-784 as a parameter,794-795 of a plane curye, 372-378 rectifiable, 374 Archimedes, 31L spiral of , 565 Area, 281-287 of'a region in a plane, 324-329

of a region in polar coordinates, 573-576 of a surface, 1028-1033 Associative laws, for real numbers, 4 for vectors, 751,-752, 822 Asymptotes, of a hyperb oLa, 597, 614-615 horizontal, 171-173 vertical , 172-173 Auxiliary rectangle of a hyperb ola, 615 Average concept of variation, 230 Average cost cuwe,232 Average cost function , 230 Average value of a function, 309-310 Axes, coordinate, 22 rotation of, 620-625 translation of, 583-587 Axiom, 4 of completeness , 9, 669-670 of order, 6 Axis, conjugate, of a hyperbola, 604 major, of an ellipse, 503 minor, of an ellipse, 603 polar, 555 principal, of a conic, 590 of a parabola,579 of revolution, 330 of surface of revolution, 855 of symmetry,363 transverse, of a hyperbola, 604 Bases for Bernoulli, Binomial Binormal Boundary Bounded

vector space,754, 824 Johann, 389 series, 738-742 vector, 869 conditions, 262 sequences/ 667-673

Calculus, fundamental theorem of, 31,1,-319 of vector-valued functions, 772-778 Cardioid,563 Cartesian coordinates, rectangulat, 22 three- dimensio nal, 812 Cartesian equations, 558, 764 of the conics, 599-605 of a plane, 830 in three-dimensional space, 855 Catenary, 540 Cauchy, Augustin L., 631

Cauchy-Riemann equations, 941 Cauchy's mean-value theorem, 631,-632 Center, of a circle, 43 of a conic, 591 of curvature, 804 of mass, 352, 1016-1018 of a plane region, 356-364 of a rod, 351-355 of a solid of revolution, 366-371, of a sphere, 815 Center-radius form, of an equation of a ctrcle, 44 of an equation of a sphere, 816 Central conics, 59L Central quadrics, 859 Centroi d, 360 Chain rule, 138-1,41 for antidifferentiation, 257 -258 general, 926-932 Circle, 43-48, 588 center of, 43 of curvature, 800 degenerate, 607, 609 equation of, center-radius form, 44 general f.orm, 44 osculating, 800 point-, 607 radius of., 43 Circular-disk method for volulr€, 330-332 Circular helix, 866 Circular-ring method for volume, 332-335 Cissoid, 567 Closed ball, 889 Closed disk, 890 Closed interval, 10 absolute extremum on, 1'89-t95 Closed rectangle, "1,002 Closure Law, 4 Commodities, complementary, 968 substitute, 968 Common logarithms, table of , A-14-A-15 Commutative laws, for real numbers, 4 for vectors, 751-752,757, 822, 825 Comparison test, 685-687 Complementary commodities, 968 Completeness, axiom of , 669-670 Components of a vector, 746,76'1.,8'l'8, 826 Composite function, 58, 884 derivative of, 1.38-742 A-45

I

I A-46

INDEX

Compound interest, 424-426 Concavity, 220-225 applications of to drawing a sketch of the graph of a function,227-229 downward,22'l' upward,221. Conchoid of Nicomedes, 567 Conditionally convergent infinite series, 70L Cone, elliptic, 852 generator of, 588 nappe of, 588 right-circular, 857 vertex of, 588 Conic sections, 579-627 Conics, cartesian equations of ,599-505 center of., 591 central, 591 degenerate cases of, 588-589 directrix of.,579 eccentricity of , 589 focus of, 579 polar equations of, 592-598 principal axis of, 590 properties of, 588-591. vertices of, 590 Conjugate axis of a hYPerbola, 504 Conjugate hyperbolas, 615 Conservative force field, 993 Constant, derivative of, 13L Constant function, 59 Constant of integration , 3'l'6 Constant terms, infinite series of , 673-683 Constant times a function, derivative of, L32 Constrained extrema, 963 Constraint,963 Continuity, 97-107 126-130, 9'/..6 and differentiability, of a function , 97 -107 on an interval, 177-180 left-han d, 178 at a number, 97-l0l on an open ball, 903 right-hand, 178 theorems on, L0l-107 of a function of more than one variable, 900-904 of a vector-valued function , 772 920 Continuous differentiability, Continuous function, 97, 88L ' Contour curve of a function, 886 Contour map, 886 Convergence, interval of , 7ll radius of ,71'1. Convergent improper integtal, 643, 648 Convergent infinite series, 575 Convergent sequence, 654, 670-672 Coordinate axes, 22 Coordinates, cylindrical, 872-87 6

and triple integrals, 1039-1042 left-handed, 811 polar, 555-577 and double integrals, 1022-1'026 rectangular cartesian, 22, 812 spherical, 872-876 and triple integrals, L043-1045 Cosecantfuncti on, 452-450 derivative of, 456 integrals involving powers of, 458-470 inverse,475 derivative of, 481 Cosine function, 431,-437 derivative of, 438-445 integrals involving powers of, 447-451' integration of rational function of, 516-518 inverse, 472 derivative of , 478 Cosines,direction, 819 Cost function, average,230 joint,97"l, margin al, 23!, 971 marginal average, 23'1. total, 230 Cotangent function, 452-460 derivative of, 455 integrals involving powers of, 468-470 inverse, 474-475 derivative of, 479-480 Critical number, 184 Critical point, 958 Cross product of vectors, 842-851' Cross section of a surface in a plane, 854 Cubic function, 60 Curyaturc,796-803,858 center of.,804 circle of, 800 radius of, 800 vector, 799, 868 Curve(s),23 angle between two, 455 equipotential, 886 ' generating, 855 plane, length of arc of.,372-378 in R3, 864-87L smooth, sectionally, 985 Cycloid,769 Cylinder, 341.,852-854 directrix of , 852 elliptic, 853 generator of, 852 height of,34l hyperbolic, 853 parabolic, 853 of revolution, 855 right,34'1. right-circular, 341 ruling of,852 as a solid, 341

as a surface,852 Cylindrical coordinates, 872-875 and triple integrals, 1039-1042 Cylindrical partition, 1035 Cylindrical-shell method for volumes, 336-339 Decay, and growth, laws of,420-426 natural, law of, 42'1. Decimals,nonrepeatin9,6 nonterminating, 5 repeatin9, 6 terminatrng, 5 Decreasingfunction, 205 Decreasingsequence,667 Definite integr al, 276-322 applications of, 324-380 definition of, 291,294 properties of, 296-305 Degeneratecasesof the conic sections, 588-589,620,624 Degeneratecircle, 607,509 Degenerateellipse, 588-589,620,624 Degeneratehyperbola, 589, 620,624 Degenerateparabola, 620,624 Del (v),947 Delta (A) notation, 29 Delta (6), 67 Demand, marginal, 969-971, Demand curve,235 Demand equation,234 Demand surface,968 Density, linearr 353 Dependent variable(s) , 49, 883 Derivative(s), L2L-L63 applications of, 204-242 to economics, 230-238 of a composite function, 138-142 of a constant, 131 of a constant times a function, 132 of cos u,438-445 of cos-r u, 478 of cosh u, 539 of cosh-t u,546 of cot u, 455 of cot-l u, 479-480 of coth u, 539 of coth-r u, 546 of cscu,456 of csc-r u, 48'j. of csch u,539 of csch-r u, 547 definition of, l2'/-. directional, 945-951 of exponential functions, 408-4@, 4L5 first through nth, 157 ofafunction,12l'-126 of higher order, 157-1'62introduction of concept of,25l of inverse functions, 401-403

INDEX of inverse hyperbolic functions, 546-547 of inverse trigonometric functions, 477-482 from the left, 128 of logarithmic function , 417 of natural logarithmic function , 384 notation f.or, 250-251, one-sid ed, "1,27 ordinary, 908 partial, 905-91,2 applications of to economrcs, 957 -975 definition of, 905 higher order, 934-939 of power function for rational exponents, 1,42-1'46 of the product of two functions, L35 of the quotient of two functions,'1.36 as a rate of change, 150-L53 from the right, 127 of sec u,455 of sec-r u, 480-48L of sech u,539 of sech-t u, 547 of sin u, 438-445 of sin-l u, 478 of sinh u, 539 of sinh-r z 546 of the sum of two functions, 133 of tan u, 454-455 of tan-l u, 479 of tanh u,539 of tanh-t u, 546 total, 93L of trigonometric functions, 438-445, 454-460 of vector-valued functions, 772, 866 See also Differentiation Descartes, Ren6,, 2L Difference, 5 of functions, 57 of vectors,749, 82'1. Differentiability, 125, 9L5 and continu ity , "1,26-130,9'1.6 continuous,920 of vector-valued functions, 774 Differential(s), 244-249 exact, 993 formula s, 249-252 total, 921.-924 Differential equations, first-ord er, 26'1. partral,94l. second- order, 262 with variables separable, 261'-264 Differential geometry, 870 Differentiation, of algebraic functions, 130-137 implicit, 146-tSA inverse of ,253-260 logarithmic, 389, 419

partial, 905 of power series, 7'1,3-721 of trigonometric functions, 438-445, 454-460 See also Derivative(s) Dimension of vector space,754 Directed distance, 28, 81,3 Directed line segment, 746 Direction of a vector, 747, 8'1"8 Direction angles, 81.8 Direction cosines, 8L9 Direction numb ers, 837 Directional derivative, 945-951, Directrix, of a conic, 579 of a cylinder, 852 of a parabol a, 579 Discontinuity, 99 essential, 99, 90'!. removable, 99, 90'1, Discontinuous function , 97, 900 Discrimtnant, 623 Displacement vector, 76L Distance, between two points, 28,874 directed , 28, 8j-,3 from a point to a line, 220, 827 from a point to a plane, 834-835 undirected, 29 Distributive law, for real numbers, 4 for vectors, 752, 757, 822, 825, 844 Divergent improper integral , 643, 648 Divergent infinite series, 675 Divergent sequence, 664 Divisiofl, 5 Domain of a function , 49, 58, 881 Dot product of vectors, 756-762, 825-828 Double integral , 1002-1007 definition of, 1003 evaluation of, 1008-1014 in polar coordinates, 1022-1026 Drawing the sketch of a graph of a function, 227-229 e (the base of natural logarithms), 407, 4L6-417 Eccentricity of a conic, 589 Economics, applications of antidifferentiation to, 269-272 applications of derivatives to, 230-238 applications of partial derivatives to, 967 -975 Edges of a rectangle, 1002 Elernents of a sequence, 660 Ellipse, 588, 602-603, 606-672 degenerate,5SS-589 , 620, 624 major axis of, 603 minor axis of, 603 point-, 609 Ellipsoid, 858 of revolution, 856 Elliptic cone, 862

A-47

Elliptic cylinder, 853 Elliptic hyperboloid, of one sheet, 858 of two sheets, 859 Elliptic integral, 808 Elliptic paraboloid, 861 Empty set, 3 Endpoints of an interval, 10 Epicycloid, 809 Epsilon (e), 67 Equation(s), cartesian, 558, 764, 865 of a circle, 44 of the conics, cartesian, 599-605 polar, 592-598 differential, 261,-264 of a graph,25 graph of , 23-27 , 8'1,5 linear, 38, 835 of motion, L15 parametric, 764, 837, 865 of a plane, 830 of rotating the axes/ 627-623 of a sphere, 816 of a straight line in a plane, 33-40 intercept form, 37 point-slope form, 36 slope-intercept form, 36 two-point form, 35 of a straight line in R3, 836-840 parametric, 837 symmetric, 837 of translating the axes, 584 vector, 764, 865 Equilateral hyperb ola, 614 Equipotential curves, 886 Equipotential surfaces, 95I Essential discontinuity , 99, 90'1. Euler, Leonhard, 407 Euler's number (e), 407 Even function, 59 Exact differen tral, 993 Existence theorem, 67'1. Explicit function, 146 Exponential function (s), 405- 41'2 to base a, 4'1.4-419 definition of, 4'1,4 definition of, 405 derivative of, 408-409 , 415 table of, A-5-A-11 Exponents, rational, derivative of power function for, 742-1'46 Extrema, absolute, 1.85,956-966 applications involvin g,'1.89-195, 21,3-219 constrained, 963 free, 963 of functions of two variables,956-966 relative , 182,957 first-derivative test for, 206-209 second-derivative test fot, 2'l'1'-213 Extreme value theorem , 1,87-L88

A-48

INDEX

Extreme value theorem (Continued) for functions of two variables,957 Field(s), force,982 gradient,993 Field axioms, 5 Finite sequence, 660 First derivative, 157 First-derivative test for relative extrema, 206-209 First derived function, 157 First-order differential equations, 267 Fixed cost, 238 Focus, of a conic, 579 Force field, 982 conseryative, 993 Fractions, 5 partial, use of in integration, 504-515 Free extrema, 953 Function(s), 48-60 absolute extrema of ,185, 956-966 applications involvin g, 189-195, 213-219 algebrarc, 60 differentiation of ,'1,30-137 antiderivative of , 253 average values of, 309-310 composite, 58, 884 derivative of, 1,38-142 constant, 59 continuity of ,97-107 on an interval, 177-180 left-han d, 178 with more than one variable, 900-904 at a number,97-101, on an open ball, 903 right-hand, 178 theorems on, l0L-107 continuously differentiable, 920 contour curves of, 885 cosecan t, 452-450, 457 -470 cosine, 431-437, 447 -451 cotange nt, 452- 450, 466-470 cubic, 60 decreasing,20S definition of, 48, 881 derivative of, 121-126 total,931 difference of , 57 differentiability of , 913-920 and continuity,'1.26-130 differentiable, L25 discontinuous, 97, 900 domain of' 48,58, 881, even, 59 explicit, 146 exponential, 405-412 to base a, 4'1.4-419 extrema of, absolute, 185 relative , 182

first derived, 157 gradient of , 947-951, 976-981 graph of,48-55, 885 sketching of,227-229 greatestinteger, 54 hlryerbolic, 535-553 derivatives of, 539 integrals of, 539-540 identity, 60 increasing, 205 integrable, 290-291,1003 inverse,395-404 inverse cosecant,475 inverse cosine,472 inverse cotangent, 474-475 inverse hlryerbolic, 535-553 integrals yielding, 548-551 inverse secant,475 inverse sine, 472 inverse tangent, 474 inverse trigonometric, 471,-488 integrals yieldi ng, 484-488 level curves of , 886 level surface of.,887 limit of, 66-97 involving infinity, 88-97, 165-17'1. left-frand, 85 with more than one variable, 889-898 one-sided,85-88 right-hand, 85 theoremson, 74-83,91-96, 174-177 two-sided, 85 undirected, 85 linear, 60 logarithmic, to base a, 41,4-419 maximum value of, 181-189,956-966 - absolute,L85,955 relative, L82,957 mean value of, 309 minimum value of.,l8L-189, 956-966 absolute,185,957 relative, 182,957 monotonic,206 of more than one variable, 8&1-887 continuity of,900-904 limits of, 889-898 of n variables,881,883, 953-966 natural logarithmic, 382-394 graph of.,39t-394 notation f.or,56-57 obtaining of.,from its gradient, 976-981' odd, 59 one-parameterf.amily, 252 operations on, 57-59 periodic, 434 polynomial, 59, 884 potenti al, 993 power,'1,42 product of'57 derivative of, L35

quadratrc, 60 quotient of , 57 derivative of, 136 range of., 48, 881 rational, 60, 885 integration of, 504-515 , 516-518 relative extrema of , L82, 957 secant, 452-460, 467 -470 of several variables, differential calculus of, 88L-943 sign,72 signum,72 sine, 431-437, 447-451 smooth, 374 sum of,57 derivative of, 133 tangent, 452-460, 468-470 application of to slope of a line, 451,-465 total differential of, 921-924 transcendental, 60 trigonometric, 431-488 inverse, 471-488 two-parameter family, 262 of two variables, absolute maximum value of.,956 absolute miminum value of ,957 extrema of ,956-966 extreme-value theorem for, 957 relative maximum value of ,957 relative minimum value of,957 types of, 58-60 unit step, 72 vector-valued, 763, 778, 8& calculus of , 772-778 Fundamental theorem of the calculus, 311-319 Gas, ideal, law of, 910 Generating curve of a surface of revolution, 855 Generator, of a cone, 588 of a cylinder, 852 Geometric series, 678-679 Geometry, analytic, 2l-55 differential, 870 Gradient field, 993 Gradient of a function, 947-951 obtaining a function from, 976-987 Gradient vector, 947 Graph(s), of equations, 23-27, 815 equations of, 25 in polar coordinates, 560-566 of a function, 48-56, 885 sketching of, 227-229 intersection of, in polar coordinates, 567-570 of natural logarithmic function, 391-394 reflection of, 40L symmetry of,25

INDEX

Gravity, acceleration of.,265 Greatest integer function, 54 Greatestlower bound of a sequence,669 Growth and decay,laws of,420-426 Gyration, radius of, 10L9 Half life, 42"1. Harmonic motion, simple, M7 Harmonic series,676-677 Helix, 866 circular, 866 Hermite, Charles,407 Higher-order derivatives' 157*152 Higher-order partial derivatives, 934-939 Homogeneouslamina, 358 Homogeneousmass,353 Homogeneous rod, 353 Homogeneoussolid of revolution, 366-37r Hooke's law, 345 Horizontal asYmPtotes,l7l-173 Hyperbola, 588, 604,513-620 asymptotes of , 597, 61'4-515 auxiliary rectangle of, 515 coniugate,615 coniugate axis of.,604 degenerate,589, 620,624 equilateral, 614 transverse axis of', 504 unit,768 Hyperbolic cosecantfunction ' 536 derivative of, 539 inverse,SM derivatle of.,547 Hlperbolic cosine function, 536 derivative of, 539 inverse,5M derivative of, 545 Hlperbolic cotangent function, 536 derivative of, 539 inverse, SM derivative of , 546 Hlryerbolic rylinder, 853 Hlperbolic functions, 535-553 derivatives of, 539 integration of, 539-540 inverse, 543-553 derivatives of.,546-547 yielded bY integrals, 548-551 table of , A-12 Hlryerbolic Paraboloid, 861' Hlryerbolic radian,768 Hyperbolic secant function, 536 derivative of, 539 inverse, sM-545 derivative of, 547 Hlryerbolic sine function, 536 derivative of, 539 inverse, 543 derivative of,545

Hyperbolic tangent function, 536 derivative of, 539 inverse, 544 derivative of,546 Hlperboloid, of revolution, 855 Hyperharmonic series,692 Hypocycloid, 77'1. Ideal gas law,9t0 Identity, 433 Identity function, 50 Implicit differentiation, 146-150 Improper integrals, 54L-650 convergent, 543, 548 divergent, 643, 648 with infinite limits of integration, 64L-650 Inclination, angle of , 461 Increasingfunctions, 205 Increasingsequence,667 Increment of function of two variables, 914 3'l'6, 492 Indefinite inte gral, 29'/.,, Indefinite integration, 492 Independent variables, 49, 883 Independent vectors, 756, 824 Indeterminate forms, 629-641 Index of summation,276 Inequalities, 7 nonstrict, T strict, 5 Inertia, moment of, 1018-1021 polar, L018 Infinite sequence,660 Infinite series, 550-744 absolutely convergent,70'l' alternating, 697 alternating-seriestest, 698 binomi al, 738-742 comparison test, 685-687 conditionally convergent, 701 of constant terms, 673-683 convergent, 675 definition of , 673 divergent, 675 geometric,678-679 harmonic, 576-577 hyperharmonic, 692 integral test, 694-696 limit comParison test, 687-690 Maclaurtn, TSl p, 692 partial sum of.,574 bf positive and negative terms, 697-706 of positive terms, 684-693 -712 -power series,707 differentiation of, 713-727 integration of.,722-728 interval of convergenceof.,7ll radius of convergenceof',711

A-49

ratio test, 703-7A6 remainder of, 699 sum of , 575 Taylor, 729-737 terms of., 673 Infinity, limits involvin g, 88-97 , 165-L7'l' '1,0, 90 negative, positive, 10, 90 Inflection, point of , 220-225 applications to drawing a sketch of the graph of a function, 227-229 Inflectional tang ent, 224 Initial conditions, 262 Initial point,746 Initial side of an angle, 43'l' Inner product, 756-762 Instantaneous acceleration, L58, 786 Instantaneous rate of change, LS"l' Instantaneous velocity , L"l'6-117,785 in rectilinear motion, 115-L2A Integers, 6 Integrable function, 290-291, 1003 Integral(s), definite, 276-322 applications of, 324-380 definition of, 291, 294 properties of, 296-305 double, 1'002-L007 definition of, 1003 evaluation of, 1008-1014 in polar coordinates, 1022-1026 elliptic, 808 of exponential functions, 409' 4'l'5 formulas, standard indefinite integration, 492 of hyperbolic functions, 539-540 improp er, 641-650 indefinite, 29'l', 316, 492 involving Powers of sine and cosine, 447-451 involving powers of tangent, cotangent, secant, and cosecant, 466-470 iterated, 1009 line, 981-988 indePendent of the Path, 989-996 mean-value theorem fot, 306-310 multiple, 1002 sign ([),291' single, 1002 table of , 492 test, 694-696 of trigonometric functions, 447 -45'l', 466-470 triple, 1'034-1037 in cytindrical coordinates, 7039-1042 definition of, 1.034 in spherical coordinates, 1043-1-045 yielding inverse hyperbolic functions, 548-551 yielding inverse trigonometric functions, 484-488

A-50

INDEX

Integral(s) (Corztinu ed) See also Integration Integrand,29l lower limit of , 291, upper limit of ,291 Integration, 316 constant of, 316 indefinite, 492 limits of,29l infinite, 64L-646 miscellaneous substitutions, 5t9-521 multiple, 1002-1045 by parts, 493-497 formula f.or, 493 of power series, 722-728 of rational functions by partial fractions, 504-515 denominator contains quadratic factors, 512-515 denominator has only linear factors, 504-s1.0 of rational functions of sine and cosine, 516-518 'J,002 region of, techniques of, 492-534 by trigonometric substitution, 498-503 See also Integral(s) Intercepts, of a line, 35 of a plane, 831 Interest, compound, 424-426 Intermediate-value theorem, 306-907 Intersection, of graphs in polar coordinates, 567-570 'of sets, 4 Interval, 9 closed, 1.0 continuous on, L78 of convergence of power series, T'!.L endpoints of, 10 half-open on the left, 10 half-open on the right, 10 open, 9 partition of , 288 Invarian t, 624 Inverse cosecant function, 475 derivative of, 48L Inverse cosine function, 472 derivative of, 478 Inverse cotangent function, 474-4Ts derivative of, 479-480 Inverse of a function , 395-404 definition of , 397 derivative of, 401,-403 Inverse hyperbolic cosecant function , 544 derivative of, 547 Inverse hyperbolic cosine fun ctioni 544 derivative of, 546 Inverse hyperbolic cotangent function, 544 derivative of., 546

Inverse hyperbolic functions, 543-553 derivatives of, 539 yielded by integrals, 548-551 Inverse hyperbolic secant function, 544 derivative of ,547 Inverse hyperbolic sine function, 543 derivative of , 546 Inverse hyperbolic tangent function , 544 derivative of., 546 Inverse of the logarithmic function , 4'l.L Inverse operations, 253 Inverse secant function , 475 derivative of, 48L Inverse sine function, 472 derivative of, 478 Inverse tangent function , 474 derivative of, 479 Inverse trigonometric function s, 47'1.-476 derivatives of, 477-482 integrals yieldi ng, 484-488 ' Irrational numbers, 6 Isothermal surface, 95L Isothermals, 886 Iterated integrals, L009 Joint-cost functron, 971. Lagrange, Joseph, 250, 653, 963 Lagrange form of the remainder, 553 Lagrange multi plierc, 975 ' Lamina, 358 Laplace's equa tion, 940 Latus rectum of a parabola, 58L Law of mass action, 509 Law of natural decay, 42'1. Law of natural growth, 421 Laws of growth and decay, 420-4ZG Least upper bound of a sequence, 669 Left*hand continuity, 178 Left-hand limit, 85 Left-handed system, 8LL Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm, 250, gl2 Lemniscate, 567 Length of arc, of curves,372-378, 779-794, g6g as a parameter,794-795 Level curye of a function, 885 Level surface of a function, 887 L'H6pital, Guillaume FranEois de, 630 L'H6pital's rule , 630-63"1,,534-695, 637-639 LimaEon,562,567 Limit(s), of a functi on, 66-97 theorems on, 74-83, 1V4-177 of functions of more than one variable, 889-898 involving infinity, 88-97, 165-171 theorems on, 9l-96 left-hand, 85 lower, of integrction, 291

of a sum,276 onersided, 85-88 right-hand, 85 of a sequence, 662 of sums, 29"1, trigonometric, 438- 44I two-sided, 85 undirected, 85 upper/ of integratton, 29L of a sum,275 of a vector-valued function ,772, 866 Limit comparison test, 687-688 Line(s), equations of in R2, 33-40 intercept form, 37 point-slope form, 36 slope intercept form, 36 two-point form, 35 equations of in R3, 836-840 normal , 1!3,954 parallel , 38-39 perpendicular, 39-40 slope of , 33 application of tangent function to, 461-465 symmetry with respect to,25 tangent, 1,'!."1.-'1,15, 955 Line integrals, 98L-988 independent of the path, 989-996 Line segment, directed, 746 midpoint of, 30-31, 815 Linear equation, 38, 831. Linear function, 60 Liquid pressure, 348-350 Logarithmic differentiation, 389, 4I9 Logarithmic function, to bas e a, 4'!,4-419 definiti on of , 4'1,6 derivative of., 417 natural, 382-394 definition of, 383 derivative of, 384, 41.8 graph of , 39'1,-394 inverse of., 4'j-,"1, Logarithmic spfual,566 Lower bound of a sequence, 668 greatest,669 Lower limit, of integration, 29"1, of a sum,276 Maclaurin, Colin, 655 Maclaurin seri es, 73'1, Maclaurin's formula, 655 Magnitude of a vector, 747, 818 Major axis of an ellipse, 503 Map, contour, 886 Marginal average cost function , 231 Marginal concept of variation,230 Marginal cost curve, 231 Marginal cost function, 231, 97'1, Marginal demand, 969-971 Marginal revenue curye, 235

INDEX

Marginal revenue function, 235 Mass, centerof, definition of,352 of a lamina, 1016-1018 of a plane region, 356-364 of a rod, 351-355 of a solid of revolution, 366-371' definition of, 351, 1017 homogeneous,353 moment of.,352,366 Mass action, law of, 504 Maximum value of a function, L81-1'89, 956-966 absolute,185 of functions of two variables,956 relative, 182 of functions of two variables,957 Mean value of a function, 309 Mean value theorem, 197-201 Cauchy's, 53L-632 for integrals, 306-310 and Rolle's theorem, 195-20'l' Measure,ZSL Midpoint of a line segment,30-31, 815 Minimum value of a function , 18'l'-189, 956-966 absolute,L85 of functions of two variables,957 relative, 182 of functions of two variables,957 Minor axis of an elliPse,503 Moment, of inertia, 1018-1021 polar, 1018 of mass,352,366 Monopoly,236 Monotonic function, 206 Monotonic sequence,563-673 Motion, equation of, of a particle, Lls plane, 785-791 iectilinear, and antidifferentiation, 265-268 instantaneous velocity in, L15-120 simple harmonic, 447 Moving trihedral,869 Multiple integral, 1002 Multiple integration, 1002-1045 Multiplication, 4 of vectots, 842 Multiplication cross-product, 842-85L dot product, 756-752, 825-828 scalar, 749 -750, 75'l'-755, 821 Multiplicative inverse, 5 Muzzle speed, 788 n-dimensional number sPace, 881' Nappe of a cone, 588 Natural decay, law of'42l Natural growth, law of., 421 Natural logarithmic function s, 382-394 graph of.,39'l'-394 Nitural logarithms, table of, A-3-A-4

Newton, Sir Isaac, 250,312 Nicomedes, conchoi d of.,567 Noncentral quadrics, 861 Norm of partition, 288, 1002, 1022' L035 Normal component of acceleration, 805 Normal line, L13 to a surface, 954 Normal vector, to a plane, 829 to a surface, 953 unit, 792,869 Notation, for functions, 56-57 sigma, 276-280 rth derivative, 157 Number line, 9 Number plane, 21'-22 Number space, n-dimensional, 881 three- dimensional, 8ll -8t7 Numbers, critical, L84 irration al, 6 rational, 6 real, 4-14 transcendental, 407 Numerical tables, A-2-A-15 Oblate spheroid, 858 Octants, Sl2 Odd function, 59 One-parameter family of functrons, 262 One-sided derivatle, 127 One-sided limit, 85-88 One-to-one corresPondenc e, 7 46, 812 Open ball, 889 continuity of a function on, 903 Open disk, 890 Open interval, 9 Open rectangle, 1002 Operations on functions, 57-59 Order, axiom of., 6 Ordered fields, 7 Ordere d n-tuPle, 881 Ordered pair, 21,746, 882 Ordered triple, 81L Ordinary derivative, 908 Ordinate,22 O r i g i n , 9 , 2 ' 1 , 5 5 5 ,8 L L Orthogonal vectors, 759, 828 Osculating circle, 800 Overhead cost, 230 p series, 692 Pair, ordered , 21,746, 882 Pappus, theorem of., 366 Parabol a, 23, 579-581', 588 axes of., 579 degenerate, 620, 624 directrix of , 579 focus of.,579 latus rectum of, 581 vertex of, 580 Parabolic cvlinder, 853

Parabolic rule, 526-53L Parabolic spiral, 567 Paraboloid, elliptic, 861 hyperbolic, 86L of revolution, 855 Parallel lines, 38-39 Parallel plane sections, of a solid, volume of, 34'1.-343 Parallel planes, 832 Parallel vectors , 758-759 , 827 -828 Parallelepiped, rectangular, 34'l' Parallelogram law, 749 Parameter,764 Parametric equations, 7 63-770 of a line, 837 in R3, 865 Partial derivatives, 905-912 applications of to economics, 967-975 higher-order, 934-939 Partial differential equ atrons, 94'l' Partial differentiation, 905 Partial fractions, integration by, 504-515 Partial sum of an infinite senes, 674 Partial sums, sequence of., 674 Partition, cylindrical, 1035 of an interval, 288 norrn of , 288, t002, 1022, 1035 regular, 293 Percent rate of change, 153 Perfectly comPetitive matket, 973 Penod,445 Periodic function, 434 Perpendicular lines, 39-40 Perpendicular planes, 833 Perpendicular vectors, 759 Plane curve, length of arc of , 372-378 Plane motion, 785-79'l' Plane region, center of mass of ,356-364 Plane section, 341 Plane(s), 829-835 angle between,832 cartesian equations of, 830 definition of, 829 equation of., 829 parallel ,832 perpendicular, 833 tangent,953-956 traces of, 831 Point, 2"1,,22 accumulation, 893 critical, 958 in n-dimensional number sPace, 881 reflection of, 401 saddle, 958 symmetry with resPect to, 25 in three-dimensional number space, 811 Point-circle, 45, 607 Point-ellipse, 609 Point of inflection, 220-225

4.52

INDEX

Point of inflection (Continued) applications to drawing a sketch of the graph of a function, 227-ZZ9 Point-slope equation of a line, 35 Point-sphere, 816 Polar axis, 555 Polar coordinates, 555-577 arc length in,784 area of a region in, 573-576 double integrals in, 1022-1026 graphs of equations in, 560-566 intersection of graphs in, 56T -570 Polar curves, tangent lines of, S7'1-57j Polar equations, 558 ,and the conics, 592-598 Polar line, 555 Polar moment of inertia, 1018 Pole, 555 Polynomial function, 59, 884 Position representation , of a vector, 746, 818 Position vector, 764, 870 Potential function, 993 Power function, 142 derivative of, for rational exponents, L42-1,46 for real exponents, 41.8 Power series, 707-712 differentiation of , 713-722 integration of, 7ZZ-728 interval of convergence of , Tl"!, radius of convergence of.,7l'!, Powers and roots, table of, A-2 Pressure, liquid, 348-350 Price function, 294 Principal axis of a conic, 590 Principal part of a function , g2j, Principal square root, 19 Prismoidal formula, 530-531 Product, 4 of functions, 57 of two functions, derivative of, 135 of vector and a scalar, 750, 920 cross/ 842-8Sl dot, 756-762,825-B2B triple scalar, 847 Production function, 9Zg Profit function, 296 Projectile, motion of, T8T-7gl muzzle speed of ,788 Projection, scalar, of.vectors, T59-760, g26 Prolate spheroid, 858 Pythagorean theorem , 29, 40 Quadrants,22 Quadratic factors in rational functions, 512-515 Quadratic function, 60 Quadric surfaces, 858-864 central, 859

noncentral, 86'1. Quotient, 5 of functions, 57 of two functions, derivative

of, LJ6

R2, equation in, 22 graphs of equations in, 23-25 R3 (three-dimensional number space), gtt-8L7 curves in, 864-87'1, graph of an equation in, 815 lines in, 836-840 Radian, hyperb olic, 768 Radian measure, 43'!, Radius, of a circle, 43 of convergence of a power series, 211 of curvature, 800 '1,9 of gyration, of a sphere, 815 Radius vector,764 Range of a function , 49, BB'J-, Rate of change, derivative as, 150-L53 instantaneous, L5L percent, L53 relative , 152-L5g Rates, related, L54-lS7 Ratio test, 703-706 Rational exponents, derivative of power function for, 142-146 Rational function, 60, 885 Rational numbers, 6 Real number line, 9 Real numbers, 4-"1,4 Real vector space, TSg-7Ss b a s i s o f, 7 5 4 dimension ot,7S4 Reciprocal spiral, S7T Reciprocals, 5 Rectangle(s), auxiliary , of a hyperb ola, 6'l.5 closed, 1.002 edges of,'1,002 open, 1002 vertices of, 1002 Rectangular cartesian coordinates, 22 three- dimensio nal, B!2 Rectangular parallelepiped, 341 Rectifiable arc, i74 Rectilinear motion, and antidifferentiation, 265-268 instantaneous velocity in, 115-120 Reflectiofl, of a graph , 401 of a point, 401. Region of integration, 1002 Regular partition, 293 Related rates, 1,54-j,57 Relative extrema, lB2, 957 first-derivative test for , 206-209 second-derivative test for, 2ll-219 Relative maximum value, of a function, 182

of functions of two variable s, 957 Relative minimum value , of a function, 182 of functions of two variables, gST Relative rate of change, 1,52-"1.53 Remainder in infinite series, 699 afternterms,6sg in Taylor's formula, integral form of, 655 Lagrange form of, 653 Removable discontinui ty, 99, 901 Representation of a vector,746 Revolution, axis of, 330 cylinders of, 855 ellipsoid of,856 hyperboloid of, 856 paraboloid of, 856 solid of, 330 center of mass of , 366-3TI volume of , 320-Zi9 surfaces of , 854-857 Riemann, Georg Friedrich Bernhar d, Zgg Riemann sum, 289 Right-circular cone, 857 Right-circular cylinder, 34L Right cylinder,34I Right-hand continu tty, l7g Right-hand limit, g5 Right-handed system, 81L Rod, center of mass of, 351-355 homogeneous, 353 moment of mass of, 355 Rolle, Michel, 195 Rolle's theorem, L}S-Z}I and the mean-value theorem , tg?_Z}t Rose, eight-le afed, 566 five-lea fed, 566 four-lea fed, 566 three-le af.ed, 566 Rotation of axes, 620-625 Ruling of a cylinder, BSz Saddle point, 958 Scalar, 749 Scalar multiplication of vecto rs, 749-T50, 75r-755, 920 Scalar (dot) product, T56-762, g2}-g}g Scalar projection of vectors, TG\, g26 Secant function, 452-460 derivative of, 455 integrals involving powers of, 467-470 inverse , 475 derivative of, 480-481 Secant line, 11L Second derivative,'J,ST Second derivative test for relative extrema, 21.1,-21,9 applications to drawing a sketch of the graph of a function , 227-Z2g for functions of two variables, g5g-963

INDEX A-53

Second order differential equations' 262 Sectionally smooth cunre, 985 Sequence(s), 660-673 bounded,667-673 convergent, 664, 670-672 decreastng, 667 definition of, 660 divergent,664 elements of , 660 finite, 650 greatest lower bound of', 669 increasing, 667 infinite, 660 least upPer bound of-, 659 limit of, 662 lower bound of , 668 monotonic, 667-673 of partial sums, 674 strictly decreas ing, 667 strictly increasi ng, 667 upper bound of , 668 Series. See Inftnite serles Set(s), 2 intersection of., 4 union of, 3 Set-builder notation, 2 Side condition,963 Sides of an angle, 43L Sigma notation, 276-280 Sign function, 52 Signum function, 52 Simple harmonic motion, 447 Simpson's rule, 526-53t Sine function, 431-437 derivative of, 438-445 -451 integrals involving powers of, 447 integration of rational functions of,

516-s18 inverse , 472 derivative of., 478 Single integral , L002 Slope, of. a line, 33 application of tangent function to, 46t-465 of a tangent line to a graPh, 112-113 of a tangent line to a Polar curve/ 560-551 Slope-intercept form of equation of a line, 36 Slug, definition of, 352 Smooth curve, 985 Smooth function, 374 Solid, with known parallel plane sections, volume of ,341-343 of revolution, center of mass of, 366-37L volume of ,330-339 Solution set, 11 Special functions, 58-60 Speed, 117,786, 870

muzzle,788 Sphere, 8L5, 858 center of, 815 equation of, center-radius form of ' 8l'6 general form of , 8-16 point-, 8L6 radius of, 815 Spherical coordinates, 872-87 6 and triple integrals, L039-1042 Spheroid, 858 oblate, 858 prolate, 858 Spiral, of Archimedes, 566, 577 logarithmic, 566 paraboltc, 567 reciproc al, 577 Square root, PrinciP al, 19 Squeeze theorem, 175 Stindard position of an angle, 43'l' Stirling, James, 655 Strictly decreasing sequence, 667 Strictly increasing sequence, 667 Subsets, 2 Substitute commodities, 968 Subtraction, 5 of vecto rs, 749, 82'l' Sum, 4 of functions, 57 of infinite series, 675 limits of , 29L partial, sequence of., 674 Riemann,289 of two functions, derivative of , 133 of vecto rs, 7 48-7 49 , 820 Summation, index of ,276 Surface(s), 8L5, 852 area of, 1.028-1033 demand,968 equipotential, 95L isothermal, 951 level, 887 quadric, 858-864 of revolution, 854-857 Symmetric equations of a line, 837 Symmetry, axis of.,363 of a graph,25 tests f.or,26 Tables, numerical, A-2-A-15 Tangent functi on, 452-460 application of to slope of a line, 461'-465 derivative of, 454-455 inflectional,224 integrals involving powers of, 468-470 inverse , 474 derivative of , 479 Tangent line, 11'1'-1'15,955 to a graph, sloPe of ,'l'1'2-1'1'3 of a polar curve, 57L-573 slope, of, 560-561

Tangent Plane, 953-956 Tan[ent vector, unit, 792, 869 i"t ["tttial component of acceleration' 805 Taylor, Brook, 651 Taylor polYnomial, 653 Taylor series, 729-737 Taylor's formula, 651-657 with integral form of the remainder' 555 with Lagrange form of the remainder' 653 Terminal point,746 Terminal side of an angle, 431 Terms of infinite series, 673 Third derivatle, L57 Three-dimensional rectangular cartesian coordinates, 812 Three-dimensional number space (R3), 8"1.1-817 cartesian equations in, 865 vectors rn, 8L8-824 Total cost cuwe,232 Total cost function, 230 Total differential of a function,92L-924 Total derivative, 931 Total revenue curve, 235 Total revenue function ' 235 Traces of a Plane, 83L Tractrix , 77'1. Transcendental functions, 50 Transcendental number, 407 Translation of axes, 583-587 equations of, 584 Ttansverse axis of a hYPerb ola, 604 Trcp ezoidal rule, 521'-525 Triangle inequ alttY, L9-20 Trigonometric function s, 43'l'-488 derivatives of, 438-445, 454-460 integration of, 447-45L, 466-470 inverse , 471-488 derivatives of, 477 -482 integrals Yieldi ng, 484-488 limits of, 438-441 table of, A-13 Trigonometric substitution, integration by, 498-503 Trihedral, moving,869 Triple integral , 1034-1037 -1042 in cylindrical coordinates, 1'039 in spherical coordinates, L043-1045 Triple scalar product of vectorc, 847 Triple, ordered, 8I'l' Twisted cubic, 866 Two-parameter family of functrons, 262 Two-point form of equation of a line, 35 Two-sided limit, 85 Undirected distanc e, 29 Undirected limit, 85 Union of sets, 3

Uniqueness theorcm,72 Unit binormal vector, 869 Unit hyperbola,768 Unit normal vector,792,869 Unit step function,72 Unit tangentvector,792,869 Unit vector, 754, 820 Upper bound of a sequence,668 Ieast, 669 Upper limit, of integration,29'l' of a sum,276 Variables,2,49 dependent,49,883 independent, 49, 883 Vector(s),746 acceleration,786,870 normal component of, 805 tangential comPonentof, 805 addition of, 7 48-749,75'l'-755,820 analysis of , 746 angle between,757, 826 associativelaws for, 751'-752,822, 844 commutative laws for, 751-752,757, 822,825 componentsof,746,76'l',826 cross product of, 842-851' cunraturc,799,868 differenceof, 749,821 direction of, 747, 818 direction anglesof, 818 direction cosinesof, 81.9 displacement,761 dislributive laws fot,752,757,822,825, 844 dot product of , 756-762,825-828 equation,764,865 existenceof additive identity for,75t' 822

existenceof negative for, 75L, 822 existenceof scalarmultiplicative identity for, 751,,822 gradient,947 independent,756,824 magnitude of,747, 818 multiplication of , 749-750, 75'1.-755, 842 756-762,82-1,, negative of, 749, 820 normal, 829, 953 orthogonal, 759, 828 parallel, 758-759, 827-828 in the plane, 746-750 position,764,870 position representation of.,746, 818 product,750,842 dot, 756-762 projection of onto another vector, 759-760,826 quantitres, T46 radtus,764 scalarmultiplication of, 749-750, 751-755, 820 scalar(dot) product of,756-762, 825-828 scalarproiectionof, 760,826 space,753-755 basis for,754, 824 dimensronof,754 subtraction of, 749, 821 sum of,748-749,820 in three-dimensional sPace/818-824 triple scalarproduct of,847 unit, 754,820 unit binormal,869 unit normal, 792,869 unit tangent,792, 869 velocity,785, 870 zero,747,9tB

Vector-valued function (s), 763-778, 864 calculus of, 772-778 continutty of.,772 derivatives of, 765-766, 773-778, 866-867 differentiability of , 774 graph af , 764 limits of ,772, 866 Velocity, instantaneous , 1,,L6-117,785 in rectilinear motion, 115-120 Velocity vector, 785, 870 Vertex, of an angle, 431 of a cone, 588 of a conic, 590 of a parabola, 580 of a rectangle, 1002 Vertical asymptotes, 172-L73 Volume, of a solid having known parallel plane sections , 341-343 of a solid of revolution, 330-339 circular-disk method, 330-332 circular-ring method, 332-335 cylindrical- shell metho d, 336-339 Work, 344-347,76L,983 x axts,2L r coordinate, 22,812 x interc ept, 36 of a plane, 831 y axis,2l y coordinate, 22,8L2 y intercept, 36 of a plane, 831 z coordinate, 8L2 z intercePt, of a Plane, 83L Zero vector, 747, 818

789

8 7 5 5 4